Skip to main content

Full text of "St. Lawrence River project; Appendix"

See other formats


or «^r* 



-? 
o 

CO 



> 

-p- 

> 

-o 

CD 
Q_ 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2013 



http://archive.org/details/stlawrenceriverprOOunit 



ST. LAWRENCE RIVER 

PROJECT 



FINAL REPORT 

1942 



53£ 



SEAWAY, NEW YORK 



SPECIFICATION 



TO ( $^ 






u i .i, 



r-1 ' ■ ■ 



S 







DOCUMENTS Room & 
CORPS OF ENGINEERS. U.S. ARMY 

U.S. ENGINEER OFFICE • MASSENA, NEW YORK. 



APPENDIX HE- 2 1 (2) 



U-J- &**?■ by 2 * $ <fy* 



"jO^^JlM^T ^-y J 



ST. LAOEKCE HIVER 



PROJECT 
* * * * * 

PINAL EBFOBf 
1 9 k 2 



S3AWAY, HEW TORE 

SPECIFICATIONS 



COEPS OP ENGINEERS, U.S. AEMY 
U.S. Engineer Office - Massena, New York 
July , 19^2 



APPENDIX 1 1 1-21 (2 ) 



-F 

s/y 

AV7 




PART ONE - GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. 

PART TWO - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRIC POWER 
AND LIGHTING SYSTEM. 



Appendix 111-21(2) 



PART ONE 



SEAWAY, NEW TORK 



GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 



Appendix 111-21(2) 



Seaway, N. Y. Invitation No. 

No. Bidder . , 

(Do not write above this line) 

STANDARD GOVERNMENT FORM OF INVITATION FOR BIDS 

(CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT) 

WAR DEPARTMENT 
UNITED STATES ENGINEER OFFICE 
MASSENA, NEW YORK 
, 1942 

1. SEAI,F.p BIDS , in duplicate, subject to the conditions contained 
h'erein, will be received until 2:00 p.m. E.S.T.. and then publicly 
opened in the United States Engineer Office, Massena, New York, for fur- 
nishing all labor, plant, and materials, and performing all work for the 
construction of Seaway, N. Y. , about 3 miles northeast of the village of 
Massena, New York, all as indicated on the drawings or required by the 
specifications. 

2. SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS . 

(a) The work shall be done in strict accordance with the speci- 
fications and drawings which are designated as follows: 

(1) Seaway, N. Y. , Specifications. 

(2) The drawings which will become a part of this contract 
are designated in paragraph 1-04 of the specifications. 

(b) Where copies of drawings are requested, a deposit of twenty- 
five dollars ($25.00) will be required to insure their return. The deposit 
should be in the form of a United States money order or a certified check 
made payable to "The Treasure of the United States." The deposit Will be 
refunded upon the return of the plans in good condition within 30 days after 
date of opening bids. 

3. INVESTIGATION OF CONDITIONS . - Bidders are expected to visit the 
locality and site of the work, and to make their own estimates of the facili- 
ties needed, and the difficulties attending the execution of the proposed 
contract, including local conditions, availability of labor, uncertainty of 
weather, and other contingencies. In no case will the Government assume any 
responsibility whatever for any interpretation, deduction, or conclusion 
drawn from the examination of the site. At the bidder's request, a repre- 
sentative of the Government will point out the site of the proposed operation. 
Failure to acquaint himself with all available information concerning these 
conditions will not relieve the successful bidder of assuming all responsi- 
bilities for estimating the difficulties and costs of successfully performing 
and completing the work. (See paragraphs 1-18 and 1-19 of the specifications.) 

4. WAGE AND LABOR PROVISIONS . - Wage, labor, and anti-discrimination 
regulations are specified in paragraph I-38 of the specifications and Articles 
11 (Revised), 17, and 19 (Revised) of the contract. Attention of bidders is 
invited to War Department labor policy for defense construction projects set 
out in memorandum of agreement approved July 22, 1941. Successful bidders 
will be expected to adhere to provisions of the agreement, copies of which 
are on file at the office of District Engineer, U. S. Engineer Office, 
Massena, N. Y. 

-A- 



5« DOMESTIC PREFERENCE .- Articles on the preference for domestic 
articles will be made a part of the contract. (See Paragraph 1-35 of the 
specifications. ) 

6. ARTICLES ON PATENTS . will be made a part of the contract. (See 
paragraph 1-30 of the specifications.) 

7. COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION . - The work shall be commenced with- 
in calendar days after date of receipt of notice to proceed and shall 

be completed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1-06 of the speci- 
fications. 

6. EXTENSION OF TIME FOR COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION FOR DELAYS THE TO 
NATIONAL DEFENCE PRIORITIES will be made. (See paragraph 1-06 (e) of the 
sp ecifications. ) 

9. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES for delay will be prescribed. (See paragraph 
1-06 of the specifications.) 

10. PARTIAL PAYMENTS, will be made. (See paragraph 1-08 of the spec- 
ifications and Article 16 of the contract.) 

11. ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE by reason of change in Federal, State, 
and local taxes will be made. (S-e paragraph 1-42 of the specifications.) 

12. ESTIMATES OF COST .- Bidders are informed that the Government will 
prepare estimates of the cost of construction of the work required by the 
specifications for comparison of bids. 

13. REPORTS TO I-He. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR .- In order to assist the Dep- 
artment of Labor in obtaining employment statistics, bidders, unless other- 
wise indicated in their bids, will be considered as having voluntarily 
consented, without cost to the Government, to the inclusion of paragraph 
1-39 of the specifications as a part of the contract. 

14. BID AND CONTRACT . 

(a) Bids must be submitted upon the standard Government form of 
bid, and the successful bidder will be required to execute the standard 
Government form of contract for construction (U.S. Standard Form No. 23). 
Bidders are advised that Article 11 (a) of U.S. Standard Form No. 23 has 
been revised to permit laborers and mechanics to work more than 8 hours per 
day, provided overtime compensation at a rate of not less then 1-1/2 times 
the basic rate of pay is paid for all working time of each laborer or mec- 
hanic in excess of 8 hours in any one day. Also Article 19, Nonrebate of 
U.S. Standard Form No. 23, is revised to read as follows, and the contract 
to be entered into as a result of this invitation -.-/ill be altered accord- 
ingly £ 

" ARTICLE 19. Nonrebate . (a) The contractor shall furnish to the 
Government representative in charge at the site of the work covered by this 
contract, or if no Government representative is in charge at the site, 
shall mail to the Federal agency contracting for the work, within 7 days 
after the regular payment date of each and every weekly pay roll, and aff- 
idavit in the form prescribed by regulations issued by the Secretary of 
labor and/published in the Federal Register of March 1, 1941 • 6F.R. 1211, 
or any modification thereof pursuant to the act of June 13, 1934, k& Stat. 
948 (U.S. Code title 40; sections 276b and 276c), sworn to by the contractor 
or the subcontractor concerned or by the authorized officer or employee of 
the contractor or subcontractor supervising such payment,- to the effect 
that each and every person employed on the work has been paid in full the 
weekly wages shown on the pay roll covered by the affidavit, that no rebates 
have been or will be made either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of 
the contractor or such subcontractor from the full weekly wages earned as 
set out on such payroll, and that no deductions, other than permissable ded- 

-B- 



uctions as defined in the said regulations pursuant to said act of June 13» 1934* 
and as described in said affidavit, have been or will be made, either directly 
or indirectly, from the full weekly wages earned as set out on such pay roll. 

"(b) The contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements 
of the said regulations of the Secretary of Labor under the act of June 13, 1934* 
and the requirements of this article of the contract shall be subject to all 
applicable provisions of such regulations. 

"(c) The contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted 
in all subcontracts relating to this work to insure fulfillment of the require- 
ments of this article," 

(b) The bid form has an entry for each item on which estimates will 
be given or payments made, and no other allowance of any kind will be made un- 
less specifically provided for in the specifications or the contract, or adjust- 
ments under Article 3 °f the contract. 

Cc) All bids must be for the entire work and must have each blank 
filled. 

(d) The quantities of each item of the bid as finally ascertained 
at the close of the contract, in the units given, and the unit price of the 
several items stated by the bidder in the accepted bid, will determine the total 
payments to accrue under the contract. The unit price bid for each item must 
allow for all collateral or indirect cost connected with it. 

15. DATA TO BE SUBMITTED WITH ELDS . 

(a) All bids submitted must be accompanied by a statement establish- 
ing that the bidder maintains a permanent place of business and has a suitable 
financial status to meet obligations incident to the work. (See paragraph 3 of 
the bidding schedule.) In addition, each bidder shall submit with his bid the 
statement of plant, drawings, charts, and other information and data required 
below. These data shall be carefully prepared and presented in neat and 
legible form on tracing paper or tracing cloth so that reproduction may be made 
therefrom. These data are considered essential in enabling the contracting 
officer to determine whether the bidder is responsible and experienced in simi- 
lar types of construction and whether the bid is based on a careful study of 
construction methods applicable to the work and full realization of the 

various factors which may affect the progress of the work. Award of this contract 
shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Government that the materials or 
supplies listed in the bidding schedule are approved. 

( b) Each bidder shall state in the space provided in the bidding 
schedule a brief description of the character of the work previously executed 
by him and the locations of the major projects. After the bids are opened, any 
bidder may be required by the contracting officer to state whether he is now or 
ever has been engaged on any construction viork similar to that proposed, the year 
in which it was done, and the manner of its execution, and to give such other 
information as will tend to show his ability to prosecute vigorously the work 
required by these specifications. (See paragraph 2 of the bidding schedule.) 

(c) A complete list and description shall be inserted in the space 
provided therefor in the bid form, of all plant that the bidder now has or will 
have available for commencing and prosecuting this work, and its location at the 
time of opening bids, in order that it may be inspected by the contracting offi- 
cer should he so desire. The above information will be considered confidential. 
When a bidder does not own or possess plant and proposes to procure it, firm 
options on all major items of proposed plant must be submitted when the bids 

are opened. 

(d) A chart or charts shall be submitted indicating the volume 

-C- 



of work to be done and the rate of progress which the bidder agrees to mainiain 
for each of the following major operations required in the performance of the 
work under these specifications: 

(1) Clearing, Excavating, Filling, and Grading. 

(2) Roads, Streets, Alleys, Sidewalks, and Paved *>r eas# 

(3) Building Construction. 

(4) Access "Railroad. 

(5) Water Distribution System. 

(6) Sanitary Sewerage and Treatment System. 

(7) Storm Sewer System. 

(8) Central Heating Plant, Steam Distribution, and Equipment. 
Charts shall be in the form of plotted curves in which the abscissae shall 
represent definite intervals of time measured from date of receipt of notice 

to proceed with the work, and the ordinates shall represent percentages of com- 
pletion based on the estimated contract quantities. In preparing the charts, due 
allowances shall be made for probable delays caused by any unsatisfactory work- 
ing conditions. Careful consideration shall be given to the preparation of these 
charts, as the rate of progress proposed by the accepted bid will be made a part 
of the contract. (See paragraph 1-20 of the specifications.) 

16. AWARD OF CONTRACT . 

(a) Subject to the rights hereinafter reserved, work will be a arded 
as a whole to the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal fully conforms to the 
requirements of the specifications and as may be deemed most advantageous to the 
United States. For the convenience of bidders, the items in the bid. form have 
been separated into schedules, each covering a general feature as follows: 

Schedule^ A. - Clearing, Excavating, Filling, and Grading. 

Schedule B. - Roads, Streets, Alleys, Sidewalks, and- Paved Areas. 

Schedule C. - Building Construction. 

Schedule D. - Access Railroad. 

Schedule E. - water Distribution System. 

Schedule F. - Sanitary Sewerage and Treatment System. 

Schedule G. - Storm Sewer System. 

Schedule H. - Central Heating Plant, Steam Distribution, and Equipment. 

(b) A bid may be rejected if the bidder fails to farnish bid bond or 
to submit the data required with his bid or cannot show that he has the necessary 
capital and experience and owns, controls, or can procure the necessary plant to 
commence the work at the time prescribed in the specifications and thereafter to 
prosecute and complete the work a t the rate or time specified; and that he is not 
already obligated for the performance of other work which would delay the commence 
ment, prosecution, or completion of the work contemplated in this advertisement. 

(c) Any unbalanced bid which, in the opinion of the contracting officer, 
jeopardizes the interest of the ^nited States will be subject to rejection for 
that reason. 

(d) The right is reserved, as the interest of the Government may require 
to reject any and all bids and to waive any informality in bids received. 



17. GUARANTY - - Guaranty will be required with each bid as follows: Bid 
Bond, Standard Form No. 24, will be executed in a penal sum not less than 10 
percent of the total amount of the bid but not exceeding $2,500,000. Individual 
sureties will justify in sums aggregating not less than double the penalty of the 
bid bond. (See paragraphs 8 and 9 of the Instructions to Bidders.) 

18. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS w m be required as follows: 

(a) A performance bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties, 
for the protection of the United States, Standard Form No. 25, will be executed 
in. a penal sum not less than ten percent (10;^) of the full amount of the 

-D- 









consideration of the contract, but not exceeding $2,500,000. 

(b) If the consideration of the contract will exceed $2,000 in 
amount, a payment bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties, for the 
protection of persons furnishing material and labor for the vsork, Standard ^orm 
No, 25-A, will be executed in a penal sum of one-half of the full amount of the 
consideration of the contract when the latter is riot more than one million dol- 
lars ($1,000,000); forty percent ( Zj.0;^ where the contract exceeds one million 
dollars ($1,000,000), but is not more than five million dollars ($5,000,000); 
and two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) for all contracts 
above five million dollars ($5,000,000). 

19. PROVISIONS OF THE ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS ACT of October 9, I940, 
(Public No. 811, 76th Congress) will be made a part of the contract. (See 
paragraph 1-45 °? the specifications.) 

20. ADDRESS FOR BIDS . - Envelopes containing bids must be sealed, marked, 
and addressed as follows: 

Mark in upper left hand corner: Address: 

Bid for Construction of To: The District Engineer 

Seaway, N. Y. U» S. Engineer Office 

Massena, New York 
Invitation No. 
To be opened at 2:00 p.m., E.S.T. 

Note: See Standard Government Instructions to Bidders and copy of the 
Standard Government Form of Contract, Bid Bond, Payment Bond, and Performance 
Bond, which may be obtained upon application. 



-E- 



SEAWAY, NEW YORK, SPECIFIC AT 101© 

General Outline 

I - General Provisions 
II - Clearing, Excavating, Filling, and Grading 
HI - Roads, Streets, Alleys, Sidewalks, and Paved Areas 
IV - Building Construction 
V - Access Railroad 
71 - Water Distribution System 
711 - Sanitary Sewerage and Treatment System 
VIII - Storm-Sewer System 
IX - Concrete 

X - Central Heating Plant,. Steam Distribution, and 
Equipment 
XI 1 - Paints a^d Painting 



index: Seaway, N. Y. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Par. No 



1-01 
1-02 
1-03 
1-04 
1-05 
1-06 
1-07 
1-08 
1-09 
1-10 
1-11 
1-12 
1-13 
1-14 
1-15 
1-16 

1-17 

1-18 

1-19 
1-20 
1-21 
1-22 
1-23 
l-2i| 
1-25 
1-26 
1-27 
1-28 
1-29 
1-30 

1-31 
1-32 

1-33 

1-34 

1-35 
1-36 

1-37 
1-38 

1-39 
1-40 

1-41 
1-42 

1-43 

1-44 



Paragraph Title 

SECTION I - GENERAL PROVISIONS 

Location 

Work to be Done 

General Information 

Drawings 

Quantities 

Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion 

Sundays, Holidays, and Nights 

Payments 

Work Covered by Contract price 

Facilities to be Furnished by the United States 

Electrical Energy during the Construction period 

Order of Work 

Right -of -Way 

Roads and Grounds 

Camp Construction and Supervision 

Insurance 

Datum and Reference Bench Marks 

Physical Data 

Transportation Facilities 

Organization, plant, and progress 

Liability and Safety Requirements 

Lights 

Use of Explosives 

Property Damage 

Inspection . 

Lines, Grades, and Measurements 

Changes and Changed Conditions 

Minor Modifications 

Claims, Protests, and Appeals 

Patents 

Standard Tests, Quality, and Guarantees 

Protection of Stored Materials 

Misplaced Material 

Standard Stock Products 

Preference for Domestic Articles 

Interference with Other Contractors 

Restoration of Site 

Wage and Labor Provisions 

Reports to Department of Labor 

Invoices 

Cost Data 

Adjustment of Contract price by Reason of Change 

in Federal, State, or Local Taxes 
Subcontractors 
Site of Work 



Page No . 



1-1 

1-1 

1-2 

1-2 

1-11 

1-11 

1-12 

1-12 

1-12 

1-12 

1-13 

1-13 

1-14 

1-14 

1-15 

1-16 

1-16 

1-16 

1-17 

1-17 

1-18 

1-19 

1-19 

1-19 

1-19 

1-20 

1-20 

1-20 

1-20 

1-21 

1-21 

1-22 

1-22 

1-22 

1-23 

1-23 

1-23 

1-23 

1-26 

1-26 

1-26 

1-26 
1-26 
1-26 



Par. No. paragraph Title Page No. 

1-45 Assignment of Claims 1-27 

l-i|6 Final Examination and Acceptance 1-27 

1-47 Approval 1-27 

SECTION II - CLEARING, EXCAVATING, FILLING, AND GRADING 

2-01 General 2-1 

2-02 Clearing and Grubbing 2-1 

2-03 Removal of Existing Buildings 2-1 

2-04 Field Stones and Boulders 2-4 

2-05 Excavation and Fill Areas 2-4 

2-06 Classification of Excavation 2-4 

2-07 Excavation Requirements 2-4 

2-08 Borrow Pits 2-5 

2-09 Filling Requirements 2-5 

2-10 Foundation Preparation for Fills 2-6 

2-11 placement and Compaction 2-6 

2-12 Formation of Road Beds 2-8 

2-13 Fine Grading 2-9 

2-14 Placing Topsoil and Seeding 2-9 

2-15 Measurenient and Payment 2-11 

SECTION III - ROADS, STREETS, ALLEYS, SIDEWALKS, AND PAVED AREAS 

3-01 Scope 3-1 

3-02 General 3-1 

3-03 Heavy Duty Roads 3-1 

3-04 Light Duty Roads, Sidewalks, and paved Areas 3-2 

3-05 Highway Guard Rail 3 -5 

3-06 Sidewalks and Curbs 3-3 

3-O7 Measurement and Payment 3"^ 

SECTION IV - BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 

4-01 General 4-1 

4-02 Classification of Buildings 4"! 

4-03 Locations and Elevations 4-2 

4-04 Excavation and Grading 4-2 

4-05 Concrete and Cement Work 4-2 

4-06 Dampproof ing and Waterproofing 4-3 

4-07 Masonry Work 4-5 

4-08 Structural Steel and iron Work 4-7 

4~P9 Miscellaneous Iron and steel 4-8 

4-10 Sheet Metal Work 4-10 

4-11 Roofing and Flashing 4-13 

4-12 Steel Windows 4-17 

4-13 Flagpole 4-17 

4-14 Cement Asbestos Board 4-17 

4-15 Cement Asbestos Siding Shingles 4-18 

4-16 Gypsum Wallboard 4-19 

4-17 Tempered Fiberboard 4-19 

4-18 Pressed Wood Fiberboard 4-19 



Par. No » Paragraph Title Page No . 

4-19 Insulating Fiber Board 4-20 

4-20 Insulating Sheathing Board 4-20 

4-21 Sheathing Paper 4-20 

4-22 Vaporproof Paper 4-21 

4-23 Insulation 4-21 

4-24 Linoleum 4- 2 J. 

4-25 Lathing, Plastering, Etc. 4-22 

4-26 Wood Work Materials 4-23 

4-27 Carpentry 4-25 

4-28 Millwork and Finish 4-27 

4-29 Hardware 4-29 

4-30 Key Control System and Key Cabinet 4-57 

4-31 Insect Screens 4-5$ 

4-32 Painting and Finishing 4~58 

4-33 Glass and Glazing 4-58 

4-34 Window Shades and Curtain Rods 4~59 

4-35 Asphalt Composition Tile 4-60 

4-36 Acoustical Treatment 4-6l 

4-37 Commissary Cold Storage Insulation 4-6l 

4-38 Commissary Cold Storage Equipment 4-62 

4-39 Lubritorium Doors and Windows 4-64 

4-4° Walk-in Refrigerators 4-64 

4-41 Cells 4-65 

4-42 Fire Proof Vaults 4-65 

4-43 Electrical Wiring and Equipment 4-66 

4-44 Gasoline-Electric Standby Unit 4-73 

4-45 Plumbing and piping 4-81 

4-46 Piping installation 4-82 

4-47 sewer Piping 4-84 

4-48 Water Piping 4-87 

4-49 Types of Fixtures and Fixture Trimmings 4-88 

4-5° Steam Heating 4-89 

4-51 Incinerator 4-94 

4-52 Measurement and Payment 4-94 

SECTION V - ACCESS RAILROAD 

5-01 Location 5-1 

5-02 Work to be Dene 5-1 

5-03 Lines and Grades 5-1 

5-04 Clearing and Grubbing 5-1 

5-05 Excavation and Embankment 5-1 

5-06 Culverts and Sub-Drains 5-1 

5-07 Ballast 5-1 

5-08 Ties 5-2 

5-09 Track 5-2 

5-1° Miscellaneous ^-^ 

5-11 Measurement and Payment 5-3 



Par. No . Paragraph Title Page No . 

SECTION VI - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 

6-01 General 6-1 

6-02 Classification of Excavation for Pipe Trenches 6-1 

6-O3 Water pipe Lines 6-1 

6-04 Hydrants, Valves, and Valve Boxea 6-2 

6-05 Tapping Water Mains 6-4 

6-06 Testing Water Pipe 6-4 

6-O7 Flushing and Sterilization of Mains 6-4 

6-08 Backfilling Trenches 6-5 

6-O9 Replacement of Damaged Structures 6-5 

6-10 Materials for Pipe Lines and Hydrants 6-5 

6-11 Air Vents 6-6 

6-12 Elevated Water Tank 6-6 

6-I3 Pumping Equipment 6-11 

6-14 Water Meters 6-I3 

6-I5 Payment for Water System 6-I3 

SECTION VII - SANITARY SEWERAGE AND TREATMENT SYSTEM 

7-01 General 7-1 

7-02 Classification of Excavation 7-1 

7-03 Vitrified Sewer Pipe Lines 7-1 

7-04 Manholes 7-3 

7-05 Materials for Sewer Lines 7-4 

7 -06 Measurement and Payment for Sewer Lines and Manholes 7-4 

7-07 Sewage Treatment Plant 7-5 

7-08 Effluent Discharge Line 7-9 

7-O9 Fence and Fence Gate . 7-9 

7-10 Payment 7-9 

SECTION VIII - ST0RM-SE1ER SYSTEM 

8-01 General 8-1 

8-02 Excavation 8-1 

8-03 pipe Laying 8-1- 

8-04 joints 8-1 

8-05 Backfilling 8-1 

8-C6 inlet Basins (Manhole and Standard Types) 8-1 

8-07 Culvert Headwalls 8-1 

8-08 Culvert Extension 8-2 

8-09 inverted Siphons 8-2 

8-10 Materials 8-2 

8-11 Measurement and payment 8-2 

SECTION IX - CONCRETE COMPOSITION, CLASSIFICATION AND STRKW?TH 

9-01 General 9-1 

9-02 Composition 9-1 

9-O3 Classification 9-1 

9-04 Strength 9-1 

9-05 High-Early-Strength Concrete 9*1 



Par. No . Paragraph Title Page No . 

SECTION IX - CONCRETE COMPOSITION, CLASSIFICATION, AND STRENGTH 

9-06 Cement 9-1 

9-07 Fine Aggregate 9-2 

9 -08 Coarse Aggregate 9 "3 

9-09 Water 9-4 

9-10 Storage 9-4 

9-11 Sampling and Testing Aggregates 9"5 

9-12 Proportioning 9"5 

9-13 Mixing and placing 9-6 

9-14 Test Specimens 9-6 

9-15 Finishing 9-7 

9-16 Curing 9-7 

9-17 Forms 9-8 

9-18 Placing Steel Reinforcement 9*8 

9-19 Embedded Items 9-9 

9-20 Expansion and Contraction Joints 9~9 

9-21 Damproofing 9-9 

9-22 Measurement and payment 9-1° 

SECTION X - CENTRAL HEATING PLANT, STEAM DISTRIBUTION, 

AND EQUIPMENT 

10-01 General 10-1 

10-02 Central Heating plant 10-1 

10-03 Materials and Equipment for Central Heating plant 10-1 

10-04 Boilers IO-3 

10-05 Boiler Setting 10-4 

10-06 Safety Valves 10-4 

10-07 Blow-off Valves and Cocks 10-5 

10-08 Pressure Gages 10-5 

10-09 Dampers 10 -5 

10-10 Draft Gages 10 -5 

10-11 Pyrometers 10 -5 

10-12 Steam Flow Meters 10-6 

10-13 Electric Clock 10-6 

10-14 Boiler Instrument Panels 10-6 

10-15 Tool Cabinet 10-6 

10-16 Boiler Covering 10 -7 

10-17 Breeching and Smoke Uptake Covering 10-7 

10-18 Electrical Work 10-7 

10-19 instructions 10-7 

10-20 Boiler Feedwater System 10-7 

10-21 Fuel Storage and Conveying 10-8 

10-22 Boiler Firing 10 -9 

IO-23 Smoke Stack 10-10 

10-24 Ash Removal 10-10 

IO-25 Steam Distribution Pipe and Fittings 10-11 

10-26 Manholes 10-12 

10-27 Underground Pipe Lines 10-12 

10-28 Pumps on Condensate Return Line 10-13 



Par. No. Paragraph Title page No. 

10-29 pipe Installation 10-13 

10-30 Pipe Covering 10-16 

10-31 Steam Separators 10-16 

10-32 Water Hose 10-16 

IO-33 painting 10-16 

IO-34 Alternate Heating Plant Equipment 10-16 

IO-35 Guarantees 10-16 

IO-36 Tests for Central Heating Plant, Steam Distribution, 

and Equipment 10-17 

IO-37 Measurement and payment 10-1? 

SECTION XI - PAINTS AND PAINTING 

11-01 General 11-1 

11-02 Surface Cleaning and Preparation 11-1 

II-03 paint Application 11-1 

11-04 Surfaces to be painted 11-2 

II-05 Paints and Paint Formulae 11-3 

11-06 Miscellaneous Materials 11-5 

11-07 inspection 11-7 

11-08 paint for Maintenance 11-7 

11-09 Payment 11-7 



Specifications: Seaway, N» Y. 

SECTION I 
GENERAL PROVISIONS 
1-01. LOCATION. 

(a) The site of the village is in the northern part of New York 
State, and of the County of St. Lawrence, near the International Rapids Sec- 
tion of the St. Lawrence River. It is located about 3 miles northeast of 
the Village of Massena, New York. 

(b) The general location is shown on the drawing entitled "Gener- 
al Plan", Sheet No. 2, which is included in these specifications. The de- 
tail locations of the buildings proposed for construction under these speci- 
fications are shown on the drawings, forming a part of these specifications, 
and listed in paragraph l-04« 

1-02. WORK TO BE DONE. 

(a) The work provided herein is authorized by Act, 

approved , 194_» 

(b) The work to be done under this contract and in accordance 
with these specifications consists of furnishing all plant, superintendence, 
labor and materials, and performing all work required for constructing the 
Village of Seaway, N. Y. See "Award of Contract" under Article 16 of the 
Invitation for Bids. The main features of the work are as follows: 

(1) Building construction of 570 private dwellings, 20 dor- 
mitories, mess hall, administration building, guest house, laboratory, town 
hall, theater, stores, garages, recreation hall, fire house, hospital, school, 
warehouses, and other public buildings. 

(2) Construction of all roads, streets, sidewalks, curbs, 
gutters, paved and parking areas, playgrounds, and equipment. 

(3) Earthwork and grading, clearing and grubbing, removal 
of existing structures, and the removal, transportation, and disposal of 
all excavation of every character required. 

(4) Complete sanitary sewerage system and sewage treatment 
plant. 

(5) Complete storm water drainage system. 

(6) Water supply line, storage tank, and complete water dis- 
tribution system and equipment for domestic use and fire protection. 

(7) Central heating plant complete, including coal storage 
and water treatment . 

(8) Heat distribution system complete. 

(9) Access railroad. 

(c) The work to be done will be divided into two main parts, one 
part to have priority over the other. The priority work and items included 
therein are as noted in paragraph 1-12, and the priority area is as shown on 
the drawing entitled "General Plan", Sheet No. 2. There are approximately 
l6l dwellings and 20 dormitories in this priority area, and other buildings 
and utilities as noted in paragraph 1-12. 

(d) Outside the priority area there are approximately 409 dwell- 
ings and all other buildings and utilities specified or shown on the draw- 
ings and not included in the first priority. 

(e) The contracting officer reserves the right to make such 

changes in the constructing and /or location of the buildings, roads, and 

/' 

1-1 



utilities as he considers necessary for the best interests of the United 
States. 

I-03. GENERAL INFORMATION. - This village is for the purpose of hous- 
ing Government personnel during the construction of the St. Lawrence River 
Project. It is planned to provide for a total population of approximately 
2,200 people. Public utilities are, however, to be of such capacity as to 
provide for a possible increase to 3*3® Q persons. 

1-04. DRAWINGS. 

(a) The work shall conform to drawings entitled "St. Lawrence 
River Project, Seaway, New York*, titled and file marked as listed below, 
which form a part of these specifications and which are filed in the U. S. 
Engineer Office, St. Lawrence River District, Massena, N. Y. 

U3T OF DRAWINGS ' 

Sheet No. Title File No. 

• GENERAL DRAWINGS 

1 Index Sheet MT- 1-0/1 

2 General Plan- ----- — - — 1/1 

3 Work Area Plan- 1/2 

4 Soils and Foundation Exploration- -------- 1/3 

5 Record of Exploration No. 1----------- 1/4 

6 Record of Exploration No. 2----------- 1/5 

7 Existing Buildings To Be Removed- -------- 1/6 

8 General Grading Plan- -------------- 1/7 

9 Foundation Details- ----- ------ 1/8 

10 General layout- -- -- — --------- 1/9 

11 Light Fixtures 1/10 

. 12 Flag Pole 1/11 

13 Location Map - Sewage Treatment Plant, Incin- 

erator, Seaway Camp Area- ----------- 1/12 

SPUR TO B0IIERH0USE 

14 Plan and Profile M/-1-195/1 

15 Details 195/2 

16 Typical Sections- -- — — 195/3 

RESIDENCES 

17 Type No. 2 M7-1-200/1 

18 Type No. 2 200/2 

19 Type No. 3 200/3 

20 Type No. 4 200/4 

21 Type No. 4 200/5 

22 Type No. 4 - - 200 / 6 

23 Type No. 5 - 200/7 

24 Type No. 5 200/8 

25 Type No. 5 200/ 9 

1-2 



Sheet No. 



Title 



File Mb. 



26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 
32 

33 
34 
35 
36 
37 

38 

39 

40 

41 
42 

43 
44 



45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 

53 
54 
55 

56 
57 
58 

59 
6o 

61 



62 

63 
64 
65 



RESIDENCES (Cont'd) 

Type No. 6 _ - - - W-l-200/10 

Type No. 6 200/11 

Type No. 6 - - 200/12 

Type No. 7 200/13 

Type No. 7 200/14 

Heating Plans- - 200/15 

Heating Plans - - _- 200/16 

Steam Heat Piping Details 200/17 

Standard Details 200/18 

Standard Details — - 200/19 

Standard Details - - - - 200/20 

Type No. 8 - Foundation plan, Heating Plan 

and Details 200/21 

Type No. 8 - First Floor and Elevations- — 200/22 

Type No. 8 - Second Floor and Elevations - 200/23 

Type No. 8 - Plumbing and Electric - ' 200/24 

Type No. 8 - Details 200/25 

Type No. 8 - Details 200/26 

Type No. 8 - Details - - _ 200/27 

Type No. 8 - Steam Heat Piping Details - - - - 200/28 

GUEST HOUSE 

Foundation Plan and Details- - W-l-201/1 

First Floor Plan 201/2 

Second Floor Plan- - — ----------- 201/3 

Third Floor plan; Framing Plans and Details- - 201/4 

Elevations and Plot Plan ----_-___ 201/5 

Sections and Details ------------- 201/6 

Foundations and Basement plan - Plumbing 201/7 

Foundation and Easement Plan - Heating - - - - 201/8 

First Floor Plan - Heating and Plumbing- - - - 201/9 

First F loor Plan - Electrical 201/10 

Second and Third Floor Plans - Plumbing, 

Heating, and Electrical- - - - — - - 201/11 

Plumbing Riser Diagram- ___ - .^ _ 201/12 

Details- - - 201/13 

Details- 201/14 

Details 201/15 

Details - - 201/16 

Details 201/17 

DORMITORY 

Plans and Sections MV-1-202/1 

Elevations and Details ------------ 202/2 

Plumbing, Heating, and Electrical ------- 202/3 

Details 202/4 

1-3 



Sheet No. 



Title 



File No. 



66 

67 

68 

69 
70 

71 
72 

73 
74 
75 
76 

77 
78 

79 
80 

81 



82 

(83 

84 

85 
86 

87 
88 
89 
90 
91 



92 

93 
94 
95 
96 
97 
98 

99 



ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 

Foundation and First Floor Framing Plan - - - - W-l-203/1 

Framing Details ---------------- 203/2 

Second Floor and Roof Framing Plans ------ 203/3 

First Floor Plan and Details 203/4 

Second Floor Plan and Details --------- 20 3/5 

Elevations- 203/6 

Details 203/7 

Roof Truss 203/8 

First Floor Electrical Plan 203/9 

Second Floor Electrical Plan- - - - 203/10 

Heating 203/11 

First Floor Heating Plan 203/12 

Second Floor Heating Plan — 203/13 

Steam Heat Piping Details ' 203/14 

Plumbing Sections ---— — 203/15 

Ventilation 203/16 

LABORATORY 

Foundation Plan M7-1-204/1 

First Floor Plan- --------------- 204/2 

Roof Plan and Details — - 204/3 

Framing plans and Details ----------- 204/4 

Elevations ---— — --- 204/5 

Plumbing — 204/6 

Heating Plan 204/7 

Steam Heat Piping Details 204/8 

Electrical Plan 204/9 

Details 204/10 

TOWN HALL 

Foundation Plan M7-1-205/1 

First Floor Plan 205/2 

Framing Plans ------- -- --- — 205/3 

Elevations 205/4 

Elevations 205/5 

Sections - 205/6 

Electrical and Heating Plan -. 205/7 

Plumbing and Heating - Foundation Plan- - - - - 205/8 



SCHOOL BUILDING 



100 
101 
102 

103 

104 
105 



Foundation and First Floor Framing Plan - - - - W-l-206/1 

Ceiling and Roof Framing Plan 206/2 

Floor Plan 206/3 

Elevations- 206/4 

Elevations and Sections 206/5 

Framing Details --'----- --------- 206/6 



1-4 



Sheet No * Title tm^ ^ 

SCHOOL EUILDING (Cont'd) 

106 Plumbing- - W-l-206/7 

107 Heating 206/8 

108 Electrical Distribution - - _ . 206/9 

109 Details - - - 206/10 

110 Details ----«.. 206/11 

111 Details --------------„«.«._ 206/12 

112 Details -------------__»«._ 206/13 

u 3 Details 206/14 

114 Details ___ 206/15 

HOSPITAL 

115 Foundation and First Floor Framing Plan - - W -1-207/1 

116 Ceiling and Roof Framing plan- - - 207/2 

117 First Floor plan- ------. _ 207/3 

118 Elevations- — - - - --_. 207/4 

119 Sections- ------------___.._ 207/5 

120 Plumbing- -_--_ ._ -_. 207/6 

121 Heating -- — - ------_-.„... 207/7 

122 Electric Distribution - -. 207/8 

123 Details 207/9 

\li l 6 l^-] B 2 °7/10 

\H ™ ai1 : 3 207/11 

]f 7 ^l al ] s 207/12 

HI ^l a1 ] 3 207/13 

120 Details -----------__._„„_ 207/14 

ill S! ai ^ S 2 °7/l5 

LjO Details ----------_«_._ _ 207/16 

GOVERNMENT GARAGE AND FIREH0USE 

131 Foundation and Floor Plans- - - W-l-208/1 

1 3 2 Roof Framing Plan, Elevations and Plot Plan- 208/2 

133 Sections- — _.. 208/3 

134 Plumbing and Electrical - . 208/4 

135 Details 208/5 

136 Details 208/6 

STORE BUILDING 

X 37 Foundation and First Floor Plans M7-1-209/1 

13 8 Roof Framing and Roof Plan 209/2 

139 Elevations- __ -_.„___ 209/3 

140 Sections and Details- 209/4 

1 ^ 1 Plumbing, Heating, and Electrical Plans 209/5 

SOCIAL HALL 

1Z * 2 Foundation and First Floor Framing Plan - - W-l-210/1 



14 
14 



Second Floor and Roof Framing plan .. 210/2 

1-5 



First Floor Plan 210/3 



Sheet No. Title . File No, 

SOCIAL HALL (Cont'd) 

145 Second Floor Plan W-1-2J.0/4 

146 Elevations- 210/5* 

147 Plumbing and Heating 210/6 

148 Electric Distribution - - — -- 210/7 

149 Electric Distribution - - - ...... 210/8 

150 Details 210/9 

151 Details 210/10 

152 Details 210/11 

153 Details 210/12 

ATHLETIC HALL 

154 Easement and First Floor Plans- ------ W- 1-21 1/1 

155 Second Floor and First Floor Framing Plans- 211/2 

156 Elevations and Sections ---------- 211/3 

157 Roof Framing and Details- 211/4 

158 Electric Distribution, Easement and First 

Floor 211/5 

159 Electric Distribution, Second Floor - - - - 211/6 

160 Details 211/7 

161 Details 211/8 

162 Details 211/9 

163 Details 211/10 

164 Plumbing and Heating- ----- - — - 211/11 

165 Plumbing and Heating 211/12 

MOTION PICTURE THEATER 

166 Foundation Plan and Details W-l-212/1 

167 Floor Plans 212/2 

168 Framing Details 212/3 

169 Elevations 212/4 

170 Sections- 212/5 

171 Framing Details 212/6 

172 Framing Details 212/7 

173 Plumbing and Heating 212/8 

174 Heating 212/9 

175 Details 212/10 

176 Details 212/11 

177 Details 212/12 

178 Details 212/13 

179 Details and Sections 212/14 

180 Details 212/15 

181 Details 212/16 

182 Details ■■ 212/17 

183 Electrical Distribution 212/18 

COMMISSARY COLD STORAGE 

184 Foundation Plan and Details Mf-1-214/1 

1-6 



Sheet No, Title File No. 

COMMISSARY COLD STORAGE (Cont'd) 

185 Floor Plan and Sections MV- 1-214/2 

186 Sections and Framing Plan - - - - — ----- 214/3 

187 Elevations and Details- - 214/4 

188 Electric Distribution 214/5 

189 Framing Details - - - - -- — ------ 214/6 

190 Details . 214/7 

GENERAL WAREHOUSE 

191 Foundation plan and Details --- — ----- MV- 1-215/1 

192 Floor Plan and Sections 215/2 

193 Elevations- 215/3 

194 Plumbing, Heating, and Electrical Plans - - - - 215/4 

SHOPS AND MISCELLANEOUS BUILDINGS 

195 Maintenance Shop - Plans, Elevations, and 

Details MT-1-216/1 

196 Maintenance Shop - Heating Plan and Details - - 216/2 

19? Storage Building - Plans ---- --- -- 216/3 

193 Storage Building - Elevation, Section, and 

Details- 216/4 

199 Paint Shop - plans, Elevations, and Sections- - 216/5 

BOILER HOUSE AND COAL SHED 

200 Foundation and F irst Floor Plans- ------- W-l-217/l 

201 Roof Framing Plan and Sections- --- — --- 217/2 

202 Roof Truss and Column Details - Coal Shed - - - 217/3 

203 Roof Truss and Column Details - Boiler House- - 217/4 

204 Elevations 217/5 

205 Elevations and Section- --- - -__- 217/6 

206 Stack Details 217/7 

207 Electric Distribution 217/8 

203 Heating and Plumbing 217/9 

'.FILLING STATION 

209 Foundation and Floor Plan; Elevations ----- M7-1-218/1 

210 Roof Framing, Sections and Details- - - - — - 218/2 

211 Heating, Electric Plans; Plot Plan 218/3 

TOWN GARAGE 

212 Foundation Plan and Details MV-1-219/1 

213 Floor Plan 219/2 

214 Elevations- 219/3 

215 Sections- 219/4 

216 Framing Details 219/5 

217 Details - 219/6 

213 Piping Details- 219/7 

1-7 



Sheet No . Title File No. 

GARAGES 

■ 

219 Dormitory Garage - Plan and Details ----- M7-1-220/1 

220 Guest House Garage - Plan, Elevations, and 

Details 220/2 

221 Residence Garage, T ype a------ - 220/3 

222 Residence Garage, Type E- — ---- 220/4 

CAFETERIA 

223 Foundation Plan W-l- 221/1 

224 First Floor Plan 221/2 

225 Framing and Elevations- ----------- 221/3 

226 Elevation and Sections 221/4 

227 Electrical Distribution - — 221/5 

228 Plumbing 221/6 

229 Heating Plan 221/7 

230 Details 221/8 

ROADS, STREETS, ALLEYS jWALKS , AND PAVED AREAS 

231 General plan - Sidewalks M7-1-225/1 

232 Coordinated Street System - Map No. 1 225/2 

233 Coordinated Street System - Map No. 2 225/3 

234 Typical Street Sections — 225/4 

235 Typical Street Sections — — 225/5 

236 Streets - Plan and Profile 225/6 

237 Streets - Plan and Profile 225/7 

238 Streets - Plan and Profile 225/8 

239 Streets - Flan and Profile 225/9 

240 Streets - Plan and Profile 225/10 

241 Streets - Plan and Profile 225/11 

242 Plot and Pavement Plan - Blocks 1 and 4 225/12 

243 plot and Pavement Plan - Elocks 1, 2, 3, 7- - 225/13 

244 Plot and Pavement Plan - Blocks 5 and 6 225/14 

245 plot and Pavement Plan - Blocks 8, 9, 10, 11- 225/15 

246 Plot and Pavement Plan - Blocks 12, 13, 14 » 15 » 

16, 21, 29 - -- 225/16 

247 Plot and Pavement Plan - Blocks 1, 17, 18, 19, 

20, 62 225/17 

248 plot and Pavement Plan - Blocks 22, 36, 37 t 53% 

5k 225/I8 

249 plot and pavement Plan - Blocks 27, 28, 30- - 225/19 

250 plot and pavement Plan - Blocks 31, 32, 33 % 34 225/20 

251 Plot and Pavement Plan - Blocks 23, 24, 25, 26 225/21 

252 plot and pavement plan - Blocks 51, 52, 52, 35 225/22 

253 Detail Grading plans 225/23 

254 Detail Grading Plans 225/24 . 

255 Detail Grading Plans 225/25 

256 Detail Grading Plans 225/26 

WATER SYSTEM 

257 General Plan- ----.. M/-1-230/1 

1-8 J 






s heet No. Title File No. 

WATER SYSTEM (Cont'd) 

258 layout of Fittings W-l-230/2 

259 Details 230/3 

2_6o Booster Pump Details- 230/4 

261 Plan and Profile - Force Main - - — - - - 230/5 

262 Details 230/6 

SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM 

263 General Plan L-- M7-1-235/1 

264 Plan and Profile 235/2 

265 Plan and Profile 235/3 

266 Plan and Profile 235/4 

267 Plan and Profile 235/5 

268 Plan and Profile 235/6 

269 Plan and Profile 235/7 

270 Manhole Details 235/8 

SEWAGE TREATMENT 

271 Imhoff Tank W-l-240/1 

272 Imhoff Tank 240/2 

273 Sludge Beds 240/3 

STORM SEWER SYSTEM 

274 Plan and Profile MT-1-245/1 

275 Culvert Profile, Details 245/2 

276 Inverted Siphon, Details 245/3 

CENTRAL HEATING SYSTEM 

277 General Distribution Map - Part No. 1 M/-1-250/1 

278 General Distribution Map - Part No. 2 250/2 

279 Distribution - Plan and Profile 250/3 

280 Distribution - Plan and Profile - - - - 250/4 

281 Distribution - Plan and Profile ------ 250/5 

282 Distribution - Plan and Profile 250/6 

283 Expansion Joint in Manholes -------- 250/7 

284 Steam Manhole No. 302 250/8 

285 Steam Manhole No. 309 250/9 

286 Steam Manhole No. 301 - Manhole Head Detail 250/10 

287 Steam Manhole No. 332 and Conduit Box for 

2£" Steam Line and 4" Condensate Line - - 250/11 

288 Steam Separator and Expansion Joint Manhole 250/12 

289 Steam Manhole No. 304 250/13 

290 Steam Manhole No. 305 250/14 

291 Steam Manhole No. 320 250/15 

292 Steam Manhole No. 327 250/16 

293 Condensate Pump - Steam Manhole No. 331 - - 250/17 

1-9 



Sheet No. 



Title 



File No. 



CENTRAL HEATING SYSTEM (Conf) 

294 Cond. Pump - Exp. & St. Separator TEmhole No. 

336 W-I-250/I8 

295 Section of Conduit Boxes - Roller Sta. - Drain- 250/19 

296 Take-off from Main 250/20 

297 Main Take-off Station 250/21 

298 Boiler House General Plan Equipment- ----- 250/22 

299 Boiler House Typical' Section of Equipment- - - 250/23 

300 Boiler HouserOffice Heating System - - 250/24 

301 Det. of Hotwell Boiler House Cond. Line- - - - 250/25 ' 

302 Metallic Hose Exp. Jt. Anchor Station- - - - - 250/26 

303 Cross Section Details of Box Conduits- - - 250/2? 

304 Steam Manhole No. 313 250/28 

305 Steam Manhole No. 322 250/29 

306 Steam Manhole No. 324 250/30 

307 Steam Manhole Nbs. 330 & 333 250/3I 

308 Building Take-off Station 250/32 

309 Steam Trap Return - Box Conduit in Place 250/33 

(b) These drawings show the work with as much detail as is pos- 
sible in the present stage of development of the design. The work shall 
conform also to such other drawings and addenda relating thereto as may 

be published and/or exhibited in the office of the contracting officer 
prior to the opening of proposals, and to such drawings in explanation of 
details as may be required from time to time during construction, including 
such modifications as the contracting officer may consider necessary on ac- 
count of conditions that are found to exist during the prosecution of the 
work. Detail bar lists and bending schedules for steel reinforcement will 
not be furnished by the United States, but shall be prepared and submitted 
by the contractor. 

(c) Prior to the execution of the work the contractor shall check 
all drawings and shall immediately report to the contracting officer any er- 
rors or omissions discovered therein. Errors and/or omissions in drawings 
will not relieve the contractor of his responsibility for the correct fitting 
together and exact position of all parts of the work in accordance with the 
specifications. Parts and details not fully indicated on the drawings shall 
be detailed by the contractor in accordance with the best practice, or as 
directed by the contracting officer. 



(d) The contractor shall submit fabricator's shop drawings of all 
structural steel and other metaj. work for approval. He shall also submit 
such shop drawings and material lists of all mechanical and electrical equip- 
ment as may be required by the contracting officer. No material shall be 
furnished or work done thereon prior to approval of these drawings. The con- 
tractor shall submit three (3) prints of each of such detailed drawings to 
the contracting officer who will return one print with his approval or no- 
tations of such change s as he finds necessary. Each print submitted for ap- 
proval shall have in the lower right-hand corner just above the title a 
white space 3 inches by 4 inches in size in which the contracting officer 
will indicate the action taken. After approval, the contractor shall fur- 
nish the contracting officer one tracing and five prints of each approved 

1-10 



drawing. Three copies or sets of parts catalogs, spare parts listed and 
operating instructions shall be furnished as specified above or as request- 
ed by the contracting officer. Payment for the contractor's drawings, in- 
cluding revisions thereof, parts catalogs, spare parts lists, and operating 
instructions shall be included in thfc contract prices paid for material or 
work. All ot these items will form a part of the contract when approved by 
the contracting officer. 

(e) Ten sets of prints of necessary contract drawings (one-half 
size reproductions, or full size if desired) and twenty sets of specifica- 
tions will be furnished the contractor without charge. Additional prints 
may be secured upon request at the cost of reproduction. 

I-05. QUANTITIES. - The estimate of quantities of work to be perform- 
ed under these specifications as shown in the Schedule of Bid Items of the 
Standard Government Form of Bid is given only to serve as a basis for can- 
vassing bids and for determining the approximate amount of the consideration 
of the contract. Unless the contract is terminated by the failure of Con- 
gress to appropriate funds (see paragraph 1-08), the contractor will be re- 
quired to complete the work specified in paragraph 1-02 hereof, be the re- 
quired quantities more or less than the amounts shown. 

1-06. COMMENCEMENT, PROSECUTION, AND C0MPIETI0N. 

(a) The contractor will be required to commence work under the 
contract within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date of receipt by him 
of notice to proceed, to prosecute the said work with faithfulness and en- 
ergy, and to complete the entire priority work as noted under paragraph 1-12, 
within 120 calendar days from date of receipt of said notice* 

(b) 1. In case of failure on the part of the contractor to com- 
plete the priority work listed in paragraph 1-12, within the time specified 

in paragraph l-06(a), the contractor shall pay to the Government as liquidated 
damages the sum of $1,000 for each calendar day of delay until construction 
is completed and is placed in operating condition as determined by the con- 
tracting officer. 

2. Should the construction be completed and placed in operat- 
ing condition except for minor finishing work as determined by the contract- 
ing officer, the contracting officer may conditionally accept and occupy the 
work? and thereafter the contractor shall pay to the Government, as liquid- 
ated damages the sum of $200 for each calendar day of delay until all the 
priority items and minor finishing work have been completed and accepted. 

3- In the event the entire priority work has been completed 
and accepted, and all work under this portion of the contract has been com- 
pleted except for removal of the contractor's plant and buildings and restor- 
ation of the site, no further liquidated damages will be assessed, but final 
payment will not be made until this latter work has been accomplished as 
required. 

(c) The contractor will be authorized to commence work other 
than priority work at any time after receipt by him of the notice to pro- 
ceed referred to in paragraph l-06(a), and shall complete the non-priority 
work within 240 calendar days from the date on which he receives notice to 
proceed. 

(d) In case of failure on the part of the contractor to complete 
the work outside priority work within the time thus determined and agreed up- 
on for its completion, the contractor shall pay to the Government as 

1-11 



liquidated damages the sum of $500 for each calendar day of delay until the 
work is completed or accepted. In the event the entire village has been 
completed and accepted, and all work under this portion of the contract has 
been completed except for removal of the contractor's plant and buildings 
including the temporary Government field office, and restoration of the 
site, no further liquidated damages will be assessed, but final payment 
will not be made until this latter work has been accomplished as required!. 

(e) If the completion of the undertaking to be performed under 
the terms of this contract be delayed by reason of delay in the delivery of 
materials or supplies essential to such performance because of national de- 
fense priorities and without the fault of negligence of the contractor, 

the time of performance will be extended for a period equal to such delay, 
as determined by the contracting officer, and subject to appeal* as provi- 
ded in Article 9 ot the contract. 

(f) The Government reserves the right to occupy buildings which 
are partially completed, such as the administration building, when such 
occupation is advantageous to the Government as determined by the contract- 
ing officer. When a partially completed building is occupied by the Gov- 
ernmBQt, no extra compensation or damages will be paid to the contractor 
for such occupancy. 

1-07. SUNDAYS, HOLIDAYS, AND NIGHTS. - Work on Sundays, holidays, and 
aights will be at the option of the contractor. However, when the contractor 
elects to work at such times notice of his intention to do so shall be given 
the contracting officer within a reasonable time in advance thereof. 

1-08. PAYMENTS. 

(a) (Availability of funds?) 

(b) Payments will be made monthly on estimates of such work as 
have been executed in accordance with the specifications and not included 
in any prior estimate, except that ten percent (10^) of the amount of each 
estimate will be retained until the total amount retained is one hundred 
and fifty thousand dollars ($150,000), and this amount will be retained un- 
til it equals ten percent (10$?) of the remaining work to be done. Thereafter 
with each monthly payment there will be paid such portion of the amount so 
retained as is in excess of ten percent (10^) of the work remaining to be 
done until the amount retained is reduced to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), 
which amount will be retained until the completion of the contract when 
final payment will be made. 

1-09. WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT PRICE. - The contractor shall, under 
his contract prices, furnish and pay for all materials, labor and equipment 
and all permanent, temporary, preparatory, and incidental work, furnish all 
accessories and do everything which may be necessary to carry out the con- 
tract in good faith, which contemplates everything completed in good working 
order, of good material, and with accurate workmanship, skillfully fitted 
and properly connected and put together. 

1-10. FACILITIES TO EE FURNISHED BY THE UNITED STATES. 

(a) The contractor shall have the privilege of using the Govern- 
ment-controlled land at the site not otherwise reserved, which is necessary 

to perform his contract, subject to the written approval of the contracting 
officer. 

1-12 



(b) The contractor shall furnish without cost to the Government 
the necessary supply of water until the priority work specified in para- 
graph 1-12 is completed and accepted. After this period the Government 
will supply the necessary water, without cost to the contractor, which he 
requires for the remaining period of the contract. No water except that 
obtained from the Aluminum Company plant wj.ll be allowed in the water sys- 
tem. Water obtained from the Aluminum Company plant will be billed to the 
contractor at the rate of approximately 20 cents per 1,000 cubic feet. 

1-11. ELECTRICAL ENERGY DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 

(a) The United States will provide a temporary source of elec- 
trical energy to the contractor, approximately 10,000 feet west of the 
Village, and construct a transmission line from this source to the Village 
site, and also construct the street lighting and distribution system within 
the Village to and including the entrance service switch at each building. 

(b) The supplier of the power is the Central New York Power Cor- 
poration and the amount of power available for the use of the United States 
at this source is limited to 2,500 K7A. This power is 3-phase, 60-cycle, 
approximately 7t000 volts. 

(c) A meter will be provided at the temporary source of power 
without expense to the contractor, and he shall make payment to the United 
States each month for the amount of electrical energy used as indicated by 
this meter, subject to deductions as specified in paragraph l-ll(d) below. 
The United States will pay the Central New York Power Corporation for all 
the power delivered through the motor, and the contractor will pay the 
United States for his share of the power used. The rate at which the Uni- 
ted States will pay for this electrical energy each month will be in ac- 
cordance with service classification No. 2-A of the Central New York Power 
Corporation. The rate at which the contractor will pay the United States 
for his share will be the rate obtained from dividing the total cost in ac- 
cordance with service classification No. 2-A by the total number of kilo- 
watt hours used, to get an average cost per kilowatt hour. This average 
cost will then be the basis for payment by the contractor to the United 
States. 

(d) As the work progresses and certain buildings or features, 
including streets, are completed and accepted by the United States, the 
contractor shall provide electric service for the same. When the Gov- 
ernment occupies partially completed buildings, the contractor shall pro- 
vide electric service for the same without compensation. He may, at his 

option, provide a meter for the circuits to the buildings and features 
completed, and each month in computing the charge for electrical energy 

as specified in paragraph l-ll(c) above, the energy furnished these build- 
ings and features which have been metered will be deducted from the total 
energy furnished the contractor* The meters furnished by the contractor 
shall be without expense to the United States and shall remain the proper- 
ty of the contractor after the work is completed.. 

(e) The contractor shall furnish without cost to the United States 
all electrical energy and equipment necessary for the testing of all oper- 
ating machinery and the subsequent operation thereof, until acceptance by 
the United States. 

1-12. ORDER OF WORK. 

(a) The contractor will so organize his construction that 

1-13 



preference will be given to work within priority area *A* and other prior- 
ity buildings and priority work (see paragraph 1-06). This area is defined 
on the plans as the area bounded approximately as follows: Beginning at 
Grass River on the south at the western limits of the Village beyond the 
commissary cold storage building to Main Street; thence along Main Street 
to Horton Road; thence in a straight line along Hcrton Road to St. Lawrence 
Avenue; thence along St. Lawrence Avenue to Summit Avenue; thence along Sum- 
mit Avenue and 10th Street to Hillcrest Road; thence along Hillcrest Road 
to 7th Street; thence along 7th Street to St. Lawrence Avenue; thence along 
St. Lawrence Avenue to ^th Street; thence southerly along l±th Street to Main 
Street; thence easterly along Main Street to Riverside Drive; thence in a 
straight line southerly to Grass River; and thence along Grass River to the 
point of beginning* 

(b) Priority buildings are defined as all buildings located with- 
in priority area "A" except the recreation building, and one filling station. 
Included in priority buildings but outside priority area "A" are the school 
and hospital* 

(c) Priority work as referred to in these specifications includes 
those items listed below or shown as such on the plans. 

1. Water Tank, main water supply line to tank, water distribution system 
and building connections in priority area "A", main water loop lines includ- 
ing hydrants, and lines to boiler house, sewage treatment plant, and all pri- 
ority buildings. 

2. Sanitary sewerage system complete in priority area "A" and sewage 
treatment plant and connections thereto, including building connections in 
priority area "A*, and services to all priority buildings. 

3. Storm-sewer system complete in priority area "A*, or necessary to 
drain priority area "A" or other priority work. 

4« Heat distribution system complete in priority area "A" including 
building connections, boiler plant and coal storage complete, and heat loop 
main from boiler house to priority area ■A* including service to all prior- 
ity buildings. 

5* All roads, streets, alleys, paved areas, sidewalks, curbs, and gut- 
ters touching or within priority area ■A"» Main Street from bridge at east- 
ern limits of Seaway Village westerly to new construction highway, Horton 
Road from Main Street to Middle Road, Summit Avenue from Horton Road to wai- 
ter tank and hospital, and others leading to buildings included in priority 
work. 

6. All earthwork and grading within priority area •A" or incidental to 
the construction of items in priority work. 

7» All priority buildings complete. 

(d) Before start of the work the contractor will submit to the 
contracting officer a schedule of the order of work for his approval, the 
contracting officer reserving the right to make minor changes in such sched- 
ule during progress of the work if he deems it necessary. The village shall 
be constructed in every part in exact conformity with the location and limit 
marks which will be indicated by stakes, lines, marks, or otherwise^ 

1-13. RIGHT-OF-WAY. - Grounds and rights-ef-way needed for the work to 
be done under these specifications will be furnished by t he Government. 

1-14. ROADS AND GROUNDS. 

(a) Prior to commencement of work under the contract, the 

1-14 



contractor shall submit, for the approval of the contracting officer, prints 

in triplicate showing the location of the major plant, buildings, roadways, 
unloading facilities, and storage yards which he proposes to construct for 
his own use on the Government controlled lands at the site. 

(b) The contractor shall keep the buildings and grounds in use by 
him at the site of the work in an orderly and sanitary condition and shall 
provide suitable fire extinguishers or other fire fighting apparatus for ready 
use in all buildings erected or in use by the contractor on Government property. 

(c) The contractor shall not obstruct any existing roads on the 
lands controlled by the United States and shall maintain all roads which he 
uses in the vicinity of the work in as good condition as exists at the time 
of commencement of the work. 

(d) At any time during the progress of the work the contractor 
shall, when so directed by the contracting officer, promptly vacate and clean 
up, within 3° days after written notice, without expense to the Government, 
any part of the grounds which have been in use by him when such grounds are 
needed for other purposes. 

1-15. CAMP CONSTRUCTION AND SUPERVISION. 

(a) The construction, operation, and maintenance of facilities for 
the quartering and subsisting of contractor's employees will be subject to the 
approval of the contracting officer if tne facilities are located on Govern- 
ment property. The contractor will be permitted to construct such facili tie's 
on the lands owned by the Government only at such locations specifically 
approved by the contracting officer. The type of construction and design for 
the buildings erected by the contractor will be subject to the approval of the 
contracting officer. Expensive or permanent types of construction will not be 
required, but no unsightly, unsanitary shacks or shanties will be permitted. 
The contractor will be required to comply in the administration of his camps 
with state and local laws relative to police and sanitary measures and with 
protective measures imposed by the contracting officer. In the event of non- 
compliance with such laws and regulations, the contracting officer will en- 
force them at the expense of the contractor. The contracting officer may 
require the contractor to discharge any employee from the work for violation 
of camp regulations. (See paragraph l-21(c).) 

(b) In the event the contractor makes arrangements with landowners, 
other than the Government, near the site of the work for the construction of 
temporary facilities for the quartering and subsisting of subsisting of his 
employees, he will be subject, in the operation and maintenance of such a camp, 
to all the provisions of subparagraph (a) above with respect to the require- 
ments for compliance with all state and local laws relative to police and 
sanitary measures, and with measures such as safety, fire hazard and protec- 
tion, etc., imposed by the contracting officer. In the event of noncompliance 
with such laws and regulations while operating and maintaining a temporary 
camp not on the Government owned or controlled property, the contracting 
officer will enforce them at the expense of the contractor. The contracting 
officer may require the contractor to discharge from the work any employee for 
violation of camp regulations, notwithstanding the fact that the camp may not 
be located on Government owned or controlled property. 

(c) In the event the contractor provides subsistence and/or hous- 
ing facilities for his employees, he shall also make available suitable quar- 
ters, properly furnished, and/or subsistence for such single male Government 
employees, not to exceed thirty, as may require such accomodations 



1-15 



and at the same rates charged his own employees. 

(d) No business or recreational facilities shall be established, or 
operated on Government owned or controlled lands without the written approval of 
the contracting officer. 

1-16. INSURANCE. - Before the first partial payment is made, tiae contractor 
shall insure the buildings against fire, loss and damage of every nature at his 
own expense, for and in the name of the United States, to at least the amount 
of such partial payment; and thereafter, before each subsequent partial payment 
is made, he shall increase the amount of such insurance, so that the buildings 
shall be at all times insured to at least the full amount of all payments made 
by the United States thereon. The insurance shall remain in force until the 
buildings have been completed and accepted by the United States. 

1-17. DATUM AND REFERENCE BENCH MARKS. - The plane of reference used in these 
specifications and on the drawings is Mean Sea Level. Reference bench marks will 
be established at various points about the village site by the Government. The 
location and elevation of bench mark TBM-S-108 is shown on the General Plan, Sheet 
2, of the drawings accompanying these specifications. 

1-18. PHYSICAL DATA. 

(a) Foundation Data . - Investigations including surveys, borings, and 
test pits made at the site by the United States to determine the character of the 
foundation materials are shown on the drawings referred to in paragraph l-Oc. 

The United States does not guarantee that other materials .will not be 
encountered nor that the proportions of the several materials will not vary from 
those indicated by the explorations. Bidders are expected to examine the site of 
the vjork, the logs of borings, test pits, and soil samples which are available at 
the U. S. Engineer Office, Massena, New York, and, after investigation, decide for 
themselves the character of the .materials and make their bids accordingly. 

( b) Concrete A&gregate and Road Material Sources . - It shall be the r es- 
ponsibility of the contractor to provide fine ' and coarse aggregates and road materi- 
als meeting the specifications, and to deliver it to the site of the v.ork. Inves- 
tigations are underway to locate suitable aggregate and gravel sources, and labo- 
ratory tests on fine and coarse aggregates are being made. The results of all ex- 
ploration, investigations, and laboratory tests directed by the contracting officer, 
will be made available to the contractor at the U. S. Engineer Office, Massena, N.Y< 

(c) Weather Conditions . - Meteorological data in the form of rainfall, 
snow, and temperature records, prepared from records covering a period of 33 years 
(I907 to 1^39, inclusive) of the U. S. Weather Bureau Station at Canton, New York, 
approximately 35 miles southwest of the site of the ^ork, are as follows: 



of 







Temperat 


ure 




Precipitation 








Degrees 


Fahrenheit 


(Mean Monthly) 






Mean 


Extreme 




Extreme 


Total 


Inches 


Month 


Monthly 


Max. 




Min. 


Inches 


Snow 


January 


16.8 


61 




-41 


2.64 


14.9 


February 


15.3 


63 




-43 


2.30 


15.5 


March 


27.9 


78 




-30 


2.60 


13.1 


April 


41.7 


85 




- 1 


2.59 


4.9 


May 


54.2 


93 




21 


3.03 


0.2 


June 


£>3-5 


97 




30 


J.51 






1-16 







Tempera' 


ture 






Degrees 


Fahrenheit 




Mean 


Extreme 


Extreme 


Month 


Monthly 


Max. 


Min. 


July- 


68.8 


99 


34 


August 


66.5 


96 


35 


September 


58.8 


91 


25 


October 


47.4 


83 


14 


November 


35.0 


75 


-15 


December 


21.4 


61 


-37 



Precipitation 
(Mean Monthly) 




Total 
Inches 


Inches of 
Snow 


3.62 
3-42 
3.44 
3.04 
3.02 
2.62 






0.1 

1.0 

7.5 
14.5 



The above data are included for the information of the contractor. 
The Government assumes no responsibility for their completeness or accuracy or 
for deductions, interpretations, or conclusions drawn therefrom. 

(d) Utilities . - In the event that power lines, telephone or telegraph 
lines, pipe lines, cables, or other utilities are encountered within the limits 
of the work the contractor shall notify the contracting officer in writing of any 
necessary changes in such utilities not less than 3° days in advance of the date 
he desires such changes made. The contracting officer will arrange for the relo- 
cation or reconstruction of such utilities by other agencies, or will authorize 
the contractor to remove them, at no extra cost to the Government, to the extent 
required for execution of the contract work. 

1-19. TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES. - The following d^ta on transportation 
facilities is furnished for the information of the contractor, but the Government 
assumes no responsibility for its completeness or accuracy and the contractor is 
expected to investigate the conditions and determine for himself the probable 
transportation facilities available. 

(a) Railroads . - Massena, N. y. , is served by the New York Central 
Railroad and a branch line of the Canadian National Railway ( known as the Grand 
Trunk Lines in the United States). The Massena Terminal Railroad connects the 
freight yards of the above lines with the Aluminum °ompany Plant two miles west 
of Seaway. Plans are now being developed for a construction railroad to connect 
Seaway with existing lines. When they are more fully developed, plans showing the 
location of the railroad will be available for inspection in the U. S. Engineer 
Office, Massena, N. Y. * 

(b) Highways . - The town of Massena, N. Y. , is served by New York 
State Highways No. 37 and No. 56, the latter connecting with U. S. Highway No. 11 
at Potsdam, N. Y. , about 25 miles distant. Several improved county roads connect 
the aforementioned State Highways with the site of the work. 

1-20. ORGANIZATION, PLANT, AND PROGRESS. 

(a) The contracting officer reserves the right to limit the amount of 
work to be performed by subcontractors. He also requires that subcontracts and 
subcontractors be approved by him. The contractor shall obtain the contracting 
officer's approval of the subcontract and subcontractor beforehand, and the 
contracting officer shall be furnished a copy of the proposed subcontract in 
each case. Upon receipt of the contracting officer's approval, the sub- 
contract may then be completed. The contracting officer's approval 
of subcontracts or subcontractors in no way relieves the contractor 



1-17 



of the proper performance of the work as specified in paragraph l-09» 

(b) The contractor shall employ an ample force of properly ex- 
perienced men and provide construction plant properly adapted to the work 
and of sufficient capacity and efficiency to accomplish the work in a safe 
and workmanlike manner at the rate of progress specified in his bid. All 
plant shall be maintained in good working order and provision shall be made 
for immediate emergency repairs. NO reduction in the capacity of the plant 
employed on the work shall be made except by written permission of the con- 
tracting officer. The measure of the •capacity of the plant" shall be its 
actual performance on the work to which these specifications apply. It is 
understood that award of this contract shall not be construed as a guaranty 
by the United States that plant listed in statement of contractor for use on 
this contract is adequate for the performance of the work. 

(c) Should the contractor fail to maintain the rate of progress 
proposed in his bid, the contracting officer may require that additional 
men or plant or both be placed on the work, working if necessary during 
additional periods, or a reorganization of plant layout be effected in order 
that work be brought up to schedule and maintained there. Should the con- 
tractor refuse or neglect so to increase the number of men, or plant both, 
or to reorganize the plant layout in the manner satisfactory to the con- 
tracting officer, the latter may proceed under the provisions of Article 9 
of the contract. 

1-21. LIABILITY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. 

(a) Accident Prevention. In order to protect the life and health 
of employees in the performance of this contract, the contractor will comply 
with all pertinent provisions of the "Safety Requirements in Excavation - 
Building - Construction" approved by the Chief of Engineers, December 16, 
1941* (a copy of which is on file in the office of the contracting officer) 
and as may be amended, and will take or cause to be taken such additional 
measures as the contracting officer may determine to be reasonably necessary 
for this purpose. The contractor will maintain an accurate record of and 
will report to the contracting officer in the manner and on the forms pre- 
scribed by the contracting officer, all cases of death, occupational disease 
and traumatic injury arising out of or in the course of employment on work 
under this contract. The contracting officer will notify the contractor of 
any non-compliance with the foregoing provisions and the action to be taken. 
The contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately correct the 
conditions to which attention has been directed. Such notice, when served 
on the contractor or his representative at the site of the work, shall be 
deemed sufficient for the purpose aforesaid. If the contractor fails or re- 
fuses to comply promptly, the contracting officer may issue an order stopping 
all or any part of the work. When satisfactory corrective action is taken, 

a start order will be issued. No part of the time lost due to any such stop 
order shall be made the subject of claim for extension of time or for excess 
costs or damages by the contractor. 

(b) The contractor will not be allowed to block or obstruct any 
public highway without having secured prior permission from the contracting 
officer, and having provided safe, temporary detours. During the time the 
public highways may be so blocked, the contractor shall place danger lights, 
barricades and warning signs in accordance with the laws of the State of 
New York. 

(c) The contractor shall be responsible that hi? employees strict- 
ly observe the laws of the United States affecting all operations at the 

1-18 



site under the contract. He shall comply with all applicable Federal, 
State, and local laws, including those concerning the inspection of boil- 
ers and other equipment, the licensing of engineers and other employees, 
(d) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as modifying 
the responsibility of the contractor as set forth in Article 10 of the 
contract. 

1-22. LIGHTS. - The contractor shall, at his own expense, display 
proper lights continuously each night for obstructions and safety in con- 
nection with the work, when necessary in the opinion of the contracting 
officer. He will also be required to light, at his own expense, all work 
areas, provide safety lights, and any other safety and operating lighting 
as may be directed or required, tc the satisfaction of the contracting 
officer. 

I-23. USE OF EXPLOSIVES. - The contractor shall use the utmost care 
in the use of explosives necessary for the prosecution of the work, not to 
endanger life or property. All blasting operations shall be conducted by 
experienced men only. The handling and use of explosives shall be dene 
strictly in accordance with the latest methods and rulings to insure safety, 
in accordance with the specifications issued by the U. S. Bureau of Mines, 
and in compliance with the local and State laws. Failure to observe neces- 
sary precautions will be sufficient grounds for temporary suspension of the 
work. All explosives shall be transported and stored in a secure manner, 
and in accordance with local and State laws; all vehicles and such storage 
places shall be marked clearly "DANGER - EXPLOSIVES,* and shall be in the 
care of competent watchmen at all t imes. In no case shall caps or other 
detonators be stored or transported with dynamite or other explosives. The 
location of magazines for the storage of explosives and for the separate 
storage of detonators shall be subject to the approval of the contracting 
officer. 

1-24. PROPERTY DAMAGE. - All damage to Government property or any pri- 
vate property due to failure of the contractor to carry out the terms of the 
contract and specifications, to take reasonable precautions, to maintain 
progress to approved schedules, or to carry out the instructions of the con- 
tracting officer shall be made good by the contractor without expense to the 
United States. The contractor will also be held responsible for any damage 
done to adjoining property through his neglect or failure to protect properly 
the work, (See Article 10 of the contract.) 

1-25. INSPECTION. 

(a) The work will be conducted under the general direction of the 
contracting officer and will be inspected in accordance with Article 6 of the 
contract by inspectors appointed by him. The inspectors will keep a record 
of the work done and see that the location and limit marks are kept in proper 
order by the contractor, but the presence of the inspector shall nor relieve 
the contractor or his responsible agent (See Article 8 of the contract) of 
responsibility for the proper execution of the work. 

(b) Should the contractor refuse, neglect, or delay compliance with 
the requirements concerning facilities for inspection and layout (See para- 
graph 1-26), the specific facilities may be furnished and maintained by the 
contracting officer, and the cost thereof deducted from any amounts due or to 

become due the contractor. 

1-19 



(c) Except as specified in this paragraph, in Article 6 of the 
contract, and in paragraph l-31(d) and 1-26, all expenses of inspection 
will be borne by the United States, 

(d) It is understood that any instructions, or decisions given 
by a superior officer, through the contracting officer, are to be consid- 
ered instructions or decisions of the contracting officer, in all cases 
where, under the terms of this contract, decision rests with the contract- 
ing officer. 

1-26. LINES, GRADES, AND MEASUREMENT S . 

(a) The work shall be carried out in strict accordance with lines, 
grades, and dimensions shown on the drawings or as directed from time to 
time by the contracting officer,. 

(b) The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish all stakes, 
templates, patterns, platforms, and special labor that may be required in 
setting and cutting, or laying out any part of the work. 

(c) The contracting officer will furnish the control points, 
lines, grades, and elevations necessary to enable the contractor to commence 
construction work. After this original layout has been made by the contract- 
ing officer, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to supply and 
maintain all additional survey points, foundation and grade stakes, form 
locations, and other work lines necessary for the proper execution and con- 
duct of the work. 

*d) From time to time during the progress of the work, the con- 
tracting officer will check the contractor's lines and grades to determine 
whether or not the work is being accurately and properly executed, but such 
checks will in no way relieve the contractor of the responsibility for exe- 
cuting the work in accordance with the plans and specifications, or the 
original field layout furnished by the contracting officer. 

(e) Bench marks, triangulation stations, and principal control 
points shall be preserved by the contractor and in case of their destruction 
or removal by him or his employees, they will be replaced by the contracting 
officer at the contractor's expense, 

1-27. CHANGES AND CHANGED CONDITIONS. - When changes are made in the 
specifications or drawings, or changed conditions are encountered during the 
progress of the work, which cause an increase or decrease in the amount due 
under the contract, or in the time required for its performance, an equit- 
able adjustment shall be made in accordance with Articles 3 and k of the 
contract. 

1-28. MINOR MODIFICATIONS. - The right is reserved to make such minor 
changes in the execution of the work to be done under these specifications as, 
in the judgment of the contracting officer, may be necessary or expedient to 
carry out the intent of the contract; provided, that the unit cost to the 
contractor of doing the work shall not be increased thereby, and no increase 
in unit price over the contract rate will be paid to the contractor on ac- 
count of such changes. (See Articles 3, 4, and 5 of the contract.) 

1-29. CLAIMS, PROTESTS, AND APPEALS. 

(a) If the contractor considers any work demanded of him to be 
outside the requirements of the contract or if he considers any action or 



1-20 



ruling of the contracting officer or of the inspectors to be unfair, the 
contractor shall without undue delay, upon such demand, action, or ruling, 
submit his protest thereto in writing to the contracting officer, stating 
clearly and in detail the basis of his objections. The contracting officer 
shall thereupon promptly investigate the complaint and furnish the contract- 
or his decision, in writing, thereon. If the contractor is not satisfied 
with the decision of the contracting officer, he may, within thirty days, 
appeal in writing to the Secretary of War, whose decision or that of his duly 
authorized representative, shall be final and binding upon the par >s to the 
contract. Except for such protests or objections as are made of record in 
the manner herein specified and within the time limit stated, the records, 
rulings, instructions, or decisions of the contracting officer shall be 
final and conclusive. 

(b) All appeals from decisions of the contracting officer author- 
ized under the contract shall, be addressed to the Secretary of War, Wash- 
ington, D. C. The appeal shall contain all the facts or circumstances upon 
which the contractor bases his claim for relief and should be presented to 
the contracting officer for transmittal within the time provided therefor in 
the contract. 

1-30. PATENTS. - The contractor shall hold and save the Government, 
its officers, agents, servants, and employees, harmless from liability of 
any nature or kind, including costs and expenses for or on account of any 
patented or unpatented invention, article, or appliance manufactured or used 
in the performance of this contract, including its use by the Government. 

1-31. STANDARD TESTS, QUALITY, AND GUARANTEES. 

(a) All materials, supplies, and parts and assemblies thereof, 
entering into, the work to be done under these specifications, shall be test- 
ed as specified herein, or if not specified, in conformity with Article 6 of 
the contract and according to the best modern approved methods for the par- 
ticular type and class of work. 

(b) Unless otherwise authorized or directed, where standard pub- 
lished specifications of recognized authorities or organizations are speci- 
fied, the latest revision of such specifications current at the time the 
work is executed shall govern. 

(c) Unless waived in writing by the contracting officer, all tests 
and trials shall be made in the presence of a duly authorized representative 
of the contracting officer. When the presence of the inspector is so waived, 
sworn statements, in triplicate, of the tests made and the results thereof, 
shall be furnished the contracting officer by the contractor as soon as 
possible after the tests are made. 

(d) All costs of all tests and trials, excepting the expenses of 
the Government inspector, shall be borne by the contractor and shall be in- 
cluded in the contract price, unless specified otherwise. 

(e) in accordance with Article 7 of the contract, all materials, 
supplies, and articles furnished and incorporated in the permanent work 
shall be of the highest grade, free from defects and imperfections, of re- 
cent manufacture, and unused. Workmanship shall be of the higTiest grade 
and in accordance with the best modern standard practice. When two or more 
articles of the same material or equipment are required, the articles of each 
type shall be standard products of a single reputable manufacturer. 

(f) All articles, supplies, equipment, parts, and assemblies 



1-21 



thereof, of standard manufacture, or for which detail design or require- 
ments are not prescribed in these specifications, shall be guaranteed by the 
contractor against any failure in proper use or operation, caused by defec- 
tive material, workmanship, or design, for a period of one year from the 
date of final acceptance of the complete work under this contract. Failure 
in any part due to such causes within that time shall be promptly and sat- 
isfactorily remedied by the contractor without cost to the United States. 

1-32. PROTECTION OF STORED MATERIALS. - All materials, supplies, and 
articles delivered at the site shall be adequately housed or otherwise pro- 
tected against deterioration and damage to the satisfaction of the contract- 
ing officer. When material stored at the site and partly paid for is not 
adequately protected by the contractor, such material will be kept protected 
by the contracting officer, at the expense of the contractor and no partial 
payments will be made upon future delivery of the articles or commodities in 
question. 

1-33. MISPLACED MATERIAL. - Any materials that are deposited or stored 
other than the place designated or approved by the contracting officer will 
be subject to removal and redeposit by the Contractor as directed by the 
contracting officer. 

1-34- STANDARD STOCK PRODUCTS. 

(a) All materials, supplies, and articles furnished shall, 
wherever so specified, and otherwise wherever practicable, be the standard 
stock products of recognized reputable manufacturers. The standard stock 
products of manufacturers other than those specified will be accepted when 
it is proved to the satisfaction of the contracting officer that they are 
equal in strength, durability, usefulness and convenience for the purpose 
intended. (See Article 7 of the contract.) Any changes required in the de- 
tails and dimensions shown on the drawings for the substitution of standard 
stock products, other than those provided for, shall be properly made as 
approved by the contracting officer, and at the expense of the contractor. 
The references herein to brands and catalog numbers are intended to be de- 
scriptive and not restrictive, and are used only to indicate articles that 
will be satisfactory. Other makes and catalog numbers will be accepted pro- 
vided that they are similar and equal to those specified herein or called 
for on the drawings. 

(b) Data to be submitted for Approval . - In accordance with Article 
7 of the contract, prior to the placing of any purchase order for products 
of standard manufacture, and sufficiently in advance of the proposed pur- 
chase date to enable the contracting officer to determine whether the pro- 
posed product conforms to the specifications, the contractor shall submit 
for approval of the contracting officer complete descriptive data in tri- 
plicate, consisting of dimensioned drawings, catalog references and speci- 
fications, typical performance records, and such other information as may be 
required to be submitted on special forms to be furnished by the contract- 
ing officer to identify clearly each product in question. The term •or e- 
qual* shall not be used in any descriptive information furnished. Except 
at the contractor's risk, no purchase order shall be placed for any product 
which has not been approved by the contracting officer. 

(c) Final Completion Data. - There shall be supplied 5 complete 
sets of data, each separately bound in a leather, binder, for each major 

1-22 



item of equipment furnished and installed under this contract. These data 
shall consist of all necessary instruction bulletins, complete drawings, 
complete parts and material lists positively identifying each part, manu- 
facturer's recommendation as to spare parts, and all other necessary data. 

1-35. PREFERENCE FOR DOMESTIC ARTICLES. 

(a) With reference to Article 18 of the contract, because the 
materials listed below, or the materials from which they are manufactured, 
are not mined, produced, or manufactured, as the case may be, in the United 
States in sufficient and reasonably available commercial quantities and of 
a satisfactory quality, their use in the work herein specified is authorized 
without regard to the country of origin: 



Platinum 


Nickel 


Asbestos 


Chromium 


Rubber 


China Wood Oil (Tung Oil) 


Cork 


Teak Wood 


Balsa Wood 


Jute 


Silk 


English Ball Clay 


Kaurigum 


Sisal 


English China Clay 


Lac 


Tin 


Natural Copper-Nickel Alloy 


Asphalt 


Diamonds 


Aluminum 



(b) Articles, materials, or supplies manufactured in the United 
States and containing mercury, antimony, tungsten, or mica of foreign origin 
may be used in the work herein specified because such manufactured articles, 
materials, or supplies have been manufactured in the United States substan- 
tially all from articles, materials, or supplies, mined, produced, or manu- 
factured, as the case may be, in the United States. 

I-36. INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. - The contractor shall not 
interfere with material, appliances, or workmen of the United States, or of 
any other contractor who may have work at this site. As far as practicable, 
all subcontractors shall have equal rights to the use of all roads and grounds, 
In cases of disagreement regarding such use, the decision of the contracting 
officer shall govern. (See Article 13 of the contract.) 

l-37« RESTORATION OF SITE. - Before final payment is made, the con- 
tractor shall remove from the site, without expense to the United States all 
rubbish, unused materials provided by him, and temporary buildings; shall 
fill all holes or cavities made for his convenience, except as otherwise pro- 
vided, and shall leave the whole site in good order and condition, all as 
required by the contracting officer. 

1-35. WAGE AND LABOR PROVISIONS. 

4a) Pursuant to the provisions, of article 1? of revised United 
States Standard Form No. 23 the following wage rates have been ^.determined 
by the Department of Labor : 

SCHEDULE OF WAGS RATES 

Classification Minimum Rate per Hour 

Blacksmith 

Blacksmith Helper 

Boilermaker , 



SCHEDULE OF WAGE RATES (Cont'd) 

Classification Minimum Rate per Hour 

Boilermaker Helper 

Bricklayer 

Bricklayer Tender 

Carpenter, (Skilled) 

Carpenter, Apprentice, 1st year 

Carpenter, Apprentice, 2nd year 

Carpenter, Apprentice, Jrd year 

Concrete Finisher (Rough concrete) 

Concreteman (Puddler, Screeder, Vibratorman & Curing) 

Dumpman (Spotter & Grademan) 

Electrician 

Electrician Helper 

Engineman (Stationary Power Plants) 

Fireman 

Glazier 

Laborer (Common) 

Lather (Wood and Metal) 

Linoleum Worker 

Machinist 

Machinist Helper 

Mason (Stone) 

Mechanic 

Mechanic Helper 

Millwright 

Oiler 

Operators of Power Equipment: 

Air Compressor (160 c.f.m. & under) 

Air Compressor (l6o c.f.m, & over) 

Air Compressor (over 750 c.f.m.) 

Air Hammer (Jackhammer, Pavement Breaker, etc.) 

Bulldozer 

Concrete Mixer (under 5-bag) 

Concrete Mixer (5-bag & over) 

Crane 

Derrick 

Ditching Machine 

Dragline 

Elevating Grader 

Grader (Finish) 

Grader (Rough) 

Hoist 

Pile Driver 

Power Saw 

Power Scraper 

Pump (100 H.P. or over) 

Pump (under 100 H.P.) 

Pump (Portable) 

Sanding Machine 

Shovel 

Tractor (under 40 H.P. w/o attachments) 
Tractor (40 H.P. & over, & all tractors w/attachments) 

1-24 



SCHEDULE OF WAGE RATES (Cont'd) 

Classification Minimum Rate per Hour 

Painter 

Pipe Fitter 

Pipe Fitter Helper 

Plasterer 

Plasterer Tender 

Plumber 

Plumber Helper 

Powderman 

Powder man Helper 

Reinforcing Steel Worker 

Rigger 

Roofer 

Sheet Jfetal Worker 

Structural Steel Worker 

Structural Steel Worker Helper 

Teamster (2 up) 

Teamster (4 up or more) 

Tile Setter 

Tile and fcferble Setter 

Tool Dresser 

Truck Driver (l£ tone & under) 

Truck Driver (l£ to 4 tons) 

Truck Driver (4 tons to 10 tons) 

Truck Driver (over 10 tons) 

Welder (Certified - structural steel) 

Welder (Certified - other than structural steel) 

Welder's Helper 

(b) Each class of laborer and mechanic specified in the above 
schedule shall receive not less than the minimum rate of wages specified 
therein, except that deductions from wages paid may be made as required by 
any laws now or hereinafter in force, in the state in which this project is 
situated, calling for contributions by employees from earnings to funds 
maintained in the administration of an unemployment compensation law under 
the Social Security Act. In the event that it becomes necessary to employ 
any laborer or mechanic whose work is not covered by any of the classifica- 
tions in said schedule, he shall be paid not less than the prevailing rate 

of wages for the class of work done by him. Such rate shall be predetermined 
by the contracting officer. In case any dispute arises as to what are the 
prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature which cannot be ad- 
justed by the contracting officer, the matter shall be referred to the Sec- 
retary of Labor for determination and his decision therecn shall be conclu- 
sive on all parties hereto. 

(c) The contractor will be required to furnish identification 
badges for all his employees. These badges will show the employee's photo- 
graph, printed name, and signature, and will be of a design approved by the 
contracting officer. 

(d) The contractor, in performing the work required by this con- 
tract, shall not discriminate against any worker because of race, creed, 
color, or national origin. 

1-25 



(e) The contractor agrees that the provisions of paragraph (d) 
above will also be inserted in all of his subcontracts* For the purpose of 
this article a subcontract is defined as any contract entered into by the 
contractor with any individual, partnership, association, corporation, es- 
tate, or trust, or other business enterprise or legal entity, which involves 
performance, wholly or in part at the site of the work, of some part of the 
work to be performed under this contract. 

I-39 . REPORTS TO DEPARTMENT OF LABOR. - The contractor will report 
monthly, and will cause all subcontractors to report in like manner, within 
five days after the close of each calendar month, on forms to be furnished 
by the Department of Labor, the number of persons on their respective pay- 
rolls, the aggregate amount of such payrolls, the man hours worked, and the 
total expenditures for materials, *ie shall furnish to the Department of La- 
bor the names and addresses of all subcontractors on the work at the earli- 
est date practicable, provided that the foregoing shall be applicable only 
to work at the site of the construction project. Copies of all data furnish- 
ed the Department of labor shall be promptly furnished the contracting offi- 
cer. 

1-40. INVOICES. - The contractor shall furnish the contracting officer 
with copies of all invoices for the purchase of materials, supplies, and 
plant in connection with the work to be performed under these specifications* 
The contractor's records shall be subject to inspection by the contracting 
officer to verify the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished. 

1-41 • COST DATA. - The Government will keep a record of the costs of 
the work performed under these specifications and the contractor shall per- 
mit the contracting officer to have access to the records of his timekeeping, 
invoices, and plant for this purpose* The contractor shall also furnish 
the contracting officer with a statement of the initial cost and date of pur- 
chase of all plant used in connection with the work* 

1-42. ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE BY REASON OF CHANGE IN FEDERAL, 
STATE, OR LOCAL TAXES. - The contract price will be considered to include 
all Federal, State, and local taxes imposed prior to the date of opening 
bids and applicable to the undertaking. If any privilege, sales, gross re- 
ceipts, or other tax (exclusive of taxes on net income or undistributed 
profits), applicable to the undertaking and payable directly by the contrac- 
tor, is imposed or changed after the date of opening bids by Federal or 
State enactment, then the contract price will be increased or decreased 
accordingly and any amount due or chargeable against the contractor as a re- 
sult thereof will be adjusted on payment vouchers as separate items. 

1-43* SUBCONTRACTORS. - Subcontractors and their employees shall be 
considered to be employees of the contractor as the term "employee" is used 
in these specifications. 

1-44* SITE OF WORK. - The term "Site of the Work* as used in these 
specifications and in Articles 17 and 19 of the contract, will embrace all 
areas wherein field operations are conducted by the contractor in connection 
with this contract, including work areas, shops, yards, camps, etc., irre- 
spective of whether such operating areas lie within the limits of work areas 
or right-of-way shown on the drawings. 

1-26 



1-45* ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS. - The act of October 9, 1940 (Public No. 811, 
76th Congress) provides that Sections 3477 and 3737# Revised Statutes, shall not 
apply to any case in which the moneys due or to become due from the United States, 
under a contract providing for payments aggregating $1,000 or more, are assigned 
to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, including any Federal 
lending agency. An assignment may be made under this contract, pursuant to the 
Act of October 9t 19 4° » cited above, and subject to the further provision stated 
below: 

(a) Any assignment shall cover all amounts payable under this contract 
and not already paid and shall not be made to more than one party, except ihat any 
such assignment may be made to one party as agent or trustee for two or more 
parties participating in such financing. 

(b) Any claim under this contract which may be assigned may be subject 
to firther assignment to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, 
including any Federal lending agency, and to similar further assignment; provided, 
that any such assignee shall file written notice of the further assignment together 
with a true copy of the instrument of further assignment with the contractor and 
also as provided in proviso 4 of section 1 of the Assignment of Claims Act of 194° 
(Public No. 811, 76th Congress) in respect of original assignment. 

(c) No assignee shall divulge any information concerning the contract, 
or contained therein, except to -those persons necessarily concerned with the 
transaction. 

(d) Payments to an assignee of any claim arising under this contract 
shall not be subject to reduction or set off for any indebtedness of the assignor 
to the United States arising independently of this contract. 

1-46, FINAL EXAMINATION AND ACCEPTANCE. - The following provisions will 
be included in U. S. Standard Form of Contract No. 23 when executed by the Govern- 
ment and the contractor: 

(a) At any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed project 
as a whole, the contracting officer, or his authorized/representative, from time 
to time may, in writing, finally accept portions of the project and thereafter 
the Government may put to use such accepted portions including the use of road- 
ways, walkways, utilities, and services necessary for the use and occupancy of 
the portions of the project so accepted whether included within the accepted por- 
tions or otherwise. 

(b) The contractor shall be relieved, as of the effective date of 
each such acceptance, of any further liability whatsoever with respect to the 
accepted portions of the project, except such work as may be found to be necessary 
to correct defects or to supply omissions subsequently discovered, and, in the 
opinion of the contracting officer attributable to the fault or negligence of the 
contractor, its subcontractors, material men, agency, servants, or employees. 

I-47. APPROVAL. _ This contract shall be subject to the written approval of 
the proper authorities to be designated later and will not be binding until so 
approved. 



1-27 






SECTION II 
CLEARING, EXCAVATING, FILLING, AND GRADING 

2-01, GENERAL. - The contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, 
material, and equipment necessary to complete all excavation, fill, 
grading, clearing and grubbing, removal of field stones, removal of 
existing structures, placing topsoil and seeding, all as specified, 
and / or indicated on the drawings. 

2-02. CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 

(a) Scope and Method . - The area to be occupied by utilities; 
access railroad; buildings; paved areas of roads, streets, alleys, and 
sidewalks; tennis courts and ball park; parking and other paved areas 
shall be cleared and grubbed of all trees, stumps, roots, brush, buried 
logs, fallen timber, fences, and any other objectionable materials and 
obstructions as directed by the contracting officer, ^ther areas, such 
as lawns, parkways in roads and streets, and boulevards, shall be cleared 
and grubbed of the debris listed above except that trees shall be carefully 
preserved. All roots 1^-inch diameter or greater shall be grubbed to a 
minimum depth of one foot below ground surface. Holes which may be left 
as a result of grubbing operations in areas not to be excavated shall 
be filled with earth and leveled off to the satisfaction of the contracting 
officer. 

(b) Trees and Shrubs . - The contractor shall carefully protect 
and guard all trees and shrubs within the village area which are outside the 
area to be cleared. All trees and shrubs within five feet of any 
building shall bo removed unless otherwise directed by the contracting 
officer. All branches of trees hanging within fourteen feet of any part of 
the paved areas shall be cut. Cuts shall be made flush with the trunk or 
branch, and cuts over 1 inch in diameter shall be painted with 
acceptable commercial tree paint. Trees outside the cleared areas stated i 
above but within the work areas may be removed by the contractor with the 
approval of the contracting officer, when such trees are so located as to 
interfere or retard the progress of the work. 

( c ) Dis posal . - All trees, stumps, roots, brush, and other debris 
cleared from the areas indicated ahove shall be burned, or otherwise 
completely removed from the village site to the satisfaction of the contracting 
officer. The contractor shall be responsible for any damage done by fire, 
and shall at on time leave a fire unattended until it has been fully extinquished; 

All fences and crops ordered to be removed shall become the property of the 
contractor and shall be disposed of by him. 

(d) All clearing and grubbing shall be completed to the satis- 
faction of the contracting officer in advance of the excavating, grading, 
or building construction. 

2-03. REMOVAL OF EXIST ING BUILDINGS. 

(a) Gen eral . - A number of buildings such as houses, barns, 
and, garages exist within the work area which are to be removed by the 
contractor. These buildings are indicated on the drawing W-l-l/6, and are 
numbered as shown. Some of these structures will be used by the Government 
until such facilities as they provide are replaced by completed construction. 

The contractor shall have the privilege of using such buildings as are 
not reserved by the Government for uses that will expedite the work. 

2-1 



(b) Description . - The buildings are listed below by the 
same numbers as indicated on the drawing with such information as is 
available. All eimensions indicated are in feet. 



Building No. 
Building No. 
Building No. 



Building No. 
Building No. 



6: 
7: 



Building No. 8: 



Building No. 9: 



Building No. 10 



Buildings Nos . 



Building No. 13 



Building No. 
Building No. 
Building No. 



Building No. 17: 



Building No. 
Building No. 



Stone foundation of a house. 

Frame garage, l6 x 18; stone foundation. 

Barn of mortise frame construction, 30 x 54 x 1& 

feet high; full basement with dirt floor; gable 

roof covered with motal roofing. 

Frame garage, 10 x 18; stone foundation. 

Dwelling, frame construction; overall dimensions 

approximately 40 x 45 » 2 stories; 14 rooms on 

first floor, 7 rooms on second floor; stone 

foundation; 1/4 basement; house contains 

plumbing, bath, and cistern. 

Barn, frame construction; rambling structure, 

41 x 50 x 16, 32 x 16 x 14, 22 x 46 x 14, and 
22 x 56 x 14; stone foundation; metal roofing. 
Note: The farm on which Buildings Nos. 6, 7» 
and 8 are located also contains a woodshed, 
granary, and well. 

Barn, frame construction; 40 x 60 x 14 with 
additions 26 x 4° * 12 and 14 x 24 x 12; stone 
foundation; gable roof with metal roofing; 
concrete floor in cow barn; milk house with 
concrete tank in barn. 
: Two and one-half story brick structure, 22 x 
30 x 14 with frame addition 16 x 32 x 10; l6 
rooms; stone foundation; full basement; cess- 
pool and cistern. 
11 and 12: Small frame outbuildings. 

Note: In addition this farm has four small out- 
buildings of frame construction and a hollow 
tile circular silo, 16 feet x 36 feet high with 
concrete foundation. The farm also has 3 wells. 
Dwelling, frame construction, 30 x 3 2 x 16 with 
wing 20 x 24 x 10; 11 rooms, 6 on first floor, 
5 on second floor; full basement; stone found- 
ation. 

Machine shed, frame construction, 18 x 48 x 10; 
stone foundation. 
15: Garage, frame construction, 18 x 20; stone 
foundation; concrete floor. 

Barn and rambling structure of frame construction; 
overall dimensions about 100 x 120; stone founda- 
tion; concrete floor in cow barn; gable roof; 
metal roofing. 

Note: In addition this farm contains a wood 
stave silo with concrete foundation, 5 small frame 
outbuildings, and 2 wells. 

Barn, frame construction; overall dimensions 
about 110 x 50 ; stone foundation; concrete floor 
in cow barn; gable roof, metal roofing. 
Granary, frame construction, 18 x 18 x 14. 
Dwelling, brick structure, 26 x 28 x 12 and 
18 x 22 x 8 with frame addition 13 x 17 x 8; 
11 rooms, 8 on first floor, 3 on second; 3/4 
basement; stone foundation; metai roofing; 

2-2 



14 



16: 



18: 
19: 






cistern. 

Note: in addition this farm contains 5 frame 
outbuildings, 3 wells, and a concrete circular 
silo 14 feet x 36 feet high. 

'Building No. 20: Dwelling, frame construction, 28 x 60; 10 rooms, 

8 on first floor, 2 on second; 3/4 basement; 
stone foundation; part concrete floor in base- 
ment; cistern. 

Building No. 21: Barn, frame construction, 44 x 3&> stone found- 
ation. 

Note: in addition this property contains a 
frame poultry house with concrete floor, and 
2 wells. 

Building No. 22: Barn, frame construction, ^0 x 88 x 16; stone 

foundation; concrete floor in cow barn; gable 
roof; metal roofing. 

Building No. 23: Poultry house and tool shed; frame construction, 

24 x 62 x 14; stone foundation; metal roof. 

Building No. 24: Horse barn, frame construction, 26 x 36 x 1&; 

stone foundation; metal roofing; 1/4 concrete 
' floor. 

Building No. 25: Granary, frame construction, 18 x 20 x 14; 

metal roofing. 

Building No. 26: Tool shed, frame construction, 13 x 30 x 8; 

stone foundation; metal roofing. 

Building No. 27: Dwelling, brick construction, 32 x 34 x 20 

with frame addition 21 x 24 x 12; 11 rooms, 
5 on first floor, 5 on second floor, 1 on third 
floor; 3/4 basement; stone foundation; 
part metal roofing; cistern. 

Building No. 28: Hay barn, frame construction, 36 x 80 x 20. 

Not to be removed . 

The Government proposes to reserve for its own use 7 buildings, 
numbers 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, and 28. 

(c) Release for Wrecking, . - The buildings reserved by the 
Government for use as temporary field office, warehouses, or garages, will 
be released for wrecking and removal when the Administration Building and 
all other warehouses and garages in priority area A are completed and 
accepted, and the existing buildings are no longer needed for temporary 
use. 

(d) Removal . - The contractor shall remove the existing structures 
completely, including such appurtenances about the main buildings as sheds, 
barns, stock pens, all types of fences, pumps, silos, foundations to one 
foot below the ground surface, concrete floors and footings, and other items 
as directed, all to the satisfaction of the contracting officer. All 
salvable material from the removal of existing structures shall become the 
property of the contractor. All material and debris shall be removed and 
disposed of as approved by the contracting officer, and all holes left in 
the gound such as basements, cisterns, wells, etc., shall be filled with 
earth. The area about the wrecking and removal operations shall be left in 
a sightly condition, with all rubbish and debris removed, holes filled, and 
the general area leveled off with no unsigntly piles of earth or other 
material in evidence. 



2-3 






2-04- FIELD STONES AND BOULDERS. 

(a) Classification and Removal . - Surface field stones and 
boulders overlying areas to be excavated or graded will be classified as 
"Excavation; Common n or "Excavation; Rock - according to paragraph 2-06. 
In areas such as lawns, parkways, playgrounds, or other areas designated 
by the contracting officer on which no change of surface elevation is 
contemplated or required, the surface field stones and boulders shall be 
collected and removed. In these areas field stones and boulders 15 cubic 
feet and over in volume will be classified as "Excavation; Rock," but those 
varying from 1/10 of a cubic foot to 15 cubic feet will be classified in 
the Schedule of Bid Items as "Field Stones and Boulders; Removal." After 
removal of the above field stones and boulders, the holes in the ground 
left thereby shall be refilled with approved material to the level of the 
ground surface, which shall be compacted to a degree at least equal to the 
compaction of the adjacent undisturbed earth. 

(b) Disposal . - The field stones and boulders collected shall be 
disposed of in fill or waste areas as directed by the contracting officer. 
If the contractor so desires, he may crush such of the stones and boulders 
as may be suitable into aggregate for road construction or concrete. 

2-05. EXCAVATION AND FILL AREAS. 

(a) The contractor snail perform all the excavation and fill as 
indicated on the general grading plan, on drawing MV-1-1/7* This consists 
of the areas shown in blocks 2, 3, 4i 5» 7t 8, 9, 10, 51. and 5 2 ; also 
part of block 1 around the area occupied by the maintenance shop, warehouse, 
and paint shop; block 6 in area occupied by residences; block 35 around the 
area occupied by the school; and in other areas as directed by the con- 
tracting officer. All other areas occupied by residences or buildings shall 
be leveled and graded to the satisfaction of the contracting officer. Ex- 
cavation, backfill, and grading for building structures shall be in accord- 
ance with the requirements specified for the sewage Treatment plant, 
paragraph 7-07. Drainage away from all buildings shall be provided for a 
minimum distance of 4 feet on all sides of all buildings. 

(b) The contractor snail perform all the excavation and fill 
required for the construction of all utilities, access railroad, roads, 
streets, alleys, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, drains, pipe underdrains, park- 
ing and paved areas, and their structures and connections, the placing and 
compacting of the excavated materials, and the rolling of the earthwork 
surface as shown on the plans or as ordered by the contracting officer. 

2-06. CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION. 

(a) Rock Excavation . - All materials required to be excavated 
which, in the opinion of the contracting officer, cannot be removed until 
loosened by blasting, barring, or wedging, and all boulders and detached 
pieces of solid rock of 15 cubic feet in volume or greater will be classed 
as rock excavation. No material will be classed as rock excavation because 
it is frozen. 

(b) Common excavation . - All other materials will be classified 
as common excavation, including boulders and loose rock of less than 15 
cubic feet in volume, topsoil, old macadam, and sod to a depth of 3 inches 
when the same is ordered to be removed. 

2-07. EXCAVATION REQUIREMENTS. 

(a) Earth . - Excavation shall be carried to the lines and grades 

2-4 



shown on the drawings or as directed by the contracting officer. The speci- 
fied areas shall be cleared and grubbed, and suitable topsoil may be stripped 
and stock piled or placed directly in place over areas to be topsoiled, as 
specified in paragraph 2-14* After the excavation is completed, excavated 
surfaces shall be graded to a smooth and pleasing appearance. Excavated 
earth shall be used in the required fills, or shall be placed in waste areas 
as directed by the contracting officer. 

(b) Rock . - Should rock be encountered it shall be excavated to 
the lines and grades as required or shown on the drawings. All suitable 
rock excavated may be crushed and used by the contractor, or shall be placed 
in fill or waste areas as directed by the contracting officer. 

(c) The maximum haul required will not exceed 2,000 feet. 

2-08. BORROW PITS. 

(a) Should the contractor locate deposits of bank run sand and 
gravel or other materials within the Government-controlled area in the St. 
Lawrence River District, which are satisfactory to the contracting officer, 
he may, on approval of the contracting officer, use such deposits. No charge 
will be made to the contractor for materials authorized to be taken from 
Government -control led lands and used in the work covered by these specifica- 
tions. AH borrow pits shall be left in a neat and sightly condition, and 
all pits above the normal ground water table shall be adequately drained. 
Side slopes shall be not steeper than 1 on 3* No separate payment will be 
made for such work. 

(b) Approval of material sources by the contracting officer 
shall not constitute approval of all materials taken from such deposits, and 
the contractor will be held responsible for the quality of all material used 
in the work. 

(c) Should the contractor obtain materials from deposits on 
private lands he shall pay any royalties or other charges required, and the 
contracting officer assumes no responsibility for such, use, and the Govern- 
ment will not be obligated in any way. 

2-09. FILLING REQUIREMENTS. 

(a) Lines and Grades . - The fills shall be constructed to the lines 
and grades shown on the drawings or otherwise required by the contracting 
officer. The grade of fills in areas outside the roadways and paved areas 
shall be 4 inches below tne final finished grade to allow for the addition 

of topsoil if required. I'he grade of fills for roads, streets, alleys, side- 
walks, parking areas, and paved areas shall be the distance below the grade 
lines shown on the drawings to allow for the required depth of metal. The 
contracting officer reserves the right to change the foundation widths, 
slopes, and dimensions of the fills, and make such other necessary changes 
as determined by him. Changes in quantities of materials resulting from 
changes in sections shall be no cause for claims of increased contract unit 
prices. No direct payment shall be made for rehandling of excavated materi- 
als for backfilling around structures, but rehandling of excavated materials 
when made necessary by changes ordered by the contracting officer will be 
paid for as excavation. 

(b) Materials. - Materials for the various fills shall be obtained 
from the required excavation. No brush, roots, sod, and perishable or ob- 
jectionable materials, as determined by the contracting officer shall be 
placed in the fills, and any such materials placed shall be removed without 
co3t to the Government. Where fills include rock, the 

2-5 



material shall be carefully placed so that the large rock will be well dis- 
tributed and the voids shall be filled with smaller rock and earth to form 
a dense solid fill. Stones one tenth of a cubic foot ■ in volume to two cubic 
feet shall not project within one foot of the finished grade, and stones two 
cubic feet and larger shall not project within two feet of the finished grade 
of the fill. The suitability of each part of the foundation for placing em- 
bankment materials thereon and of all materials for use in an embankment will 
be determined by the contracting officer. No materials shall be placed in an 
embankment when either the materials or the foundation on which they are to 
be placed is frozen. 

(c) Conduct of the Work . - The contractor shall at all times main- 
tain the fills in a manner satisfactory to the contracting officer until the 
final completion and acceptance of all work under the contract. The contractor 
may be required to suspend work at any time when, in the opinion of the con- 
tracting officer, satisfactory work cannot be done on account of rain, cold 
weather, or other unsatisfactory conditions. Any approved fill material which 
is lost or rendered unsuitable after being placed in a fill and before the 
completion and final acceptance of the work, due to causes that, in the opinion 
of the contracting officer, are avoidable, or under the control of the con- 
tractor, shall be replaced by the contractor in a manner satisfactory to the 
contracting officer and without cost to the Government. The contracting 
officer may require the contractor to remove without cost to the Government 
any material placed by the contractor outside of specified slope lines. The 
contractor shall take proper precautions to assure that the method of opera- 
tions does not cause movement of or undue strain on any structure. 

2-10. FOUNDATION PREPARATION FOR TILLS . - The foundations for fills shall 
be cleared and grubbed, see paragraph 2-02. In addition, for fills less- than 
two feet in depth, all vegetable matter and sod shall be removed from the 
original surface. Removal of sod shall be considered as common excavation, not 
to exceed three inches in depth, from the entire area it is removed. The test 
pits, stump holes, and other excavated areas, depressions, and cavities shall 
be filled with compacted earth in accordance with paragraph 2-11. The sides 
of all holes shall be broken down if necessary so as to flatten out the slopes. 
Existing side slopes shall be scarified where necessary in order to provide a 
bond between the fill and the original ground. The foundation upon which com- 
pacted earth fill or rock fill is placed shall be in a suitable dry condition, 
as determined by the contracting officer. If encountered, the removal of 
spongy material, silt, or clay deposits shall be required to the extent de- 
termined by the contracting officer, and such removal shall be included in 
common excavation. 

2-11. PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION. 

(a) Placement . - The distribution and gradation of materials through- 
out the earth fill sections of the embankments shall be such that the embankments 
will be free from lenses, pockets, streaks, or layers of materials differing 
materially in texture or gradation from the surrounding material. The dumping 
of successive loads of earth fill materials shall be at locations in the embank- 
ment as directed by the contracting officer. After dumping, the materials shall 
be spread by bulldozers or other approved methods in approximately 6-inch 
horizontal layers over the prepared foundation or fill. Materials within 



2-6 



18 inches of walls, around steam conduits, and in other areas where compacting 
by rolling is impracticable, the fill material shall be spread in layers 
4 inches in thickness before compacting. The layers shall extend at an 
approximately uniform elevation over the entire width of the cross section 
of the embankment and for the entire length of the section under construction 
unless otherwise directed by the contracting officer. The top surfaces 
of the earth fill sections of the embankments during construction shall 
be kept crowned with grades not to exceed l\. percent, so that the surface 
of the fill will drain freely toward the slopes. The surface of the fill 
shall be maintained at all times in such a manner that no water pockets 
will be formed' under any weather conditions. If work is stopped on any 
part of the compacted earth fill for a period of time, the area to remain 
standing shall be rolled with a smooth-faced roller to prevent loss of 
moisture and to facilitate drainage. 

(b) Moisture Control . 

(1) The material in each layer of fill while being compacted 
shall contain moisture within a few percent of the optimum for the compaction 
desired. Prior to and during construction, the contracting officer will 
establish the limiting range of moisture contents for material to be 
compacted by rolling or tamping. The moisture content shall be uniform 
throughout the layer. If the application of water is necessary, it may be 
done either at the excavation area or at the embankment. Wetting at the 
excavation area shall be supplemented as required by sprinkling in place 

on the embankment, if in the opinion of the contracting officer it is necessary. . 
The contractor shall maintain adequate facilities to provide the amount 
of water required. 

(2) No layer of material shall be placed if the moisturs 
content of the exposed surface on which it is to be placed is not within 
the range established by the contracting officer. The contractor shall 
correct the moisture content of the compacted layer if the moisture 
content is not within the required limits. 

(c) Compaction . - When each layer of the compacted earth fill 

has reached the moisture content required for optimum compaction as specified 
above, each square foot of such a layer shall be compacted by not less than 
6 passes or trips of the roller described below, or in areas within 18 inches 
of concrete walls, around steam conduits, and other areas where rolling 
operations are impracticable, with power tampers of a type approved by the 
contracting officer to give compaction equal to that required for the adjoining 
compacted earth fill. Each pass of a roller shall overlap the adjacent 
rolled area by at least 2 feet: If the moisture content is greater or less 
than that required for optimum compaction, the rolling or tamping shall 
be delayed until the proper moisture content has been reached. The roller 
used shall be self-propelled, weighing not less than 10 tons, or shall 
be of a type approved by the contracting officer. 

(d) Tests for Compaction. - Samples for testing of all materials 
in the earth fill embankments, both before and after placement and 
compaction, will be taken by the contracting officer at frequent intervals. 
Corrections, adjustments, and modifications for materials, moisture content 
or additional compaction of the materials in the embankment may be required 
as the result of these tests. In taking samples for control and record 
purposes, the contractor shall supply labor required to assist the 
inspector, as directed by the contracting officer. During the construction 
of earth fills, it may be necessary for the contractor, as directed by the 



2-7 



contracting officer, to construct test embankments which will form part of the 
completed fill to determine the number of passes or moisture content necessary 
to obtain the desired compaction. 

(e) Additional Rolling , - If the tests specified above indicate that 
the desired compaction of the materials in the compacted earth fill sections of 
the embankments, or on graded areas, is not secured by the rolling specified, 
additional rolling may be required. Additional rolling shall consist of making 
not less than 2 passes of the roller specified in paragraph 2-11 (c) over such 
designated areas. Each pass of a roller shall overlap the adjacent rolled area 
by at least 2 feet. This procedure will be repeated as often as is necessary to 
obtain the desired compaction. 

2-12. FORMATION OF ROAD BEDS. 

(a) Alignment * - The center of the roadbed for the roads, streets, 
alleys, and sidewalks shall conform in alignment to that shown on the drawings. 
Paved and parking areas shall be located as shown on the drawings. Prior to any 
foundation or pavement application, the sabgrade, shoulders, and all paved areas 
shall be brought to proper grade and section as indicated on the drawings, and to 
the satisfaction of the contracting officer. 

(b) Grade Line . - The grade line for the roads, streets, alleys, side- 
walks, parking areas, and paved areas as shown on the plans indicates the top of 
the finished surfaces. Roadways and paved areas shall be excavated or filled,* 
and finished to the subgrade line, which is the depth of the metal below the 
finished grade line as indicated on the drawings. 

(c) Ditching and Grading . - No grading shall be started except by 
permission of the contracting officer until provisions for drainage have been 
made. Culverts having one foot or more of cover from the culvert to the subgrade 
line shall be completed and backfilled before the road is graded. All utilities 
in paved areas shall be placed before the subgrade is completed, and shoulders 
must be formed and sloped approximately to the final shape as shown on the typi- 
cal sections before any pavement of any type is placed. At all intersecting 
streets the contractor shall grade a sufficient distance back on each street to 
insure that a smooth riding and satisfactory intersection will be produced. 

(d) Subgrade . - The contractor shall remove muck, quicksand, spongy 
material, silt, or c lay deposits in the subgrade to the extent determined 

by the contracting officer, and such material removed shall be included 

in common excavation. Should rock cut be encountered, the rock shall be 

excavated to a depth of 6 inches below subg rade on the center line of the 

roadway, and shall be sloped toward the ditches. Test pits, stump holes, 

and other excavated areas, depressions* and cavities shall be filled with con*. 

pacted earth in accordance with paragraph 2-11. The sides of all holes shall be 

broken down if necessary so as to flatten out the slopes. After the subgrade 

has been properly shaped and all drains' have been laid, it shall be thoroughly 

rolled and compacted with an approved roller weighing not less than ten tons, see 

paragraphs 2-ll(e) and 2-15(e). Wetting of the subgrade shall be required if the 

condition of the soil is such that additional moisture is necessary to obtain 

the proper compaction as determined by the contracting officer. Care shall be 

taken not to roll clay foundations enough to develop a soft condition. All 

hollows and depressions which develop shall be filled with acceptable 

material, and the subgrade shall again be rolled. This process of filling 

and rolling shall be repeated until no depressions develop and the subgrade 

is prepared to the satisfaction of the contracting officer. Should the 

2-8 



character of the material in places on the subgrade or shoulders be 
such that the use of a ten ton roller is impracticable , a lighter one 
may be permitted by the contracting officer. When old mac dam is encountered 
at or above the final subgrade line, it shall be scarified and bladed to the 
cross section shown on the plans. The contractor shall form, roll, and trim 
shoulders, form and trim ditches and slopes to the lines and grades of the 
typical sections shown on the drawings and as the contracting officer 
may direct. The shoulders shall be rolled with a roller weighing not less 
than three tons and left in a compact and satisfactory condition at the com- 
pletion of the pavements. At such intervals as the contracting officer may 
direct to effectively drain the sufface of the subgrade, lateral trenches 
shall be opened up through the shoulders to the ditches. These trenches 
shall be refilled with the same bank-run gravel material as that of which 
the foundation course is constructed, and shall be included in the 
payment for "Gravel." 

2-13. FINE GRADING. 

(a) Fine grading shall consist of the final preparation or surface 
treatment of the ball park or such areas as designated by the contracting 
officer. No payment for fine grading a previously graded surface will 
be made when such repreparation is made necessary through the fault or 
operations of the contractor, as determined by the contracting officer. 

(b) The work in preparing the final surface defined as fine grading 
consists of scarifying, blading, and shaping the surface to conform accurately 
to the lines, grades, and cross sections as specified or shown on the 
drawings, or as directed by the contracting officer. High places shall 
be cut or low places built up to grade, and any excess material shall be 
hauled and deposited on low areas or on fill slopes as directed by the 
contracting officer. After the surface has been shaped to line, grade, and 
cross section, each square fooi. shall be compacted by not less than 2 passes 
or trips of a roller weighing not less than ten tons, approved by the 
contracting officer. Water shall be applied during the rolling, when and in 
the amount required as directed by the contracting officer. Any low spots 
that develop during the rolling shall be brought to grade with additional 
material and rerolled. Additional rolling may be required as determined 
by the contracting officer, see paragraph 2-ll(e). 

2-14. PLACING TOPSOIL AND SEEDING. 

(a) General . - Lawns, boulevards, road shoulders and other areas about 
the village as directed by the contracting officer shall be planted to provide 

a suitable grass cover with the seeds specified below. Graded areas and 
areas to be seeded on which the existing topsoil is unsuitable shall be covered 
with suitable topsoil from other areas. The topsoil shall be fertilized 
as specified below. 

(b) Topsoil . - Topsoil shall be furnished by the contractor from 
areas approved by the contracting officer. Topsoil shall be good, rich, 
dark loam, obtained by stripping the top 8 inches or deeper if approved 
by the contracting officer, of loam from the approved areas, and shall be 
free from subsoil, stones larger than 1 inch in diameter, sod, roots, and 
refuse. It is anticipated sufficient suitable topsoil may be obtained 
from areas to be excavated and from areas taken up by buildings. 



2-9 



(c) Placing Topsoil . - The topeoil shall be spread to a depth of not 
less than 4 inches after compaction. Compaction of topsoil shall be obtained 
by rolling with a lawn roller. 

(d) Preparation of Seed Bed . - The areas as specified or required by 
the contracting officer shall be topsoiled. All other areas to be seeded shall 
be harrowed or raked until the soil has become loosened and pulverized, and all 
sticks, litter, roots, weeds, stones larger than 1 inch in diameter, and other 
objectionable material shall be removed to a depth of l± inches. The surface of 
all seed areas shall be trimmed and raked to conform to finished grades, after 
which the soil shall be fertilized as specified. Immediately before sowing the 
seed, the surface of the seed bed shall be sprinkled, if necessary, and raked to 
a depth of 3/4 inch. The raking shall be done parallel to the contour lines of 
the slopes. 

(e) Agricultural Line . - The sandy topsoil near the river and other 
areas as may be directed by the contracting officer shall be treated with agri- 
cultural lime. This lime shall consist of a finely ground limestone or dolomite 
and shall be a brand licensed and registered with the New York State Department 
of Agriculture and Markets. Application of the lime shall be done after the 
seed bed has been prepared at the rate of 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet, and 
shall be stirred to a depth of 2 inches. 

(f) Fertilizer. - Areas to be seeded shall be treated with a fertilizer 
composed of 5 parts nitrogen, 10 parts phosphorous, and the 5 parts potash, and 
shall be of a brand licensed and registered with the New York State Department 

of Agriculture and Markets. The fertilizer shall be uniformly spread and incor- 
porated in the top 2 inches of topsoil, in a manner satisfactory to the contract- 
ing officer, at the rate of 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet. 

(g) Seeding . 

(1) General. - The quantity and types of seeds specified below 
shall be sown on prepared seed beds. The mixtures shall be sown at the earliest 
date possible between May 1 and October 1, or when approved by the contracting 
officer, and shall be sown by a mechanical hand seeder or drill, whenever prac- 
tical, the mixtures shall be sown in two applications, one half the seed while 
the sower is travelling in one direction, and the other half sown while travel- 
ling at right angles to the first. After the seed is sown the surface shall be 
lightly raked with iron rakes and rolled with a lawn roller. Rolling shall be 
omitted when in the opinion of the contracting officer such rolling becomes in- 
jurious to the seed in a clay type soil. 

(2) Seed Mixture. - The seed mixture shall consist of the follow- 
ing seeds as indicated. The percent of purity and germination are the minimum 
requirements. 

Amount lbs. 
Kind of Seed % Purity % Germination per 1,000 Sq. Ft. 

Kentucky Bluegrass 98 88 O.75 

Canadian Bluegrass 93 85 O.jJO 

Creeping Fescue 97 70 0,25 

Domestic Rye Grass 98 90 0.25 

Kent Wild Clover 97 90 0.03 

Rough Stock Meadow 85 ' 85 0.1 



Total I.83 

The seed mixture for the ball park area shall have in addition 0.1 pound 

2-10 



per 1,000 square feet of Creeping Bent Grass. All the seed furnished shall 
be of the previous year's crop and in no case shall the weed content of 
the seed exceed 1 percent by weight. 

(3) Inoculation. - The Kent Wild Clover shall be inoculated 
with pure cultures of nitrogen fixing bacteria. Inoculants shall consist 
of pure-bred soil or sand cultures, not more than one year old and shall 
meet the approval of the New York Stat* Department of Agriculture and 
Markets. The inoculants shall be mixed with the seed according to the 
vendor's instructions. After the mixture is dried, it shall be mixed with 
the grass seeds. All mixing, drying, and storing shall be done in the 
shade, ^he seed mixture shall be applied to the seed bed within 72 hours 
after the legume seeds are inoculated. 

(h) Maintenance and Re seeding . - The contractor shall maintain 
the areas sown with the above seed mixtures until all work on the contract 
has been completed and accepted by the contracting officer. The maintenance 
shall consist of refilling rain-washed gullies, reseeding areas which 
fail to produce a uniform stand of grass, mowing after the growth has 
attained a height of 3 inches, watering during periods of drought, and 
other similar operations when required by the contracting officer. 

2-15. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 

(a) Clearing. Grubbing, and Removal of Existing Buildings. - All 
the work of clearing, grubbing, and removal of existing buildings as 
specified in paragraphs 2-02 and 2-03 including filling with earth the 
holes, cellars, etc., left as a result of the above work, and all the plant 
and work necessary that the area about the clearing, grubbing, wrecking, 
and removal operations shall be left in a sightly condition, with all 
rubbish and debris removed and the general area levelled off with no unsightly 
piles of earth or other materials in evidence, shall all be included, and 
payment will be made at the contract lump sum price for "Clearing" for this 
work as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(b) Field Stones and Boulders . - The removal of field stones 

and boulders as specified in paragraph 2-04 including all the work specified 
in connection therewith will be paid for at the contract unit price per 
cubic yard for "Field Stones and Boulders; Removal," measured in the 
conveyance used for removal. 

(c) Tascayat^Pfl. 

(1) Measurement. - A survey of the ground surface in areas 
to be excavated and graded will be made prior to commencement of work. 
Measurements of excavation will be based on this survey of the ground 
surface and the slope, structure, and grade lines shown on the drawings, 

or as modified by the contracting officer- Measurement for rock excavation 
will be made for the actual quantity excavated within the slope, structure, 
and grade lines shown on the drawings, or such modification of these lines 
as directed by the contracting officer, and such surface stones classified 
as rock, see paragraph 2-0/j.t as may be required to be removed. 

(2) Payment. - Payment for all required excavation classified 
as earth herein and not included in other pay items will be made at the 
contract unit price per cubic yard for "Excavation; Common," which payment 
shall include all incidental work in connection thenewita of dressing 
slopes and preparing final grades, and disposal » No payment will be made 
for any borrow excavation or for rehandling any material, except that 
excavation in completed fills may be included in "Excavation; Common" when 
such excavation is required and is not included in other pay items. 

2-11 



(3) Payment for all required excavation classified as rock 
herein will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Excavation; 
Rock,* which payment shall include removal and disposal. 

(d) Fill . - Measurement for compacted earth fill and backfill will 
be made for the number of cubic yards in place after compaction as determined 
from surveys made before and after placing. Payment for all compacted earth fill 
not included in any other pay item will be made at the contract unit price per 
cubic yard for "Earth Fill: Compacted." Before requesting the contracting officer 
to accept any section of the roadway or other fills, the contractor shall go over 
the entire section and shall replace materials washed or eroded from embankment 
slopes and fill up all wheel tracks or other depressions on the subgrade, and the 
cost of all such work of repairing embankments and finishing subgrade shall be 
included in the above pay item. It is not contemplated that any borrow material 
will be required for fills, but should the contractor prefer to borrow rather than 
use material from required excavation, the cost of excavating borrow shall be 
included in the above pay item for "Earth Fill; Compacted." 

(e) Additional Rolling . - Payment for each additional two passes of 
a roller as required by the contracting officer, see paragraph 2-ll(e), will be 
made at the contract unit price per square (100 square feet) for "Additional Roll- 
ing," which payment shall include such incidental items as wetting, if required. 
Rolling of the subgrade, see paragraph 2-12, will be paid for under the above 

pay item. 

(f) Find Grading . - Measurement for fine grading shall be the number 
Of square yards of find grade prepared in accordance with paragraph 2-13 on "the 
areas specified, shown on the plans, or as directed by the contracting officer. 
Payment for fine grading will be made at the contract unit price per square yard 
for "Find Grading," and shall include all the pertinent items as specified in 
paragraph 2-13 . 

(g) Seeding and Seeded Topsoil . 

(1) Measurement. - Measurement for fertilizing and seeding areas 
not to be topsoiled, and for areas that are topsoiled, shall be made by the 
square yard for the areas specified or directed by the contracting officer. 

(2) Seeding. - payment for seeding in areas not topsoiled shall 
include furnishing and placing fertilizer and seeds, preparation of the seed 
bed, and maintenance, all as specified in paragraph 2-li|, and such payment will 
be made at the contract unit price per square yard for "Seeding." 

(3) Seeded Topsoil. - Payment for topsoil and seeding in areas 
required to be topsoiled shall include furnishing and placing topsoil, fertilizer, 
seeds, preparation of the seed bed, and maintenance, all as specified in paragraph 
2-1/j, and such payment will be made at the contract unit price per square yard 
for "Seeded Topsoil." This payment shall include the cost of any stockpiling, 
rehandling, or rehauling of topsoil as required or directed by the contracting 
officer. 

(4) Agricultural Lime. - As specified in paragraph 2-12j.(e) some 
sandy areas shall be treated with agricultural lime. Payment for furnishing and 
placing this material as specified will be made at the contract unit price per 
100 pound bag for "Agricultural Lime." 



2-12 



Specifications; Seaway, N. Y. 

SECTION III 
ROADS, STREE'IS, ALLEYS, SIDEWALKS, AND PAVED AREAS 

3-01, SCOPE. - The scope of the rork covered in this section includes 
the placing of all surfacing material above the subgrade for all the roads, 
streets, alleys, sidewalks, curbs, and paved areas. Underdrains are also in- 
cluded. The contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, material, and equip- 
ment necessary to complete all the work in accordance with the specifications 
and drawings, ^he specifications for roads shall conform to the requirements 
of the Division of Highways, Department of Public Works, State of New York 
unless specified otherwise. Details and limits of construction, widths, grades, 
profiles, and other necessary information are indicated on the drawings listed 
in paragraph 1-04 under "Roads, Streets, Sidewalks, Alleys, Parking and Recrea- 
tion Areas." 

3-02. GENERAL. 

(a) Roads and Streets . - The roads and streets are divided into two 
main classes, heavy duty and light duty. Heavy duty roads and the principal 
streets shall have a 9 -inch run-of-bank gravel foundation course, a 4-i^ch crushec 
stone bituminous-penetration bottom course, and a 2-inch bituminous top course. 
All other roads and streets shall have a tar-stabilized gravel bottom course 
and a bituminous top course of the thickness indicated on the drawings. 

(b) Placement . - No road surfacing shall be placed until all trench- 
ing and backfilling for utilities, drainage, or other purposes are completed. 
On all roads the gravel foundation course of the tar-stabilized gravel bottom 
course shall be placed as early in the contract as practicable and used for 
traffic. The other courses shall be placed as much later as is practicable. 

3-03, HEAVY DOTY ROADS. - These roads, referred to in paragraph 3-02 are 
Main Street, Riverside Drive, and Horton Road from Hillcrest Road northerly to 
its junction with the main construction access road at Middle Road. 
( a) Foundation Course . 

(1) On the subgrade, see paragraph 2-12, there shall be placed 
sufficient material to form a compacted 9 -inch course of run-of-bank gravel, or 
equivalent satisfactory to the contracting officer. The general requirements 
and information in paragraph 2-08 on borrow shall apply to gravel for roadbeds. 
The results of all explorations and investigations directed by the contracting 
officer will be made available to the contractor at the U. S. Engineer Office, 
Massena, N. Y. 

(2) Foundation course run-of-bank spravel shall consist of well- 
graded material which after placement shall meet the following requirements; not 
more than $0% or less than 2$% by dry weight shall be retained on a ^-inch screen. 
Of the material passing the ^-inch screen, not more than 20g by dry weight shall 
pass the No. 200 sieve. The method of placement shall be according to the speci- 
fications of the State of New York, Division of Highways, Item 39-Foundation 
Course-Run-of-Bank Gravel. 

(3) After the foundation course has been allowed to settle in 
accordance with paragraph 3-02(b) the contractor may be ordered to regrade the 
foundation course to conform to the required sections immediately prior to 



3-1 



placement of the bottom course, see paragraph 3-°7(b) • 
(b) Bituminous Macadam Road Surfacing . 

(1) General. - On top of the 9-inch gravel base, the bottom 
course of the roadway surfacing shall be a 2|- inch bituminous macadam pene- 
tration course, and the top course 2 inches plant mix bituminous macadam. 

(2) Bottom Course. - The bottom course bituminous macadam 
shall be 4 inches thick after compaction and rolling. The materials, methods 
of work, surface testing, and other items shall conform to the specifications 
of the State of New York, Division of Highways, Item 45 ~ S - Bottom Course 
Bituminous Macadam - penetration Method. The bituminous material shall be 
asphalt and shall conform to Item 64P-A and the amount used shall be two 
gallons per square yard or as ordered by the contracting officer. 

(3) Top Course. - The top course bituminous macadam shall be 

2 inches thick after compaction and rolling. The materials, method of work, , 
surface testing, and other items shall conform to the specifications of the 
State of New York, Division of Highways, Item ^ - Top Course Bituminous 
Macadam- Mixing Method, Type 3. 

3-04. LIGHT DUTY ROADS. SIDEWALKS. AND PAVED AREAS . 

(a) General . - All roads and streets except the heavy duty roads 
specified in paragraph 3~®3> alleys, paved areas, and sidewalks not of con- 
crete, as indicated on the drawings, shall consist of tar-stabilized gravel. 
This shall consist of an artificially mixed run-of-bank gravel loosened, 
pulverized, and mixed with tar, and with water when required. The roads and 
streets shall in addition, as indicated on the drawings, receive a top course 
specified below. 

(b) Aggregate for Tar-Stabilized Gravel . 

(1) General. - The existing or new roadbeds, alleys, sidewalks, 
and paved areas shall be graded and shaped as specified in Section II and 
shown on the drawings. The aggregate for the tar-stabilized gravel shall con- 
sist of the existing material in place if suitable and approved by the con- 
tracting officer, or a mixture of this material with other aggregate added to 
correct for deficiencies, or shall be run-of-bank gravel furnished by the con- 
tractor. The aggregate in place prior to the application of tar shall meet 
the following requirements: it shall be well-graded silt, sand, and gravel of 
which not more than $0% or less than 2$% by dry weight shall be retained on a 
^-inch mesh screen. Of the material passing the £-inch screen, not more than 
2C% or less than Q% by dry weight shall pass the No. 200 sieve. The material 
shall contain no stones which will be retained on a 2-inch square screen. 

(2) Preparation. - The run-of-bank gravel material to be added 
shall be spread over the existing surface in the required amount prior to or 
during loosening operations. The existing roadbed or hauled-in material shall 
be loosened by plows or scarifiers to the full width and to the depth required 
to give the compacted section the dimensions shown on the drawings. All roots 
or other foreign material shall be removed from the loosened roadbed. Harrows 
or other approved equipment shall be used to break up any large lumps, and only 
such areas that can be stabilized in a reasonable time shall be loosened. 

(3) Adjusting Moisture Content and pulverizing. -Rfior to 

the application of tar, the moisture content of the aggregate for tar-stabilized 
gravel shall be adjusted, when necessary, to bring- it up to the optimum moisture 
content or as directed by the contracting officer. The water added shall be ■ 
free from oil or other deleterious matter, and shall be applied by. means of a 
pressure distributor or water tanks approved by the contracting officer. Disc 



3-2 






harrows with discs not less than 22 inches in diameter or other suitable 
equipment shall be used to mix each application of water. This equipment 
shall be operated until all lumps of soil have been reduced to not more 
than £-inch ia diameter. 

(<0 Application of Tar , - The tar shall meet the requirements of Federal 
Specification R-T-H3. Grade HT-5, for "Tars: (For use in) Road Construct- 
ion.* The air temperature at the time of placing tar shall be above 50?F in 
the shade unless otherwise approved by the contracting officer, and no 
placing shall be done when the weather is foggy or rainy. Over the damp 
loosened aggregate, te shall be applied by an approved pressure distributor 
in increments of one-half to three-fourths gallon per square yard, until the 
total amount directed by the contracting officer has been applied. The tar 
shall be applied at a temperature not greater than 150°F nor less than 80°F. 
Each application of tar shall be cut into the aggregate by disc harrows or 
other means satisfactory to the contracting officer before the next application 
is made. 

(d) Mixing . - Immediately after being applied the tar shall be mixed wit! 
the soil by means of blade graders with blades not less than 12 feet long, or 
other suitable equipment approved by the contracting officer. During the 

mixing operation care shall be exercised to avoid loss of tar by cutting into 
and mixing with the soil below the finished subgrade. Mixing shall continue 
until the soil and tar are thoroughly mixed and become homogeneous and uniform 
in appearance, ^he aggregate shall have the moisture content specified above 
when the tar is applied, and during the mixing operation the moisture content 
of the soil must be sufficient to assist in proper mixing of the tar and soil. 
If insufficient moisture is present while mixing, water shall be added as dir- 
ected by the contracting officer. 

(e) Prime Coat . - After the mixing has been completed, the mixed 
material shall be piled in windrows exposing the subgrade surface. The exposed 
subgrade surface shall be given an application of the same grade of tar used for 
stabilization at the rate of one-quarter gallon per square yard. The mixed mat- 
erial shall then be spread over the priae coat to the required depth and thick- 
ness necessary to obtain the sections shown on the drawings after compaction. 

(f ) Compaction and Shaping . - The tar-stabilized gravel mixture shall 
be thoroughly compacted by means of a sheepsfoot rollor. The roller shall have 

a ground pressure when empty of not less than 100 pounds per square inch of 
tamper area, ranging up to 200 pounds per square inch with ballast. The finish- 
ed section shall b e uniformly compacted to the greatest density practicable. 
To insure this result the mixture shall be disced and bladed during compaction, 
and the moisture content adjusted, if necessary as directed by the contracting 
officer. This may be accomplished either by mixing in additional water or by 
manipulating the mixture until excess moisture has evaporated. After compaction 
in the roads to approximately half the depth, the disc harrows shall be removed 
and the mixture leveled and brought to proper cross-section by means of a 
pneumatic -tire grader. Compaction shall continue to refusal, as determined by tb$ 
contracting officer. When the sheepsfoot roller will not compact to the surface, 
the upper two inches of the bottom course shall be loosened, shaped to the proper 
cross-section, and compacted with an approved pneumatic-tire roller. Minor irre- 
gularities or compaction marks shall be removed by means of a pneumatic -tire motor 
grader, small tandem roller, or other suitable equipment. The avearage thickness 
of the finished tar -stabilized gravel course shall not be less than 90% or more 
than 115^ of the thickness shown on the drawings. At this stage of the work the 
roads shall be opened to traffic for a minimum period of two weeks (see paragraph 
3-02(b)). 

3-3 



(g) Alternate Mixing and Compacting Method . 

(1) Mixing, - In lieu of the -"oad Mix Method specified above 
the contractor may mix the tar-stabilized gravel mixture by an approved type 
of stationary or traveling mixing machine capable of preparing a controlled 
and thoroughly mixed combination of aggregate, tar, and water, when required, 
in one passage through the machine. On the sidewalks and restricted areas 
where lack of room prevents the use of road mixing equipment the contractor 
shall be required to haul in the mixed aggregate and tar material. 

(2) Compacting. - In restricted areas where rolling operations 
are not practicable, compaction shall be obtained with power tampers of a type 
approved by the contracting officer to give compaction equal to that required 
for the rolled areas. Any type roller may be used for the 3~i ncn thick side- 
walks, but the resulting compaction must be equal to that specified in para- 
graph (f) above under Compaction and Shaping. 

(h) Forms for Tar-Stabilized Gravel Sidewalk . - The type, size, 
shape, quality, and strength of the forms shall be subject to the approval of 
the contracting officer. The forms shall be placed true to line and grade 
and shall be sufficiently tight and rigid to prevent displacement or bulging 
between stays. The construction of the forms shall be such that their removal can 
be made without hammering or prying against the tar-stabilized gravel sidewalk. 
Forms shall not be removed Until the final setting has occured after rolling 
and compaction. After removal of forms the shoulders shall be shaped and com- 
pacted to the required section if damaged during construction and removal of 
forms for the sidewalks. 

(i) Drainage . - During construction adequate provision shall be 
taken to drain all surface water from the bottom course and subgrade. If the 
normal drainage provided is insufficient, additional temporary drainage may be 
obtained by lateral ditches through tiie shoulders of the roads, or by other 
equally satisfactory methods. The drains shall be located at all points neces- 
sary to provide proper drainage. During final compaction of the bottom course 
the temporary drains shall be refilled and thoroughly compacted to the elevation 
of the shoulders, and final rolling shall extend over the full width of the 
shoulders. 

( j) Track Coat and Surface Treatment of Alleys, Sidewalks, and Paved 
Areas . - On the 3-iaeh tar-stabilized gravel sidewalks and the 6-inch course of 
the same for alleys and paved areas there shall be placed a tack coat of tar. 
The surfaces shall be free from excessive dust and shall be free from excessive 
moisture as determined by the contracting officer. The tar shall be the same 
grade of tar used for stabilization and shall be applied at the rate of two-tenths 
to three-tenths gallon per square yard, when necessary to prevent picking up 
under traffic, the tack coat shall be covered with approximately six to ten 
pounds per square yard of clean, course sand before being opened to traffic. 
After a period of 72 hours, providing weather conditions are favorable, an add- 
itional surface treatment of quick-setting emulsified asphalt shall be applied. 
The asphalt shall conform to the requirements of A. S. T. M. Standard D401-40, 
and shall be applied at the rate of two-tenths to three-tenths gallon per square 
yard. This shall be covered with coarse sand or find crushed pea-size stone at 
the rate of 15 to 20 pounds per square yard. The sand or crushed stone shall 
be thoroughly broomed and rolled into the tar. 

(k) Top Course of Roads and Streets . - The top course for roads and 
streets shall be applied at the time indicated in paragraph 3^02(b)« The top 
course for the light duty roads and streets shall be the same as specified for 
heavy duty roads in paragraph 3-03(b)(3). This course shall be the thickness 
indicated for the various streets as shown on the drawings, or as otherwise 

3-4 






directed by the contracting officer, 

3-05. HIGHWAY GUARD RAIL. - a two wire guard rail shall be installed on 
both sides of all embankments wherever the difference in elevation between the 
shoulder and toe of slope exceeds five feet, and elsewhere as directed by the 
contracting officer. Posts shall be 8-inch diameter fir, sound and free from 
defects. All posts shall be pressure creosote-treated for the full length in 
accordance with the requirements of Federal Specification T T -W-571a for "Wood- 
Preservative; Preservative-Treatment" as shown in Table I for empty-cell treat- 
ment of structural timber for the size and material indicated. Creosote shall 
conform to Federal Specification TT-W-566. All holes shall be drilled before 
creosoting. Wire rope shall conform to Federal Specification RR-R-J571* end 
amendment 4 dated January 1941» for "Rope, wire," for Type III, 3 "by 7* annealed 
steel, galvanized wire rope. Anchor rods, clamp bolts, and all metal parts and 
fittings shall be galvanized iron. The posts shall be set plumb, evenly spaced 
12 feet apart, and true to lines and grades. The wire shall be put through 
hook bolts or through posts as required, and shall be drawn taut and fastened 
sec .rely on both ends as indicated. Where necessary, cable shall be neatly and 
carefully spliced or joined by means of metal sockets into which the cable's ends 
are securely fastened by pouring full of molten zinc. Pe adman type anchors shall 
be provided at the end's, and at intervals of 600 feet as indicated on the drawings. 

3-06. SIDEWALKS AND CURBS. 

(a) General. - Concrete sidewalks, curbs, combined curb and gutter, 
and pipe tile under drains shall be constructed to the lines, grades, and sec- 
tions as shown on the drawings and at the locations indicated thereon, and as 
directed by the contracting officer. Concrete shall conform to the requirements 
of Section IX and shall be Class A. 

Excavation and embankment, and preparation of final grades shall be 
as specified in Section II. 

(b) Sidewalks . - Concrete sidewalks shall be built with transverse 
construction joints spaced six feet, apart with a longit dinal construction joint 
down the center, both to the full depth of the concrete. The edges of construc- 
tion joints and the joint formed by the concrete and the outside form shall be 
finished with an edging tool having a £-inch radius. Sidewalks shall have a wood 
float finish without additional mortar, and shall be true and even, with no varia- 
tion greater than J>/\^ inch from the lower ed~e of a 10-foot straight edge except 
at grade changes. 

(c) Gravel Walks . - Gravel walks in the rear of dwellings and else- 
where as directed by the contracting officer shall be formed of the gravel 

specified in paragraph 3-°4(b)« The walk shall be shaped to the section shown 
on the drawings, and shall be sufficiently compacted to hold its shape as deter- 
mined by -the contracting officer. 

( d) Curbs . - Curbs and combined curbs and gutters shall be moulded in 
place in sections '6 feet long, and a 1/8-inch expansion joint shall be provided 
between sections. The gutters shall be sloped with the crown of the road» 

The forms shall conform to the requirements of paragraph 9-17 and the curbing 
shall, immediately upon the removal of the forms, be rubbed down to a smooth 
and uniform finish. No plastering of the curbs will be permitted. Where nec- 
essitated by driveways or where directed by the contracting officer, the^ curbs 
shall be depressed so that the top of the curb is not more than 2 inches above 

3-5 



the gutter or adjacent pavement. 

(c) Premoulded Expansion Joints. - Premoulded expansion- joint 
filler shall conform to Federal Specification BH-F-341 for "Filler, Expansion- 
joint, Preformed; Non-fixtruding and" Resilient Types (for Concrete)," Type II, 
self -expanding cork, £-inch thick, or an equally effective type approved by 
the contracting officer. This joint filler shall be placed in expansion 
joints at intervals of 30 feet in the sidewalks and curbs, longitudinally 
between sidewalks and curbing, buildings, etc,, and elsewhere as required or 
shown on the drawings. 

(f ) Pipe Underdrain. - Pipe tile underdrain shall bs installed under 
the combined curb and gutter as indicated on the drawings. The pipe shall be 
4 inches in diameter and shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specificat- 
ion SS-P-361 for "Pipe; Clay, Sewer,* Grade B-2. The method of work and materials 
other than pipe shall conform to the requirements of the New York State High- 
way Specifications, Item 10(c). 

3-07. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 

(a) Foundation Course. - The quantity to be paid for under this 
item shall be the number of cubic yards of compacted material hauled in place 
in the completed course, excluding acceptable material already in place. It 
shall be computed by multiplying the finished cross-section of the foundation 
course as shown on the plans or ordered by the contracting officer by the 
length of the foundation course measured along the axis of the pavement making 
no deductions for catch basins and manholes but deducting acceptable compacted 
material already in existing roadways. The price bid shall cover the furnishing, 
hauling, placing, filling and rolling of the material and all labor and incid- 
ental expenses necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made at the 
contract unit price per cubic yard for "Foundation Course," as indicated in the 
Schedule of Bid Items. 

(b) Regrading Foundation Course . - The quantity to be paid for under 
this item shall be the number of square yards of regrading and compacting the 
foundation course immediately prior to placing the bottom course when ordered 
to be done by the contracting officer. Acceptable completed foundation course 
already in place shall not be regraded. The quantity shall be computed by mult- 
iplying the finished width of the foundation course as shown on the plans by 
the length of the foundation course measured along the axis of the pavement, 
making no deductions for catch basins and manholes, but deducting acceptable 
completed foundation c ours e already in place. The price bid shall cover the 
furnishing, hauling, placing, filling, rolling, and all labor and incidental 
expenses necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made at the contract 
unit price per square yard for "Regrading Foundation Course," as indicated in the 
Schedule of Bid Items. 

(c) Bottom Course . - The quantity to be paid for under this item 
shall be the number of cubic yards of compacted material hauled in place in the 
completed course excluding acceptable compacted material already in place, which 
shall be computed by multiplying the finished cross-section of the bottom 
course as shown on the plans or ordered by the contracting officer, by the length 
of the bottom course measured along the axis of pavement, making no deduction for 
catch basins and manholes but deducting acceptable compacted material already 

in existing' roadways. The price bid shall cover the furnishing, hauling, placing, 
and rolling of the material and all labor and incidental expense necessary to 
complete the course, except the asphalt, which is paid for separately. Payment 
will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Bottom Course." 

3-6 



(d) Asphalt j Bottom Course . - The quantity to be paid for under 
this item shall be the number of gallons incorporated in the work. For 
purposes of measurement, a gallon shall be a volume of 23I cubic inches and 
measurement shall be based on the volume of the bituminous material at a tem- 
perature of 6o°F. The price bid shall cover the furnishing, manipulation, 
and incorporation of the "Bituminous Asphalt* material in the work as ordered 
by the contracting officer. Payment will be made at the contract unit price 
per gallon for "Asphalt; Bottom Course." 

(e) Ton Course . - The quantity to be paid for shall be the number of 
square y^rds of compacted combined coarse and fine mix in place, computed by 
multiplying the width as shown on the plans by the length measured along the 
axis of the road, making no deductions for catch basins and manholes. The price 
bid for this item shall cover the furnishing of all the materials, including 
bituminous asphalt; the mixing, transporting, placing, rolling, and all work 
and expenses incidental to the completion of the work. Payment will be made 

at the contract unit price per square yard for "Top Course," for each specified 
thickness as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(f ) Gravel . - Gravel hauled from borrow pits for tar-stabilized 
roads as specifed in paragraph 3-04(b)» and for gravel walks as specified in 
paragraph 3-0&( c )» will be measured for payment in the conveyance which the 
contractor uses for delivery. The price bid for gravel shall include furnishing 
material and labor, hauling and placing, and payment will be made at the con- 
tract unit prive per cubic yard for "Gravel." 

(g) Tar-Stabilized Gravel, - The quantity to be paid for shall be 
the number of square yards of each thickness of tar -stabilized gravel computed 
by multiplying the width as shown en the plans by the length measured along the 
axis of the road, making no deductions for catch basins and manholes. The 
thickness shall conformto the sections shown on the plans within the allowable 
variation specified, and shall be determined from measurement of cores drilled 

at intervals of 500 feet in the bottom course for roads and streets, and at closer 
intervals on alleys, sidewalks, and paved areas, as directed by the contracting 
officer. The price bid for tar-stabilized gravel shall include the cost of 
mixing, hauling to sidewalks and restricted areas, placing, rolling and compaction, 
temporary drainage, removal of forms for sidewalks, reshaping damaged shoulders, 
and all work and expenses incidental to the completion of the work including 
furnishing all materials except those items paid for separately. Payment will 
be made at the contract unit price per square yard for "Tar-Stabilized Gravel," 
for each specified thickness as indicated in ihe Schedule of Bid Items. 

(h) Tar; for Stabilizing.. - The quantity for payment of the tar 
specified in paragraph 3-04(0 for use in tar-stabilized gravel shall be the 
number of gallons incorporated in the work. For purposes of measurement a 
gallon shall be a volume of 23I cubic inches and measurement shall be based on 
the volume at a temperature of 6o°F. The price bid shall include furnishing 
and placing the tar, and payment will be made a t the contract unit price per 
gallon for "Tar; Stabilizing." 

(i) Pipe Underdrain. - The guaatity for payment shall be the 
number of lineal feet of pipe laid* The price bid shall c over the furnishing 
of the pipe, gravel, and other materials and labor necessary to complete the 
work. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per lineal foot for 
•Pipe Underdrain. " 

(j) Guard Rail . - 'Measurement for payment will be made for the 
number of lineal feet from end post to end post, and no separate payment will 
be made for anchorages. Payment for furnishing and installing of the guard rail 

3-7 



complete will be made at the contract unit price per lineal foot for 
•Guard Rail." 

(k) Concrete . - Measurement for payment of the concrete sidewalks, 
curbs, and combined curb and gutter will be the number of cubic yards in place* 
The price bid shall include furnishing- and placing all items, including joint 
material, for this work. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per 
cubic yard for •Concrete; Class A.* 



3-8 



Specifications: Seaway N. Y. 

SECTION IV 

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 

4-01. GENERAL. - Building construction comprises private dwell- 
ings, dormitories, garages for both, and all public buildings 
shown on the plans within the work area of Seaway, N. Y., or referred 
to in the specifications. Where plans show the general arrangements 
required without complete details of construction, sizes of members, 
footings, foundations, etc. the contractor will be required to complete 
the design and submit detailed drawings for approval. 

4-02. CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS 

(a) Private Dwellings . - The private dwellings are divided 
into classes from type 2 to 8 inclusive. All houses in each type 
class have the same number of rooms and are equal to each other but 

for small differences to prevent a monotony of appearance. The main 
features of each type class is as follows: 

(1) Type 2 dwellings consist of two rooms, one 
clothes closet, bathroom* vestibule, and porch. The two rooms are 
combination kitchen and dining room, and combination living room and 
bedroom. 

(2) Type 3 dwellings are two family duplexes, each 
consisting of living room, bedroom, combination kitchen and dining 
room, one closet, bathroom, vestibule, and porch. 

(3) Type 4 dwellings consist of living room, bedroom, 
combination kitchen and dining room, two closets, bathroom, vestibule, 
and porch. 

(4) Type 5 dwellings consist of living room, two bed- 
rooms, kitchen, bathroom, closets as shown, vestibule, and porch. 

(5) Type 6 dwellings consist of living room, dining 
room, two bedrooms, kitchen, bathroom, closets as shown, vestibule, 
and porch. 

(6) Type 7 dwellings consist of living room, three 
bedrooms, dining alcove, kitchen, bathroom, closets as shown, vesti- 
bule, and porch. 

(7) Type 8 dwellings are two stories containing nine 
rooms, two bathrooms, shower room, a small storage room, hallway, 
vestibule, and porch, and shall be equipped with fireplaces. 

(b) Dormitories . - 

(1) Msn's dormitories consist of sixteen rooms, 
toilet room with showers, and main lobby. A porch extends along the 
entire front of the building. 

(2) Women's dormitories are similar to the men's dor- 
mitories with such changes as are indicated on the drawings. 

(c) Garages . - 

(1) Type A garage is a two stall combination for type 
No. 8 residence only. 

(2) Type B garage is a four stall combination for all 
other residences. 

(3) Dormitory garages have a 26 stall combination, 
each space being separately partitioned. 

(d) Public buildings . - The public buildings for Seaway 
Village, consist of the following: 

4-1 



Administration Building 

Guest House 

Town Hall 

laboratory 

Store Buildings (two) 

Cafeteria 

Town Garage 

Filling Stations (two) 

Commissary Cold Storage 

General Warehouse 

Government Garage and Firehouse 

Storage Building 

Guest House Garage 

Boiler House and Coal Shed 

Maintenance Shop 

Paint Shop 

Theatre 

School 

Hospital 

Social Hall 

Athletic Hall 

Incinerator 

4-03. LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS. . The contracting officer will 
locate the position of each structure by establishing and marking the 
following (see also paragraph 1-26), 

(a) Definite line indicating one side of each building. 

(b) Definite corner. 

(c) Furnish bench marks (see paragraph 1-17) • 



4-04 



• 



EXCAVATION AND GRADING 



(a) Gene ral. - All building sites shall be cleared and 
grubbed, graded, and necessary excavation and backfill performed as 
specified in Section II. All footings and foundation posts must have 
solid, level, and undistunbed bottoms. Should excavation for footings 
and foundation posts be carried to a lower elevation than shown on 
the drawings it shall be brought up to the required elevation with 
concrete at the contractor's expense. Building sites shall be graded 
under all portions of the buildings to give a depth of at least 3 feat 
below the bottom of all floor joists. Grading around outside of resi- 
dences shall give a minimum of two feet and a maximum of four feet 
from finish floor line to grade. The grade around all other buildinsrs 
shall be as shown on the plans. 

4-05. CONCRETE AND CEMENT WORK 

(a) General . - Concrete and cement shall conform to the 
requirements of Section TX except that the maximum size of coarse 
aggregate shall be 3/4 inch. The class of concrete shall be as indi- 
cated on the drawings or required by these specifications. 

(b) Footings . - All footings shall be class A reinforced 
concrete, cast in place, and. of sizes as shown and detailed on draw- 
ings. 

(c) Foundation Posts . - Foundation posts shall be class A 

4-2 



reinforced concrete, either precast or cast in place, with a 2* x 6" 
nailing strip and a 3-inch block fastened to post as detailed and 
indicated on the drawing. If a precast post is used it shall be dow- 
elled into the footing before the initial set occurs end shall be 
set plumb and thoroughly braced and supported in position until con- 
crete has set. 

(d) Grade Beams . - Grade beams shall be class A reinforced 
concrete as detailed on the drawings. All beams shall be poured 
continuously from post to post. 

(e) Floor Slabs . - Floor slabs shall be class A reinforced 
concrete as detailed on the drawings and finished in accordance with 
Section IX. Concrete floors are specified for all public toilets and 
toilets in dormitories; vaults in Administration Building and Town 
Hall; cells in Town Hall; entire ground floor in laboratory, Cold 
Storage Warehouse, General Warehouse, Boiler House, Coal Shed, Town 
Garage, Government Garage, Maintenance Shop, Paint Shop, Storage Build- 
ing, Motion Picture Theatre, and Athletic Kail; slabs under ranges 

in Cafeteria and Guest House kitchen; and elsewhere as shown on the 
drawings or required by these specifications. 

(f) Foundation walls . - Foundation walls in the Filling 
Stations and Athletic Hall aie plain class A concrete. The ash pit 
and conveyor tunnel walls in the Boiler House and Coal Shed are plain 
class A concrete. 

(g) Pipe Trenches, Sump Pits . - The pipe trenches and 
sump pits in buildings having concrete floors are class A rein- 
forced concrete. 

(h) Lintels . - Lintels in concrete block and brick walls 
shall be precast class A concrete reinforced top and bottom as de- 
tailed on drawings. Faces shall be straight and true and shall 
have smooth exposed surfaces which shall be rubbed or brushed after 
removal from the forms to a uniform "sand" finish. 

4.06. DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 

(a) Dampproofing . - If any surfaces are required to be 
dampproofed, it shall conform to Paragraph 9-21. 

(b) Membrane Waterproofing . - 

(1) General. - This work consists of furnishing all 
material and equipment and performing all necessary a bor for membrane 
waterproofing placed as specified where indicated on the drawings. 

No membrane waterproofing shall be applied when the surrounding air 
temperatures are lower than 4f)F. 

(2) Materials shall conform to the following 
Federal specifications: 

HH-F-201 - "Felt; Coal-Tar-Saturated (for) Roofing and 

Waterproofing. ■ 
R-P-38I - "Pitch; Coal Tar (for) Mineral-Surfaced Built-up 

Roofing, Waterproofing, and Damproofing." 

Type II. 

(3) Application. - All surfaces on which the water- 
proofing is to be applied shall be smooth, dry, clean, and free from 
loose materials, and shall be covered by a membrane of continuous 
waterproofing consisting of 3 plies of tarred felt and 4 moppings of 
pitch. The method of application shall be as follows: First - Coat 

4-3 



entire surface with pitch into which, while hot, embed a layer of 
tarred felt. Follow this with alternate moppings of pitch and layer 
of felt until 4 moppings of pitch and 3 layers of felt have been 
applied. Each layer of felt shall be thoroughly rubbed into the 
hot pitch, and the entire surface shall be immediately mopped with 
pitch to insure thorough embedding of the felt. The felt shall be 
laid without wrinkles or buckles, and the finished membrane shall be 
free from pockets or blisters. 

Not less than 120 pounds of pitch shall be used for con- 
structing each 100 sq. ft. of completed waterproofing, and the pitch 
shall not be heated above 375°F. 

At wall angles and footings and places where the water- 
proofing may be subjected to unusual strain, there shall be applied 
at least one extra reinforcing layer or felt and mopping of pitch. 

At the footings, after application of the first ply and before 
application of 2nd and 3 rd plys of membrane waterproofing, there shall be applied 
a full 3 0_ inch sheet of felt laid in such a way that a 9~i n ch l a P can be 
turned up on the exterior wall, run through full width of footings, and 
tied into membrane waterproofing of the floors. "Where laps are left to be 
connected, they shall be not less than 10 inches wide, and shall be tem- 
porarily protected by £-inch troweled course of Portland cement mortar. 
When connections with laps are made, laps 3hall be carefully cleaned, dried, 
and mopped with pitch before proceeding with the work. 

Care shall be taken not to injure the waterproofing membrane either 
during or after application, and all finished work shall be approved before 
any of the work is covered. 

On walls the membrane shall be protected with £-inch fibre board applied 
immediately and set into the last mopping of pitch, *he fibre board shall 
conform to Federal Specification LLL-F-321a. a final mopping of pitch 
shall cover the exterior surface of this board. 
(c) Plaster Coat Waterproofing . - 

(1) General. - The contractor shall furnish and place plaster 
coat waterproofing as specified where indicated on the drawings. 

(2) Materials. - Materials shell consist of Portland cement, 
sand, and waterproofing compound. The compound shall be a powder manu- 
factured for this purpose by a reputable company, and shall be approved 

by the contracting officer. The mixture shall be made according to the 
manufacturer's specifications. 

(3) Application. - Form wires shall be cut back at least 1 
inch from the surface. Honeycombs, pockets, seams, cracks, and joints 
shall be cut back and then properly filled flush with wall surface, using 
waterproof mortar, and all form wood shall be removed. The surfaces shall 
be roughened with proper tools to insure satisfactory bond. 

All surfaces to be waterproofed shall be cleaned by scrubbing, 
washing, and rinsing thoroughly, not more than 24 hours before appli- 
cation of waterproofing. 

Walls of pits shell be waterproofed with scratch and finish 
coats which together are not to be less than 5/8" thick. The finish 
coat shall be wood-floated and steel-trowelled to a smooth, true 
even surface free from imperfections. 

Floors of pits shall be screeded, floated and steel- 
trowelled to a smooth, true, even surface, free from imperfections. 

Floor and wall coats shell be done in one operation insofar 



4-4 



as possible, and finish shall be cut through at all expansion joints. 

Finishing shall be done before setting occurs and partially- 
set material shall not be finished but shall be removed and new mate- 
rial used. No material shall be retempered. 

(d) Plaster Coat Pfeterproofing on Boiler House . - The walls 
of the boiler house shall be waterproofed with a cementitious wall 
coating, free of all me tallies and delivered in a dry form in the orig- 
inal sealed container. It shall be prepared by the manufacturers ready 
for use other than the addition of water and shall be applied in two 
applications consisting of a sealer and a decorative final finish coat. 
The sealer shall be "Thor-o-seal" or equal and the finish coat shall be 
"Quickseal" or equal as manufactured by Standard Dry Wall Products, Inc., 
New Eagle, Pa. The coats shall be applied in accordance with the manu- 
facturer's recommendations. 

(e) Payment . - Payment for waterproofing shall be included 
in the items or structures of which they form a part. 

4-07. MASONRY WORK 

(a) Brickwork . - Brickwork comprises fire walls, chimneys, 
and fireplaces as shown on the drawings or required by these specifi- 
cations. For brickwork in connection with boiler settings, breeching, 
and stack at the boiler house see Section X. 

(b) Materials for Brickwork shall conform to the following 
requirements: 

(1) Brick; Clay, Federal Specification SS-B-656, Class 
H. This brick shall be used for all general brickwork unless. dtherwise 
specified or indicated on the drawings. 

(2) Masonry Cement, Federal Specification SS-C-18lb, 
Type II. 

(3) Lime, Hydra ted, Federal Specification SS-L-351. 
Quicklime, Federal Specification SS-Q,- 35 1 * ' 

(4) Sand (for Mortar) shall be well screened, clean, 
sharp, silicious, free from loam, silt, or other impurities and com- 
posed of grains of various sizes. 

(5) Fire-Clay Flue Lining shall be of an approved stand- 
ard commercial grade, of si-ze required. 

(6) Fire Brick shall conform to Federal Specification 
HH-B-671b. 

(7) Fire Clay (for use with fire brick) shall conform 
to Federal Specification HH-C-4_51 a . Grade C. 

(8) Water shall be clean and fresh, free from oil, acids, 
alkali, vegetable, sewage, or organic matter. 

(9) Mortar for the brickwork shall be measured by 
volume and unlaw otherwise specified shall consist of either of the 
following; 

Portland Cement Mortar Masonry Cement Mortar 

1 part of Portland Cement 1 part of Masonry Cement 

1 part of Lime Putty 3 parts of Sand 
6 parts of Sand 

(10) Mortar for fire brick shall be composed of fire clay 
mixed with water to the proper consistency. 



4-5 



; 



(c) Concrete Masonry Units . - 

(1) Concrete masonry units shall comply with Federal 
Specification SS-C-621, Type 1, (load bearing), and when specified 
to be painted shall have a fine or medium texture surface suitable 
for exposed painted work, 

(2) Units shall be of standard sizes approximately 
8 by 8 by 12 inches or 8 by 8 by 16 inches, with all stock special 
sizes as may be necessary to meet contract requirements, and approxi- 
mately 4 inches thick when used for column facing. 

(3) The units, when 28 days old or when delivered on 
the job, shall be tough enough to prevent excessive breakage in 
shipment and handling. The units shall be delivered in good condi- 
tion. 

(d) Hollow Tile Work . - Hollow tile for fire walls between 
brick piers in the store buildings and the theater projection booth 
shall conform to Federal Specification SS-T- 351 for "Tile; Structural, 
Clay, Non-Load-Bearing. " The fire walls shall be 12 inches thick 
with vertical joints broken at least 3 inches. Work terminating 
against soffits and structural ceiling shall be wedged tight and the 
joint filled with mortar. All firewalls shall be covered with a glazed 
tile coping except gables shall have metal coping. The theater pro- 
jection booth tile wall shall be 3 inches in thickness and as indi- 
cated on the drawings. 

(e) Laying Masonry Work . - 

(1) Unless otherwise directed by the contracting officer 
brick and clay tile shall be drenched with water, allowed to drain 

and shall be damp when laid. Each brick shall be shoved into a full 
mortar bed and all hollow units shall be set in full beds of mortar 
and all joints shall be filled. Special care shall be taken to fill 
all head and collar joints. Where brick are laid against concrete 
or metal work, the joints next to same shall be slushed or grouted 
full as each course is laid» 

(2) Brick used for exterior facing shall be whole 
units laid with the best face exposed, free from cracks and spalls, 
in common bond, with joints not less than 7/l6 inch nor more than 
9/l6 inch thick, of uniform thickness, except vertical joints, may 
not be less than 3/8 inch nor more than 9/1& inch to adjust bond 
and eliminate cutting. Brick bond shall be adjusted so that no 
course shall finish at corners or jamb with a piece less than 3-3/4 
inches long. 

(3 ) Every seventh course in the height of exterior 
brick facing shall be a full-brick header course extending through 
the wall. Brick piers shall be bonded throughout each course. 

(4) Mortar joints for concrete blocks shall be not 
more than £ inch thick. Lay concrete blocks with full mortar 
coverage on vertical and horizontal edges of face shells. Vertical 
joints shall be shoved tight. 

(5) Fill cores of blocks with concrete where re- 
quired by drawings. 

(6) All concrete masonry units supporting wood floor 
joists, girders, concrete floors, etc., shall be solid, or all cells 
in first course under bearing members or areas shall be filled 
solid with cement mortar. 

(7) Openings in walls built with concrete masonry 

units shall have pre-cast concrete lintels and sills where so in- 
dicated on the drawings. 

4-6 



(8) All face joints of exterior brick exposed on the 
outside of the buildings shall be finished with a metal jointing 
tool, concave profile, as soon as possible after the mortar has 
attained its initial set so as to compact the mortar in the joint, 
forcing it tight against the masonry and closing all hair cracks 
and crevices. The use of "cut-off" joints shall not be permitted in 
exterior masonry facing. 

(9) Horizontal face joints of concrete masonry 
units, exposed on the outside of the building, shall be finished as 
specified for exterior brick masonry. Vertical face joints of ex- 
terior concrete masonry units shall be rubbed with burlap to compact 
the mortar tight against the masonry unit, keeping the joint flush 
with the adjacent unit. 

(10) All joints for exposed interior masonry work shall 
be cut off flush. 

(11) Set flue lining plumb and true with close flush 
joints in full beds of mortar, smooth inside. 

(12) On completion of the work all exposed brick or 
masonry unit facing shall be cleaned down with water, removing ex- 
cess mortar, etc. 

4.08. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND IRON WORK. 

(a) General . - The structural steel and iron work con- 
sists of all steel and iron materials indicated on drawings and 
required to complete the construction of the buildings covered by 
these specifications. 

(b) tfeterials . - Steel shall comply with the requirements 
of Federal Specification Qft-S-721a for "Steel; Structural (for) 
Buildings." Steel shall be clean, free from mil lscale, flake rust, 
and rust pitting. 

(c) Shapes . - 

(1) Shapes shall be as shown on drawings 

(2) Welding materials and work shall be in accord- 
ance with the requirements of the American Welding Society. 

(3) Columns of H section shall be provided as called 
for. Base plates, of the size required, shall be riveted to the 
columns. 

(4) Trusses constructed of angle shapes as detailed, 
shall be provided and shall be fitted with all connections necessary 
for main purlins and eave purlins. 

(5) Purlins of channel section shall be provided as 
called for and shall be fitted with all necessary connections for 
attaching to trusses. 

(6) Jambs, Headers, and Lintels shall be provided for 
all openings indicated. They shall be structural shapes as detailed, 
and shall include all connections necessary to secure same to the 
adjoining construction. 

(7) Tees. - Steel tee sections, for the support of 
insulated ceilings, shall be furnished as indicated on the drawings. 

(8) Hanger Rods of the sizes indicated, shall be 
furnished for supporting all suspended work and equipment. They 
shall be of the lengths required, threaded, and fitted with nuts and 
washers. 

(d) Track Storage Supporting Beams . - Beams, of structural 
shapes and sizes indicated on the drawings or required, shall be fur- 

4-7 



nished for supporting ceiling deck over all insulated rooms, and for 
supporting storage tracks as shown. 

(e) Frames for Access Doors . - Angle frames for access 
doors, as indicated on drawings, shall be equipped with all necessary 
connections for securing to adjacent work. 

(f) Workmanship. - Shearing and punching shall be without 
ragged or torn edges. The thickness of material in punched work 
shall not exceed the nominal diameter of the rivet plus l/8-inch. . 
Holes shall be accurately spaced so that when parts are assembled hot 
rivets will enter without distortion. Holes shall be enlarged only 
by reaming, and drift pins shall not be used to bring holes in line-. 

(g) Rivets . - Rivets shall have well finished concentric 
heads in full contact with metal. All rivets shall be tight, shop 
rivets shall be machine driven. Riveted parts shall be closely 
drawn together before riveting. 

(h) Members. - All steel members shall be free from 
twists, kinks, buckles, or open joints. Parts assembled with rivets 
shall be in close contact, except where separators are required. 
All members shall be accurately made and punched so that when 
assembled, the parts shall come together without distortion. Shims 
shall not be used, and bearing ends of columns shall have machined 
bearings. Open holes shall be provided where necessary for con- 
nections to other work. 

(i) Erection. .- All structural steel work shall be 
accurately set and properly secured in place. Field connections of 
structural steel work shall be power riveted. Rivets shall be drawn 
up tight so that both heads shall have full bearing. Loose rivets 
shall be replaced and all riveting shall be approved by the con- 
tracting officer. 

(j) Leveling Base Plates . - All base plates for structural 
steel columns shall be leveled to an accurate grade. Base plates of 
various thicknesses are required and the top of all plate's shall be 
brought to the same level. Concrete bearings shall be kept wet for 
36 hours after placing, and columns shall not be set on base plates 
until concrete bearings are thoroughly set. 

(k) Anchor Bolts . - Anchor bolts and anchors shall be pro- 
perly located and built into the concrete at the time the concrete is 
placed. 

(1) Stays and Braces . - All structural steel shall have 
suitable temporary stays and braces to hold it in position until 
permanently secured. 

(m) Painting Steel . - Paints and painting shall be as spec- 
ified in Section XI. All structural steel shall be given a shop coat 
of paint. Surfaces in contact or inaccessible after assembling shall 
be painted before assembling. Rfechine finished surfaces shall be tho- 
roughly cleaned and coated with a composition of white lead and tallow 
or other approved slushing compound for protection against rust. 

4-09. MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL. 

(a) General . - The work under this heading consists of all 
miscellaneous iron and steel work indicated on the drawings or herein- 
after specified. 

(b) Cast Iron Safety Treads . - Cast iron safety tread shall 
conform to Federal Specification RR-T-661, Type b» Class 6. Safety 
tread shall have a minimum thickness of l/2;-inch and have a diamond 

4-8 



pattern and shall have a nosing of not less than 1/4-inch. The plates 
shall be placed over sumps and similar openings and shall have the 
lengths and widths shown on the drawings. 

(c) Angle Guards . - Guards of 3" x3" *i* steel angles 4 feet 
long shall be furnished for protection of corner construction where 
indicated on drawings. Angle guards shall be secured to the building 
as detailed. 

(d) Kick Plates . - All metal clad doors shall have kick 
pistes on both sides. Plates shall be 1/8-inch steel, 3° inches 
high and 2 inches less than the width of the doors with which used. 
Kick plates shall be secured to doors with heavy wood screws, 
counter sunk, spaced 6 inches on centers around all edges of plate. 

(e) Bumpers . - Bumpers on doors shall be as indicated on 
drawings and formed of steel 4" x 2" by the width of the doors with 
which used. Bumpers shall be secured to doors with two ^-inch bolts 
at each end extending through doors and kick plates. 

(f ) Stairs . - Two flights of steel stairs leading from the 
boiler room floor to the basement shall be installed as indicated on 
the drawings. There shall be twelve 8" treads and thirteen 8" open 
risers. The stringers shall be of 8" x ll£" channel with the flanges 
turned outward. The treads shall be of 3/16" checkered floor plate, 
z shaped, fastened to the stringers by means of £" x l£" xl£" steel 
angles. Riveted or welded construction may be used. The stairs shall 
be equipped with standard l£" pipe railing snd fittings on both sides 
for the full length. The stair well shall be surrounded on three 
sides with standard 1|" pipe railing and fittings. 

(g) Floor Grating . - A grating shall be installed in the 
boiler room floor as indicated on the drawings. The top of the 
floor shall be flush with the concrete boiler room floor. The grat- 
ing shall be made in section 2* x5' with smaller sections as required 
to make the complete grating as indicated on the drawings. Each 
section shall be made of £• x 2" x5' -0" steel bars bolted together with 
the i n edge on top spaced 1" on centers. The grating shall be in- 
stalled to rest on a 2" x 2" x^" steel angle recessed into and anchored 
to the concrete floor. The grating shall be removable to permit the 
raising and lowering of equipment between the boiler room floor and 

the basement. 

(h) ladder . - A steel ladder shall be installed in the 
boiler house as indicated on the drawings to provide access to the 
catwalk to be constructed on the bottom chord of the roof truss 
parallel to the coal conveyor. The ladder shall be securely bolted 
to the wall of the boiler house and shall extend at least 4 feet 
above the level of the catwalk. The ladder stringers shall be steel 
bars £" x3" of suitable length. The rungs shall be 3/4" round steel 
bars, 12" on centers and securely fastened to the stringers. The 
width of the ladder shall be 24 inches overall and it shall be 
mounted so that the center line of the rungs is 9" from the face 
of the wall. 

Detail shop drawings of steel stairs, grating, and ladder 
which the contractor proposes to furnish shall be submitted to the 
contracting officer for his approval prior to the installation of 
these items. 

(i) Bras s Threshold Strips . - Brass strips, 16 gage, 
1^ inches wide and of a length to fit the width of the door shall 

be furnished for all doors to rooms having mastic composition 

4-9 



floors. Strips shall be secured to floor with 3/l6-inch brass 
screws, counter sunk, and with lead expansion shields 8 inches on 
centers. 

(j) Partitions and Doors * - 

(1) Toilet stalls include partitions, supporting 
posts, head rails, post fittings, foot castings, doors, hardware, and 
enamel finishing. 

(2) Partitions shall be 1 inch thick constructed of 
20 and 22 gage furniture steel. All posts, head rails, and bracing 
shall be constructed of 16 gage rectangular steel tubing. Partitions 
end doors shall be lined with laminated corrugated fibre board and 
shall be provided with hardware and finished at the factory. Approval 
of the type shall be obtained before ordering. 

(3) Metal and glass partitions for offices shall be 
insulated recessed 3/8" thick panels with 3" square posts similar or 
equal to Type D-l" partition as manufactured by the Art Metal 
Construction Company, Jamestown, N. Y. 

(4) Cubicle partitions for hospital shall be of the 
flush metal type 6*-6" high set 12" off the floor similar or equal 
to that manufactured by the Mills Company, Cleveland, Ohio. 

All metal partitions shall be finished with a baked enamel 
finish. The color shall be as selected by the contracting officer, 
(k) Steel Counters . - 

(1) Steel counters and gates shall be installed as 
indicated on drawings, 

(2) Counters and shelves shall be constructed of 
14 gage pickeled, rerolled, leveled, steel plates. The counters 
shall be reinforced with channels or "U" shaped supports spot welded 
to plates. 

(3) Doors shall be constructed of 16 gage steel, and 
shall be fitted with flat key locks, each provided with 3 keys. Doors 
shall have angle reinforcement. 

(1) Flue Clean-Out . - Flue clean-out indicated at the 
bottom of the chimney shall be a cast iron door and frame of stock 
design, and of size shown on the drawings. 

(m) All miscellaneous iron and steel shall be painted 
with one shop coat of red lead and oil, unless otherwise required, 

4.10. SHEET METAL WORK. 

(a) General . - The contractor shall furnish end install 
all sheet metal as shown on drawings and specified for ventilation 
systems, ducts, roof ventilators, pan for shower floors, hood over 
kitchen ranges, etc. Installations not covered by details on the 
drawings shall be placed in accordance with standard practice and 
in a manner satisfactory to the contracting officer. 

(b) Materials , - Materials shall conform to following 
specifications: 

(1) "Iron and Steel; Sheet, Black and Zinc-Coated," 
Federal Specification QQ.-I-696. 

Type II, Class D, for all sheets specified or 
shown as galvanized. 

Type I, for all sheets specified or shown as 
black iron. 

C2) Solder. - Federal Specification QQ-S-571, Grade A, 
(3; Resin shall be used for flux on all metalwork, 

4-10 



(4) Fastenings for sheet metal work shall be tinned 
or zinc coated. 

(c) Hanging Gutters t - Hanging gutters shall be either 
single or double beaded and open at ends. Flace adjustable hangers 
near ends and in between not over 30 inches apart. Hangers shall be 
of either zinc-coated or tinned malleable iron. 

(d) Downspouts ; - Downspouts shall be of the round type 
supported with clips or hooks near bends and offsets and not over 10 
feet apart. Support downspouts 1 inch away from the surface to 
which they are attached. Place one-piece elbows at bottom of down- 
spouts, except where downspouts are connected to the drainage system. 

(e) All units shall be given one shop coat of lead and 
oil paint (except insect screen) before delivery to project. 

(f ) Metal Clad Doors ; - Metal clad doors shall be as shown 
on the drawing. The room side of door shall be covered with one 
piece of 26 gauge zinc-coated metal with edges turned as detailed; 
exposed edges shall be folded under for finish. The metal shall be 
fastened with wood screws or nails and the panels under the metal 
filled, or the entire side of door under the metal may be covered 
with 1/4 inch plywood before metal is applied. Door frame shall be 
covered with 26 gauge zinc-coated metal as shown on detail. 

(g) Met al Covered Doors * - All kalamein doors shall be 
built of wood cores covered with 24 gauge zinc-coated sheet metal 
drawn tight so as to lay smooth. All joints between rail and stile 
metal shall be lapped and nailed to wood cores. Seams to be 
soldered and ground smooth. 

Panels shall be covered with 24 gage zinc-coated sheet 
metal glued to \* sheet asbestos and held under high pressure until 
glue is set. Panels shall be set in hollow metal panel moulds, no 
nails, screws or clips to be used in moulds. 

Glass shall be set in glass sash that is set in grooves of 
stile end rails. Hemovable glass stops to be held in place with self- 
tapping sheet metal screws. The doors shall meet the requirements 
of the* National Board of Fire Underwriters for class "B-" opening. 

All doors shall be given one shop coat of grey metallic 
primer for galvanized iron. 

Door bucks and trim shall be wood covered with 24 gage 
zinc-coated sheet metal. 

(h) Grilles for Lower Panels t - Doors shall be not less 
than 16 gage stock design stamped metal, primed for painting. 
Metal grilles shall be set in place with wood mouldings. 

(X) Canopy Hoods . - Canopy hoods shall be furnished and 
installed over kitchen ranges and dishwashers. They shall be con- 
structed of 20 gage galvanized iron, and painted with two coats of 
asphaltum paint. The lower edge shall be reinforced with 2" x2» xl/8" 
angle iron and a 2-inch band iron strip on the outside lower edge on 
the front and two ends. Hoods shall be provided with metal backs 
which shall drop to a point 6 inches below the top of the ranges 
furnished. The hoods shall be arranged to suspend from the coiling 
by means of three rods for each installation, rods to be securely 
fastened to the ceiling. Clearance of 6 feet 6 inches shall be 
provided above the floors. 

(j) Ventilators : - ventilators shall be furnished and in- 
stalled wherever shown, and shall be of the size and design indicated, 

complete with bases and collars for flashing to the roof to make 

4-11 



weatherproof connections. All roof ventilators not connected to duct 
work, shall be tubular ventilators of a type similar to "Globe" 
ventilators made by the Globe Manufacturing Company. Ventilators 
shall be constructed of 24 gage galvanized sheet metal, and shall be 
equipped with a chain operated damper, pulley, and weight with lock- 
ing device for chain to hold the damper in any desired position. 
Base flange shall extend 8 inches under roofing material and be ce- 
mented into same in watertight manner. Bases shall be made of 18 
gage, and the other parts of 20 gage galvanized iron* 

(k) Ducts. - Unless otherwise noted on drawings, or 
specified, shall be fabricated of first quality, smooth, cold-rolled 
sheets of galvanized iron. The following gage shall govern: 

Ducts under 10 inches in width #26 gage 

Ducts from 18 to 30 inches in width #24 gage 
Ducts from 30 to 4$ inches in width #22 gage 
Ducts from 48 to 60 inches in width #20 gage 
Ducts 60 inches in width and over #18 gage 
Ducts for kitchen exhaust #16 gage 

The transverse seams shall be stripped with double 
hook drive cap strips, and left smooth, the longitudinal seams shall 
be locked, and hammered flat. 

All ducts shall be free from inside braces or obstruc- 
tions. Ducts shall be made up with long radius bends and, if possible, 
no curves or elbows shall have an inside radius that is less than the 
diameter or width of duct. All tapering joints shall be reduced 
gradually, and full areas shall be maintained where changes are made 
in the shape of the ducts. All ducts shall be supported from the 
floor or ceiling, as the case may be, at close enough intervals to 
eliminate all sag or vibration. Ducts of 30 inches and over in 
width shall be reinforced on the top and bottom with steel angles of 
sufficient size to hold the work rigidly in place, spaced not over 
4-feet centers, 

(1) FTesh Air Intake . - Fresh air intake openings shown 
on the drawings, shall be provided with horizontal stationary louvers 
made of #22 gage galvanized iron, with the edges turned to prevent 
entrance of rain. Screens made with a |-inch mesh of loB & S gage 
copper wire shall be installed in back of the stationary louvers. 
Lightproof louvers shall be provided in projection and dark rooms. 

(m) Da mpers and Deflectors . - All volume dampers and 
deflectors shown on the drawings or specified herein, unless other- 
wise noted shall be of the single leaf type made of 18 gage galvanized 
iron, reinforced with 1^" x3/l6" steel bars. These dampers and de- 
flectors shall be controlled by means of quadrants having thumb screws 
for locking the dampers and deflectors in position. 

(1) Louver dampers indicated on drawings shall be 
built into 2-inch channel frames pressed out of 18 gage sheet metal. 
Frames shall be properly braced. The blades shall be not over 12 
inches in width, and shall be made of 16 gage steel. Blades shall 

be set horizontally in the frames wherever possible, and unless other- 
wise indicated. Blades shall be fitted with brass trunions, and ball 
or roller bearings. Louver dampers shall be controlled as indicated 
on the drawings. 

(2) Ventilator dampers. - Gravity ventilators, when 
noted on drawings as requiring dampers, shall be fitted with 16 gage 

4-12 



iron, balanced type, single leaf dampers built inside of heavy ring 
frames which shall be riveted to the throats of the ventilators. 
These* dampers shall have a chain and pull control, with holding or 
locking device, at the points indicated on drawings, 
(n) Diff users, Registers, and Grilles . - 

(1) Diff users. - Adjustable blade diff users shall be 
installed at warm air inlets where called for on the drawings. Dif- 
fusers shall be built with neat metal frames and borders made of 

18 gage iron. The borders shall be 2\ inches wide entirely around 
diffusers, and shall be made with mitered joints at corners, fastened 
together by electric welding and ground smooth leaving the exposed 
finish free from projecting metal. The blades shall be of the hollow 
sheet metal type set vertically in the frame and pivoted at the 
ends. The blades shall be joined at top and bottom, and so arranged 
that they can be set to deflect the air in any direction, and locked 
in position with set screws. Hair felt strips shall be glued in 
place around edge of the borders, on the back faces of same, to make 
tight joints to the walls. Horizontal louver 1ype dampers with chain 
and pull control through fronts of diffusers, shall be provided in 
back of all diffusers where indicated on the drawings. 

(2) Registers unless otherwise noted or specified 
shall be made with 12 gage flat steel faces cut with a ^/l^-inch 
square die on 1-inch centers, and shall be fitted with multi-valve 
dampers. In case these registers are set high enough to be beyond 
normal reach, they shall be provided with pulls, chains, and indi- 
cator handles. These registers shall be similar or equal to those 
manufactured by Tuttle and Bailey. 

(3) Grills unless otherwise noted or specified, shall 
be made of 12 gage sheet metal, cut with a 3/4-inch die on 1 inch 
centers, Where these grilles are attached to ducts, they shall be 
provided with steel angle frames on the end of ducts, and the grilles 
bolted thereto. 

(o) Cornices . - Cornices on town garage, cold storage 
building, and general warehouse shall be 26 gage galvanized iron. 

(p) Sheet Metal painting . - Surfaces that are to be paint- 
ed shall be thoroughly cleaned and all traces of flux removed. 
Zinc-coated metal shall be washed with a solution of 8 ounces of 
copper acetate in each gallon of water and allowed to dry before 
painting. 

(q) paint all unexposed surfaces of exterior ferrous 
sheet metal work, flashing, etc., with one coat of lead and oil 
paint before placing. Canopy hoods shall be painted with two coats 
of heat resisting asphaltum paint. 

4-11. ROOFING AND FLASHING 

(a) General . The contractor shall provide and install 
all items of roofing and flashing in accordance with the details 
shown on the drawings or methods specified herein. Installations 
not covered by details or definite specifications shall be in accord- 
ance with the best practice to obtain waterproof and weatherproof 
construction, and in a manner satisfactory to the contracting officer. 

(1) Provisions shall be made for expansion and con- 
traction of all metal roofing. 



4-13 



(2) Nails shall not penetrate through roof sheathing 
at eaves or other finished spaces. 

(3) Tar shall be heated to not more than 375 F. ♦ 
asphalt to not more than 400°F. 

(4) Gage specified are U. S« Standard. 

(b) Materials . - Materials shall conform to the following 
specifications: 

(1) Roofing felt shall be 15 lb. and 30 lb. asphalt 
felt 3^" wide conforming to "Federal Specification HH-F-191. 

(2) Asphalt shall conform to Federal Specification 
SS-A-666, for "Asphalt; (for) Built-up Roofing, waterproofing, and 
Dampproofing," Type II. 

(3) Asphaltic prepared mineral surfaced roll roofing 
and asphalt strip shingles shall conform to Federal Specification 
SS-R-521. Colors shall be as selected by the contracting officer. 

(4) Nails for laying felt shall be 1-inch, barbed 
nails driven through flat metal discs or approved large head roofing 
nails* 

(5) Flashing shall conform to Federal Specification 
Q,Q,-T-201, for "Terneplate (Roofing Tin)," or shall be material 
equally serviceable as determined by the contracting officer,. 

(c) Roofing . - 

(1) Shingles . - Cover all roof surfaces, unless 
otherwise indicated, with asphalt composition mineral-surfaced 
(slate or ceramic granules) strip shingles approximately 10 by 36 or 
12 by 36 inches in size of either the three or four tab type, color 
as selected. The shingles shall weigh not less than 210 pounds per 
100 square feet. 

(2) Apply over the entire roof surface one layer 

15 pound roll roofing felt, secured along all edges with large flat 
headed nails or tin discs ; all joints lapped at lesst 2 inches. 

(3) Apply at all eaves a starter course of shingles 
with the mineral surface down and the tabs pointing toward the 
ridge. 

(4) l&y shingles parallel to the eaves. Lay individ- 
ual shingles on the ridges and hips Of the same kind of material as the 
shingles and to lap not less than 5 inches on each side of the 
ridges and hips. 

(5) Bed the shingles at gable ends for a distance of 
not less than 12 inches from the gable edge and the shingles in the 
two courses on each side of the ridges and hips in high softening point 
asphalt mastic in addition to nailing. 

(6) Fasten the mineral- surfaced materials with large 
head roofing nails. Secure each piece of strip shingle with one 
nail placed about one inch above each cut-out and on ends about 1- 

£ inches from the outside edge. Nails shall be located so as not to 
penetrate the sheet metal. 

(7) Apply the roofing according to the manufact- 
urers directions and as specified herein. 

(8) Flashing shall be completed before the roofing 
material, etc., is applied. 

(9) The finished roof surfaces shall provide a 
weather tight roof, free from leaks or other defects. 

(d) Split Sheet Roll Roofing (Mineral Surfaced) . - 
(1) Split sheet roll roofing. - Cover all pitched 

4-14 



roof surfaces with asphalt composition, mineral (slate or ceramic 
granules) surfaced, split sheet roll roofing, color as selected. 
The sheets shall be approximately 3& inches wide with a selvage edc-e 
of approximately 19 inches end exposed mineral surface portion of 
approximately 17 inches, and shall weigh not less than 110 pounds per 
102 square feet when laid. 

(2) lay strips parallel to the eaves; the first eave 
strip to be doubled and laid in asphalt or lap cement. End laps 
shall be approximately 6 inches. Where laps are cemented the gran- 
ules shall be removed from portions that are to be covered. Hips 
and ridges shall be of the same kind of material as the roofing and 
to lap not less than 8 inches on each side of the hips and ridges. 

(3) Valleys (if any) shall be open about 6 inches wide 
at the top and increased at bottom to about 8 inches. Valleys shall 
have two layers of material; lower layer to be selvage sheet approxi- 
mately 19 inches wide and top layer to be mineral- surfaced sheet 
approximately 1? inches wide. 

(4) Fasten the concealed portion of roofing with 
large head zinc-coated nails. 

(5) Lay roofing in lap cement or hot asphalt over 
the entire selvage portions. Lap cement and roofing shall be 
products of the same manufacturer. Hot asphalt shall be of high 
softening point. 

(6) Selvage portions shall not exposed to the weather. 

(7) Apply over the entire roof surface one layer of 
15 pound asphalt saturated felt, nailed to sheathing, laid with 2 
inch lap before the mineral- surfaced roofing is installed. 

(8) Apply the roofing according to the manufacturer's 
directions. 

(9) Flashings shall be completed before the roofing 
material is applied. 

(10) The finished roof shall be weathertight , and 
free from leaks or other defects. 

(e) Metal Roofing . - 

(1) All metal roofing shall be terneplate. T<br 
roofs where slope is over 3" to 12" standing seams shall be used. 
For roofs where slope is 3" "to l 2 " ° r less flat seams shall be used. 

(2) Standing Seam - width of sheets shall be 20" 
with courses applied in narrow way. Lock ends with £" seams and 
carefully solder. Join courses with double locked standing seams 
and secure to sheathing with cleats spaced 8° on centers and two 
7/8" nails to a cleat. Edges of seams to be turned l£" and l£" , with 
finished seam 1" high. 

(3) Flat Seam - sheets 20" x 28" shall be laid flat 
locked, each sheet notched and edged £". Sheets shall be laid the 
narrow way, and each shall be secured to the roofers with three 
cleats on the long side and one cleat on the short side. Cleats 
shall be l£" wide and hooked over the edge and nailed to the roofer,s 
with two nails to each cleat. Hannier all seams smooth and solder 
carefully, using not less than 6l lbs. of solder to a square. Stagger 
all horizontal joints. 

(f ) Vertical Surfaces . - Where roof surfaces join wall 
surfaces, felt and cap sheet shall be turned up under the siding 
and paper at least Zj. inches. 

(g) Flashing . - 

4-15 



(1) The exposed edges of all flashings shall be 
doubled back £" in such manner as to conceal them from view and to 
provide stiffness. 

(2) Base flashings shall be at least 6" high and shall 
extend out on to the roof at least 4"« Flashings shall lap longi- 
tudinally at least 3"» 

(3) Cap flashings shall turn down over base flash- 
ings not less than 4" Q fld shall have bottom edges turned back '£". 
Cap flashings shall extend into joints of masonry walls at least 4" 
and have the inner edge turned up or back on itself at least J". 
Sheets shall be bent to the required shapes, and be built in with 
masonry work. Cap sheets may be secured, in reglets not less than 

2" deep cut in the masonry, with lead plugs 1" wide, 8" to 10" apart, 

(4) Base and cap flashings shall be used where roof 
surfaces intersect vertical masonry surfaces. 

(5) Base flashings shall be used where shingle or 
roll roofing intersects vertical shingled walls. 

(6) Where dormers intersect sloping roofs base 
flashing shall be woven into the shingle courses, each flashing sheet 
to lap the next lower at least 3"« 

(7) Step flashings shall be used where vertical 
masonry surfaces occur in connection with slopes. They shall be 
formed of separate pieces built into masonry as specified for cap 
flashings in masonry. Steps shall generally lap 3"» but in no case 
less than 2", and shall not be soldered. Lap joints shall be vertical, 

(8) A metal drip shall be fastened along the eaves 
before the roofing is applied. This drip shall be 26 gage galvanized 
iron 4* wide and shall project 1" beyond roof sheathing. Vertical 
joints shall lap 2". 

(9) All gable ends shall be flashed to render them 
watertight and weatherproof, 

(10) Watertable flashing shall extend up the sheathing 
at least 4"» It shall be formed over the edge of the watertable to 
make a hip and shall be secured at the upper edge by nails every 4" 
apart. 

(11) Crickets or sadules formed back of all vertical 
surfaces, such as chimneys, etc. breaking through sloping roofs 
shall be covered with flashing. The flashing of these crickets shall 
be made a part of the flashing along the sides of the chimney, etc. 

(12) Vent flashings shall be of sufficient length to , 
cover the roofing course next below the pipe and to extend up under 
the roofing course as far as possible without puncture by nails, 
where vent pipes extend more than 12" above the roof, the counter 
flashing shall be caulked into the hubs or held with brass clamps 
embedded in elastic cement or white lead. It shall lap the base 
flashing at least 4"» Where the vent extends not more than 12" 
above the roof surface, it shall be flashed as follows: 

a. Cast iron pipe: The base flashing shall be 
carried up to within 1" of the top of the pipe and shall be counter- 
flashed by a cap 6" high, turned over and down into the pipe at 
least 2". 

b. Threaded pipe: The base flashing shall ex- 
tend up to within 2" of the end of the pipe, which shall be threaded. 
After the fleshing is in place the threads shall be covered with 

white lead, and an iron or steel cap, of such design as to enclose the 

4-16 



flashing material, shall be screwed into the pipe. 

(13) Patented vent flashings may be used subject to 
the approval of the contracting officer and shall be installed 
according to the manufacturer's directions. 

(14) Where metal ventilators are used on a roof they 
shall be connected to the flashing by a soldered lap seam. The 
flashing sheet shall extend out over the roofing on all sides at 
least 6". The flashing shall be secured by round headed brass wood 
screws set through holes drilled in the roof covering. The screws 
shall be set with slotted brass washers and shall be soldered to the 
flashing. The screws and screw holes shall be covered with soldered 
metal caps. 

(15) Window and door frames set in frame construction 
shall have flashing over the head. This flashing shall be set after 
the frame is placed and shall be carried up the vail not less than 
3" above the window on door head. The bottom edge of the flashing 
shall be bent at a sharp angle to bear tightly against the top 
fillet of the moulding, and the upper edge of the flashing, under the 
shingles, shall be secured by nails placed about 8" apart. 

Sill flashings for window frames in frame con- 
struction shall be set before the frame is placed. They shall ex- 
tend to the back of the window sill and shall be nailed after the 
frame is set, and shall also extend out to the face of the wall. 

(16) Metal capings on masonry walls shall be as 
detailed on drawings. 

4.12. STEEL WINDOWS 

Steel windows in Boiler House, Town Garage, and Filling 
Stations shall be of the horizontally pivoted types similar or 
equal to "Fenestra" as manufactured by the Detroit Steel Products 
Company, Detroit, Mich. 



4-13. 



FLAGPOLE 



(a) General . - The flagpole shall be furnished and erected 
complete with trimmings, fastenings, etc. 

(b) The flagpole shall be of wood and shall be shipped in 
one piece. 

(c) The foundation (base) for flagpole shall be reinforced 
Class A concrete as indicated. 

(d) Shop drawings showing the complete flagpole and large 
scale details of construction shall be submitted in triplicate to 
the contracting officer and no part of the work shall be shipped 
until after the shop drawings have been approved. 

(e) Wood flagpoles shall be of selected Oregon fir, yellow 
pine, or spruce. The portion of the yrood pole in concrete shall be 
treated with wood preserver. 

(f ) Trimmings shall be as shown on the drawings. 

(g) Shop painting; . - The poles shall be given a priming 
coat of lead and oil paint at the factory. 

(h) Painting; . - Wood poles and all iron and steel shall 
be given tow coats of lead and oil paint after erection. 

4-14. CEMENT ASBESTOS BOARD 

(a) Cement Asbestos Board shall be made of cement and 

4-17 



asbestos fiber formed into dense, tough, structurally-strong sheets 
of uniform' thickness with straight edges, square corners, and the 
exposed side smooth surfaced. The material shall have a normal 
moisture content of approximately 8£ by weight, a normal density of 
approximately 95 pounds per cu. ft. and an average modulus of rupture 
of not less than 3500 pounds per square inch when tested sheets are 
broken in both directions with a minimum of 25=00 pounds in one 
direction. The board shall not warp, crack or peel when used for 
exterior purposes and shall be gray in color. For extent of work see 
drawings. 

(b) Thickness of cement asbestos board shall be as 
follows: 

(1) Grade curtain walls, 3/1&" or 1/8" 

(2) Wall finish, 1/8". 

{c) The grade curtain walls shall extend around each 
building unless otherwise indicated, enclosing all open spaces, and 
shall be neatly cut and closely fitted at porches and steps. 

(d) Cement asbestos board shall be drilled or punched 
for fastening with screws or nails, unless otherwise indicated. 

(e) All material shall be sound unbroken units with 
straight square edges. 

(f ) Option * - Cement asbestos board 1/8 inch thick may be 
used in lieu of tempered fiber board at the option of the contractor. 
When so used there shall be a cap moulding on exposed edges similar 
and equal to the plastic trim cap #5344 fl e manufactured by the 
Youngstown Manufacturing Company of Youngstown, Ohio, 

4.I5. CEMKNT ASBESTOS SIDING SHINGLES 

(a) Material . - Cement asbestos siding shingles and clap- 
board shall be made of Portland cement and asbestos fibers, with 
the addition of such pigments and/or mineral granules as may be 
necessary to produce the colors selected. Shingles and siding shall 
have a dense hard structure, and shall be thoroughly seasoned. 

(b) Siding shingles shall be approximately 12 by 24 inches, 
hy 5/32 inch uniform thickness, weighing not less than 180 pounds 

per square, or approximately 9-3/4 hy 24 inches, by 5/3^ inch, uni- 
form thickness, weighing not less than 190 pounds per square. 

(c) Surface texture of shingles shall be wood grained. 

(d) Butts of shingles shall be either wavy, random width 
thatched, or straight, 

(e) Shingles shall have nail holes factory punched. 

(f) Shingles shall be nailed in place at top and bottom 

fedges, special alloy nails furnished by the manufacturer of the 
siding material shall be used for exposed nailing. 

(g) Nail siding close, in regular horizontal courses, 
with joints in each course breaking joints with adjoining courses. 

(h) Provide cant strip to tilt bottom course at proper 
angle and lap succeeding courses not less than l-£ inches. 

(i) Place asbestos felt or asphalt eoated felt backer 
strips as furnished by the manufacturer, in back of all vertical 
joints. 

(j) Cut or punch asbestos shingles with an asbestos 
shingle cutter, which has been especially designed for this purpose, 

4-18 



(k) Place over exterior nails before applying siding, 
asphalt saturated type felt weighing at least 15 pounds, applied 
with 3 inch laps at seams and butts. 

(1) Seal joints where shingles abut window and door frames 
and at corners of buildings, with asbestos caulking compound, 

(m) Apply shingles with approved metal fastening devices. 
The type of device used shall permanently and securely hold the 
shingles in place and shall be installed in accordance with the in- 
structions of both the siding and the metal fastening device manu- 
facturer. 

4.I6. GYPSUM WALLBOARD 

(a) Gypsum wallboard shall be of commercial manufacture, 
not less than 3/8 inch in thickness, consisting of set gypsum 
plaster, with or without fiber, covered on both surfaces with sheets 
of fibrous material. 

(b) When erected, exposed surfaces of wallboard shall be 
true and free from imperfections that would render the wallboard un- 
fit for use, with or without decorations. 

(c) Application, Etc . - Fit wallboard closely at all wall 
openings, corners and angles* 

(d) Boards shall be in single lengths for wall surfaces. 

(e) Handle and install all gypsum wallboard materials in 
accordance with manufacturer's directions. 

4-17. TEMPERED FIBERBOARD 

(a) Tempered Fiberboard , - Sheets of tempered fiberboard, 
tempered hardboard, or similar material shall be installed on walls 
around lavatories in bathrooms, in kitchens, and as indicated on the 
drawings, sheets of fiberboard shall be in single lengths, and not 
less than 1/8 inch thick. 

(b) A pplication, etc . - Where recessed bath tubs occur, 
the joints and bottom edges of sheets shall be embedded in caulking 
compound and secured on all edges and at intermediate bearings. 

(c) All exposed edges and joints shall be beveled. 

(d) Fiberboard shall be fastened in place with casing or 
finishing nails about 6 inches apart on intermediate supports, and 
4 inches apart around edges and ends. Set nail heads slightly be- 
low wall surface to allow for puttying. 

(e) Where used this material will be applied over the wall 
finish. 

4-18. PRESSED WOOD FIBERBOARD 

(a) Pressed wood fiberboard shall consist of exploded 
wood fiber felted and pressed into rigid grainless woodboard 
containing no form of cementing medium. The board shall be not less 
than 1/8 inch in thickness, medium brown color and smooth on one 
side. When erected, the exposed surface shall be true and free from 
imperfections that would render the fiberboard unfit for use with or 
without decorations. 

(b) Boards shall be as wide as the height of the wains- 
coting. 

4-19 



(c) F it fiberboard closely at all wall openings, corners, angles, 

and with beveled V joints at abutting edges on plain surfaces, exposed edged 
and as indicated on drawings. 

(d) Handle and install fiberboard in accordance with manufacturer's 
directions, 

4-19. INSULATING FIBER BOARD 

(a) Insulating fiber board , shall be used as the covering for all 
walls, partitions, and ceilings, except where other covering is specified 

or shown on the drawings. 

(b) Insulating fiber board shall confirm to Federal Specification 
LLL-F-32I (a) for "Fiber-Board; Insulating," Class A, 1/2" thick. Boards 
shall receive a paint finish at the factory and shall be of colors approved by 
the contracting officer. 

(c) Tails . - The interior wall finish shall be £" insulation board 
4 feet wide and of sufficient length to reach from floor to ceiling in one 
piece. The boards shall be applied vertically and all joints shall be bevelled* 
The edges shall be placed in moderate contact and under no conditions shall 
boards be forced into place. By means of grooving and bevelling various 

wall patterns shall be created in the residences as shown on the drawings or 
directed by the contracting officer. 

(d) Ceilings . - The ceilings shall be finished with £■ insulation 
board 4 feet wide and 8 feet long with bevelled edges and shall be scored 
with "V" grooves into two-foot squares. 

(e) Nailing . - Insulating board £■ thick shall be applied with 4<* 
common nails. Where nails are exposed, painted nails shall be used to match 
the color of the boards. Intermediate nailing on walls shall be at 6-inch 
centers and on ceilings at 3-inch centers. Nailings on sides and ends for 
walls, and ends for ceilings shall be spaced at 3-inch centers and 3/8-inch 
in from the edge. Intermediate nailings shall be applied first. All board 
shall be secured in place in a workmanlike manner free from marks and abrasions. 

4-20. INSULATING SHEATHING BOARD 

(a) Sheathing shall be a cane or. other suitable and approved fiber, 
integrally treated during manufacture against attack by fungus or termites by 
an approved method. Sheathing shall be surface impregnated on all sides and 
edges with a waterproof asphalt. Sheathing shall be supplied in sheets 25/32" 
thick, 2 feet wide by 8 feet long. Sheets used for curtain walls shall not be 
of laminated* construction. A tight joint between sheets along the long dimen- 
sion shall be provided by means of V-grooved, ship-lapped, or tongue and groov- 
ed edges. 

(b) Exterior Sheating shall be laid horizontally with end joints 
over solid bearings and spaced not less than 1/8-inch apart. Horizontal joints 
shall be fitted to form a tight joint. Sheathing shall be nailed to every stud 
or blocking with 8d common nails, or galvanized roofing nails not less than 1- 
3/4 inches in length may also be used. First nail to the intermediate framing 
members, spacing the nails on 6-inch centers. Then nail all edges, spacing 
nails 3 inches on centers and not less than 3/8-inch from the edge of the board. 

4-21. SHEATHING PAPER 

Sheathing paper is to be used over the roof sheathing subfloors, out- 
side the insulating sheathing, in the curtain walls, and elsewhere as called 
for on drawings. Sheathing paper shall conform to Federal Specifications HH- 
F-191 for "Felt: Asphalt -saturated, (for) Flashing, Roofing, and Waterproofing," 

4-20 



32" or 36* wide, 15 pound per square. 

4-22. VAPORPROOF PAPER 

Vaporproof paper shall be installed on the warm side of all exterior 
walls and top floor ceilings directly beneath the insulation board. The paper 
shall have permeability to moisture rating of not more than 2.5 grains per sq. 
ft., per hour, per pound, per square inch pressure difference. The paper shall 
be wide enough to cover 2 to 3 framing sections. It shall be laid parallel to 
the framing members so that vertical joints are always over a framing member. 
It shall be lapped not less than 2 inches. Where horizontal joints are neces- 
sary they shall be backed by a framing member. The paper shall be securely 
fastened to the framing and tightly against any electrical outlets, re- 
gisters, or framed openings and be without holes. It is intended that 
this paper shall completely inclose the interior of the building except 
the attics, floors, and external openings such as windows and doors. 

4-23. INSULATION 

(a) Insulate between the ceiling joists of one story 
buildings and second floor ceiling joists of two story buildings. 

(b) Insulating material shall be fire resistant, have a 
conductivity of not more than O.33 B..T.U. per hour, per square foot, 
per degree fahrenheit, per inch of thickness, and shall weigh not 
more than ten pounds per cubic foot. The material may be either a 
rock fiber or chemically treated wood plup, or other equally 
acceptable material. 

(c) Insulation Between Ceiling Joists . - Insulating 
material shall be installed to a nominal thickness of 4 inches between 
all ceiling joists. The material shall extend over the wall plates. 
Insulation of 4-inch thickness in bat form may be used if equal to 

the conductivity requirements. 

(d) Window and Door Frame Insulation . - The space around 
window and door frames shall be completely filled with the insulation 
material specified above. 

4-24. LINOLEUM 

(a) Linoleum floor covering shall be laid on all wood 
floors in kitchens of private dwellings. The color of the linoleum 
shall be medium grey, and shall comform to Federal Specification No. 
LLL-L-36I, gage 0.095. The linoleum shall be full width rolls most 
suitable for room sizes. Paste used for laying linoleum shall be 
water resistant of a type recommended by the manufacturer, and shall 
be delivered in original sealed containers. 

(b) Laying of Linoleum. - The temperature of the 
linoleum shall be at least 70 W F» when laid, and that temperature shall 
prevail in the rooms for at least 4^ hours before and during the period 
in which the linoleum is laid. Linoleum over wood floors shall be 
underlaid with deadening felt weighing at least one pound per square 
yard, and laying shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's 
directions, with a minimum of joints and seams, and fitted carefully 
at joints, against all walls, projections, thresholds, and around 
pipes. Stock brass or other approved type binding strips shall be 
provided at all exposed edges of linoleum. After the laying is com- 



4-21 



pleted, the linoleum shall be cleaned and all stains and traces 
of paste shall be removed. 

4-25. l^THING, PLASTERING, ETC. 

(a) The walls and ceiling of all public toilets, stair- 
ways in public buildings, jail cells, and elsewhere as indicated on 
the drawings shall be plastered. All plaster shall be Portland cement 
plaster on metal lath except the walls and ceilings of the vaults 
which shall have a finish coat only. 

(b) Materials . - 

(1) Metal lath shall conform to Federal Specification 
QQ-B-lOlc. All metal lath not otherwise specified shall be 3»40 lh. 
flat expanded metal lath, or 3» 2 3 lh . flat woven wire lath. Metal 
lath for ceilings shall be 3/8-i n ch rib, 3*40 lh., expanded metal 
lath, or 3.30 lb woven wire lath 3/8-inch V ribbed. Metal lath 
shall be given a heavy coating of approved hot asphaltic compound. 

(2) Portland Cement shall conform to Federal Speci- 
fication SS-C-191b. 

(3) Sand shall be washed clean, well-graded from 

fine to coarse, and free from organic mr-tter. When dry all sand shall 
pass a No. 8 sieve, not more than 80 percent shall pass a No. 30 
sieve, nor more than 20 percent shall pass a No. $0 sieve * 

(4) Lime shall conform to Federal Specification 
SS-L-351 f° r hydra ted lime, or shall be finely pulverized quick lime 
complying with Federal Specification SS-Q- 351 • Quick lime shall 
pass a No. 20 sieve and at least 90 percent shall pass a No. 50 
sieve, 

(5) Lime putty shall be a stiff mixture of lime and 
water, thoroughly slaked and allowed to cool. Putty from hydra ted 
lime shall soak at least 24 hours, and putty from pulverized lime 
shall soak at least 72 hours after cooling, and be kept moist until 
used. Hair shall not be added until putty is cool. 

(6) Water shall be clean and free from oil, acids> 
alkali, or organic matter. 

(7) Hair and fiber shall be clean and in various 
lengths from 1/2 inch to 2 inches, 

(8) Corner beads of 26 gage metal with expanded 

metal wings shall be installed at vertical external plastered corners. 

(c) Workmanship . - Furring shall be erected to true lines 
and surfaces end be rigidly supported and fastened in place. Grounds 
furring, framing, etc. shall be tested and all needed corrections made 
before lathing or plastering is begun. No part of the furring or 
hangers shall be attached to the duct work. Lath shall be laid with 
edges of sheets lapped 1/2-inch and ends of sheets lapped at least 

1 inch. Ribbed lath shall be "nested" at joints. Wire lath shall 
be tightly stretched. End joints of sheets shall be made only at 
bearings and shall be staggered. Lath shall be continuous around 
the corners of intersecting plaster surfaces. Flat and wire lath 
shall be fastened every 6 inches along supports and side joints wired 
once between supports. Rib lath shall be fastened at all ribs. 

(d) Portland Cement Plaster on Metal Laths . - Proportions 
for mortar shall be by volume as follows: 

Scratch Coat: 1 of cement, 2 of sand, 1/4. of lime putty. 

Brown Coat: 1 of cement, 2-1/2 of sand. 
Finish Coat: 1 of cement, 3 of sand. 

4-22 



The scratch coat on metal lath shall be fibered. As soon as the 
scratch coat has attained its initial set, it shall be cross 
scratched and the brown coat applied as soon as practicable. The 
brown coat shall be scratched or broomed for bond of finish coat 
and allowed to set hard. The finish coat shall be brought to a true, 
even surface and troweled smooth and free from tool marks. All coats 
of cement plaster shall be kept moist and protected against rapid 
drying until properly cured. Plastering includes the patching of 
this work if necessary after the work of other trades. 

(e) Curing . - Exterior openings shall be kept closed as 
necessary to properly regelate drying and curing, and protecting 
plaster work against rapid drying, sweat-outs and frosts. 

4-26. W 00D WORK MATERIALS 

(a) Lumber 2 inch and under, nominal thickness, shall be 
dried to a moisture content not to exceed 19 percent. 

(b) All lumber for interior and exterior finish, including 
material for doors and sash shall be dried to a moisture content 

not to exceed 15 percent. 

(c) Flooring shall be dried to a moisture content not to 
exceed 15 percent for 1 inch (and 2 inch if used) nominal thickness. 

(d) Lumber over 2 inch nominal thickness may be furnished 
without regard to moisture content. 

(e) All lumber shall bear the official grade mark of the 
association under whose rules the lumber is graded, or each shipment 
shall be accompanied by a certificate of inspection issued by the 
said association. A sworn certificate, signed by the lumber manu- 
facturer, stating that the lumber furnished for this contract is of 
the kind and quality specified and has been manufactured and graded 
in ^accordance with the standards and the grading rules of the recog- 
nized association of lumber manufacturers producing the kind and 
species furnished, will also be accepted if submitted in triplicate 
through the general contractor to the contracting officer. 

(f) All lumber shall be S4S, shiplapped, tongued and 
grooved or worked to pattern to meet the requirements of the 
drawings or of the specifications. Rough lumber will not be 
accepted. Finished sizes and shapes shall be American lumber 
standards. 

(g) Roof sheathing and sub-flooring shall be not over 
8 inches wide. 

(h) Finish flooring shall be worked from 1 inch thick 
stock by any standard width up to and including '4 inches nominal 
stock, tongued and grooved. Hardwood flooring not less than 3/8 
by 1-1/2 inch of tongue and grooved and end matched stock may be 
used over sub-flooring. Flooring of 1 inch* stock may be plain end 
or end matched. Where sub-flooring does not occur, the minimum 
length of any piece of end matched flooring shall be 2 feet. 

(i) Top flooring under linoleum in kitchens shall be 
either plywood sheathing board laid with the face up, or matched 
pine flooring, C grade or better, sanded after laying. Where 
adjacent wood flooring is from 1 inch stock, the plywood shall be 5/8 
inch and the pine flooring 9/1& inch thick. Where adjacent wood 
flooring is 3/8 inch thick, the top flooring shall be $/\h inch 
thick* 

4-23 



(j) Lumber for various uses shall be of any of the 
species listed and of the grade specified. 

(k) Strips and boards under 2 inches nominal thickness, 
including roof sheathing, sub-flooring, and lumber not otherwise 
specified, may be any of the following species: 

No. 1 . 
Common 
Western Fed Cedar 
Douglas Fir 
West Coast Hemlock 
Sitka Spruce 

White Fir (W.C.L.A. rules) 
Port Orford Cedar 

or 

No. 2 
Construction Boards 

Aspen 

Bass wood 

Buckeye 

Cottonwood 

Gum 

Magnolia 

Chestnut 

Tupelo 

Willow 

Yellow Poplar 

or 

No. 2 
Common 

Southern Pine 
"Eastern Spruce 
Be dwood 
Cypress 
Eastern Hemlock 

or 

No. 3 
Common 

White Fir (Western 
Pine Assn. rules) 
White Pine 
Norway Pine 
Ponderosa Pine 
Larch 
Engelmann Spruce 

4-24 



(1) Framing lumber of 2 inches or greater nominal 
thickness for posts, girders, joists, rafters, and trusses shall be 
No. 1 dimension Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine; for other uses 
it shall be No. 2 dimension of any of the species mentioned in 
paragraph "k" above. 

(m) Siding, ceiling, partition, exterior and interior 
trim, door and window frames and millwork generally, (except doors, 
sash and shutters and insect screen frames) shall be any of the 
above species but of one grade better than that specified in 
paragraph «k". 

(n) Flooring may be any of the above species but one grade 
better as specified under paragraph "k" and shall include hardwoods 
as follows: No. 2 common oak or third grade birch, beech, maple or 
pecan. Soft woods used for flooring shall be edged grain. Wood 
flooring need not be grade marked. The gymnasium and squash court 
floors in the Athletic Hall shall be F.A.S. grade northern hard 
maple, i+1/3 2 " x2^" face, tongue and groove and end matched. Walls 
of squash court hall shall be finished with F.A.S. grade northern 
hard maple, 1-1/32" t2\* face, tongue and groove and end matched. 

(o) Only one kind of flooring shall be used throughout 
each housing unit. 

(p) Matched finish shall be matched and beaded or V- 
jointed ceiling not over 5-1/4 inches face width. All material 
shall be well manufactured, smoothly dressed and free from defects 
that will show through paint finish. 

(q) Creosoting . - Lumber indicatdd as "creosoted" or 
where "creosoted lumber " is required, shall be dipped (not painted 
on) in creosote oil. 

4_27* CARPENTRY 

(a) Protect millwork and flooring against dampness during 
and after delivery. Store under cover in a well-ventilated 
building and where not exposed to extreme changes of temperature or 
humidity. 

(b) Do not store or install millwork and flooring in 
any building until concrete, masonry, and plaster work is dry. 

(c) Carefully lay out, cut, fit, and erect all framing, 
sheathing, sub-flooring, bridgin, blocking and other items of 
carpentry in such manner as to minimize shrinkage and insure stabil- 
ity, western framing will be used. 

(d) Do all cutting and carpentry work required for 
building in work of other trades. 

(e) Provide continuous blocking for nailing all edges of 
all kinds of wallboard finish. 

(f) Unless otherwise indicated, provide 2 inch clearance 
between chimneys and wooden construction. 

(g) Brace all members as shown on the drawings or as 
required. Plumb and level and secure with sufficient nails, spikes 
and bolts to insure rigidity. The corners of all buildings shall 
be diagonally braced with 1" x4" boards set into studs. 

(h) Level the joists and plates resting on masonry with 
slate or similar material. Do not use wood wedges for leveling. 

(i) Provide at least 3 inch bearing with fire cuts to 
3-inch bevels for joists resting on masonry. Except where otherwise 

4-25 



shown double headers and trimmers* Double joists under partitions 
running parallel with joists and. provide solid bridging under all 
bearing partitions running at right angles to joists, 

(j) Headers and tail joists shall be supported by 
approved metal hangers. 

(k) lap and spike together joist meeting at beems or 
bearing partitions and at all connections. Spike boards 1 inch thick 
by full depth of timbers by 3 feet long at each butted joist .over 
bearing partitions to form a continuous tie across building. Block 
ends between studs where joists and studs are not in contact. Block 
between ends of joists for nailing sub-flooring, ceiling wallboard, 
lath, etc* 

(1) Nails for framing 2 inch nominal thickness lumber 
shall not be lessthan 20d. 

(m) Bridging and Blocking . - Bridge joists with nominal 
1 by 3 inch boards or approved metal bridging. Install one row for 
spans up to 15 feet and two rows for greater spans. Secure bridging 
at each end with two 3d nails. Do not nail bottom end until after sub- 
floors have been laid* 

(n) Unless otherwise shown, studs shall be nominal 2 by 
4 inch, spaced not over 16 inches, on centers, doubled at openings, 
tripled at corners, and so framed as to provide end nailing for 
sheathing, wallboard, lath, etc. Truss over openings over 3 feet 
wide, or frame lintels as shown. Secure studs abutting masonry walla, 
thereto, at top, bottom and mid height of each story. 

(o) Frame as required for installation and support of 
plumbing, heating and other items to be concealed. Spike wood 
blocking to studs for additional supports for bath tubs. 

(p) Wood Grounds . - Grounds of required thickness shall 
be set for plaster at points where other finish will connect there- 
with. Grounds shall be continuous end set back 1/2 inch from the 
exposed edges of overlapping finish. «r ne y shall be straight and 
plumb or level and in true alignment. Spot grounds set in plaster 
of paris not more than 12 inches on centers may be used where 
continuous ground are not practicable. 

(q) Sub-flooring * - Unless otherwise indicated, lay sub- 
flooring diagonal with floor joists. Double face nail each board to 
each bearing with at least two lOd nails. All finish wood flooring 
and top flooring under linoleum floors shall be laid on wood sub- 
floors. 

(r) Over sub-floor apply one layer of roofing felt. 

(s) Wood Sheathing . - Roof sheathing shall be dressed 
stock as specified, placed with staggered joints over bearings and 
driven up tight. 

(t) Sheathing, or boards up to end including 8 inches 
wide shall have 2 nails, and over 8 inches wide 3 nails. 

(u) Install wood cants, crickets and watersheds, as 
required for installation of roofing or siding materials. 

(v) Cover all exterior sheathing with felt. Fxtend 
felt under exterior door and window casings. 

(w) Rough Hardware, Anchors, Etc * - Provide and install 
all rough hardware and other items, as well as all metal fastenings 
and anchors of any nature for proper installation of carpentry and 
millwork. All wood construction shall be anchored to the foundation 
posts with 5/8" round anchor bolts 2'-9" long as shown on details* 



4-26 



These anchors shall be fastened to every exterior post. The girders 
shall be anchored to all interior posts with 3/l6" xl-1/2" W.I. strap 
ties, l'-8" long. 

(x) Nails, spikes, screws and similar items shall be of 
approved sizes and types sufficient to draw and rigidly secure 
members in place. 

(y) Anchor bottom plates of wood stud partitions bearing 
on concrete floors with suitable built-in anchors spaced approxi- 
mately 24 inches apart. 

(z) Anchor wood plates bearing on continuous concrete or 
masonry walls with built-in bolts, spaced not over 4 feet apart. 

(aa) Wood steps and platforms at entrances shall be as 
shown on the drawings. "Wood steps indicated are typical and the 
contractor shall provide additional steps or less steps as may be 
required to meet the finished grades, 

4-28. MLIXOWLaND FINISH 

(a) Kxterior and interior wood finish shall be of members 
conforming to nearest standard stock design of sizes shown. 

(b) Millwork generally shall be of the grade and species 
hereinbefore specified. 

(c) Carefully erect straight, true and- -level* an d secure 
in place all exterior and interior millwork, set nail heads on 
exposed surfaces for face putty. 

(d) Leave wood trim and items of millwork to be painted 
or stained free from defects that will show after finishing. 

(e) Doors shall be "No. 2 and better quality" of white 
pine, sugar pine, ponderosa pine and cypress or B grade fir or 
spruce in a ccordance with the grading rules of the National Door 
Manufacturers Association or the Fir Door Institute. Exterior doors 
shall be solid, interior door solid or veneered. Rails and stiles 
of doors shall be blind mortised or dovreled and glued together. All 
doors shall be free from open joints, or other major defects not 
permitted by the association grading rules. Veneered doors shall 
have stiles and rails of cored-up construction of white pine, 
ponderosa pine, poplar, spruce, chestnut or similar wood of low resin 
content with edge veneers of 3/4 inch, and face veneer 1/8 inch 

thick before sanding. Panel veneers shall be not less than 1/16" thick 
before sanding. . 

(f ) All exterior doors shall be 1-3/4 inches thick. All 
interior doors shall be 1-3/8 inches thick except small doors to 
meter boxes, cupboards, etc. 

(g) Sash shall be No. 1 quality of white pine, sugar pine, 
ponderosa pine, or red cypress. Sash if not made of all heart shall 
be preservative treated and bear seal of approval, of the National 
Door Manufacturers Association, or be accompanied by an affidavit 
from the manufacturer identifying each shipment of such items and 
certifying that they have been fabricated from all heart lumber or have 
preservative treatment in compliance with the minimum standards 
established by the "National Door Manufacturers Association" for such 
treatments. Sash shall have mortised and tenoned joints with joints 

of rails and stiles pinned. Top rails of top sash may have slotted 
joints. 

(h) Optio n. - If the type and design of doors and sash 



4-27 



indicated are not obtainable, the nearest local standard stock type 
and design of doors and sash will be acceptable. 

(i) Door frames * - Fabricate exterior door frames from 2 
inch stock with rebates worked from the solid, 

(j) Fabricate interior door frames from not less than 1 
inch stock with applied stops, or rebate from the solid using not 
lesa^than 5/4 inch stock. 

(k) Heads and jambs of door frames shall be housed 
together. 

(1) Set door frames plumb and true and wedge for nailing 
and hardware. 

(m) window Frames . - Fabricate window frames to sizes 
indicated, using solid stock for sills and jambs with 1/2 inch 
parting strips. 

(n) Option. - Prefabricated wood window units - Factory 
assembled complete with sash conterbalancing devices, or friction 
type with adjustable non-corrosive metal sash guides as fittings, 
may be used in lieu of the window frames and sash as specified, at 
the option of the contractor. Slight variation in design, thicknesses, 
counterbalancing equipment and assembly, from that indicated or 
specified, provided such variations are standard with the manufacturer, 
will be acceptable subject to the approval of the contracting officer. 

(o) Set window frames plumb and level and brace until 
built in. Fit closely and balance window sash to operate without 
binding. 

(p) Shutters shall be of same grade, species of wood, 
and workmanship as required for exterior doors. See drawings for 
type and details. 

(q) Door and window trim shall be in single lengths, 
window stools, aprons, and moldings shall have returns. Butt joint 
plain members, miter or cope molded members. 

(r) Place base coves and chair rails where required. 

(s) Stairs . - Frame stair carriages from 2 by 10 material, 
space not over 18 inches apart and nail to framing of floors and 
landing. 

(t) Make treads of same material as floor, risers may be 
soft wood. Treads to have rounded edges and plain molding at edges 
and exposed ends. Nail threads and risers to carriages and fit 
between stringers, or place stringers after treads and risers are 
in place. 

(u) Provide nosing and fascia around stair well. Fit 
handrails at newels and walls. 

(v) Closets . - Install shelving, hook strips, and clothes 
poles in closets as indicated, 

(w) Ceiling trap doors shall be built up in accordance 
with the drawings. 

(x) Cat walks in the attics . - Provide cat walks of one 
inch material from the nearest scuttle opening to each roof louver 
and floored area as shown on the drawings. 

(y) Flooring . - Clean sub- floors, level uneven places, 
repair damage and cover with felt as specified. Lay finish flooring 
square with and (generally) the longest way of room, with tight joints 
and ends well distributed, blind nailed not over 16 inches apart. 
Keep flooring about 3/1&* from all walls. Flooring in short pieces 



4-28 



and not desirable in room areas shall be used in closets, 

(z) Provide oak thresholds at exterior doors except where 
metal is indicated or specified. Sand and scrape or machine finish 
floors after laying to true smooth surfaces. Hand scrape portions 
of floors that cannot be machine sanded. 

(aa) Finishing of floors to be followed same day by applica- 
tion of sealer specified under "Painting." 

(ab) Protect floor and leave free from damage. 

(ac) Option , - Factory finished flooring - Factory sur- 
faced and finished flooring may be used in lieu of the flooring and 
finish specified at the option of the contractor. The flooring 
shall be side and end matched with the face edges, side and end 
beveled. Flooring shall be delivered to the site finished, in end 
protected bundles and ready for laying. The finish required shall 
consist of 2 coats of sealer as specified, buffed between coats and 
one coat of wax, all coats to be applied in accordance with manu- 
facturer's standard methods. 

(ad) Application of Hardware . - Fit, apply and adjust all 
builders' hardware, and leave in good working order free from defects, 
center door knobs approximately 38 inches above floor. 

(ae) Street signs shall be constructed as indicated on the 
drawing detail. 

4.29. HARDWARE 

(a) Rough hardware . - The contractor shall furnish and 
install all rough hardware necessary to complete the job. Screws, 
bolts, clamps, expansion bolts, anchors, and similar items of 
material shall be of a standard type of manufacture as approved by 
the contracting officer. 

(b) Finish hardware . - 

General - The contractor shall furnish and install all fin- 
ish hardware required to carry out the work as shown on the drawings, 
whether specifically mentioned by item or not. All items of finish 
hardware specified herein shall be installed in strict accordance with 
the manufacturer's directions, carefully fitted and securely attached. 
Care shall be taken not to mar or injure the existing work or the 
finish of the hardware. Competent and thoroughly experienced workmen 
only shall be employed in making the hardware installation. Work 
shall be done with all of the precision required of this work. 

Hardware shall be delivered at the building, packed separ- 
ately, complete "with all trimmings, screws, and accessories, clearly 
labeled and numbered* 

"Where the finished shape or size of members taking hard- 
ware is such as to prevent or make unsuitable the use of the exact 
types of hardware specified, suitable types shall be furnished having 
as nearly as practicable the same operation and quality as types spec- 
ified and as approved by the contracting officer. 

When lock stiles are too narrow, or stops 'too wide for 
the backset of locks specified, special backsets shall be furnished. 

Locks shall have beveled, rounded, or rabbeted faces 
where required. 

Butt hinges for exterior doors and closet doors that open 
out shall have fast pins. 

Knobs shall have cast bronze shanks with machine-finished 

4-29 



bearings, or as approved by the contracting officer. 

Push plates and pull plates shall be of same design, wifli 

no lettering. 

Lip of lock strikes shall not project more than l/8-lnch 

beyond the face of trim, 

(c) Material , - All hardware unless otherwise specified, 
shall conform to the following Federal Specifications* 

Title Number 

Hardware, Builders'; Locks and Lock-Trim FF-H-106 

Hardware, Builders 1 ; Shelf and Miscellaneous FF-H-111 

Hardware, Builders'; Hinges FF-H-ll6a 

Hardware, Builders'; Door-Closers FF-H-121a 

Padlocks FF-P-lOla 

Padlocks, unless otherwise specified, shall be size 1-3/4-inch. Pad- 
locks of hinged window guards for each individual building shall be 
keyed alike, 

(d) Locks and Keys . - 

(1) The lock system is divided into four series, the locks 
in all series to respond to a grand master key and the locks in each 
series to respond to a control key and a master key for each series. 

The series of locks for residences is divided into two sub-series, 
each subseries to respond to its own sub-master key. All locks in 
the system are to be keyed differently to individual keys. 

(2) The approved lock system consists of cylinder locks 
featuring the interchangeable core. The locks in this system are to 
be similar and equal to locks manufactured by Best Universal Lock 
Company, Inc., Indianapolis, Indiana, 

(3) The locks in this system shall be as follows: exterior 
door locks are to be the mortise, night latch type; interior door 

locks for offices, etc., when locks are required, are to be rim, night 
latch type locks; for garages, lockers, sheds, tool boxes, etc., 
padlocks will be used. 

(4) Keys and locks shall be stamped in a manner and in 
accordance with a schedule approved by the contracting officer. 

(5) All cylinder locks shall have three keys. All bit 
key locks shall have two keys. All bit keys shall have the lock 
number stamped upon them with the corresponding figure stamped upon 
the face of the lock. 

Bach lock shall be keyed differently from any other 
lock, unless otherwise specified or directed by the contracting 
officer. 

(6) Upon completion of the buildings the contractor shall 
fit all keys for each type of lock in the presence of the contracting 
officer's authorized representative, and see that they work perfectly, 
afterwards delivering the keys mounted on a key board to the con- 
tracting officer, who will furnish receipt for them. 

(e) Door Closers , - Closers with holder arms shall be set to 
stop the door at 135 degrees where practicable, but in no case to 
permit the door or hardware to strike the adjacent wall finish. 

(f ) Numbering Tacks . - Numbering tacks shall be 
applied as follows: 

4-30 



Where tacks are specified in triplicate 
under "Storm Sash", one shall be applied to the blind stop near the 
sill, one on the bottom rail of the storm sash for the opening, and 
one on the bottom rail of the corresponding window screen, 

Hheve tacks are specified in duplicate under 
"Storm Sash", one shall be applied to the blind stop, end one shall 
be applied to the storm sash as above specified. 

Numbering tacks in duplicate on "Screen 
Doors" shall be applied to the screen door, one near the head jamb, 
and one to the top rail of the screen door. 

(g) Finish . - All finishing hardware except unplated iron and 
steel as specified and scheduled shall conform as to finish to U. S. 10- 
dull bronze. Any exceptions to the above shall be hereinafter 
specifically mentioned. 

(h) Latches for private bathroom and private toilet 
room doors shall be equipped with lever or button type locking de- 
vice on the inside knob rose and shall have an emergency key which 
will permit access from the outside. 

(i) Knobs shall be 2 inch diameter and shall have wrought 
bronze top with wrought steel plated or cast bronze French type shank 
and wrought steel plated or bronze roses 2 inch or 1-3/4 inch in 
diameter. Plastic knobs acceptable to the contracting officer may 
also be used. 

(j) But ts. - Wrought steel, five knuckle, button tip and 
non-rising pin type, primed, for painting. 

(1) Exterior 1-3/4 inch doors: 

3 - butts, 4 by 4 inches, not less than .13 
inch thick 

(2) Interior 1-3/8 inch doors: 

2 - butts, 3-1/2 by 3-1/2 inches, not. less than 
.12 inch thick 

(3) Interior small doors and access doors: 

2 - butts, 2-1/2 by 2-1/2 inches for 1-1/4 

inch stock doors, or 2-1/2 by 2 for 1 inch 
stock doors, according to location, 
(k) Stops . - Provide stops (floor or wall type as re- 
quired) for all doors. Equip stops with rubber tips. Stops may be 
of either plated steel or iron, or solid bronze. 

(1) Counterbalancing equipment for double hung sash . - 
Counterbalancing equipment of the following types at the option of 
the contractor, except for sash of the friction type, sliding in 
non- corrosive metal guides. Equipment shall be of such size and 
type as to properly operate, balance and hold the sesh in any part 
of its travel. See "Millwork and Finish" for prefabricated wood 
window units. 

(1) Tape . - Counterbalance shall be of the tape 
type operated by coil spring enclosed in a cast or pressed metal 
case and made removable after installation of window frame, operated 
by flat cadmium plated or rust resisting steel tape or airplane 
steel wire furnished with hooks. One balance shall be used on 
windows up to and including 34 inches wide sash opening. An 
auxiliary equalizer spring shall be attached to the sash in accord- 
ance with the directions of the sash manufacturer. Windows more 
than 34 inches wide shall use two balances and without equalizer 
springs. 

4-31 



(2) Spiral* - Counterbalance shall be of the graduated 
spiral-rod and helical coil spring type enclosed in a galvannealed 
copper-bearing metal cylinder secured at top of frame and to sash. 
Two to each sash, 

(3) Spiral , - Counterbalance shall be of the helical 
coil spring enclosed in a rotating spiral tube type; the tube to 
operate through swivels and to move with the sash. All metal parts 
to be of rust resisting metal. Two to each sash. 

(4) Twin Cable . - Counterbalance shall be twin cable, 
flat type, operated by two coil springs enclosed in a cadmium plated 
steel case not over 3/4 inch thick. Balances shall hsve rust 
resisting steel wire cables with a lubricated cotton cord center. 

■ One balance shall be used on windows up to and including 2 feet 
10 inches wide (sash opening). An auxiliary combination flat spring 
and plastic (bakelite) roller shall be attached to and used in the 
edge of the sash opposite the balance. Windows more than 2 feet 
10 inches wide shall use two balances and without auxiliary spring 
and rollers. 

(m) Hardware Schedule . - 

(1) A complete schedule of all the finishing hardware 
required for the completion of the buildings and following the requir- 
ments of the specifications shall be submitted by the contractor who 
shall promptly make all necessary corrections which may be required by 
the contracting officer, and shall file with the latter a revised copy 
as finally approved. This approval, however, will not relieve the 
contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions. 

(2) Delivering Hardware . - Hardware shall be delivered 
at the building, packed separately, complete with all trimmings, screws, 
and accessories clearly labeled and numbered. 

(3) Numbers. - All specification, type, snd finish 
numbers hereinafter quoted refer to Federal Specification No. FF-H-101 

unless therwise noted. Where numbers from the catalogs of certain 
manufacturers are used herein, they are used only to indicate the type 
of design of the article specified and no preference for the goods of 
that particular manufacturer is intended. 

(4) Shape or size . - Where the finished shape or size 
of members taking hardware is such as to prevent or make unsuitable 
the use of the exact type specified, suitable types shall be furnished 
having as near as practicable the same operation and quality as the 
type specified. All sizes shall be ample for the service required. 

(5) Closer brackets . - Closer brackets of the proper 
type shall be furnished wherever necessary or required. 

(6) Schedule . - 

DWELLINGS 

Exterior Door - Front 1-3/4" 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i x 3$" - 3 for ea. door 
Lock - "Best" No. 4T5N8 
Latch - "Best" No. 4T0K2 

Exterior Rear Door (1-3/4") 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best " 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best • 4TPK2 

4-32 



DWELLINGS (cont.) 

Porch Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i x 3\* 

Case Bolt - "Stanley" No. 1Q96-J-3" 

latch - 4TDL2 

Interior Doors - 1-3/8" 

Bedroom, Bathroom, and Vestibule Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 - 31 x 3i" 

Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

Closet Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3^ * 3\* 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K14 

Closet Doors in Pairs 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3\ x 3l" ea. door 
Surface Bolts - "Stanley" 379 - 4" one door 
Latch - "Best" 4T0KL4 

Access Doors end Laundry Chute Door 
Butts - "Stanley" 284 - 1" 
Spring Catch - "Stanley" 38 
Knob Pull - "Stanley* 4471 

Trap Door 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" - 1205 No. 1 
Use 2 pull rings on Steam trap door 

Storm and Screen poor Combination 
Latch Set - "Stanley" 1754 

Porch Screws 

Hook and Eyes - Type 160LB - 2" 

Corner Braces - "Stanley" No. 998 - 3/4 x l£" 

Cabinet Hardware 

Drawer Pulls - "Stanley" 47& 1/4 
Hinges - " ■ 1583 
Spring Catch - " 33 
Knob Pull - " 4471 

Windows / 

Sash Fastener - Type 1139A 
Sash Lifts - " 1201A 

Coat Hooks 

Type A1162 placed as directed. Following 
quantity is for each house of the respective 
type : Type 2-1 doz . ; Type 3-3 d°z • i 
Type 4 - l£ doz.; Type 5 " 2 doz.; 
Type 6-2 doz . ; Type 7-3 doz • J 
Type 8 - 3\ doz. 



4-33 



Dwellings (cont.) 

Clothes Line Hardware 

Pulleys - "Stanley" 4106 
Line Support - "Stanley" 4101 
Pul-Tite Line Clamp - "Stanley" 7070 

DORMITORY 

Exterior Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 

Locks - 4T5D8 

Letch - 4T0K2 

Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Vestibule Door and Entry 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4TDK2 

Door Checks - Corbin Model ljl - No. 42j 
with key valve 

Emergency Door 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3\ x 3\« 
Latch - "Best" 4T5VK2 

Bedroom Doors and Janitor Closet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

Closet Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4TOK14 

Toilet Room Door 

Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Butts - Type 2015 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Tub Room Doors 

Latch - Corbin 595i 
Spring Hinge - Corbin 5^9 
Stops - Corbin 3551 
Door Pull - Corbin 1148 

or Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 

Trap Door 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" 1205 - No. 1 
Use 2 pull rings on Steam trap door 

Door Stops 

Type 1332A. Furnish for all doors 
that will strike a wall or cabinet 
at any position 

Coat Hooks 

Type A1162 - 9 doz. 

4-34 



Dormitory (cont.) 
Room Numbers 

"Lockwood"-F. 2103 

Windows 

53ash Fastener - Type 1139A 
Sesh Lifts - Type 1201A 

GARAGES 
TYPE "A* . TYPE "B" . AND GUEST HOUSE 

Casement Window Fasteners 
•Sager" 4801 RM 

♦ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 

•Notei Numbers thus ( ), indicate room numbers 

Exterior Doors: 

Front (double door) (100A) 

Side (double door) (157) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Dead Lock - "Best* 4T5D8 
Flush Bolt - "Stanley" 397 - 4" 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6* 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Side Door (108) 

Rear Doors (114).(130)(150) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Push Bolt - Corbin 9340 
Door Pull - Corbin 9340 
Dead Bolt and Latch - "Best" 4T5VK2 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Front Vestibule (double door) 

Side Vestibule (157)» Stairway (123) (all double) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Side Vestibule (108) 

Rear Vestibule (114)(130)(150)(215)(231)(246) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Door in Firewall (double) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

k-35 



1 



Administration Building (cont.) 

Corridor to Office 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Interoffice Doors 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Private Toilets 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 
■PRIVATE" . -sager" 3502 

Corridor to Women's Rest Room 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3\* x 3£" - 2 to ea. door 
Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10- x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
Name Plate - "WOMEN" . "Sager" 3501 

Rest Room to Women's Toilet 
Butts - Type 2015 - 3\ n x 3£" 
Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Corridor to Women's Toilet 
Corridor to Man's Toilet 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 4T0k2 

Janitor's Closet 
Private Closet 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0k2 

GUEST HOUSE 

Exterior Ent. Door (double door to entry) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Dead Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Flush Bolt - "Stanley" 397 - 4" 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Entry Door (double door) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

4-36 



Guest House (cont.) 

Exterior Dormitory Doors (end of corridor) 

(Exterior Door in connecting passage 

("Exterior Door in Dining Room 

(Fire Escape Doors 

Butts - Type. 2015 

Latch - !±?5W2 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Exterior Door to Kitchen Entry 
Butts - Type 201S 
lock - 4T5D8 
latch 4T0K2 

Kitchen to Lobby 
Kitchen to stairs 

Butts - Type 2015 

latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Entry to Kitchen 
Butts - Type 2015 
latch 2 "Best" 4T0K2 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Kitchen to Dining Room 
Butts - Type 2015 
"IN" - "Reading" P3177) 
«O r JT"- "Reading" P3179) on ea# door 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Kick Plate - "Sager" 3514 - 3'0" x 9" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Lobby to Dining Room - Corridor Doors (double doors) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plates - 'Sager" 3^5 - 10" x 3" 
Door Palls' - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 

Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - M o. 4 

IVanagement 

Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4TOK2 

Check Room 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

nCHCiCK ROOM" sign over check room 

Closet under Main Stair 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "BEST" 4T0K2 

Bedrooms 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

4-37 



Guest House (cont.) 
Closet Door in Bedroom 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K14 

Private Baths (for registered guests) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

Toilet and Bath (for registered guests) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 
"TOILET" , sign 
"BATH", sign 



Men's Toilet ) 










Women' i 


5 Toilet) 


outside door 






Butt, 


3 - Type 


2015 








Pull 


Plate - 


"Sager" 


3865 - 


10" 


x 3" 


Push 


Plate - 


"Sager" 


3665 - 


10" 


x 3" 


Door 


Check - 


Corbin 


Model 131 - 


No. 423 


Name 


Plates: 


"MEN" , 


"WOMEN' 


> - 


"Sager" 3501 



Men's Toilet (inside door) 
Same as above except no name 
plate sign 

Dormitory Toilet Room (outside door) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Pash Plate - "Sager" 3'65 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
Name Plates: "MEN", "WOMEN" - "Sager" 3501 

Dormitory Toilet Rooms (inside door) 
Same as above except no name 
plate sign 

Tub Room Doors 

Latch - Corbin 595£ 
Spring Hinge - Corbin 589 
Stops - Corbin 353i 
Door Pull - Corbin 1148 or 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 

Janitor Closet and Linen Closet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

Coat Hooks 

Type A1162 - 68 doz. 

Room Numbers 

"Lock/rood" F. 2103 



4-38 



Guest House Ccont.) 

Fan Room and Storage Room Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 

Ditch - "Best" 4T0K2, 

Fireproof Self-Closing Door in Attic 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Trap Door 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" 1205 - No. 1 
Use 2 rings on Steam trap door 

TOWN HALL 

Exterior Doors (double entry doors) 
Butts - Type 2015 - 3 for ea. door 
Dead Lock - "Best* 4T5D8 
Flush Bolt - "Stanley 397 - i±" 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley* 1057 - 6" 
Door Pull - "Seger" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Soger" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 2 

Doors to Offices of: 

Maintenance & Utilities Chief Police Department 
Maintenance & Utilities Switchboard 
Municipal Administration Town Clerk 
Office Waiting Room 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3\ n x 3|" 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Interoffice Doors 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Waiting Room Swinging Gate 
Spring Hinges - Type 233I 

Lobby to Post Office (double door) 

Vestibule to Lobby ( " ■ ) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Door Pull - »Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3* 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Vestibule to Post Office Work Space 

Double acting floor check - Corbin No. 623 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Kick Plates - "Sager" 3514 - 3 , 0" x 9" 

4-39 



Town Hall (cont.) 

Rest Room to Women's Toilet 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3|" x 3i" - 2 to ea. door 
Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10 » x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
ITame Plate - "WOMEN" - "Sager" 3501 

Men's Toilet and Women's Rest Room 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3!" x 3*" - 2 to ea. door 
Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - Mo. 423 
Name Plate - "MEN" - "Sager" 3501 

Janitor's Closet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Post Office Toilet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0 12. 

Closet 

Butts - Ty P 3 2015 - 3£" x 3£" 
Latch - "Best" 4TOK14 

Post Office Loading Dock to Vestibule 
Butts - Type 2015 - 3 to ea . door 
Dead Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Flush Bolt - "Stanley" 397 - 4" 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3£&5 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

TELEPHONE COMPANY QQARTER5 

Exterior Door 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - 4T5D8 

Latch - 4TOK2 

Door Check - Corbin Mo-del 131 - No . 4 

Vestibule Door 

Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Ddoi- Pull - "sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Rest Room to Toilet 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" x 3?" - 2 to ea . door 
Full Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Doer Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

4-40 



Telephone Company Quarters (cont.) 

Pest Room to Toilet 
See Town Hall 

Janitor's Closet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best* 4T0K2 

Trap Door ' * 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" 1205 - No. 1 

Steam Trap Door 

2 Pull Rings - "Stanley" 1205 - No. 1 

Sliding Sash (cashier's window) 
Sash Fastener - Corbin 1405 
Sash Lift - Corbin 9297 

LABORATORY 

Exterior Ent. Doors (double door to entry) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Dead lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Flush Bolt - "Stanley" 397 - 4" 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Entry Doors (double doors) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Exterior Door (Rear) 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" x 3i p - 3 to ea. door 

Locks - "Best" 4T57K8 

Push Plate - Corbin 9340 

Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Exterior Doors: 
Chemical Laboratory 
Concrete Mix Room 
Samples 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - 6F65 

Latch - 4T0K2 

Offices ) . , , 

-rw • 41 „ ( single doors 

Projection Room) B 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

4-41 



Laboratory (cont.) 
Offices (double doors) 
Same as "Exterior Doors* 

Interoffice Doors 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4^QK2 

Sliding Doors: Muitilith, Film Printing 
Sliding Door Hail - Corbin 99l£ 
Sheave - Corbin 0580 
Door Pull - "Stanley" 1271 - No. 1 

Moist Room Doors 

Hinges - "Stanley" 90S 
Thumb Latch - Corbin 0II5I 

Supply Room 
Storage Room 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Men's and Women's Toilets 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3^" x 3J" - 2 to ea . door 
Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door G heck - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
Name Plates: "MEN", "WOMEN" - "Sager" 35 01 

Janitor's Closet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Trap Door 

Pull Rings - "Stanley" 1215 - No. 1 

STORE BUILDING 

Exterior Front Doors (double) 
B utts - Type 2015 
Dead Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 
Flush^Bolt - "Stanley" 397 - 4" 
Foot B olt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Exterior Front Door (single) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
latch - "Best" 4T0K2 
Door Check.- Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 



4-42 



Store Building (cont.) 
Rear Exit Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 6F65 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Toilet T)oors 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - 4T0L2 

Trap Door 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" 1215 - No. 1 
Use 2 rings on Steam trap door 

CAFETERIA 

Exterior Vestibule Doors (front and rear) 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3£" x 3£" - 3 to each door 

Lock - "Best" 4T5VK2 

Push Plate - Corbin 9340 

Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Exterior Entrance Door (double door to entry) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Dead Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Flush Bolt - "Stanley" 397 - k* 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks- Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Entry Door (double door) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model ljl - No. 423 

Exterior Vestibule Door (Kitchen) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - 4T5D8 
Latch - 4T0K2 

Interior Vestibule Doors 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10* x 3 B 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Toilet Doors (men and women) 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3£" x 3i" - 2 to ea. door 
Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - io" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
Name Plates: "MEN", "WOMEN" - "Sager" 3501 



4-43 



Cafeteria (cont.) 
Service Toilet 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 2jTOL2 

Pantry Door and Office Door 
Putts - Type 2015 - 3£" x 3i" 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Dininv Space to Kitchen (4 double acting doors) 
Double acting floor check - Corbin 623 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Kick Plates - "Sager" 35IJ1 - 3'0" x 9" 

Janitor's Closet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Trap Door 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" 1205 -No. 1 

Wi ndows 

Sash Fastener - Type 1139A 
Sash Lifts - Type 1201A 

Coat Hooks 

Type 1162A - l6 doz. 

Corner Irons (for anchoring table legs) 

Similar to "Stanley" 997 - 3£" x 3/4" with 
four l£" #9 screv/s ea . - four irons to a table 

GOVERNMENT GARAGE AND FIRE HOUSE 

Exterior Doors (except overhead) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Garage to Office 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - 4T0K2 

Toilet Door 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 2j.TOL2 

Locker Room . 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Ware Room 

Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 



4-44 



Government Garage and Fire House fcont.^ 
Closet (double doors) 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 4T0IO4 

Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6« 

fireproof Self -Closing Door free Firshousa 
to Garage 
Butts - T^pe 2015 

Latch - "Best- 4TOK2 

3GQHJ fisi^^ 

Interior Office Door 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Sliding Door 

Sliding Door Track - "Stanley" set SX 2650 
Door Pull - "Stanley" 1257 - No. 4 

Storage 

Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Toilet 

Butts - Type 2015 
latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

FTIJ.TNG STATION 

Exterior Door to Office 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T0K2 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Toilet Doors (interior) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 
Name Plate - "MEN" - "Sager" 3501 

Toilet Door (exterior) 
Butts - Type 2015 
lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Ditch - "Best" 4T0I2 
Name Plate - "1SOMEN" - -Sager" 3501 

Storage Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 
latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Repair Shop 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4TOK2 

4-45 



COMMISSARY COLD STORAGE 

Trucking Dock 

Vestibule to Service Aisle (front) 

Double Acting Floor Check - Corbin 623 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Kick Plates - "Sager" 3514 - 4'0" x 9" 

Exterior Door (Machine Room) 

Hinges - "Stanley" Sc 966 - 10", 3 to a door 
Chain ^olt - "Stanley" 1054 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 
Rim Lock - "Best" 6F65 

RR Dock Vestibule to Service Aisle 
Butts - Type 2015 
Signs: "IN" - "Sager" 3501 
"OUT" - "Sager" 3501 
Kick Plates - "Sager" 3514 - 4«0" x 9" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Exterior Door to Passage 
Exterior Butcher Shop Door 
Exterior Office Door 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Butcher Shop to Corridor 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Toilet Door 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

Locker Room 

Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Toilet Room (adj. locker room) 
Same as Locker Room 

STORAGE BUILDING 

Exterior Door 

Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 6f£>5 

Second Floor Exterior Door 
Butts - Type 2015 
2 Barrell Bolts - "stanley" Sc 1078 i - 4" 



4-46 



Storage Building (contO 

Cubicle Doors 

Hinges - "Stanley" 284 - 1" 
Hasp - "Stanley" 915J - 4i" 
Padlock - "Best" 2B53M1 

GENERAL WAREHOUSE 

Exterior Door 

Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4TQK2 

Interior Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Toilet Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4TCL2 

Office Swinging Door 

Spring Hinges - Type 233 1 

BOILERHQUSE AND COAL SHED 

Exterior Door (side) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0k2 

Coal Shed Vestibule to Storage Space 
Butts - Type 2015 
Rim Lock - "Best" 6f65 

Coal Shed Vestibule to Coal Crusher 
Butts - Type 2015 
Him Lock - "Best" 6F65 

Office 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Toilet 

Eutts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 



4-47 



MAINTENANCE SHOP 

Exterior Doors (except overhead doors) 
Butts - Type 2015 - 3£" x 3£" 
locks - "Best" 6F65 

Toilet Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" * 3£" 
latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

Interior Doors 
Butts - Type 2015 
latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

PAINT SHOP 

Front Door 

Butts - Type 2015 
lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

HOSPITAL 

Entrance Door (all sides) 
Butts - Type 2015 - 4" x 4" 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best 4T0K2 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Corridor to Solarium (double acting) 
Floor Check - Corbin 623 

Bedroom Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" x 3i" 

Boiler Latch - "Stanley" 43 

Friction Roller Holder - "Stanley" 453 

Friction Butt - "Stanley" BB147 - 4i" x 4" 

Rubber Bumpers - "Stanley" 52£ - 2 to ea. door 

Help and Staff Dining Rooms 
Butts - Type 2015 

Door Pulls - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Kick Plates - "Sager" 3514 - 3'0" x 9" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Corridor to Sterilizing Garments 

Corridor to Utility 

Corridor to Anaesthesia Room 

Corridor to Unfurnished Operating Room 

Corridor to Operating Room 

Corridor to Accident Operating Room 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3£" x 3i" 

Roller Latch - "Stanley" 43 

Friction Roller Holder - "Stanley" 453 
Friction Butt - "Stanley" BB147 - 4f" * 4" 

Rubber Bumpers - "Stanley" 52^ - 2 to ea. door 

4-48 



Hospital (cont.) 
Corridor to Urology 
Corridor to X-Ray 
Corridor to Laboratory 
Corridor to X-Ray Viewing 
Corridor to Thysia -Therapy 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - 4T5D8 

Latch - 4T0K2 

Rubber Bumpers - "Stanley" 52l - 2 to ea. door 

Kitchen 
Cafeteria 

Double Acting Floor Check - Corbin 623 

Sterilizing Room to Operating Room 

Anaesthesia Room to Operating Room 

Scrub-up Room to Operating Rooms 

Double Acting Floor Check - Corbin 6?3 
Push Plates - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 

Corridor to Scrub-up Room 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" x 3i" 

Roller Latch - "Stanley" 43 

Friction Roller Holder - "Stanley" 453 

Friction Butt - "Stanley" BB147 - kl 9 x 4" 

Rubber Bumpers - "Stanley" ^£\ - 2 to ea. door 

Records, Business, Supt. of Nurses, ^ec'y., ^pt.. 
Clinic Office, Consultation Rooms, Pharmacy, 
Chief Surgeon, Internes' Room, Clinic Room 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3£» x 3i* - 3 to ea. door 

Lock - "Best" 4T5N8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Linen, Soiled Linen, Housekeeper, Kitchen stores 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - 'Best" 4T0K2 

Dark Room 

Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Closer - Corbin Model 131 - N^» 4 

Diet Kitchen, Bed Pan, Utility, Formulae Room 

Nursery 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" x 3\* 

Roller Latch - "Stanley" 43> 

Friction Roller Holder - "Stanley" 453 

Friction Butt - "Stanley" BB147 - k\" x 4 f 

Rubber Bumpers - "Stanley" 52 £ - 2 to ea. door 



4-49 



Hospital (cont.) 
China 

Butts - Type 2015 

lock - "Rest" 4TCK2 

Staff Room 

Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - VT5D8 
Latch - 4T0K2 

Scrub-Up and Sterilizing (maternity), Delivery Room, 
Labor Room (double acting) 
Floor Check - Corbin 623 

Nursery Examining Room 
Treatment Room 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Corridor to Nurses Rest Room 
Butts - Type 2015 

Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 
Sign: "NURSES" - "Sager" 3501 

Nurses Rest Room to Toilet Room adjacent Lockers 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - " s ager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Male and "Female Felp Lockers 
Butts - Type 2015 

Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "S S ger" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4. 
Sign: "MEN'S LOCKERS", "WOMEN'S LOCKERS" - 
"Sager" 3503 

Toilets in Locker Rooms, Bath, Toilets 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4T0L2 

Housemaids' Closet, Stores, Linen, Stretcher, 
Patients' Clothes 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Clerks' Lockers 
Staff Lockers 

Butts - Type 2015 

Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 
Sign: "STAFF", "CLERKS" - "Sager" 3501 

4-50 



Hospital (cont.) 

Morgue 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Friction Roller Holder - "Stanley" 453 

SCHOOL , 

Exterior Entrance Door (double door to vestibule) 
Front, Side, and Rear 

Butts - Type 2015 

Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - Tfo. 4 

Panic Hardware - Corbin 33982 with "Best" 

Mortise Cylinder 1E54 

Entry (double door) (double acting) 
Floor Check - Corbin 623 

Class Rooms 

Teachers' Rest Boom 

Office 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Numbers for Class Room - "Lockwood" F 2103 

Sign: "TEACHERS ROOM* - "Sager" 3503 

Signt "PRINCIPAL" - "Sager" 3502 

Playroom Door 

Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Closets and Store poom 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - 4T5D8 
Latch - 4T0K2 

Wardrobes 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4TGK2 

Double Acting Swing Gate 
Spring Hinges - Type 233I 

Boys* and Girls' Toilet 
Butts - Type 2015 

Pull Flatc - -Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - * sager* 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
Name Plate* "BOYS", GIttLS" - "Sager" 3501 






4-51 



School (cont.) 
Toilets 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 4T0L12 

Janitor's Closet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Wardrobe Hardware 

Pole Brackets - Corbin "Hi 68 

Hooks - Corbin DI65 

Hooks - Corbin DI64 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" 1215 - No. 1 

Use 2 rings on Steam trap door 

THEATRE 

Main Entrance Doors (vestibule to lobby, 1 pair only) 
Butts - Type 2015 - 4" x 4" - 3 to ea. door 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
Bolts - Type 1044^ - one 12" rod and 
one 18" rod on standing leaf 

Main Entrance Doors (vestibule to lobby, 3 pairs) 
Butts - Type 2015 

Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
Bolts - as above, in addition to active leaf 

Lobby to Foyer 

Butts - Type 2015 - 4" x 4" - 3 to ea. door 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Closer - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Foyer to Manager 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3s" x 3£" 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Sign: "MANAGER", - "Sager" 3502 

Foyer to Ushers (as above) except 
Sign: "USHERS" - "Sager" 3501 

Janitor to Ramp 
Lobby to Tickets 
Usher to Generator 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" x 3£" 

Lock - "Test"4T5N8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

4-52 



Theatre (cont.) 
Shop to Lobby- 
Shop to Street 

Same as above with addition of 

Door Closer - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Men's and Women's Toilet 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" * 3i" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Closer - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 
Signs: "MEN", "WOMEN" - "Sager" 350I 

1 

Basement to Store Room 

Orchestra Pit to Basement 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3fc" x 3l" 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Balcony to Stairhalls 

Foyer to Exit Vestibule 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3* 
Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 

Exit Vestibule to Grade 
Stair to Fire Escape 
Orchestra to Grade 

Butts - Type 2015 

Panic Lock - Corbin 44990 

Stage to Grade 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" x 3i" - 3 to ea. door 
Lock - "Best" 4T5N8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Stage to Grade (double door) 

Hinges - "Stanley* Sc 963^ - 12" - 4 to ea. door 
Head Bolt - Type 1022B - 6" 
Foot Bolt - Type 105QB - 6" 

Stage to Toilet 

Stage to Dressing Room 

Butts - Type 2015 - 3i" x 3l" 

Latch - "Best" 4TOKL4 

Projection Boom to Sound Balcony 
Projection Room to Stairs 
Platform to Fan Rooms A and B 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - -Best* 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 



4-53 



Theatre (cont.) 

Doors inside Fan Rooms A and B 

Butts - Type 2015 

latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Stage Ventilators 

Pulleys (side) - "Corbin 1770 - 2" - furnish 4 

Pulley - Corbin 1666 - 2" - furnish 1 

Pulley - Corbin 17&9 - 2" - furnish 1 

Equalizers - 3/4" Gas Pipe 3'6" long - furnish 4 pcs# 

Brackets - Type ID 68 - 8" x 10" - 8 required 

Springs - Suitable to hold ventilators closed 

at all times - 8 required 
Rope - Samson Split No. 8 Sash Cord 
Eyes - NO. Screw "Byes - furnish 8 
Bolts - "Stanley" Sc 1084$ - 8" - 2 to ea. ventilate 
Cleat - Corbin 1063£ - 6" - 1 only 
Fusible Links - 1 approved l6o° fusible link of 

suitable type for the location and condition 

shown 

Handrail Brackets 

Type IO64. - furnish with 2" lag screws for the 
wall plate 

Poster Cases 
Butts - Type 2031 - 3" x 3* 
Lock - "Best" 5L&ML3 or 4 

Scuttle on Roof 

Hinge - Type 2031 - 2" x 2" - 3 to ea. door 
Chain - Type 1120 - 12" - 1 to ea . door 

Coat Hooks 
Type 1162A 

SOCIAL HALL 

Exterior Kitchen Door (rear) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Exterior Door (front) (double doors) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Dead Lock - "Best" 4T5 T ?8 
Flush Bolt - "Stanley" 397 - 4" 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 



4-54 



Social Hall (cont.) 
Office Door 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Card Room 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Flush Bolt - "Stanley" 397 - 4" 

Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 

Reading poom and Milliard Room 
Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - "Best" 4TCK2 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 423 . 

Kitchen end Dance Hall 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Kick Plate - "Sager" 3514 - 3»0" x 9" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No, 4 
Signs: "IN" - "Reading" P3177) 

"OUT" - "Reading" P3179) on ea * door 

Lounge and Rest Room Doors 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 
Name Plates - "MEN", """OMEN" - "Sager 3501 

Toilet Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 

Fush Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sag-r" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Janitor's Closet 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5V8 
Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Closet Doors 

Butts - Type 2015 
Latch - 4TOK14 

Coat Hooks 

Type A1162 - 16 doz. 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" 1205 - No. 1 

Trap Door 

Pull Ring - "Stanley" 1205 -No. 1 
Use 2 rings on steam trap door 



k-55 



Social Hall (cont.) 
Reer Porch Doors 

Batts - T ype 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best* 4T0K2 

ATHLETIC HALL 

Exterior Doors (front) (double) 
Butts - Type 2015 
Dead Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 
Flush EOlt - "Stanley" 397 - 4" 
Foot Bolt - "Stanley" 1057 - 6" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Checks - Corbin Model ljl - No. 4 

Exterior Doors from Gymnasium (double) 
Panic Hardware - Corbin 44990 

Interior Doors 

Stairhall to Lobby, to Basement, to Gallery 
Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Office, Kitchen to Stage, Kitchen, Dark Room 
Library, Club Rooms 

Butts - Type 2015 

Lock - "Best" 4T5D8 

Latch - "Best" 4T0K2 

Door to Rear Stair 
Corridor to Stage 

Butts - Type 2015 

Latch - "Best 4T0K2 

Dark Room (sliding doors) 

Sliding Door Rail - Corbin 99l£ 

Sheaves - Corbin 0580 
■ Door Pulls - "Stanley" 1271 - No. 1 

Toilets 

Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 

Pull Plate - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 

Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

Name Plates - "MEN", "WOMEN" - "Sager" 3501 

Women's Locker Room 
3 utts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 
Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 
Door Check - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 
Sign - "WOMEN'S LOCKER" - "Sager" 3503 

Men's Locker Room 
As above except 
Sign - "MEN'S LOCKER" - "sager 3502 

4-56 



Athletic Hall (cont.) 

Men's Locker to Toilet 
"Women's Locker to Toilet 

Butts - Type 2015 

Push Plate - "Sager" 3665 - 10" x 3" 

Door Pull - "Sager" 3865 - 10" x 3" 

Door Check - Corbin lib del 131 - No. k 

Stairs to Exterior 
Butts - Type 2015 
Lock - "Best" 4T5V8 
Push Plate - Corbie 9340 
Door Checks - Corbin Model 131 - No. 4 

(n) Address Numbers, Street Names, Etc* - Stencil number and/ 
or letter for each housing unit and street (and other buildings if 
directed) in accordance with address and street naming plan to be fur- 
nished at a later date. 

(1) Place numerals or letters at side of entrance door 
on door jamb trim or adjacent thereto at height and method as directed. 

(2) Place letters on street sign as indicated on draw- 
ing details. 

(3) The numerals and letters shall be not less than 

3 inches high for address numbers and not less than 2 inches high for 
street signs. 

(4) The numerals and letters shall be black, and shall 
be legible when placed on a light colored background. 

(5) Numerals and/ or letters with surfaces of glass 
beads or similar luminous reflecting material may be used in lieu of 
stenciling. 

(6) Only one type of numerals and/or letters shall be 
used for the housing units and the same or the other type may be used 
for the street signs. 

(o) Samples . - One sample of each item of hardware shall be 
submitted to the contracting officer for approval. No hardware shall 
be delivered to the work until approval has been obtained. 

(p) Omissions . - If hardware for any particular location is 
not described herein, it shall be provided and shall be similar to that 
specified for similar locations so far as practicable. 

4-30. KEY CONTROL SYSTEM AM) KEY CABINET. 

(a) Key Control System . - Provide a visible key control 
system, as herein described, furnished as a complete unit for the con- 
trol of all keys for cylinder type locks required throughout the pro- 
ject. 

(b) Key Cabinet. - Furnish and install where directed by 
the contracting officer an approved wall type cabinet with a sufficient 
number of combination hook and label pockets for all locks on this 
project. The cabinet shall be constructed of not less than 18 gauge 
furniture steel, or varnished wood satisfactory to the contracting 
officer, and have a paracentric key locking device; (furnish three 
keys) finish of steel to be olive green enamel, baked on. 

(c) The cabinet shall have numerical printed labels, con- 
secutively numbered, for insertion in the label pockets. Furnish for 

. 4-57 



each hook in the cabinet: 

(1) One red fiber non-detachable, permanent type key- 
marker that can be easily attached to reserve pattern keys. Non- 
detachable markers shall be die-stamped "File Key - Must Not Be -Loaned" 
and die-stamped and enameled with consecutive numbering from 1 to the 
total number of locks. 

(2) One white fiber detachable key marker, to contain 

as many as three duplicate keys, and die-stamped and enameled with con- 
secutive numbering to correspond to item (1). 

(3) One brass receipt holder with sufficient printed 
receipt forms to record and control all issued active keys. 

(4) A cross index for listing keys alphabetically, 
numerically, and by lock serial number. 

4-31. INSECT SCREENS. 

(a) Insect Screens . - All windows in buildings with 
movalbe sash shall have outside removable insect screens. Screens 
shall cover the full length of the opening and shall be hung from the 
top to swing out and hooked at the bottom from the inside. 

(b) Exterior louvers and vents of every description shall 
be covered on the back with v/ire cloth. 

(c) Exterior doors less than 6 feet wide shall have insect 
door screens. Place screen hardware so as not to interfere with door 
hardware. Dwellings shall be provided with a combination storm door 
and screen door of approved design. 

(d) Frames for all screens shall be No. 1 quality of white 
pine, sugar pine, ponderosa pine, or cypress. 

(e) Hardware for each door screen: 

2- Loose joint butts, 3 inch, primed for painting. 
1- Screen door latch set with lever and knob, brass 

plated steel or iron. 
1- Coil spring, not less than 3/8 inch diameter, with 

hook at each end. 
Necessary hardware for removable panels. 
(f) Hardware for each window screen: 
2- Approved type hangers. 
1- Hook and eye. 
(g) Frame s . - Make window screen frames from 1 inch thick 
stock, and door screen frames from 1-1/4 inch thick stock. Rebate 
and groove the frames to secure the wire cloth. Fix the wire cloth 
in grooves with beads or by crimping and cover with flush moldings 
secured with nails. 

(h) Wire Screen Cloth shall conform to Federal Specifi- 
cation RR-C-451a, for "Cloth; wire Screen," Type H. 

(i) Wire cloth for door and window screens shall be 16 
mesh, and for louvers, vents, etc., unless otherwise indicated, 14 
mesh. 

4_ 3 2. PAINTING AND FINISHING. . Painting and finishing work 
shall conform to the requirements of Section XI 

4.33. GLASS AND GLAZING. 

(a) All glass not otherwise specified shall be clear, 



4-58 



single strength. ■B" quality in accordance with Federal Specifica- 
tion DD-G-451t Type B. 

(b) Obscure glass shall be used for toilet room windows 
in public buildings and as shown on the drawings, and shall be 1/8 
inch rolled figured or other acceptable pattern, and shall be set 
with smooth side out. It shall conform to Federal Specification 
DD-G-451. Type D # 

(c) Ijgire glass shall be used where indicated on the drawings 
and shall conform to Federal Specification DD-G->451t Type E, polished 
wire glass, 1/8 inch thick, 

(d) Bach piece of clear glass shall bear the manufacturer's 
label giving the name of the manufacturer and quality of glass, in- 
cluding its weight and thickness. 

(e) Glass shall be bedded in putty. Glass for doors shall 
be set with glazing beads fastened with brads, and glass for sash 
shall be set with glazing points and putty. 

(f ) All putty not otherwise specified shall be first quality 
whiting putty, conforming to Federal Specification TT-P-79la; of the 
type most suitable. 

(g) Wood rebates that are to receive putty, glass, or beads 
shall be primed before puttying. 

(h) The glass shall be carefully cleaned and any glass that 
has been broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged shall be replaced with 
new glass. ' 

(i) One mirror shall be furnished for every public toilet 
and shall be of commercial quality plate glass mirror, with nickel or 
chromium plated metsl or finished hardwood frame, size of mirror 
approximately 16 by 20 inches. Provide suitable hangers. 

4-34. WINDOW SHADES AND CURTAIN RODS. 

(a) Window shades shall be provided on all outside glazed 
doors and windows in all dwellings, dormitories, administration building, 
guest house, town hall, laboratory, cafeteria, theater, school, hospi- 
tal, social hall, and athletic hall. The window shades shall be of 
widths and lengths required, and colors as approved by the contracting 
officer. 

(b) Window shades shall comply with Federal Specification 
DDD-S-251. with wooden rollers, except that mercerized crocheted 
ring pulls shall be substituted for cord. Shade cloth shall be 
Type III, Federal Specification CCC-C-521a. 

(c) In every case the cloth shall be 12 inches longer than 
the height of the window opening and the glass of glazed doors, 

(d) Shades for windows with inside trim shall be mounted on 
the trim and the cloth shall be at least 2 inches wider than the width 
of the cased openings. 

(e) Cloth for door shades shall be at least 2 inches wider 
than the glass opening. 

(f) Curtain Rods . - Provide and install curtain rods at 
heads of all windows in dwellings, dormitories, and guest house, 
using two rods for twin windows. 

(g) Rods shall be of the sagless extension flat type and 
shall project from the casing about 2-1/4 inches. Rods and fittings 
shall be of brass or bronze finished steel. Fittings shall be secured 

to the window trim with screws* 

4-59 



4-35- ASHiALT COMPOSITION TILE. 

(a) General . - Asphalt composition tile floor covering 
shall be placed where shown on the drawings and specified herein. 
Asphalt composition tile 3/1& inch thick shall be used as a floor 
covering, unless otherwise specified. 

(b) Composition . - Asphalt tile shall be thoroughly- 
blended composition of thermo-plastic binders, of the asphaltic 
and/or resinous type, asbestos fibers, and other inert material and 
pigments. 

(c) Msthod of l\fenufacture . - Asphalt tile shall be formed 
by pressure while hot and cut into squares or rectangles so that the 
dimensions at 77°F. shall be of specified size with a tolerance of 
not more than 1/32 inch in 12 inches. The thickness shall be 

3/l6 inch with a tolerance at 77°F. of plus or minus .005 inch. 

(d) Tests . 

(1) When tested by the Riehle Hardness Tester for 
soft materials, using a 120-pound load acting for 3° seconds, the 
indentation at 77°F. shall not *be less than .013 or more than .021 
inches^ ^he indentation for the same load and time at a temperature 
of 115, F. shall not exceed . OZ4.6 inch. Temperature control shall be 
accurate to plus or minus 2°F. , 

(2) Impact. - ""hen a 6" x6" square 3/l6-inch tile is 
supported on three one-inch steel balls equally spaced on a circle 
of 5"i ncn diameter, it shall withstand, without breaking or cracking, 
a free drop of four inches of a J- round weight striking the center of 
the tile. The ^-pound weight shall consist of a steel cylinder one- 
inch in diameter, the lower end of which shall form a hemisphere 

i inch in radius. A slotted tube or other suitable guide shall be 
used to direct the weight* The base, including the three balls, 
shall weigh not less than 10 pounds. If the first sample fails, 
two more tests shall be made with -the specimens supported on the 
balls so that the grain of the tile shall be at right augles to 
the direction of the grain of the first test piece. If these two 
test pieces both withstand 4-i n ch drops, the tile shall be considered 
as passing the test. Tests shall be made at 77°F, plus or minus 2°F. 

(e) Adhesive . - Adhesive for use in laying asphalt tile 
shall be selected and furnished by the tile manufacturer and shall 
be delivered on the job in the manufacturer's sealed package with 
labels intact and seal unbroken and used without adulteration. 

(f ) Preparation of Sub-floor . - All floors on which 
asphalt tiles are to be laid shall be finished below the grade level 
of the finished floors a depth equal to the thickness of the asphalt 
tile specified.' No allowance shall be made for thickness of the 
adhesive. 

(g) Laying .- Fitting and laying shall be done in a 
workmanlike manner in strict accordance with the manufacturer's 
specif icatins. and by workmen experienced in laying this type of 
floor. Tiles shall be laid in the adhesive spread onto the floor 
thinly and evenly. Tiles shall be laid in the adhesive in a manner 
to insure good contact and adherence, true to line and pattern and 
with close joints, ^nds and edges shall be cut to fit neatly at 
walls, etc., and holes for pipes shall be neatly cut and all work 
shall be cut and closely fitted. A temperature of not less than 



4-60 



o 
70 F. shall be maintained in the building the entire time while the 

tiles are being installed. 

(h) Colors . - The color of the tile shall be approved by 

the contracting officer. 

4.36. ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT. . The walls of all public toilets 
adjoining offices shall be soundproofed by staggering studs 2" and 
placing a 2" rock wool blanket separator between the walls. 

The soundproofing of the first floor of the athletic hall 
shall be done in a ccordance with details shown on the drawings and 
as herein specified. The floor joists shall be insulated from the 
girder with felt chairs similar and equal to those manufactured by 
Johns-Ma nvi lie. A false ceiling shall be erected beneath the floor 
joist and shall be separated by a 2" roek wool blanket. The false 
ceiling shall be finished with 3/8" sheetrock with acoustic tile 
12" x 12« xl" with 3/16" bevel similar and equal to Quietile manu- 
factured by United States Gypsum Company, Chicago, Illinois, and 
shall be applied to the sheetrock with cement* 

4-37. COMMISSARY COLD STORAGE INSULATION 

(a) The floors, walls, and ceilings shall be insulated, 
except the outside wall around the machine room, toilet and locker 
room, and the hallway adjoining storage room Ik), 3- The insulation 
shall be of quality and thickness as shown on drawings, and shall 
conform to Federal Specifications for the following materials? 

(1) Fiberboard, £■ (with factory finish) No. LLL-F-321a. 

(2) Cork, granulated, No. HH-C-571a. 

(3) Compressed cork board No. HH-C-56la, or Rock Cork 
similar and equal to that manufactured by Johns-Manville. 

(4) Asphalt primer, No. SS-A-70X 

(5) Fireproof wall board, rock fiber, and chemically 
treated wood pulp insulation shall be approved by the contracting 
officer before installation. 

(6) Asphalt shall have the following characteristics: 



Specific Gravity at 6o°F. 
Melting Point (Ball and Ring) 
Flash Point (open cup) 
Penetration 

32°F. 200 gram 60 sec. 

77°F. 100 gram 5 sec, 

115°F. 50 gram 5 sec. 
Volatility, 50 grams 5 hrs, at 325°F. is 1%. 
Bitumen Soluble in CS2 is 99«5#« 

(7) Mastic for application to walls and ceilings 
shall be an emulsified asphalt, suitable and approved for cold 

storage work. 

(8) Skewers - Treated hardwood of approved size 

and length. 

(b) Insulation; Thickness . - 

(1) Cork insulation shall be installed in 4-inch 

thickness in floors. 



Minimum 


Maximum 


1.045 

180°F. 

46o°F. 


1.065 
200°F. 


• 06 cm 
.15 cm 


.25 cm 
• 45 cm 



4-61 



(2) Celotex insulation shall be installed in walls 
and ceilings as noted. 

« 

Perishable Grocery Storage 4 inches thick 



Packaged Grocery Storage 

Meat Storage 6 

Prepared Meat Storage 6 " 






n 



n ft 

n ft 



Fish Storage 6 

Fowl Storage 6 

The partition wall between the machine room and storage 
room No. 3 shall have a fire retarding wall, with 4-i n °h thickness 
of approved mineral wool bats, end 1 inch of celotex insulation. 

(3) A ll insulation as required shall be of the 
thickness shown on the drawings and as specified a v ove, and shall 
be in t'vo layers. All joints of the second layer shall bo broken 
with those in the first layer, and care shall be taken in joining 
the wall insulation with that of the floor and ceiling. 

(4) Asphalt shall be maintained at the proper 
working temperature of about 35® while being mapped. 

(c) Doors . - All doors shall be insulated with thick- 
ness of insulation as specified and in a ccordance with room in 
which door is to be used. 

(d) Erecting Insulation . - All surfaces shall be dry, 
clean, and free from grease or paint, and shall be primed with 
asphalt primer before applic- tion of insulation. The wall in- 
sulation shall be dipped in hot asphalt until the bottom surface 
and edges are thoroughly coated. Each sheet shall then be held 
firmly in place until asphalt has cooled enough to support the 
sheet. All joints must be tight and the joints of the successive 
layers broken with respect to each other. Succeeding sheets shall 
be applied in the same manner, each sheet being dipped in hot 
asphalt and held in place by skewers. The exposed surface of the 
last layer shall then be sprayed with smoking hot asphalt, using 
25 pounds of asphalt per 100 square feet. The final finish of 
walls shall consist of 1/8-inch asbestos-cement board. 

The primed floor area shall be flooded with v ot asphalt 
using 35 pounds of asphalt per 100 square feet, but only sufficient 
area to provide complete embedment of one sheet of insulation at a 
time shall be covered. The asphalt shall be thick enough on floors 
to squeeze up through the joirts. Succeeding layers shall be 
applied in the same manner and the top layer shall be flooded with 
two successive coats of hot asphalt using 25 pounds of asphalt to 
100 square feet for each coat. When layer has cooled, dust with 
Portland Cement. The floor finish shall consist of 3 inches of 
concrete as shown on the drawings. The ceiling insulation shall 
be applied similarly on the 1-J-inch planking with final finish of 
1/8-inch asphalt applied hot, as shown on the drawings. 

4-38. CGL/2/ll3SAftY COLD STORAGE EQUIPMENT. 

(a) General . - The contractor shall furnish all labor, 
material, and equipment necessary for complete installation of the 
refrigeration system. The installation of the system shall conform 
to the requirements of the American Standard Safety Code for 
Mechanical Ftefrigeration as approved by the American Standards 
Association, 

4-62 



(b) Cold Diffusers . - Bach room shall be equipped with 
cold air diffusers of the brine spray, finned coil surface type 
with high velocity outlets, similar and equal to the 15T type 
cold diffuser manufactured by the Carrier Corporation of Syracuse, 
N. Y. See table for size, number, and capacity of diffusers for 
each room. Diffusers shall be capable of maintaining the tempera- 
ture and relative humidity for each room as shown in the table 
below (temperatures shown are Farhenheit): 

Room Temp. ^.T.U. Fan 





Room 


Relative 


Cold 


Removed 


Motor 


Storage Room 


Temp. 


Humidity 


Diffuser 


per hr. 


H.P. 


Fish (frozen) 


15° 


80 


15T2 


10,899 


1/4 


Poultry (frozen) 


15° 


85 


15T2 


9,685 


1/4 


Ms at 


30 


87 


15T6 


44.571 


l 


Prepared Maat 


30° 


87 


15 Tb 


23,836 


l 


Perishible Groceries 


35g 


80 


15T2 


19,912 


3/4 


Vegetables 


55° 


87 


15T2 


30.685 


l 


Packaged Groceries 


40 


80 


15T6 


33,220 


1 






The above selection of diffusers and fan motor horsepower 
is not to be considered final but is a guide to the contractor. The 
contractor shall be responsible for the selection and installation 
of refrigerating equipment which will provide the required room 
temperature and relative humidity shown above. 

(c) The compressor and condenser units shall be 50 HP, 
water-cooled, 0°F. suction and 90 U F. condensing temperature similar 
and equal to type 768 compressor-condenser unit manufactured by the 
Carrier Corporation of Syracuse, N. Y. 

(d) The control apparatus shall consist of suitable 
suction pressure regulating valves, thermal expansion valves, suction 
and liquid soloroid valves, thermostats, relays and switches similar 
and equal to such apparatus manufactured by the Carrier Corporation 
of Syracuse, N. Y. , or as recommended by the manufacturer of the cold 
diffusers and compressors for use with their equipment. 

(e) The ice making machine with coils in brine tank shall 
be capable of making 2\ tons of ice in 200 pound cakes in a period 
of 30 hours from water at an initial temperature of 75 degrees 
Farenheit. 

(f) Refrigerant shall be Freon - 12, 

(g) All piping shall be black steel butt welded pipe 
conforming to Federal Specification T*"-P-403a, Type I, Class A; and 
fittings shall be malleable iron conforming to Federal Specification 
TTf-P-521a. 

(h) Valves . - The valves for the refrigerant lines shall 
be extra heavy brass, so designed as to be easily packed with pressure 
on the lines, and especially designed for the refrigerant employed, 
with lock seal caps completely enclosing the valve stems. The 
control valves for the water and drain lines shall be globe valves 
conforming to Federal Specification Wf-V-51* 

(i) Unions * - Final water connections shall be made with 
malleable iron ground ball joint unions conforming to Federal 

Specification WW-V-531* 

(j) Guaranty , - The contractor shall guarantee all work- 

4-63 



manship, materials, equipment, and operation of the refrigerating 
system to be free from defects for a period of one year from the 
date of acceptance, and shall replace any part or parts found to be 
defective within the period of the guaranty, free of cost to the 
United States. 

4.39. L'JBRITCRIUM DOORS AND WINDOWS, 

(a) Overhead doors shall be installed for the lubritorium, 
washing and repair departments and To^n Garage, Government Garage 
and T'ire House, Guest House Garage, Maintenance Shop, and all other 
garages as shown on the drawings. The doors indicated shall be the 
hinged horizontal sectional type, guided from a vertical to a hori- 
zontal position above the doorway, and shall be similar or equal to 
door No. 2715HL as manufactured by "The Stanley "*orks" , New Britain, 
Connecticut. 

^ors shall be balanced with two or more extension springs, 
each protected with a spring guard rod. Each end of the shaft of the 
load sheave wheel shall have a rigid support. Track rollers and 
sheave wheels to be ball bearing with hardened steel shafts. All 
tracking shall be formed of 13 gage steel. The vertical and hori- 
zontal tracks shall be straight pieces and each track curved section 
to be 15-inch radius and made as a separate reinforced unit. 

Locking equipment shall consist of ^ x 3/4-inch steel 
bars, extending through slot in each vertical track; lock bars shall 
be key operated from exterior, and by thumb spring latch from 
interior. All hardware, including tracking, shall be made rust- 
proof by the Parkerizing Process with a coat of finish metal paint. 
Rustproofing shall occur after all forming and/or other machine 
operations have been completed. 

(b) Pivoted Windows . - Windows in the lubritorium and in 
the washing and repair departments shall be the horizontally pivoted 
type and shall be of size as shown on drawings. Sections shall be 
hot-rolled new billet steel not less than 1| inches deep and 1/8 
inch thick. Frame members shall be special angle section and shall 
allow 3/4-inch continuous anchorage. Muntins shall be hot-rolled 
T-sections. Mullions shall be hot-rolled solid steel T-sections. 
Frames and ventilators shall be mortise and tenon, air hammer riveted 
at all corners. Muntins shall be continuous from head to sill and 
from jamb to jamb. Joint at frames shall be mortise and tenon, 
air-hammer riveted. Ventilators shall have doable contact weathering 
continuous around all four sides. Ventilators shall be horizontally 
pivoted and supported by special solid rolled steel external butts, 
double riveted through the weathering and window members. All 
weathering members shall be securely w elded to the frame and 
ventilator members, ventilators shall be equipped with cam lock 

and push bar. Windows shall be given one coat of metallic primer 
paint at the factory and an additional coat after erection but 
before glazing., 

4.40. WALK. IN REFRIGERATORS. 

(a) The coolers shall be of the heavy duty general storage 
type, mechanically cooled, and shall be constructed, as shown on the 
drawings, in the Guest House, Cafeteria, and Hospital. It shall 



4-64 






operate without sweating in a room temperature of $$>?• when producing 
and maintaining a temperature of 3$*?» dry bulb and about 73? relative 
humidity, with normal foot handling and storage. All wiring in the 
box shall be lead covered wire in conduit, two suitable vapor-proof 
lighting fixtures controlled by flush switches with red pilot light 
mounted on the outside near the entrance shall be provided. 

(b) The walk- in door shall not be less than three feet 
wide and six feet six inches high. It shall be swell proof, infitting 
double seal type, complete with rubber gaskets. The door shall have 
three approved hinges of the adjustable ball-bearing type, and door 
fastener to be roller type designed to take padlock, with releasing 
device on inside of door. The hardware to be installed shall be 
heavy solid brass or bronze, chrome plated, polished modernistic 
design, or as approved by the contracting officer. 

(c) The interior of the cooler shall be equipped with meat 
rails, hooks, end shelving. Sizes and arrangement shall be such as 
to provide the maximum possible storage in the space available, 

(1) Ifcat rails shall be heavy bar steel, rigidly 



(2) Hooks shall be medium size 3/8" meat hooks. 



supported. 

tinned. 

(3) Shelving shall be heavy bar steel, removable and 
adjustable, supported on angle iron framing or pipe standards, property 
braced to form a rigid unit 

4-41» CELLS. . «j>h e cells in the Town Hall shall be constructed 
in accordance with the drawings. Doors shall be similar to "Pauly" 
S-216 omitting transom and with special angle frame as detailed. 
The vertical bars shall be 7/8-inch round steel bars spaced as shown 
and passing through 2\* x 3/8" horizontal s teel bars spaced approxi- 
mately 16 inches center. Stiles and rails shall be 2\ m x 3/8" bars aril 
all joints and intersections shall be welded. Doors shall be equipped 
with two heavy malleable hinges and five tumbler prison locks with 
brass tumblers, malleable cases, and fully protected bolts. Two 
nickel plates steel keys shall be furnished with each lock, and locks 
on both doors shall be keyed alike. Each door shall be provided 
with a heavy hand pull on jailer's office side. The cell room side 
of the door shall be fitted with a steel plate, l/l6-inch thick 
partially covering the doors as shown on the detail drawings, ^his 
plate shall be spot welded to the stiles, rails, and horizontal bars 
of the door. Window guards for cell rooms shall be constructed of 
vertical and horizontal bars of steel. Vertical bars shall be 
7/8-inch diameter, spaced 6 inches on center passing through 
\* x2£" horizontal bars spaced approximately 12 inches on center and 
shall be anchored into the woodwork. Bars shall be welded at inter- 
sections. 

4.42. FIfiE FRQGF VAULTS. . pi^ proof vaults shall be con- 
structed in the Administration Building and Town Hall in accordance 
with the drawings. The vaults shall be built of 8-inch concrete 
blocks conforming to Federal Specification SS-C-621, Type II. The 
vaults shall rest on reinforced concrete post footings and shall be 
entirely detached from the rest of the building structure. Floors 
shall be of Class A reinforced concrete and pre-cast concrete lintels 
shall be provided for door openings. The vault doors shall be similar 

4-65 



and equal to the FS-4R and FS-4L four-hour vault doors manufactured 
by the Mosler safe Company. The vaults shall have a 12" x 12" ceiling 
register with fusible link damper and a 12" x 12" galvanized iron 
duct shall be installed through the roof to a wind driven ventilator. 

4-43. ELECTRICAL FIRING AND EQUIPMENT. 

(a) General , - The electrical system for all buildings 
shall be as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. The 
building wiring shall start at the service entrance switch provided 
by others and includes the installation of all power and lighting 
panelboards, wiring services, outlets, switches, signal devices, 
lighting fixtures, and all other apparatus that is required or shown 
on the drawings. The wiring installation shall be in accordance 
with the applicable requirements of "The National Electrical Code" 
of the "National Board of Fire Underwriters." The system for elec- 
trical distribution in the buildings shall be three-wire , single- 
phase, 6o-cycle, 120/240 volt. The contractor shall submit in 
accordance with paragraphs l-04(d) and 1-34 » a complete list, cata- 
logs, and descriptive matter of the materials and equipment he pro- 
poses to furnish and install. 

(b) Materials and Equipment . - 

(1) Enameled conduit and fittings shall be of 
standard weight and conform to Federal Specification Wff-C-571* 
Conduit shall be carefully reamed out after using the die, kept 
corked, and swabbed out before pulling wire. Bends in conduit shall 
be made in an approved bending machine and any deformed or injured 
conduit shall not be used in the work. 

(2) Puilding 'Vire. - Interior building wiring shall 
meet the following specifications for the type of wiring installed* 

Wire in rigid steel or flexible steel conduit shall 
conform to Federal Specification J-C-lOlb, Type R, for single con- 
ductor. Metallic armored cable shall be Type AC, conforming to 
Federal Specification J-C-71 for 2 or 3 wire cable as required. 

Non-metallic sheathed cable shall be similar and 
equal to Gf-TS Braid X as manufactured by the General Electric Company 
of Schenectady, New York, and the wire shall be in conformity with 
Federal Specification J-C-lOlb, Type R, for 2 or 3 wire cable as 
required. 

"Wire in overhead conduit in the boilerhouse shall 
conform to Federal Specification J-C-lOla, Type RH. 

(3) Pull, junction, outlet, and switch boxes and 
other outlet bodies shall be metallic boxes conforming to Federal 
Specification W-O-806. A 3/8 -inch fixture stud shall be supplied 
with each fixture outlet box. 

(4) Panelboards. - Unless otherwise specified all 
distribution and branch circuit panelboards shall be of the no-fuse, 
dead front, air circuit-breaker type conforming to Federal Specifi- 
cation U-P-131. The rating of the panelboards shall be as indicated 
on the drawings or as required for each installation. Before 
installing any panelboard the contractor shall furnish to the contract- 
ing officer, for his approval, drawings showing the arrangement of the 
circuit breakers manual operating mechanism for each size of panelboard 
he proposes to furnish. "Each panelboard shall be completely enclosed 
in a steel cabinet with a door which will give access to the front of 

4-66 



the board. Panelboards and cabinets shall be standard catalog products 
of a single manufacture and shall be approved by the contracting of- 
ficer. 

(5) Receptacles-Convenience Outlets. - Unless other- 
wise specified or required all convenience receptacles shall be 15 am- 
pere, 125 volt, double outlet, composition for flush mounting in a 
metallic outlet box under a non-metallic plate, and shall conform to 
Federal Specification "MR-151. The cover plates for floor mounted 
receptacles shall be metal and equipped with dust proof doors. 

(6) Lighting fixtures shall be standard catalog 
products and shall be approved by the contracting officer before instal- 
lation. Lighting fixtures shall be in keeping with the type and class 
of building in which they are to be installed. The various types of 
acceptable fixtures and their intended locations shall be as indicated 
on the drawings. 

(7) Standard house lighting switches. - House lighting 
switches shall be snap switches, tumbler type, for flush mounting in a 
metallic outlet box under a non-metallic plate, and shall conform to 
Federal Specification W-S-896. 

(8) Pilot switches. - Pilot switches shall be a com- 
bination indicating light and switch for flush mounting in a single 
box under a non-metallic cover plate. The cover plate shall be in one 
piece and shall contain a removable bulls eye. Pilot switches shall be 
snap, tumbler type conforming to Federal Specification W-S-893* 

(9) Splicing Material and Methods. - 

a. General. - Splices in rubber braided conductors 
shall be made in conformity with the requirements of the National 
Electrical Code, paragraph 3009. 

b. Rubber insulating tape shall conform to 
Federal Specification HH-T-llla. 

_c. Friction tape shall conform to Federal 
Specification HH-T-lOla. 

(10) Doorbells. - 

a. Doorbells shall be similar and equal to the 
Edwards No. 737 "Combell" as listed on page 58I of the Westinghouse 
Electric Supply Company's catalog No. 72, or as approved by the 
contracting officer. 

b_. Doorbell transformers shall be 115 volt primary, 
10 volt secondary, 60 cycle, similar and equal to the Edwards doorbell 
transformer No. 80 as listed on page 633 of the Graybar Electric Com- 
pany's catalog No. 102, or as approved by the contracting officer. 

_c. Doorbell control button shall be circular, 
pushbutton type of non-ferrous material with a black composition 
pushbutton similar and equal to the Edwards Bronx Entrance Push 
Button No. 600, as listed on page 6l6 of the Graybar Electric Company's 
catalog No. 102, or as approved by the "contracting officer. 

(11) Special. - In the hospital operating room, delivery 
room, and anesthesia room all electrical equipment, wiring, outlet boxes 
switches, etc., shall be the explosion proof type. 

(c) Wiring in Buildings . - 

(1) At his option the contractor shall furnish and 
install for interior wiring in buildings either rigid steel conduit 
and wire, metallic armored cable, or non^metallic sheather cable unless 
otherwise shown on the drawing. 



4-67 



(2) Installation. - Wire sizes and circuits shall be as 
indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the National Electrical 
Code. All outlets shall be in metallic outlet boxes and all runs bet- 
ween outlets shall be without splices. Connection between the service 
entrance switch on residences and the panelboard shall be made with 
approved service entrance cable, ftfetallic outlet boxes shall be rig- 
idly fastened to supports as required. Conduit runs, except those in 
residences, shall be identified at the entrance to the switches, encl- 
osing cases, and junction boxes by die-stamping the designation of the 
circuit on the conduit, or by other approved means. 

(3) Conductor Designation. - Braided wires shall be 
designated by means of round tags carrying the circuit and conductor 
number and fastened to each conductor by means of twine. The tags 
shall be of weatherproof, yellow laminated paper phenol composition, 
3A-inch in diameter, l/l6-inch thick, and the necessary designation 
shall be accomplished by means of an approved reproduction process. 
One side shall indicate the circuit designation and the other side 
the particular phase designation or wire number shown on the wiring 
diagram. The designation characters shall be light Gothic letters. 
The words "circuit" and"cond'r" shall be 3/32-inch size, and the 
cable and conductor designation shall be 3/1^-inch si".e. A hole for 
attaching shall be provided. These tags shall be placed at each 
junction box and terminal point of the circuit. Samples of the 
finished tags and schedule showing the tag inscriptions shall be 
submitted for approval. 

(d) Distribution and Branch Circuit Panelboards . - The 
contractor shall furnish and install all distribution and branch 
circuit panelboards and all switchboards as indicated on the drawings 
and as specified herein. Panelboards and switchboards shall be flush 
mounted and securely fastened to the wall or to suitable supports as 
required, specified, or indicated on the drawings. 

(e) Receptacles - Convenience . - The contractor shall 
install where indicated on the drawings convenience receptacles. All 
receptacles shall be securely mounted in metallic outlet boxes and 
shall be connected to the circuit wires. Receptacle outlets in walls 
shall be placed with the long axis horizontal unless otherwise speci- 
fied or required and shall be centered in the baseboard. They shall 
be flush mounted and shall be covered with a non-metallic plate. 
Floor outlets shall be located as indicated on the drawings, the 
receptacle mounted as specified above and covered with a metal plate 
with dust proof door. 

(f) Switches. - 

(1) Standard Lighting Switches. - Standard lighting 
switches shall be flush mounted in metallic outlet boxes where 
indicated on the drawings. Unless otherwise indicated or required 
they shall be located 4 feet above the finished floor and 9 inches 
from the finished jamb on the lock stile side of the door. Where 
two or more switches are shown together they shall be mounted under 
one cover plate. 

(2) Pilot Switches. - Pilot switches shall be mounted 
where indicated on the drawings. 

(3) lifotor Switches. - Motor starting switches shall be 
provided for each motor where required, indicated or specified and shall 
be a suitable magnetic, full voltage, across- the-line, starting switch. 
Switches shall be push button operated, unless otherwise specified or 
required, suitable for wall mounting and shall provide thermal over- 
load and inverse-time-limit protection. All starting switches shall be 

4-68 



enclosed in corrosion-resisting steel boxes. The motor starting switches 
shall be similar and equal to the enclosed type, full voltage, 3 phase, 
60 cycle, non-fusible, magnetic started, push button operated, in- 
verse-time-limit, thermal overload, squirrel cage motor starting switch 
.# CR7006 as manufactured by the General Electric Company of Schenectady, 
Tfew York, and listed in their 194° motor catalog #GFA-623D, page 9, 
or as approved by the contracting officer. Unless otherwise speci- 
fied or required the motor starting switches shall be wall mounted 
in a convenient position so that the motor will be in full view of the 
person operating the switch. In the boiler house the starting switches 
for the stokers, clinker breakers, and forced draft fans shall be 
mounted on the individual boiler panel boards. 

(4) Knife Switches shall conform to the requirements 

of Federal Specification W-S-871, and shall be approved by the "National 
Board of Fire Underwriters. The application of all switches shall be 
as approved by the contracting officer. Switches shall be "Fused* or 
"non-fused, " as specified or required. 

(5) Switch identification to indicate circuits controlled 
by each switch shall be made by means of name plates and fastened to 

the switch cover with corrosion-resisting screws. The circuit desig- 
nations shall be as shown on the wiring diagram. This designation shall 
not be made on service entrance switches nor on residence light cir- 
cuit switches. 

(g) Lighting Fixtures . - The contractor shall furnish and 
install all lighting fixtures as indicated on the drawings or as 
specified. Bracket lights, unless otherwise indicated shall be set 
6 feet 8 inches above the finished floor for bathroom light over 
medicine cabinet, and in other rooms at 5' -8" for ceiling heights of 8 1 
to 9' unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 

(h) Doorbells . - The contractor shall furnish and install, 
completely wired for operation as indicated on the drawings, doorbells, 
doorbell control buttons, and doorbell transformers. These items shall 
be as specified in paragraph 4-43(b) (10). Control buttons shall be 
mounted on the outside of the front and rear door casing on the lock 
stile side of the door and shall be four feet above the porch floor. 

(i) Fire Alarm System . - 

(1) A fire alarm siren shall be furnished and installed 
on the roof of the Government Garage as indicated on the drawings. The 
siren shall be weatherproof, double head, operated by a 60 cycle, 3 
phase, 220 volt, 5 H.P. , high speed electric motor, and shall be equip- 
ped with a suitable brake so that coded signals may be sent. Siren shall 
be furnished with control apparatus so that it may be operated at the 
main switchboard. The siren and control equipment shall be similar 

and equal to the Sterling weatherproof, double head, code siren as 
listed on pagel68 of the General Electric Supply Corporation catalog 
No. 31. or as approved by the contracting officer. 

(2) An individual fire alarm system shall be installed 
in each of the following buildings as indicated on the drawings: 
Administration Building, Guest House, Theatre, all dormitories, Schools, 
Hospital, and Athletic Ball. The fire alarm equipment to be installed 
in the buildings shall be as indicated on the drawings and shall con- 
form to the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association, 
except that connections will not be required to the town f;Lre alarm 
system. 



4-69 



(j) Signal System . - The system for the hospital shall be 
of the indicating lamp type usually installed in a hospital. The 
system for the dormitory part of the guest house shall be the buzzer 
type so arranged that the clerk can operate a buzzer in any room. 
Before installing either system the contractor shall obtain the ap- 
proval of the contracting officer for the system he proposes to furnish. 

(k) Electric Motors and Installation . - 

(1) Electric motors for the operation of mechanical 
equipment, unless otherwise specified, shall be A.C., 3 phase, 60 cycle, 
220 volt, squirrel cage induction motors with a nominal H. P. rating as 
specified or indicated on the drawings and as recommended by the 
manufacturer of the mechanical equipment. Motors shall be totally 
enclosed type, similar and equal to the 3 phase, 6c cycle, squirrel 
cage, type K, general purpose, normal torque induction motor for across- 
the-line starting as manufactured by the General Electric Company of 
Schenectady New York, and listed in their 1940 catalog on motors, #GEA- 
623D, page 2. All motors shall have ball bearings. 

(2) Electric Motor Installation. - Electric motors shall 
be installed on suitable foundations as indicated on the drawings, shall 
be connected to the mechanical equipment which they are to drive and 
shall be completely electrically connected for across-the-line starting 
ready for operation. All motor settings, electrical and mechanical con- 
nections shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved 

by the contracting officer. 

(1) Auto Transformer . - The contractor shall furnish a 60 
cycle, single phase auto -trans former of proper capacity to be installed 
in one phase of the standby generator output to provide 120 volt power 
for lighting. The secondary of the auto- transformer shall be 3 wire, 
120/240 volts. The auto-transformer shall be similar and equal to the 
Type M, air cooled, auto- transformer as manufactured by the General 
Electric Company of Schenectady, New York, and as listed in catalog 
No. 31 of the General Electric Supply Corporation, page 5 0o> » 

(m) Name Plates . - All motors, generators, transformexs, etc. 
shall heve securely fastened to the frame, tank or cover a metal- name 
plate showing, in clear etched letters, the name of the manufacturer, the 
serial number of the equipment and the salient design features such as 
voltage, full load current, frequency, horsepower, etc. 

(n) Theatre Equipment . - 

(1) Theatre ^tage Switchboard. - The contractor shall 
furnish and install on the theater stage one theater type, dead front 
switchboard with steel front mounted on an approved steel angle frame. 
This switchboard shall be complete with magazine panel, contactor panel, 
dimmers, and other necessary accessories. 

The circuits shall be grouped for control, and arranged 
with a single switch and dimmer controlling each color bank of each foot 
and border light, and the six main auditorium fixtures. The following 
listed master switches shall be provided: one to control the entire 
stage white light, one to control the stage blue lights, one to control 
the stage red lights, and one to control all stage lights. 

All circuits containing dimmers, the group of circuits 
to the main auditorium fixures, and all switchboard circuits carrying 
more than 3000 watts shall be switched by means of magnetic contactors 
mounted in a suitable steel cabinet as indicated on the drawings. The 
pilot switches controlling these contactors shall be mounted on the 
stage switchboard and in a small projection booth cabinet to allow the 



4-70 



control of all circuits specified above at the stage switchboard, and 
in addition, to permit the control of the main fixtures in the auditor- 
ium and the foot and front border lights from the booth panel. The 
stage switchboard shall also be provided with the circuit switches nec- 
essary to control the additional circuits scheduled on the drawings. All 
direct branch circuit switches and all pilot switches shall be 30 ampere, 
tumbler switches. The switches shall be grouped as to color, and an 
indicating light shall be placed above each switch. A brass plate 
indicating the circuit controlled shall also be mounted above each 
switch. 

The dimmers shall be mounted above the board on a suitable 
steel angle frame. They shall be grouped as to color, and arranged 
for group control as specified above for switches. The dimmer shall 
be of the continuous duty type manufactured by Cutler-Hammer, or equal. 
The contractor may at his option furnish a switchboard arranged for 
control as specified above, but with the dimmers mounted with the 
switch units directly back of the panel and with the operating levers 
extending through the face of the board. 

(2) Projection Booth D. c. Panel. - The D. C. panel 

in the projection booth of the theater shall consist of one double pole 
double throw main switch and the scheduled number of double pole single 
throw branch switches mounted on a composition, open type panel, which 
in turn shall be mounted in a steel cabinet with trim arranged for sur- 
face mounting. The switches shall be of the knife type. The cabinet 
shall be equipped with steel doors having latch, cylinder lock, and 
keys* 

(3) Theater Floor Pocket Receptacles. - The contractor 
shall furnish and install on the theater stage, floor pockets complete 
with polarity type receptacles, plugs, housings, and covers. The 
floor pockets at the sides of the stage shall be of the two gang type. 
The floor pocket at the rear of the stage shall be single. All 
floor pockets shall be flush mounted and shall be similar and equal 

to those shown in the General Electric Catalog 31 item #SP1820. Each 
shall be of 50 ampere capacity. 

(4) Border Lights. - On the theater stage, the con- 
tractor shall furnish and install three border lights of the length 
indicated on the drawings. These border lights shall be constructed 
as shown and shall be complete with all sheet metal work, supports, 
pulleys, counter weights, and all other rigging. The receptacles 
shall be similar and equal to General Electric Company's No. 4063 
and shall be placed on 4 inch centers. Flexible cable shall be 
furnished from the border lights to outlet boxes above the rigging 
left. These cables shall be of sufficient length to allow the border 
lights to drop within 4 feet of the stage floor. 

Each border light shall be provided with 60 watt lamps in 
the following colors: 1/4 blue, 1/4 red, and 1/2 white. 

(5) Footlights. - The contractor shall furnish and 
install footlights in the theater and recreation building, as 
specified herein. The troughs for these lights shall be as indicated 
on the drawings. 

a. Theater Footlights. - The contractor shall 
install in the trough provided for same, one complete footlight 
receptacle strip box with receptacles, and cable connections thereto. 
The strip box shall be made of 20 gage galvanized sheet metal. The 
receptacles shall be similar and equal to those shown in 'Westinghouse 

4-71 



Catalog 72, page 125, No. 4063 or equal, placed on 4 inch centers. 

The above mentioned footlights shall be provided with 
60 watt lamps in the following assortment of colors: 1/4 blue, 1/4 
red, and 1/2 white. 

b_. Athletic Hall "Footlights. - The contractor 
shall install in the trough provided for same, metal boxes in the 
run of the conduit, placed on 8 inch centers. The outlet boxes shall 
be complete with porcelain lamp receptacles mounted thereon. These 
foot-ights shall be provided with 60 watt lamps in two colors to 
be selected by the contracting officer. 

(6) Lamps. - The contractor shall furnish all colored 
lamps and pilot lamps, plus approximately 20% for replacement, required 
in the theater and recreation building. Colored lamps shall be of 

the size specified or required and shall be made from natural color 
glass. The Government will supply all standard white lamps required 
in all buildings. 

(7) Theater Interphone System. - The contractor shall 
furnish all material and labor required to install an approved inter- 
phone system in the theater. This system shall be designed for 
selective ringing, and common talking. It shall be complete with 
batteries, suitable telephone terminal strip and cabinet, telephone 
instruments, and all other accessories. All wires shall be pulled 

in conduit having terminal boxes at each instrument. 

There shall be a total of five telephones at the locations 
and of the type scheduled below: 

Schedule' of Theater Inter- communicating Telephones 

Quantity Location Type of instrument 

1 Stage Switchboard Hand Set 

1 Ticket Office Hand Set 

1 Operator's Booth Hand Set 

1 Foyer Flush Wall Set 

1 Office Desk Set 

The above telephone and accessories shall be similar and 
equal to those manufactured by the Western Electric Company for this 
purpose. 

(0) Cutting and Repairing . - The contractor shall do all 

cutting necessary for the proper installation of his work and shall 
be responsible for and shall repair any damage due to carelessness 
or caused directly or indirectly by his workmen. 

(p) Crounding . - The 7/iring system in each building shall 
be securely grounded to the water service or where no water service 
is available shall be grounded to at least one 3/4-inch by 7-foot 
long copperclad steel ground rod. Grounding shall be in complete 
compliance with the Code Requirements. A #4 bare solid copper wire 
shall be used as a ground wire with approved ground clamp of the 
cast metal type. Point of connection to the water system shall be 
as near as practicable to the service entrance. 

(q) Guaranty and Test . - The contractor shall guarantee 
in writing all materials and workmanship for a period of one year 
from the date of acceptance of the work by the Government. Any 
defects due to faulty materials, method of installation, or workman- 
ship discovered during the above mentioned one year period shall be 

4-72 



promptly repaired or replaced by the contractor upon written notice 
by the contracting officer at no cost to the Government. 

The entire electrical installation shall be free from 
improper grounds and short circuits. Tests shall be made of all 
installations in the presence of the contracting officer or bis 
representative. Each panel shall be tested with mains disconnected 
from the feeder, branches connected and switches closed, all fix- 
tures in place and permanently connected, lamps removed or omitted 
from the sockets, and all wall switches closed. Feeders shall be 
tested with the feeders disconnected from the branch circuit panels. 
Each individual power circuit shall be tested at the panel with the 
power equipment connected for proper operation. The insulation 
resistance shall be at least the minimum prescribed by the National 
Electrical Code. Failures shall be corrected in a manner suitable to 
the contracting officer. 

4-44. GASOLINE-ELECTRIC STANDBY UNIT. 

(a) General . 

(1) Work to be Done. - The gasoline-electric standby 
unit to be installed in the boilerhouse shall consist of a gasoline 
engine and an alternating current generator t together with all appur- 
tenant accessories. The rated output of the generator shall be 75 
kilowatts at a power factor of 80 percent (93*8 K.V.A.), and shall 
conform to the rating requirements as hereinafter specified. The 
generator shall have a direct connected exciter. The engine shall 
conform to the rating requirements as hereinafter specified and shall 
be water-cooled with fan and radiator. The whole unit shall be 
mounted on a common base of welded structural steel or cast iron, 
suitable for installation on a concrete foundation. The unit shall 
be installed complete and ready for operation, with the gasoline 
supply tank, fuel lines, exhaust pipeing, electrical connections, and 
all other appurtenant accessories, installed in their proper places, 
as indicated on the drawings. 

(2) Base Plate. - The base or bed plate for mounting 
the engine and generator shall be of welded structural steel or cast 
iron and shall be of approved design. It shall be provided with 
transverse and longitudinal ribs and an oil drip edge around the base 
and shall be accurately machined. 

(3) Flexible Coupling. - The flexible coupling shall 
be of the fiber-disk type or approved equal and shall be provided 
with a suitable guard. 

(4) Vibration. - The unit complete with its generator 

end exciter, 3h o -ll be free from objectionable torsional vibrations within the 
normal operating range of 30 R.P.M. below to 40 R.P»M« above normal speed, 

(b) Gasoline Engine . 

(1) General. - The engine shall be of a standard 
current model completely equipped. It shall be of the four-cycle 
type with not less than 6 cylinders, and shall be water-cooled with 
fan and radiator. It shall be capable of producing continuously, not 
less than 200 brake -horse -power at a speed of 1200 R.P.M. , and shall 
be capable of operating at 15 percent electrical overload for 2 hours. 
This operating speed of 1200 R.P.M. shall be not greater than 85 per- 
cent of the speed at which the maximum B.H.P. of the engine is developed 
and the maximum torque shall be developed at a speed as near as- is 
possible or slightly below the operating speed of 1200 R.P.M. The 
above specified power rating shall be developed with gasoline having 

4-73 



an octane rating of 50-&0 and conforming to the Federal Specification 
W-G-lOla. The engine shall be equipped with an efficient governor . 
which, in combination with a throttle valve, shall provide a speed 
regulation within 3 percent of a normal operating speed of 1200 R.P.M. 
from \ load to full load. The speed variation at any one continuous 
load shall be not more than l£ percent from normal. On test the speed 
variation from no loed to 115 percent load, shall not exceed 5 percent 
from the normal 1200 R.P.M. 

(2) Crank-Shaft, Fly-Wheel, and Main Bearings. - The 
crank-shaft shall be a one piece heat treated alloy steel forging and 
shall have an ultimate tensile strength of not less than 105,000 pounds 
per square inch. It shall be dynamically and statically balanced and 
all journals shall be ground and polished. Counter-balance weights 
shall be furnished integral with the shaft. The fly-wheel shall be 

of cast iron or steel and shall be securely attached to the crank-shaft 
ahead of the flexible coupling. Main bearings shall be of cast bronze 
or cast steel backed and babbit lined. They shall be of a readily re- 
movable type, and shall be accurately fitted and anchored against side 
thrust. Oil under pressure shall be suitably admitted to the inside of 
each main bearing shell. 

(3) Cylinders and Cylinder Heads. - The cylinders 
shall be cast in pairs, singly, or en-block, and the inner walls shall 
provid? for approximately full length of piston travel so that the 
travel of the piston skirt may extend slightly below the cylinder for 
adequate oiling. Individual liners shall be provided for cylinders 
cast en-block. The cylinders if cast singly or in pairs, or cylinder 
liners if cast en-block, shall be of a special cylinder cast iron 
having a tensile strength of not less than 35* QQG pounds per square 
inch. The cylinder heads shall be of the same material as the 
cylinders and shall be easily removable for repairs. 

(4) Crank-Case. - The engine shall be equipped with 
a pedestal base type crank-case fitted with large, removable side 
plates for easy inspection and adjustment of all bearings and internal 
working parts of the engine. 

(5) Pistons, Rings, and Pins. - The pistons shall be 
of cast iron or a suitable light weight alloy, and shall be fitted 
with large piston pin bearings and four grooves for the installation 
of piston rings. Three of these grooves shall be above the piston 
pin and one below. Four piston rings shall be provided for each 
piston, and they shall be made of special hammered cast iron. Piston 
pins shall be of hollow steel, hardened and accurately ground, and 
securely locked in place. 

(6) Connecting Rods. - The connecting rods shall be of 
high grade forged steel heat-treated and of I-beam section. The lower 
end of the rod shall be fitted with bronze, bsbbitt- lined bearings. 

(7) Cam-Shaft and Push-Rod Guides. - The cam-shaft 
shall be of forged steel heat-treated, and accurately ground on all 
journal bearings and cam profiles. The push rod guides shall be of 
bronze or other suitable material, and shall be of the removable type. 

(8) Valves. - The valves shall be of special heat- 
resisting steel, shall be accurately fitted and ground to fit the 
valve seat, and shall have large valve area. 

(9) Exhaust Manifold, Muffler, and Pipe. - The ex- 
haust manifold shall be a close-grained, gray- iron casting fully water- 

!^!HS? d 38iil p ^iJ e 8a^iar8^ t a m go f il8S* 8? n i?Sli? ns The%xnauI% a ' Ust 

4-74 



pipes shall discharge as shown on the drawings and shall be fully in- 
sulated with sectional covering and approved plastic cement. All 
sections shall be securely fastened in piece, after covering, with 
strap brass bands. Parts of exhaust pipe not suitable for sectional 
covering shall be covered with approved plastic cement smoothly served 
up to adjacent covering so as to equal the total thickness of the 
sectional covering. 

(10) Cooling System. - The engine shall be equipped 
with a water pump, radiator, fan, piping and appurtenant parts for 
cooling. The cooling system shall be of sufficient capacity to cool 
the engine without boiling when operating under 115 percent load at 
ambient temperatures up to 100°F. The water pump shall be centrifugal 
type or equal of rugged construction and of sufficient capacity to 
meet the above requirements for the cooling system. The pump shall be 
easily removable from the engine without the necessity of dismantling 
the engine or breaking of connections. The radiator shall be fin type 
of the proper size and constructed of corrosion- resisting non-ferrous 
material. The fan shall be of the proper size with 6 blades and de- 
signed to blow air outward through the radiator. A suitable thermostat 
shall be installed which shall open when the water temperature reaches 
140°F. 

(11) Lubrication System. The engine shall be equipped 
with force-feed lubrication to the main bearings, connecting rod 
bearings, valve operating mechanism, cam-shaft, and timing gears. An 
oilrpressure gage shall be installed on the main control panel. The 
oil shall be supplied under pressure by means of a positive gear driven 
pump. The pump shall be readily removable from the engine without the 
necessity of dismantling the engine or breaking of connections. An 
oil-filter (clarifier) and cooler shall be suitably provided. 

(12) Fuel System. - The engine shall be equipped with 
one or two carburetors, fuel pump, fuel tank, and piping to provide 
fuel' to the carburetors from the gasoline tank. The carburetors shall 
be of standard grade and Shall be equipped with automatic chokes, oil 
bath air-filters and flame arresters. The fuel pump shall be of the. 
diaphragm type and suitable for lifting the gasoline through a vertical 
height of 12 feet. The fuel pump shall be readily removable from the 
engine without the necessity of dismantling the engine or breaking of 
connections. The fuel system, with all appurtenances shall be installed 
in such a manner that the engine can be started inroediately and operated 
continuously without manual operation of any devices in the fuel system. 
A gasoline supply tank of 1000 gallons capacity shall be provided and 
installed complete with valves and fittings as indicated on the drawings. 
The tank shall be of 3/l^-inch black steel plate, approximately 52 inches 
inside diameter at the ends by 112 inches long, overall. The longi- 
tudinal and girth seams of the shell shall be single-row riveted, and 
then welded inside before assembling the heads. All tank flanges shall 
be riveted and then welded inside the shell. Rivets in all seams shall 
be 3/8-iach round head, of rivet steel, spaced 2 inches on centers, 
driven hot, and fully headed on both ends. The heads of the tank shall 
be outside flanged, and riveted and calked at the exterior joints. The 
seams between the heads and the sides shall be thoroughly raided on the 
inside. Should this shell be made in three rings, the longitudinal 
seams shall be staggered. The tank shall be provided with the necessary 
forged-steel flange pipe openings. Each tank flange shall be hot pressed 



4-75 



to the exact radius of the shell ring which will receive it. All openings 
shall be securely plugged before shipment. ^he tank shall be provided 
with a l6-inch diameter man-hole in the top. The man-hole shall be 
provided with a cover plate at least 3/8-inch thick. The tank shall be 
subjected to a test pressure of not less than 10 pounds per square 
inch, and under this test the tank shall be air tight prior to shipment. 
The tank shall be equipped with a remote indicating gasoline-gage 
mounted on the control panel as required, and indicated on the drawings. 
The gage shall be of the diaphragm type and operated by pressure from 
a cast iron bell in the gasoline tank. The tank shall be installed in 
a workmanlike manner and as indicated on the drawings. Prior to in- 
stallation the tank shall be given two coats of approved bituminous 
paint. 

(13) Ignition System. - A dual ignition system shall 
be provided consisting of a 12-volt battery-distributor system con- 
nected to one set of spark plugs and an approved magneto with impulse 
coupler system to the second set of plugs. Automatic spark advance 
shall be provided. Ignition switches shall be provided for each of 
the ignition systems and shall be mounted on the control panel as 
required, ^he storage battery shall conform to the requirements of 
Federal Specification W-B-I3I0 for heavy duty type N . 7B, 12-volt 
rating. The battery shall be inclosed and shall be an integral part 
of the standby unit. Two hydrometers shall be provided with the 
battery. A battery charger of the copper oxide rectifier type shall 
be provided and installed; it shall be for operation on 120 volts, 

60 cycles, alternating current, with a voltage range of 1\ to 45 
volts direct current, with a charging rate of 6 amperes and shall be 
provided with an adjustment to permit reducing the charging rate for 
trickle charging. An ammeter to indicate the direct current charging 
rate shall be provided. The charger shall be so designed that the 
battery will not discharge in case the alternating current voltage is 
interrupted, and shall operate in a cicuit having one side of the 
supply and one terminal of the battery grounded. The charger shall be 
totally inclosed in a steel cabinet with hinged doors provided to make 
all parts easily accessible and shall be protected against overloads 
and short circuits, n^he unit shall be a type suitable for mounting on 
the engine instrument panel. 

(14) Governor. - The engine shall be equipped with a 
mechanical, gear-driven, flyball governor. The governor mechanism 
shall be fully inclosed and all governor bearings shall be of the 
anti-friction type. The governor shall be capable of controlling the 
speed within 5 percent from no load to 115 percent load, and within 

3 percent from 25 percent load to full load. 

(15) Engine Accessories. - The following accessories 
to the gasoline engine shall be supplied: 

One electric starter. 

One electric generator. 

One 12-volt battery, in black japanned steel case. 

One battery charger. 

One oil cooler and filter. 

One or two carburetors equipped with automatic chokes, 

oil bath air-filters, and flame-arresters. 

One tachometer. 

One hand-operated priming pump. 

One one-gallon capacity gasoline priming tank, complete 



4-76 



with strainers and fittings, for connecting to gasoline 

lines and vent. 

One or two exhaust mufflers of the Ifexim Silencer type or 

approved equal. 

One or two exhaust lines with necessary spring-cushioned 

exhaust pipe supports and brackets.. 

Two sets of all necessary adjusting tools and wrenches 

complete for all bolts, nuts, screws, and other items 

required for the equipment furnished. 

One illuminated instrument board mounted on the engine 

and containing the oil-pressure gage, ammeter, two 

ignition switches, gasoline gage, tachometer, spark and 

throttle controls, and battery charger. 

One starting crank. 

(16) Parts List. - Prints and descriptive sheets for 
the gasoline engine and related parts, and renewal -parts bulletins 
for all electrical equipment, shall be furnished to the contracting 
officer in accordance with paragraphs l-04(d) and 1-34* These 
prints, descriptive sheets, and bulletins, shall, wherever necessary, 
clearly show all details and parts, and all parts shall have proper 
identification marks. 

(c) Generator. 

(1) Generator. - The alternating current generator 
shall be of the synchronous type with direct connected exciter and 
shall be rated as follows: 93*8 K.V.A. , 0.8 power factor, 75 kilo- 
watts, 1200 R.P.M. , 60 cycles, 3 phase, and 240 volts. The temper- 
ature rise under fall load shall not exceed 50°G. for the armature 
and 6o°C. for the field, fhe efficiencies at rated speed and power 
factor shall not be less than the following i between 3/4 and full 
load - 92 percent, and at 1/2 load - 90 percent. The generator shall 
be connected to one side of the 3 pole double throw switch at the 
main distribution panel. The generator and engine frame shall be 
adequately grounded. 

(2) The exciter for the generator shall be of suf- 
ficient capacity to give the generator good regulation, and designed 
for operation with a voltage regulator and quick voltage recovery. 

(3) Frame and end brackets shall be of cast iron, 
wrought iron, or fabricated steel. The mounting feet shall be 
integral with the freme. All frames shall be of N.E.M.A. standard 
sizes and dimensions. 

(4) Eyebolts for lifting located in an approved 
manner shall be provided. 

(5) Cores for Stator and Rotor shall be built up 

of separately punched thin laminations of low hysteresis loss, non- 
aging electric sheet steel. The sheets shall be properly insulated 
from each other, and assembled under heavy pressure so that the core 
is thoroughly "tight". Care shall be taken to remove all burrs and 
other projections from the slot portion of the core. They shall be 
keyed, dovetailed, or otherwise secured to the shaft or frame in an 
approved manner. 

(6) Insulated Windings. - All insulated windings 
shall be insulated with Class "A" insuletion, thoroughly impregnated 
with high grade moisture and oil-proof solvent insulating varnish or 
compound to fill all interstices. A final coating of water and oil- 
proof varnish shall be applied which shall dry, with.a smooth glossy 
finish. The windings shall be securely wedgea in the slots wltfi 

4-77 



wedges of impregnated fiber or maple wood boiled in oil. Details 
covering the insulating materials to be used and the proposed method 
of appliation, shall be furnished the contracting officer for 
approval. 

(7) Amortisseur Windings of an approved construction 
shall be provided on the generator. 

(8) Generator bearings for the standby unit on both 
the driven and exciter ends shall be of the split sleeve type, or 
equally suitable construction to permit change of bearings without 
removal of the rotor. Bearing housings shall be split on both the 
exciter and driven ends and the top half of the housing shall be 
removable. 

(9) The shaft shall be of high-grade, hot-rolled 
steel of adequate strength and rigidity, finished to size all over 
with the journal surfaces polished. The diameter at the bearings 
shall be larger than the diameter of the shaft extension and the 
diameter under the core laminations, larger than the diameter at 

the bearings. Shafts shall have two coats of Glyptol 122j.8, or equal, 
paint after assembly. 

(10) Slip Rings shall be of brass, bronze, or other 
approved material. They shall run true and have smooth polished 
surfaces free from porosity or hard spots. The rings, with their 
insulation, shall be securely mounted on the shaft in an approved 
manner so that they cannot become loose or eccentric through changes 
in temperature. 

(11) Brush Holders shall be of a rugged construction 
designed to permit satisfactory operation. Tension springs, capable 
of being adjusted without the use of tools while the machine is 
running, shall be provided. They shall be arranged and supported 

in an approved manner to prevent loosening or shifting. 

(12) Brushes shall be of standard electrical carbon 
suitable for use with the generator as recommended by the manufacturer, 

(13) Connection and Terminals. - All terminal leads 
shall extend outside the frame and be provided with a separable 
connector of standard design terminated in an approved terminal box 
rigidly secured to the frame of the machine. The terminals shall be 
marked in accordance with N.E.M.A. standard No. 38-49* The terminal 
boxes on machines shall be of approved water-tight construction, 
equipped for water-tight connections. The leads shall be sealed with 
a compound of litharge and glycerine where they pass through the 
frame. 

(14) Treatment Against Corrosion. - Screws, bolts, 
pins, terminals, brush holders, studs, springs, hand hole cover bolts, 
and other small steel parts shall be "Parkerized" or similarly 
treated in an approved manner to prevent corrosion. 

(15) Machine Work shall be accurate, of high quality, 
and in conformity with approved standard practice. Threads shall be 
in accordance with the "National Forms" as adopted by the U. S. 
National Screw Thread Commission for the types of threads required. 
Thread fits shall be Class "2". Threads on all body bound bolts 
shall be chased a sufficient length so that when the nut is tightened 
there will be approximately 1| threads under same, or the bolts shall 
be under-cut an equivalent amount. 



4-78 



(16) Designation and Markings, - A name plate, con- 
forming to the requirements of the N.E.M.A. standards, shall be pro- 
vided for each machine and shall be suitably attached to the frame. 
The frame and shaft shall have the serial number stamped under the 
name plate and on the front end respectively. 

(17) Wiring. - The wire for all connections shall 
conform to the requirements of Federal Specification J-C-121. The 
generator leads shall be 4/0 or greater gage, and the field leads shall be 
No. 8 gage wire. All other wiring shall be of the size required. All 
wiring shall be in conduit as shown on the drawings and shall be 
installed in an approved manner. Flexible conduit shall be used for 
connections leading from conduit embedded in the floor to the gener- 
ator and exciter. Grounding cable shall conform to Federal Speci- 
fication QA-~ T "-336 or Q,Q,- ,,r '-421, Type I. The -size of the ground wire 
shall conform to recommendations in paragraph 2594 of the National 
Electric Code, 

(d) Shop Inspection and Tests , 

(1) Generator and Exciter. - The generator and 
exciter shall be tested in the shop, 

a_. Tests shall be made in conformity with the 
A.I.E.E. standards.- Each machine shall be given a complete test 
as approved by the contracting officer. Complete tests of the 
generators and exciters shall include the following; 



A. C. Generator 



D, C. Exciter 



Efficiency tests 
Regulation test 
Field saturation 
Synchronous-impedance test 
Temperature test at rated full load 
Dielectric teat 
Resistance measurements 



Efficiency tests 
Field saturation 
Temperature test at 

rated full load 
Dielectric test 
Resistance measurements 



Graphic charts indicating the results of the 

above tests shall be furnished as indicated below: 



A, C, Cenerator 



D, C, Exciter 



Efficiency at 1/4, 1/2, 

3/4, and full load. 
Saturation curve. 



Efficiency at .8 p.f. for 1/4, 

1/2,3/4, and full load. 
Open circuit and short circuit 

core less. 
Saturation curve. 
Synchronous-impedance curve. 
Regulation curve. 

b_. Graphic charts indicating the results of the 
above tests, corrected to rated voltage, shall be furnished, plotted 
as follows: 



4-79 



Test 


Abscissa 


Ordinate 


Excitation s 


i 

; VOltS ! 

volts 


s amperes 

watts 


Impedance 


volts 

! VOltS J 

volts 


amperes 

torque 

watts 


Performance ; 


: per cent load 
i per cent load i 
i per cent load ; 
i per cent load ; 
per cent load 


efficiency 
power factor 
s ampere s 
watts 
per cent slip 


Speed- torque 


torque (lbs. ft.) 


speed (r.p.m.) 



£• All data taken in conduction with the com- 
plete tests and the short commercial tests shall be furnished to the 
contracting officer. 

d.. DBta to be submitted for Approval. - The 
following data shall be submitted to the contracting officer for 
approval before commencing manufacture: 

!• Complete descriptive specifications of 
the generator with necessary cuts, photographs, and drawings to 
clearly indicate the construction of the machine. Special emphasis 
shall be given to indicate the features for which approval is required. 

2_. Dimensional drawings. 

2,. Generator characteristic curves, indi- 
cating the field saturation and synchronous-impedance plotted against 
field excitation as abscissae and efficiency and regulation against 
percent of load as abscissae. 

^. Generator exciter characteristic curves, 
indicating the field saturation against field excitation as abscissae 
and efficiency against percent of load as abscissae. 

(2) The Engine. - The engine shall be tested and run 
satisfactorily for 2 hours at 1200 revolutions per minute ^ith a load 
of 230 brake-horse-power as determined by the dynamometer test. 

(3) Combined Unit. - The combined unit shall be tested 
by continuous operation for 8 hours at full generator load. Under 

this test and when otherwise loaded there shall be no evidence of serious 
vibration. The valve setting and governor control shall be checked also 
by means of a recording tachograph with the combined unit operating 
under various loads ranging from no load to full load. Immediately 
after the tests the contracting officer or his duly authorized repre- 
sentative may require the engine to be opened for inspection. 

(4) Fuel. - The engine fuel used in all tests shall 
conform to the requirements of the Federal Specification W-G-lOla, 
and shall have an octane rating of $Q to 6o» 

(5) Record of Tests. - A typewritten record of all 
tests, including all observations, results, and graphs, shall be 
certified and submitted to the contracting officer in triplicate, as 
soon as practicable after the completion of the tests. 

(e) Painting . - All exposed surfaces shall be pointed 2 
co ts after installation at the site. The color and quality of the 
paint to be designated by the contracting officer. 



4-80 



(f ) Final Acceptance and Tests * - The standby unit shall be 
installed as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the best 
standard practice. Final acceptance tests and trials of the gasoline- 
electric standby power unit shall be made by the contractor upon com- 
pletion of the installation. The tests shall cover a period of twelve 
continuous hours, during which period the combined engine-generator 
unit shall provide the normal rated output. If during the tests any 
imperfection of equipment, workmanship, or arrangement is found, proper 
correction shall be made and the entire test or any portion of it, as 
directed by the contracting officer, shall be repeated. In order to 
secure approval in these tests, the gasoline engine shall operate 
smoothly, without undue noise and/or vibration; the governor shall 
maintain an even speed at all loads and the carburetor chall function 
without flooding and without back-firing; the electrical equipment 
shall operate without any indication of excessive heating, and shall 
maintain an even voltage at all loads.. Such additional tests as may 
be necessary may be required by the contracting officer. 

4-45. PLUMBING AND PIPING. 

(a) General . - The contractor shall furnish all the necessary 
labor, materials, and equipment to install the plumbing and piping 
systems complete in every respect. This covers all the necessary 

work and equipment for the water, sewer, and steam heating systems 
within the buildings. Each bidder shall carefully examine the 
drawings and shall be responsible for the proper fitting of his 
material and equipment into the building as planned, without sub- 
stantial alteration. All work shall be accomplished according to 
first class standard practice, and as specified or shown on the 
drawings. 

No plumbing fixture, device, or construction shall be 
installed which will provide a cross connection between a distributing 
supply for drinking and domestic purposes and a polluted supply such 
as a drainage syste.m, soil or waste pipe, which will permit or make 
possible the back flow of sewage, polluted water, or waste into the 
water supply system. 

(b) ^terials . - All materials and fixtures shall be new 
and of the best quality and grade, and shall be in accordance with 
the latest Federal Specifications and as specified. 

(c) Approval of Materials, Fixtures, and Equipment . - The 
contractor shall submit for approval a complete list of materials, 
fixtures, and equipment in accordance with Article 7 of the contract 
and paragraphs l-04(d) and 1-34* The contractor shall also furnish 
detailed information where so directed under the various items. No 
consideration will be given to partial lists submitted from time to 
time . 

(d) Options of the United States . - If the contractor 
fails to submit for approval within sufficient time as stated in 
paragraph 1~34» the list of materials in accordance with the proceding 
paragraphs, then the contracting officer reserves the right to select 
a complete line of materials and appliances. 

If the contractor names materials, fixtures, and equipment 
not in accordance with the specification requirements or not of the 
best quality and grade, then the contracting officer reserves the 
right to reject the same and to select a full line of material and 
appliances. 

4-81 






The selection made by the contracting officer shall be 
final and binding upon the contractor and shall be installed by the 
contractor without change in the contract price. 

(e) Protection . - All work fixtures, and materials shall 

be protected at all times. The contractor shall make good all damage 
caused either directly or indirectly by his workmen. Work shall be 
properly protected to prevent obstruction or damage. All pipe 
openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All 
fixtures and equipment shall be tightly covered and protected against 
dirt, water, chemical, or mechanical injury. At the final completion 
all work shall be thoroughly cleaned and delivered in a perfect un- 
blemished condition. 

(f) Guaranty . - The contractor shall guarantee all work- 
manship, materials fixtures, and equipment specified herein to be 
free from defects for a period of one year from date of acceptance 
and shall replace any part, or parts found to be defective within 
the period of the guaranty, free of cost to the United States. 

(g) General Directions . - The plumbing work shall be 
performed in harmony with the other work on the building an^ at such 
times as directed. The contractor shall do all necessary cutting 

of structural work req dred for the plumbing, subject to approval. 

Unless otherwise directed all underground piping outside 
of buildings shall be installed below the frost line. The exterior 
utilities shown on plans are diagrammatic and their exact location, 
depth, and invert elevations shall be as directed, without additional 
cost to the United States. 

The plans show the general arrangement of all piping. 
Should local conditions necessitate a rearrangement of same, or if the 
piping can be run to better advantage, then the contractor before 
proceeding with the work shall prepare and submit, for approval, 
drawings in triplicate of the proposed rearrangement. 

Due to the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible 
to indicate all offsets, fittings, etc., which may be required. The 
contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish con- 
ditions affecting all his work and arrange all his work accordingly, 
furnishing such fittings, traps, valves, etc., as may be required to 
meet such conditions. 

Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the 
work to be installed. The contractor shall hsrmonize the work of 
the several trades so that all work may be installed in the most 
direct and workmanlike manner and so that interferences between piping, 
ducts, equipment, architectural and structural features will be 
avoided. All piping shall be installed closely as possible to wall, 
ceilings, columns, etc., (consistent with the proper space for a 
covering, removal of pipe, etc.), so as to occupy the minimum of 
space, and all offsets, fittings, etc., required to accomplish this 
must be furnished by the contractor without additional expense to the 
Government. In case interferences develop the contracting officer 
shall decide which work is to be relocated regardless of which was 
first installed. 

4-46. PIPING INSTALLATION. 

(a) General . - All pipes shall be cut accurately to 
measurements established at the construction site, and shall be 



4-82 



worked into place without springing or forcing, and shall in no way 
interfere with doors, windows, general equipment, etc. In installing 
piping, care shall be taken not to cut or otherwise weaken any 
structural portions of buildings. After cutting to proper length, 
all sections of pipe shall be thoroughly reamed to remove all burrs 
to maintain full area and the interior shall be well cleaned. All 
changes in direction shall be made with fittings and no bending of 
pipe will be permitted. All piping shall be installed as indicated 
on the drawings and as specified. All steam supply and return main 
ends shall be capped for future connections as indicated on the 
drawings. All horizontal mains within the building, unless otherwise 
indicated, shall pitch down in the direction of flow with a grade of 
not less than one inch in twenty feet. Piping connections to pieces 
of equipment shall be in accordance with details on the drawings or 
as directed by the contracting officer. 

(b) Pipe Supports , - All horizontal runs of pipe shall 

be securely held in place by suitable pipe supports. Suspended pipe 
shall be held by means of pipe clamps of such size as to allow the 
pipe freedom for longitudinal expansion. Where steam pipes run 
under floor joists or close to wood they shall be insulated therefrom 
by 1/4" asbestos millboard fastened as indicated on the drawings. 
Where there is a pipe clamp on a joist the clamp fasteners shall also 
fasten the asbestos millboard insulation to the joist as indicated 
on the drawings. Steam pipe insulation shall butt against the joists 
on each side of the joist and the gap shall be filled with 8^t 
magnesia cement or similar insulation. Pipes that are supported 
from side walls, shall be held in place by means of hook plates. 
No supports shall be spaced more than ten feet on centers, 

(c) Risers . - The locations of all risers are indicated 
on the drawings. The exact location of all risers shall be as 
directed by the contracting officer. 

(d) Joints . - All screw joints shall be made with standard 
taper threads, properly cut, and made perfectly tight by the use of 

a stiff mixture of graphite and oil, applied with a brush to the pipe 
threads only, and in no case to the fittings, (See Federal Specifica- 
tion No. GG G-P- 350 • 

(e) Expansion of Pipe . - All pipe for the heating system 
or other piping shall be so installed that it may expand or contract 
fully without causing damage to any other work or injury to itself, 

(f) Floor, Wall, and Ceiling Plates . - All pipes passing 
through the floors, walls, or ceilings shall be fitted with hinged 
chromium-plated floor, wall* or ceiling plates securely fastened in 
place in an approved manner and of such design as to hold the pipe 
centered in the hole through which it passes. All such holes through 
wood shall allow at least 3/8" clear space between the wood and the 
pipe. Pipe sleeves in bearing walls shell be of steel pipe. 

(g) Capping of Pipe . - All open ends of pipe lines, equip- 
ment, etc., shall be capped or plugged during installation so that 
dirt or other foreign materials will be prevented from entering, the 
system, 

(h) Steam Pipe Covering . - All concealed branches, risers, 
runouts, and all steam supply piping and condensate return lines shall 
be covered as indicated on the drawings. Covering shall be standard 
thickness, best quality eighty-five percent magnesia or equal covering. 
The covering shall be held in place with No. 30 B&S gage solid brass 

4-33 



straps, not less than three-quarter inch wide, spaced to hold the 
ends and center of each section of covering, and never more than 
eighteen inches apart. All covering shall be molded in two sections 
and shall have the manufacturer's name pasted or stenciled on each 
length. Samples shall be submitted for the approval of the contracting 
officer. Fittings shall be covered with plastic magnesia, or rockwool 
cement, or equal the same thickness as the pipe covering, excepting 
unions and flanges, which shall be left uncovered. The covering 
jacket shall be six ounce canvas. 

4_47. SEWER piping;. 

(a) Soil, '?aste, and Vent Piping . 

(1) Soil, waste, and vent piping below ground shall 
bo cast-iron soil pipe and fittings with calked lead joints. 

(2) Soil, waste, and vent piping 2 inches in diameter 
and larger, above ground, shall be cast-iron soil pipe and fittings 
with calked lead joints, or may be standard weight black steel pipe 
with screwed drainage fittings. Waste and vent piping smaller than 
2 inches in diameter shall be standard weight black steel pipe. 

(3) Fittings on steel soil and waste piping shall be 
recessed cast-iron drainage fittings, plain. Fittings on s teel vent 
piping shall be cast-iron steam pattern, plain. Lead piping, bends 
and traps complying with "Lead Industries Association Standards" will 
be permitted for wastes. 

(4) Horizontal soil and waste pipes shall be given a 
grade of one-fourth (1/4) inch per foot where possible; but in no case 
less than one-eight (1/8) inch per foot. All main vertical soil and 
waste stacks shall be extended full size to and above the roof line 
as vents, except where otherwise specifically indicated. Wnere prac- 
ticable two or more vent pipes shall be connected together and extended 
as one pipe through the roof. Vent pipes in roof spaces shall be run 
as close as possible to underside of roof without forming traps in 
pipes and the necessary fittings shall be used to accomplish this re- 
sult. Vertical vent pipes may be connected into one main vent riser 
above fixtures vented. Where an end or circuit vent pipe from any 
fixture or line of fixtures is connected to a vent line serving other 
fixtures the connection shall be at least 4-f ee "t above the floor on 
which the fixtures are located, to prevent the use of any vent line 

as a waste. Horizontal waste lines receiving the discharge from two 
or more fixtures, shall be provided with end vents unless separate 
venting of fixtures is noted. 

All changes in pipe size on soil, waste, and drain lines 
shall be made with reducing fittings or recessed reducers. An changes 
in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45° wyest half 
wyes, long sweep quarter bends, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends, 
except that sanitary tees may be used on vertical stacks, and short 
quarter bends, or elbows may be used in soil and waste lines where 
the change in direction of flow is from the horizontal to the vertical 
and on the discharge from water closets, ^here it becomes necessary 
because of space conditions to use short radius fittings in any 
other location the consent of the contracting officer shall be ob- 
tained before they are installed. 

Slip joints will be permitted only in trap seals or on the 
inlet side of the trap. Unions on the sewer side of the trap shall be 

4-84 



ground faces, and shall not be concealed or enclosed and tucker or 
hub drainage fittings shall be used for these connections wherever 
practicable. The use of long screws and bushings (except fittings 
bushed in the sand) is prohibited. 

Joints between bell and spigot pipe shall be made with 
picked oakum gasket and pig lead. Each joint shall be r m full 
and calked solid, flush with the hub. All lead used for making 
joints shall be new, pure, soft pig lead of the best quality in 
accordance with Federal specification Mo. Q.Q-L-15&. Joint between 
bell and spigot pipe and threaded pipes shall be ^ade in the same 
manner. The end of threaded pipe shall have a ring or part of a 
coupling screwed on to form a spigot end. 

(b) Flashing Connections . - For flashing connections see 
paragraph 1+-11. 

(c) Special Connections . - Equipment specified in other 
sections of these specifications having plumbing outlets shall be 
connected to the d rainage .system and water service, ^here fixtures 
are indicated but riot specified the drainage branches and supplies 
shall be plugged at wall or floor as directed, and left ready for 
future connection. 

(d) Traps . - Each fixture and piece of equipment re- 
quiring connections to drainage system shall be separately trapped. 
The traps shall be placed as near to the fixture as possible and 
no fixture shall be double trapped. Traps installed on hub and 
spigot pipe shall be standard cast iron. Traps installed on threaded 
pipe shall be recess drainage pattern. 

(e) Test Tees . - Test tees with cast brass cleanout plu~s, 
shall be installed at the foot of all soil, waste, and drain stacks 
and on each building drain outside of building. 

(f) Cleanouts . - Cleanouts shall be same size as pipe 
except cleanout plugs larger than four-inches will not be required. 
Cleanouts installed in connection with cast iron hub and spigot 
pipe .shall consist of a long sweep one-fourth bend or two one- 
eighth bends extended to floor where indicated on drawings or as 
directed by the contracting officer. A heavy cast brass ferrule with 
counter-sunk trap screw cover shall be calked into hub of fitting and 
shall be flush with the floor, where cleanouts are indicated and are 
accessible in connection with threaded pipe, they shall be cast iron 
drainage "T" pattern ninety degrees branch fittings with heavy brass 
screw plugs same size as pipe up to and including four inches. 

(g) Drains . - Shower drains and floor drains indicated in 
concrete floors laid on earth fill shall be Figure 109, Specification 
TW-P-541 a t shall have strainers and shall be modified in a ccordance 
with the following sizes: 

2 inch outlet shall have 6 inch strainers 

3 inch outlet shall have 9 inch strainers 

4 inch outlet shall have 12 inch strainers 

Shower drains and floor drains indicated in connection with 
self-supporting concrete floors shall be Figure 106, Specification 
WW- P- 541 a • Provide a 4 lb. (to the square foot) lead flashing 18" 
square securely clamped to drain, 

(h) Fixture Connections . - The connection between each 
water closet and soil pipe shall be made with a cast-iron heavy 



4-85 



pattern floor flange. Floor flange shall slip over the pipe and be 
calked into position. Where space conditions will not permit the use 
of standard fittings in conjunction with the cast iron floor flange, 
special short radius fitting shall be provided. 

Connections between earthenware of any fixture and flanges 
on soil pipe shall be made absolutely gastight and watertight with a 
closet setting compound in accordance with Federal Specification 
No. HH-C-53&. or gaskets in accordance with Federal Specification 
No. HH-O-I16* Rubber gaskets or putty will not be permitted for this 
connection. Bolts shall be not less than 1/4-inch in diameter and 
.shall be equipped with chromium-plated nuts and washers. 

Where back outlet fixtures are required, iron pipe size 
brass nipples shall be provided between the fixture and the drainage 
fitting. 

Fixtures with outlet flanges shall be set the proper 
distance from floor or wall to make a first class joint with the 
closet setting compound or gasket and fixture used. No fixture shall 
be set in place until such flange has been examined and approved. 

(i) Test for Plumbing and Drainage System . - The entire 
system of soil, waste drain, and vent piping that is a part of this 
contract shall be tested with water or air as directed, and;provea 
tight to the satisfaction of the contracting officer before .trencbes 
are backfilled, piping covered or fixtures connected. All testing 
instruments, force pumps, gauges, smoke machines, etc., shall be 
provided by the contractor. All defects disclosed in the work by 
the following specified tests or otherwise shall be made good or 
the work replaced without additional cost to the United States. 

(1) Water Tests. - If tests are made with water, 
the connection from building to sewer and the drainage system be- 
low floors or ground level shall be filled with water to top of 

a vertical section of pipe 10-feet above the ground, surface and the 
water allowed to stand for at least 30- m i^ u "tes for inspection, 
after which, if the lines prove tight, the water shall be drawn 
off and the trenches backfilled. 

The soil, waste, and vent piping above the floor or 
ground level shall have the opening plugged where necessary aind the 
piping system above filled with water to the level of the top of vent 
pipes and allowed to stand for at least thirty minutes for inspection, 
after which if the lines prove tight, the water shall be drawn off and 
the fixtures connected. Fach vertical stack above the first floor 
or ground level with its branch waste and vent pipes may be tested 
separately. 

(2) Air Test. - If tests are made with air, a pressure 
of not less than 10 pounds per square inch, equal to 20 inches of 
mercury, shall be applied with a force pump and said pressure main- 
tained at least 15 minutes without leakage. A mercury column gage 
shall be used in making the air tests. 

(3) Smoke Test . - After all fixtures have been per- 
manently connected, a smoke test shall be applied to the sanitary 
system and the entire system proved tight to the satisfaction of the 
contracting officer when filled with smoke under pressure equal to 
one inch of water. The smoke shall not be produced by chemical mix- 
tures* 



4-86 



4-48. WAT2R PIPING. 

(a) The water service piping shall extend from all fix- 
tures and equipment within the building to the connection at the 
service box, see paragraphs 6-01 and 6-05. Excavation and backfill 
to the service box shall be done in accordance with the requirements 
of Section VT for the Water Distribution System. All runs of piping, 
together with sizes and outlets, shall be as indicated on the drawings. 
From the service box the contractor shall extend a service branch to 
the inside of the buildings where a ground keystop and drain shall be 
installed. From this stop, piping shall rise and be extended to all 
fixtures, outlets, and equipment. The cold water system shall be 
installed with a fall towards the stop and drain, ^here water pipes 
run in exterior walls they shall be insulated with solid fill of as- 
bestos or mineral wool between the studs. 

(b) Water Pipe and Fittings . - All pipe used for domestic 
hot and cold water shall be galvanized steel in accordance with 
Federal Specification WW-P-403a. Fittings shall be malleable iron 
in accordance with Federal Specification WW-P-521a. 

(c) Valves and 5 tops shall be provided where shown on plans 
and as required by specifications. Ifhere valves and stops are indi- 
cated on drawings in connection with runouts, risers, branches, and 
mains, they shall be in accordance with this specification. The cold 
water connection to the hot water storage tanks shall be provided with 
a ground keystop. All connections to water heater shall be equipped 
with unions between stops and tanks. No valve shall be installed on 
any line with its stem below the horizontal. All valves shall be as 
specified herein or noted on drawings. 

Where a battery of fixtures are supplied from a rater 
distributing main in building, provide a shut-off valve for each 
branch. 

Valves and stops up to and including 2- inches shall be all 
brass with threaded ends, rough bodies and finished trimmings (except 
those on chromium-plated brass pipe shall be chromium-plated.) Valves 
two and one-half inches and larger in diameter shall have iron bodies, 
brass mountings, and shall have either screw or flange ends; 

Gate valves shall be in a ccordance with Federal Specifica- 
tion W-V-76b. 

Globe and angle valves shall be in accordance with Federal 
Specification W-V-5L 

(d) Unions . - Where union connections are indicated or 
specified on ferrois pipe 2 inches in diameter and smaller they shall 
be malleable iron in accordance with Federal Specification W-U-531t 
Type "B*. zinc-coated, one hundred-fifty pounds. 

Union on water piping two and one-half inches in diameter 
and larger shall be flange pattern in accordance with Federal Speci- 
fication WW-F-406 and shall be cast iron zinc-coated on ferrous pipe, 
and brass, on non-ferrous pipe. Gaskets for flanged unions shall be 
the best quality rubber gasket one-sixteenth inch thick. 

No unions shall be concealed in construction, but where 
union connections are required for erection purposes right and left 
couplings shall be used. 

(e) Tests on "Water Supply System in Building . - At com- 
pletion of this work the water supply system shsll be tested to a 
hydrostatic pressure of 100 pounds per square inch and proved tight 

4-87 



at this pressure. 

water piping, if in any way concealed by structural work, 
shall be tested to above pressure end proved tight before pipes are 
concealed. 

4_4q. TYPES OF FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS. . Th e following 
items indicate the types of fixtures to be installed complete with all 
trimmings and connections: 

The exposed fixture trimmings shall be nickel-pleted or 
chromium-plated on nickel-plated brass, unless otherwise noted, 
with polished bright surface in accordance with Federal Specification 
WW- P- 541* Supplies shall be galvanized steel pipe, except as other- 
wise noted. 

Fixtures not covered by Federal Specification WT?-P-541 
shall be considered special and shall be furnished complete with 
fittings and trimmings. All exposed trimmings shall be chromium- 
plated and piping shall be iron pipe size. Generally all fixtures, 
except waterclosets, shall have the?ater supply above the rim. 
Fixtures with the supply discharge below the rim shall be equipped 
with approved siphon breaking devices. 

Where plans show a cold water supply to a fixture, pro- 
vide a chromium finish faucet cover over other faucet hole. 

All fixtures shall be designed to prevent the back flow 
of polluted water or waste into the water supply system. 

Exposed traps and supply pipes for all fixtures and equip- 
ment shall be connected to the rough piping, systems at wall unless 
otherwise specified under the item. Floor and wall plates and 
escutcheons shall be as specified hereinbefore or as covered by 
the outfit numbers. 

(a) Plumbing fixtures shall be in accordance with the 
requirements of Federal Specification WW-p-541a, "Plumbing Fixtures; 
(for) land Use." Fixtures not covered by Federal Specification 
WW-P-5413. shall be considered special end shall be furnished complete 
with fittings and trimmings. The exposed fixture trimmings shall be 
nickel-plated, chromium-plated, or nicket-plated brass, unless other- 
wise noted, with polished bright surface in accordance with Federal 
Specification WW-P-541a« The contractor shall submit for approval 

a complete list of materials and equipment, see paragraph 4-45 (c)« 
The location of the equipment to be furnished and installed shall be 
ndicated on the drawings. 

(b) The following paragraph, outfit, and figure references, 
except .those under trade names, may be found under Federal Specifica- 
tion W-P-541 a • The following items indicate the types of fixtures 
to be installed complete with all trimmings and connections. 

(1) Water Closets shall be the siphon jet type in 
accordance with paragraph E-2a. For the dormitories and public build- 
ings the water closets shall conform to Outfit No. E4&F and Figure 
For the private dwellings the water closets shall conform to Outfit 
No. R4&L and Figure 1. The water closet seat cover for dormitories 
and public buildings shall be Type CEW, Figure 70, and for private 
dwellings shall be Type CRTW. Figure 71. Seat hinges shall be in 
accordance with paragraph E-31f « construction (b). 

(2) Urinals for dormitories and public buildings 
shall be the wall-hanging type in accordance with paragraph E-ll, 
Figure 12. 



4-88 



2. 



(3) Lavatories shall be in accordance with paragraph 
E14, Outfit No. 1B20, Figure 2Z|. 

(4) Gink. - Sink and laundry tray combination for 
residences shall be in accordance with paragraph E-15, Outfit No. 

(5) Bathtubs shall be in accordance with paragraph 
E25, Outfit Nos. A60R, A60L, a66r, A66L, and paragraph 326, Outift 
Nos. A60RD, A60LC, A66RC, and a66LC. 

(6) 5hov7er bath combination shall be inaccordanc? 
with paragraph E28, Outfit Mos. 10 and 1M. 

(7) Faucets. - Dormitory and public building faucets 
shall be in accordance with paragraph E33b» pattern FC, and Figure 
73* Residence faucets for lavatories shall conform to paragraph 
E-33e» pattern L2, and Figure 76. Faucets for kitchen sinks shall 
be in accordance with paragraph E33 m » pattern KM, Figure 84. 

(8) Drain Plugs. - Lavatory drain plugs shall be in 
accordance with paragraph E-34 a » Figure 90* Sink drain plugs with 
cup strainer shall be in accordance with paragraph E-34h. Figure 92. 

(9) Accessories. - The contractor shall furnish and 
install for the bathrooms in private dwellings the following acces- 
sories, which shall be similar and equal to the Crane Co. products 
indicated. 

Towel Rack - Crane Co. No. C-24993 24-inches long 
Paper holder with wood roller - Crane Co. No. C-24999 
Soap Holder complete - Crane Co. No. C-25008 
Medicine Cabinet - Crane Co. No. C-2 6-902 16" x 22" 
Mirror size 13" x 19" x 3-7/8" rough opening 

Each dormitory room shall be supplied with the above medicine cabinet, 
towel rack, and soap holder, fhe dormitory and public toilet rooms 
shall be supplied with soap dispensers of approved type, one for each 
lavatory, and one paper holder for each toilet stall. Soap holders 
shall be furnished at all bathtubs, in shower stalls, and in private 
lavatories of public buildings. A paper towel dispenser shall be 
provided for all public toilet rooms. 

(10) Miscellaneous fittings specified, shown on the 
drawings or required shall be in accordance with the appropriate 
paragraph under E-39» Fittings and equipment not specif ieji syhall b e 
in accordance with the standards of Federal Specification wW£p-541a 
as directed. 

(11) Alternate Equipment. - Equipment differing from 
that specified may be submitted, provided the contractor clearly 
states such differences, and if, in the opinion of the contracting 
officer, the substitute equipment is equal to or better than that 
specified then same will be given consideration and, if satisfactory, 
approved for installation. When no statement of such change is made 
it shall be understood that equipment in strict accordance with these 
specifications is being furnished, 

4.5O. STEAM HEATING. 

(a) Scope of ^ork . - Steam installation in all buildings 
covers all work throughout each building to the first shut-off valve 
from the steam distribution main or lateral. 

4-89 



(b) Type of System * - 'Steam for heating all buildings rill 
be supplied from the central heating plant at a gage pressure of 
approximately fifty pounds per square inch, and will be reduced to 
approximately ten pounds per square inch in the buildings except for 
the supply to the water heaters which will be at line pressure. The 
condensate from the low pressure heating systems and water heaters 
shall discharge into the return lines. 

(c) Protection . - All work and materials shall be protected 
against damage and weather at all times. The contractor shall make 

good any damage due to lack of protection or caused either directly 
or indirectly by his workmen. 

(d) Materials and Equipment for Steam Installation in 
Buildings. (T) Standard Specifications. - Unless otherwise 

specified, all materials shall conform to the latest revisions of 
the following Federal Specifications: 

Title (Federal Specifications) Number 

Gages; pressure, (for) direct-stem-mounting GG-O-66 

pipe-Threads; standard GGG-P-351 

Magnesia; block, cement, and pipe covering HH-M-61 

(molded) 

Pipe-Covering and Cement; mineral or rock-wool HH-P-386a 

Metals; general specification for inspection of QA-M-151a 

varnish; spar, water-resisting TT-V-121a 

Varnish; asphalt TT-V-51 

Nipples, pipe; brass, steel, and wrought-iron WW-N-351 

Pipe; steel and ferrous-alloy, wrought, WW-P-403a 

iron-pipe -size 

Pipe-Fittings; cast-iron, (threaded) WW-P-501a 
Traps; radiator, thermostatic, brass or bronze, 

low pressure, 100 square-foot-size (for land 

use) WW-T-696 

Unions; malleable-iron or steel, 250-pound W-U-531 
Valves, brass or bronze; angle and globe, 150-pound 

threaded and flanged (for land use) WW-V-51 
Valves, gate; 125-pound, threaded and flanged 

(for land use) WYT-V-76b 

All material and equipment for steam heat installation in buildings 
shall be of such design and construction to safely withstand an 
emergency steam pressure of at least one hundred and twenty-five 
pounds per square inch gage. 

(2) Lfeterial and Equipment Submitted for Approval. - 
In accordance with paragraph 4-45(0 ♦ the contractor shall submit to 
the contracting officer, for his approval, a complete list, including 
catalogs and descriptive matter of the following listed materials 
and equipment he proposes to furnish and install, 

a. Convectors 

b. Convector control valves 
c_. Convector Hangers 

d_. Thermostatic traps 

e_. Steam traps 

_f. Thermostatic Reg. valve (water heater) 

£. Pressure reducing valve 
h. Pressure gages 

4-90 



i.. Strainers 

j. Air vent valve 

k. Globe and gate valves 

1_. Automatic temperature control valve 

(e) Pipe . - All pipe for the heating system, unless other- 
wise specified, shall be standard weight mild steel Type I, Class A, 
with threaded ends, of the sizes indicated on the plans end conforming 
to Federal specifics t ions Nos. W-N-351, GGG-P-35L a &d WW-P-403a. 

(f ) Pipe Fittings . 

(1) General. - Unless otherwise specified, all fitting 
for steel pipes shall be standard weight uncoated gray cast iron. All 
pipe fittings shall conform to Federal Specification WW-P-501a. Unless 
otherwise specified all fittings shall be screw fittings. 

(2) Unions. - Final connections and all connections 
for appliances shall be made with Type A unions, conforming to 
■pederal Specification W#-U-531» 

(g) Globe and Gate Valves . - Wherever indicated on the plans, 
or where specified, install globe valves, in conformity with Federal 
Specification WW-V-51* All valves two inches or smaller shall be 
made of composition "A" conforming to the above-mentioned specifica- 
tions and shall be threaded. Valves larger than two inches shall 

have iron bodies, removable seats, bolted bonnets, brass mountings, 
threaded as required and shall conform to Federal Specification 
WW-V-7&b. All valves shall be installed with their stems or spindles 
above the horizontal, unless otherwise indicated. 

(h) Pressure Reducing; Valves . - Furnish and install where 
indicated on the drawings, approved pressure reducing valves. The 
valves shall be constructed of either brass or cast iron, and shall 
be designed for a working pressure of one hundred twenty-five pounds 
per square inch. Each reducing valve shall be adjustable and of such 
design as to maintain within one pound a reduced pressure as low as 
5 pounds per square inch when the line pressure is over 25 pounds 
per square inch, regardless of fluctuations in the initial pressure. 
The Vr Ives shall be noiseless in operation and shall be guaranteed not 
to stick or to allow the pressure to build up on the low side, 

(i) Pressure gage . - There shall be installed on the low 
pressure side of the pressure reducing valve, as indicated on the 
drawings, a direct reading pressure gage of the Rourdon spring type, 
with four and one-half inch diameter dial and non-corrodible move- 
ments set in a steel case. Each gage shall be connected to its respect- 
ive pipe line by means of standard steel pipe and fitting containing 
a brass shut-off cock. The gage shall conform to Federal Specification 
GG-G-66; Type II, 

(j) Automatic Temperature Control Valve and Thermostat . - 
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the drawings 
an automatic valve of the pilot piston valve type for use with an elec- 
trically-operated thermostat. The valve shall be full-ported, i.e., 
the port area shall be the same area as the pipe. The design and con- 
struction shall be suitable for high pressure steam up to 125 pounds 
per square inch. The pilot valve shall be of hardened steel. The 
seat and disc shall be replaceable. The valve shall be of packless 
design and shall have a brass body tinned on the inside. Solenoids 
shall be wound with a high temperature insulated wire, which shall 
be suitable for 110 volts, 60-cycle, single phase current. A manual 

4-91 



opening device shall be incorporated to open the valve by hand in 
event of current failure. 

The pilot piston valve shall be similar or equal to Type 
K- 15-4 1 end the thermostat similar and equal to the Mercoid Sense therm 
Type H, as manufactured by "The Mercoid Corp., 4 201 Belmont Avenue, 
Chicago, Illinois" and as shown in' their catalog number 50°» 

(k) Th§rmos ta tic Regulating Valve (Domestic Water Heater) . - 
Furnish and install in the steam supply line to the domestic water 
heator as indicated on the drawings, a suitable thermostatic regul- 
ating valve, which will control the temperature of the domestic hot 
water within the heater by regulating the steam supplied to the heating 
coil. The regulating valve shall be designed for a working pressure 
of one hundred twenty-five pounds per square inch gage and shall 
operate on a pressure of approximately fifty pounds per square inch 
gage. The valve shall have an operating range of approximately one 
hundred thirty degrees F. to one hundred seventy degrees F. , and 
shall be guaranteed to maintain within five degrees F. plus or minus 
the desired water temperature within the range. 

(1) Air Vent Valve . - There shall be installed, where 
indicated on the drawings, a suitable air vent valve designed to 
close against either steam or water with pressures up to 125 pounds 
per square inch. This vent valve shall be similar and equal to the 
No. 984 air vent valve as manufactured by the Crane Company of 
Chicago, Illinois, and as listed in their catalog No. 5 2 , page 4 2 5» 
or as approved by the contracting officer. 

(m) Convector Control Valves . - There shall be installed 
in the supply line to each convector heating unit, as indicated on 
the drawings, a suitable control valve to regulate the steam supply 
to the convector. These valves shall be suitable for 125 pounds 
steam pressure similar and equal to the #1214 Globe valve with 
composition wheel, rough body, plain finish as manufactured by the 
Crane Company of Chicago, Illinois, and as listed in their catalog 
No. 52 » page 13, or as approved by the contracting officer. 

(n) Thermostatic Traps . - Furnish and install in the 
return connection from each convector, and elsewhere, as indicated 
on the drawings, thermostatic traps in accordance with Federal 
Specification WW-T-696 and as approved by the contracting officer. 
The si^e and capacity of the traps shall be sufficient to completely 
discharge all the condensation from the convector unit or units; 
i.e., the capacity of ail traps shall be such as to take care of 
one quarter pound of condensate per hour per square foot of equi- 
valent direct radiation. The traps shall be designed for a maximum 
steam working pressure of one hundred twenty-five pounds per square 
inch gage, but shall operate with a supply pressure as low as five 
pounds per square inch gage. Traps with capacities of up to one 
hundred square feet of radiation shall conform to Federal Specifi- 
cation No. WW-T-696, and those having greater capacities shall be 
of the same make and type as the smaller ones and shall conform in 
material and workmanship to the above mentioned Federal Specification. 
The thermostatic traps shall be standard catalog products of a single 
reputable make, and shall be approved by the contracting officer. 

(o) steam Traps . - Furnish and install where indicated on 
the plans, or where specified, float type steam traps for collecting 
and discharging the condensate. The traps shall be designed for a 
maximum steam working pressure of one hundred twenty-five pounds per 



4-92 



square inch gage, but shall operate with a supply pressure of approxi- 
mately five pound per square inch gage and of a size suitable to freely 
discharge one quarter pound of condensate per hour for each square 
foot of equivalent direct radiation connected to the trap, "^ach 
float trap shall be provided with a stainless steel valve seat, a 
copper float, and rugged mechanism, all of which shall be easily 
removable without disturbing the piping connections. Traps shall be 
installed as indicated on the drawings, shall be standard catalog 
products of reputable make, and shall be approved by the contracting 
officer, 

(p) Strainers . - Furnish and install where indicated or 
where specified, removable basket type strainers of the same pipe 
size as the pipe lines in which they are installed. The bodies shall 
be heavy and durable, of the best grade soft gray cast iron, with 
bottoms drilled and plugged. Arrows shall be clearly cast on the 
sides to indicate the direction of flow. Each strainer shall be equip- 
ped with an easily removable sediment screen of not less than No. 20 
U. S. Standard gage sheet brass, having small perforations in suf- 
ficient number to provide a net free area through the basket of at 
least four times that of the connecting pipe. The flow shall be into 
the screen, and cut through the perforations to the continuing pipe 
line. The strainers shall be standard catalog products of a single 
reputable make, and shall be approved by the contracting officer, 

(q) Convectors . 

(1) location and Size, - The location and size of 
each convector is shown on the drawings. The contracting officer 
reserves the right to modify or change the location of convectors 
without any change in the contract price, 

(2) Rating and Tests. - The contractor shall have 
performed manufacturers tests for each size of convector in accordance 
with paragraph 1-31 • The EDR rating of the convectors shall be as 
indicated on the drawings and shall be expressed as the actual square 
feet of equivalent direct' radiation discounting the so-called "heating 
effect." For the purposes of these specifications the EDR rating of 
the convectors shall be defined as the rate at which the convector is 
able to dissipate heat in a test booth when the steam pressure is 

one pound per square inch gage (Standard) and the tempera t jre at the 
middle of the booth, 30 inches above the floor, is 70°F. If so directed 

by the contracting officer, any or all convectors may be subjected to 
actual test by the National Bureau of Standards, or any other testing 
laboratory designated by the contracting officer, to determine whether 
or not they meet its specification requirement. The results of such 
tests shall be final and the failure of any convector, by such test to 
meet the manufacturers rating in square feet of equivalent direct rad- 
iation shall be cause for rejection. In the event of such rejection 
the contractor shall furnish a convector of the proper rating for each 
rejected convector at no additional cost to the Government. 

(3) Exposed surfaces of the convectors shall be covered 
with a heat resistant baked on enamel finish of a color approved by 
the contracting officer. 

(4) Convector Connections. - Each convector shall be 
connected for bottom supply with bottom return at opposite ends of the 
convector. The supply connection shall be controlled by a convector 
control velve (see paragraph 4-50 M) and the return connection shall 
contain the thermostatic trap, both of which shall be suitable for a 

4-93 



maximum steam pressure of one hundred t'wenty-five pounds per square 
inch. All convector connections shall be run as indicated on the 
drawings, with pipe sizes as designated. 

(r) Unit Heaters . - Unit heaters shall he installed in 
the Government garage, town garage, maintenance building, storage 
building, filling stations, store building, and elsewhere as directed 
or indicated on the drawings. A ll unit heaters shall be similar or 
equal to those manufactured by the Modine Manufacturin Company as 
shown in their catalog 14 0, or as approved by the contracting officer, 
and shall be of the model and capacity as indicated on the drawings. 
All unit heater casings, deflectors, air inlets, and velocity gener- 
ators shall be rust-protected with bonderizing or galvanizing and then 
finished in a black baked enamel. 

(s) Domestic "Water Heaters . - There shall be installed in 
each dwelling and elsewhere as indicated on the drawings, water heaters 
of the capacity indicated. These heaters shall be of galvanized 
steel suitable for a working pressure of 100 pounds. They shall be 
installed on an approved standard, as indicated on drawings, with a 
galvanized steel or copper coil suitable for heating the water with 
pressure steam up to one hundred pounds per square inch. The water 
heaters shall be a standard catalog product of reputable manufacture 
and shall be approved by the contracting officer. 

(t) Alternate Heating Equipment for Buildings . - Heating 
equipment differing from that specified may be submitted, provided 
the contractor clearly states such differences, and if, in the opinion 
of the contracting officer, the substitute equipment is equal to or 
better than that specified, then same will be given consideration and, 
if satisfactory, approved for installation. When no statement of such 
change is made it shall be understood that equipment in s trict accord- 
ance with these specifications is being furnished. 

4-51 . INCINERATOR. _ The incinerator shall conform to the stan- 
dard plans and specifications adopted by the Corns of Engineers for 
1-ton capacity type with wood superstructure for cantonment type 
construction. 

4_52. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. - Measurement for payment will 
be on the basis of each structure complete, as indicated in the 
Schedule of Bid Items, except for two items in which considerable 
variation of quantity occurs. These items are the foundation posts 
and the curtain walls. 

(a) Foundation Posts and Footings . - Measurement for 
payment of the concrete foundation posts and footings will be the 
number of cubic yards of concrete contained in these items. The 
price bid shall include furnishing and placing the concrete for the 
posts and footings and all incidental work in connection therewith. 
Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for 
■Concrete; Class A." Reinforcement for concrete posts and footings 
will be paid for at the contract unit price per pound for "Steel, 
Concrete Reinforcing." t 

(b) Curtain Walls . - Measurement for payment of curtain 
walls will be the number of square feet of wall measured from the 
under side of the girder to the bottom. The price bid shall in- 
clude furnishing and placing all the materials and doing all the 

incidental work in connection therewith. Payment will be made at 
the contract unit price per square foot for "Curtain Walls." 

4-94 



(c) Buildings . - Payment will bo made at the contract 
unit price for each building as indicated in the Schedule of Bid 
Items. The price bid for each building shall include furnishing 
and placing everything to make the building complete in e very res- 
pect as specified or shown on the drawings, including all items of 
equipnent and utilities to the limits specified. 

(d) Required excavation and backfill for utilities, curtain 
walls, foundation walls, posts, grade beams, floor slabs, sumps and 
other pits, footings, and other required building excavation not in- 
cluded in general grading shall be included in the cost of the 
building. Payment for furnishing and placing the flag pole shall be 
included in the cost of the applicable building. 

(e) Partial Payments . - Partial payments will be made 
during construction of buildings, and partially completed structures 
will be evaluated in accordance with the following table: 

Degree of Completion of Percentage of Contract 

Building Unit Price per Building 

_____ _________ — to be paid 

Foundations, floor framing and utilities 

below first floor grade line. 10 

Roof, exterior walls, and roughing in of 

plumbing, heating, and electrical work. 30 

Interior finish, door hanging and glazing. 20 

Painting, cabinet work, installation of all 

equipment furnished by the contractor, and 

all other work necessary to complete the 

buildings as specified. 40 

{f) Gasoline-Electric Standby Unit . - Payment for this 
item will be made at the contract lump sum price for "Gasoline- 
Electric Standby Unit." This price shall include the furnishing, 
installation, and testing of the engine, generator, exciter, and all 
meters, gages, and appurtenant parts and accessories specified herein 
or shown on the drawings. The foundation for this unit together with 
the anchor bolts and such other items of work as indicated on the 
drawings shall be included in the bid price for the Central Heating 
Plant, see paragraph 10-37* 



4-95 



Specifications: Seaway, N. Y. 

SECTION V 

ACCESS RAILROAD 

5-01. LOCATION. - The access railroad extends from the Massena Terminal 
Railroad running to the Aluminum Plant northeast of Massena, N. Y., across 
Massena Center highway near the intersection of the proposed Long Sault high- 
way, thence east 'to the Seaway boilerhouse, all as shown on the drawings. 

5-02, WORK TO BE; DONE. - The contractor shall furnish all equipment, 
labor, and materials necessary to construct the access railroad and siding 
for the general warehouse and cold storage buildings together with switches, 
signs and markers, bumpers, culverts, and other necessary items appurtenant 
thereto. 

5-03. -LINES AND GRADES. - The railroad shall be constructed to the 
lines and grades, shown on the drawings. The grade line on the plan 3nd 
profile drawing denotes top of rail, and this term indicates the finished 
grade of the access railroad. 

5-04. CLEARING AND GRUBBING. - The area to be occupied by the access 
railroad shall be cleared and grubbed as specified in paragraph 2-02. 

5-05. EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT. - The excavation and embankment for 
the access railroad shall conform to the requirements of paragraphs 2-05 *° 
2-13» which specify excavation requirements, classification for earth and 
rock, foundation preparation for fills, and placement and compaction for 
fills. The top of embankments for curved alignment shall be super-elevated 
as indicated on the drawings. 

'5 -06. CULVERTS AND SUB-DRAINS. 

(a) Culverts . - The contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, 
and equipment required for installing corrugated iron drainage culverts 
meeting the requirements of Federal Specification Q,Q,-C-806 as indicated on 

the drawings. Tbe lengths of culvert indicated on the drawings are approximate 
only, and before ordering the pipe the contractor shall secure from the 
contracting officer the exact lengths required at each location. 

(b) Sub-drains. - pipe for sub-drains shall be similar and equal 
to Helical Corrugated Perforated Pipe conforming to Federal Specification 
Q,Q,-C-8o6. Perforations shall be approximately \ inch in diameter and shall 
be placed in the inside crests of the corrugations. Sub-drains, if needed, 
shall be laid to the lines and grades and at such locations as indicated on 
the drawings or directed by the contracting officer. All joints shall be 
securely fastened. Trenches shall be excavated for the pipe to a width equal 
to the outside diameter of the pipe, plus 6 inches. After the pipe is laid, 
the excavated trench shall be backfilled to subgrade or to the bottom of the 
established ditch grade with broken rocks. The rock backfill shall consist 
of sound, durable rock ranging in size from 1| inches to 3 inches. 

5-07. BALLAST. 

(a) Materials . - Crushed rock for ballast shall conform to the 
latest A.R.E.A. »Specif ication3 for Stone Ballast." Under quality require- 
ments of this specification the test limits under "Suggested Specification 

5-i 



Limits" shall conform to the requirements of Classification C. 

(b) Ballasting and Surfacing . - The contractor shall furnish and 
spread ballast of the kind and quality specified, raise, line, surface, and 
tamp the track to stakes set by the contracting officer, and finish the ballas 
surfaces accurately to the detailed section shown on the drawings to the satis 
faction of the contracting officer. 

5-08. TIES. 

(a) Physical Requirements . - Cross ties shall be sawed or hewed 
ties, 8 feet long, and shall conform to Federal Specification MM-T-371» dated 
May 26, 1937, for "Ties, Wood; Cross and Switch,* size No. 3# 6 inches thick 
by 8 inches wide on top. Switch ties shall conform to the quality of the abo\ 
specifications, and their lengths shall be as shown on the plans. Payment foi 
switch ties will be included in payment for cross ties. 

(b) Placing. - All main track shall be laid with 18 cross ties per 
33 foot rail, and side tracks with 16 cross ties per 33 foot rail. A pro- 
portionate number of ties shall be laid under shorter rail sections. 

5-09. TRACK. 

(a) Materials . - The contractor shall furnish the steel rails, 
turnouts, tie plates, spikes, bumping posts, splice bars, bolts, nuts, and 
similar appurtenances which are required for the track. All material may be 
of relayer or used stock as approved by the contracting officer, and shall 
conform to the following specifications: 






(l; Rails. - Rails shall be standard 33-foot, 90-lb. f open 
hearth steel conforming to New York Central Specification #26-A:l, for main 
track use. A portion may be furnished in lengths longer or shorter than 
33-^ooX as approved by the contracting officer. 

(2) Switch Stand. - Switch stands shall be similar and equal 
to Low New Century Switch Stand Model 50 - U.S.A. as manufactured by Bethlehem 
Steel Company, Bethlehem, Pa., and shall be fully equipped. 

(3) Switches. - Switches shall be similar and equal to single 
reinforced split switch, Design 313» 1&£ feet long, as manufactured by Bethleh 
Steel Company, Bethlehem, Pa. 

(4) Frogs. - Frogs shall be similar and equal to #8 self -guard 
solid manganese steel frog. Design 290, as manufactured by Bethlehem Steel 
Company, Bethlehem, Pa. , and furnished with all necessary bolts, nuts, and 
washers. 

(5) Gage Rods. - Gage rods shall be similar and equal to Desig 
853-F as manufactured by Bethlehem Steel Company, Bethlehem, pa., hooked at 
one end and with an adjustable clip at the other. 

(6) Rail Braces. - Rail braces shall be similar and equal 
to Design 803 as manufactured by Bethlehem Steel Company, Bethlehem, Pa. 

(7) Miscellaneous. - Anti-creepers, tie plates, splice bars, 
bumping posts, bolts, nuts, nut locks, and spikes shall be furnished as shown 
on the drawings or as required. 

(b) Laying . 

(1) Rails shall be spiked with four spikes per tie on tangent 
track and spikes staggered in each tie plate. On curved track ttfo additional 
spikes per tie will be required unless otherwise directed by the contracting 

officer and these extra spikes must be placed on the inside of each rail. 
Spikes must be started vertically and squ c rely in the spike hole of the tie 

5-2 • I 



plate and driven straight to full bearing on the base of rail. Where spikes 
are withdrawn, the hole must De plugged using a standard tie plug, at the 
contractor's expense. 

(2) Tracks must be laid to standard gage of 4 foot, 8£ inches 
on tangents and on curves of 6° or less. Gage shall be widened l/l6 inch 
for each degree over 6° to a maximum of 4 feet, 9 incnes as directed in each 
case by the contracting officer. The alignment must be maintained on outside 
rail and extra width of gage applied to the inside rail. This extra width 
shall be uniformly decreased on the spiral from the point of the circular 
curve to the point ot tangency, or uniformly graduated in the first rail length 
of a simple curve. 

(3) Alignment of tracks shall conform strictly to the center 
line stakes and the top of rail shall conform strictly to the grade stakes. 
Rails must be laid with broken paints in all tracks. In main track the joints 
on one side musx not vary more tnan one foot in either direction from the 
center or the opposite rail. Rails less tnan standard length shall be used 
for curves to bring the joints to their proper position. When laying up to 
tne switches a combination of rails less that standard length must be used to 
avoid cutting if practicable. 

(4) In laying rail the ends shall be properly spaced to 
allow for expansion as directed by the contracting officer and rails must 
be laid consecutively to line and gage, one at a time and fully bolted before 
spiking. The practice of coupling up -long stretcnes of rail and subsequently 
throwing to line will not De permitted. 

(5) In cutting rails, a saw or chisel should be used. Use 

of torch win not be permitted in cutting rails or bolt holes. All necessary 
new Dolt holes shall oe drilled. 

(6) Joints must be properly put on with the full number of 
bolts, nuts, spring washers, and nuts screwed up tight. Bolts must be gone 
over and retightened at snort intervals until ali are tight. Bolts shall De 
placed with nuts alternately on the inside and outside of rails. Spikes snould 
not be driven in tne joint bar slots or at the ends of joint bars where the 
spikes may interfere with free movement of the rails. 

(7) When laying rails, care must be taken to avoid locating 
joints in road crossings. 

5-10. MISCELLANEOUS. 

(a) Turnouts . - Switches complete with #8 self -guard frogs shall 
be installed at the locations shown on the drawings. All accessories and ap- 
purtenances, including deflecting rails and rail braces, shall be installed 
as indicated. The contractor shall make any adjustments necessary to insure 
proper functioning of all parts of the switch. 

(b) Bumpers . - Bumpers shall be placed at the end of the side 
track, and at the end of the line at the boilerhouse as indicated on the 
drawings. 

(c) Signs and Markers . - All necessary signs and markers pertaining 
to the access railroad shall be furnished and installed by the contractor as 
shown on the drawings or in accordance with A.R.E.A. standards, 

5-11 . MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 

(a) Clearing and Grubbing . - The work of clearing and grubbing for 
the access railroad right-of-*ay shall be included in the pay item "Clearing^ 
as specified in paragraph 2-15(a). 

5-3 






(b) Excavation . - The term excavation as used in this section of 
the specifications includes the excavation for main cuts, construction or 
roadbeds, ditches, culverts, and all other excavation required for the placing 
of railroad items specified or shown on the drawings. Measurement and payment 
for excavation will be made in accordance with paragraph 2-15(c). 

(c) Fill. - Compacted earth fill will be measured and paid for 
in accordance with paragraph 2- 15(d), 

(d) Culverts . - Payment for furnishing and placing culverts 
exclusive of excavation and backfill will be made at the contract unit 
price per linear foot for "Culverts; 24- Inch." 

(e) Sub-drains. - Payment for perforated metal sub-drains will 
be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for "Perforated Metal 
Sub-drains," and will include furnishing and placing pipe, and furnishing 
and placing the specified rock backfill. 

(f ) Ballast . - Ballast material accepted and placed as a part 
of this work will be measured in cubic yards in place within the section as 
shown on the plans, and no payment will be made for additional quantities 
required to provide for shrinkage and settlement into the roadbed or super- 
elevation of outer rail on curves. Volume of ties lying within the ballast 
sections shall be deducted using nominal 6»x8" dimensions in computing quanti- 
ties of ballast. Payment for furnishing and placing ballast material so mea- 
sured will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Ballast." 
This payment will constitute full compensation to the contractor for all 
expense necessary for furnishing, transporting, and placing ballast material 
in lull conformity with the plans and specifications. 

(g) Ties . - Payment for ties will be made at the contract unit 
price each for "Cross Ties," and will include all labor and materials 
necessary for furnishing and placing in accordance with the plans and 
specifications. 

(h) Track. - Measurement of track laying will be in track feet 
and will be made along the centerline from the point of beginning at the 
Masseaa Terminal line to the point of ending at the boilerhouse. Measurement 
of side tracks will be made along the centerline from point of switch to end 
of side track. 

Payment for track laying so measured will be made at the contract 
unit price per track foot for "Track Laying." This payment shall include 
the cost or all material, plant, equipment, tools, labor, and incidental 
expense necessary to install track material in the work; to raise, line, 
surface, and tamp all track and track appurtenances; to furnish and install 
all necessary switches, Dumpers, signs, and markers: and to do all other work 
necessary to complete the track work in full conformity with the plans and 
specifications. 



5-4 



Specifications: Seaway, N. Y. 

SECTION VI 
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 
6-01. GENERAL. 

(a) The water system comprises all water pipe lines, including 
supply main, couplings and fittings, valves, hydrants, meter, elevated tank 
and foundation, pumps and piping pertaining to the water system, and all 
other appurtenances which may be necessary to produce a water system com- 
plete in every respect to and including the curb stops and service box. The 
contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, appliances, and 
labor necessary to complete the work in accordance with the specifications 
and drawings. Except as specified herein the contractor shall be bound by 
and comply with the latest Standard Specifications of the American Water 
Works Association for all features of the water tank and distribution system. 

(b) The static pressure in the distribution system is expected 
not to exceed 75 pounds per square inch. 

6-02. CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION FOR PIPE TRENCHES. 

(a) Rock Excavation. - All materials required to be excavated 
which, in the opinion of the contracting officer, cannot be removed until 
loosened by blasting, barring, or wedging, and all boulders and detached pie- 
ces of solid rock of ljj cubic feet in volume or greater, will be classed as 
rock excavation. No material will be classified as rock excavation because 
it is frozen. 

(b) Common Excavation .- All other material will be classified as 
common excavation, including boulders and loose rock of less than 15 cubic 
feet in volume. No separate payment will be made for this common excavation 
(See paragraph 6-15). 

6-03. WATER PIPE LINES. 

(a) General . 

(1) Pipe lines shall be located where shown on the plans ac- 
companying these specifications. 

(2) The water pipe lines may be either of cast iron, bell and 
spigot type, or cement-asbestos pipe, as listed in the Schedule of Bid Items. 
The specifications for bell and spigot joints shall apply to the cast-iron 
pipe. Couplings for the cement-asbestos pipe shall be in accordance with 
paragraph 6-10 (g). All special castings and other pipe line appurtenances 
shall be furnished and placed in the mains at the points shown on the plans 

or as directed by the contracting officer. The contractor shall make the con- 
nection between the supply line and the water line of the Aluminum Company of 
America near the latter*s plant. 

(b) Trenching. - Trenches shall be excavated to the widths and depths 
shown on the plans and as specified. All trenches shall be excavated to the 
depth necessary to obtain a minimum cover of 5 feet over the pipe after back- 
filling. When the grade or elevation of pipe lines is indicated by profiles or 
plans, such grades or elevations shall be followed. Where minimum cover only 

is specified, the contractor shall be required to excavate to sufficient depths 
to properly grade the pipe in accordance with the contracting officer's 

6-1 






Bend 


in one 


Joint 


/ *°- 


-00 • 


3°- 
3°- 


-30' 

-14 • 
- V 



instructions. Trenches shall be of sufficient width to provide ample room for 
workmen engaged in handling pipe and making the joints. The bottom of the 
trench shall be carefully and accurately graded to provide uniform bearing, 
and to allow the pipe to rest for its full length on the solid trench bottom. 
In some locations the contractor may be permitted or required to combine the 
excavation for the water main with that of the steam line when the two run 
parallel and it is convenient to do so. In such cases the water main and ser- 
vice connections shall be laid first and protected during the laying of the 
heat distribution conduit in a manner satisfactory to the contracting officer. 
In this event each line shall have the minimum clearance shown on the drawings, 
The cost for water trench excavation and backfill, which is included in the 
cost per lineal foot of pipe (Paragraph 6-15), shall be on the basis of a 
single trench for the water main throughout. 

(c) Alignment . - Pipe lines intended to be straight shall be so 
laid, and in no case shall the deviation from a straight line between valves 
or other reference points exceed 6 inches. Deflections from a straight line 
or grade, made necessary by vertical curves or horizontal off-sets, shall not 
exceed the angular deflection at the joints given by the following tablet 

Size Pipe Deflection in inches 

Inches for twelve feet of Pipe 

4 10.8 

6 8.8 

8 8.12 

io 7.83 

12 7.5 3°-00» 

Joint opening not to exceed 0.8". 
Caulking space shall not be less than 0.25*. 

(d) Cleaning and Placing Pipe - - The contractor shall clean and 
place all pipe and fittings in compliance with the latest standard specifi- 
cations of the American Water Works Association. 

(e) Thrust Blocks. - Every bend of 45° or more, and all tees, 
plu^s, unbalanced crosses, and all hydrants shall be satisfactorily anchor- 
ed with a block of concrete, as shown on the drawings or as directed. Con- 
crete shall conform to the requirements of Section IX. 

(f) Joints . - Joints in cast-iron bell and spigot pipe and fittings 
shall be made with sterilized jute or hemp and with a sulphur-base water pipe 
joint compound, in such a manner as to secure a permanent tight joint in ac- 
cordance with American Water Works Association standards. The pipe shall be 
carefully fitted together and be clean and dry before and during jointing. Tb 
gasket shall consist of one strand of clean, dry, braided jute, followed by tb 
required amount of clean, dry, twisted jute closely compacted by calking so as 
to leave a depth of not less than two inches for the sulphur-base joint com- 
pound. Each joint shall be made with one continuous pouring from the ladle. 

All joints shall be poured full. 

6-04. HYDRANTS, VALVES, AND VALVE BOXES. • 

(a) Construction . - All hydrants and valves shall be placed where 
shown on the plans, or ordered to be placed by the contracting officer. Hy- 
drants, valves, and valve boxes must be set plumb. The valve boxes shall be 
placed directly over the valves, the top of the box being brought to the sur- 
face of the ground. After being put in place, earth shall be filled in the 

6-2 



trench and thoroughly tamped around the box. The trench shall be filled in 
this manner for a distance of four feet on each side of the box. Hydrants 
are to set at such an elevation that the connecting pipe and the distribut- 
ing mains will have a minimum cover after backfilling of 5 feet. Each hy- 
drant shall be placed upon a slab of concrete not less than l± inches thick 
and 15 inches square as shown on the plans. The back side of the hydrant 
(opposite the pipe connection) shall be blocked with concrete as shown on 
the plans, to prevent the hydrant from blowing off the line. Around the base 
of the hydrant shall be placed not less than 7 cubic feet of broken stone, 
gravel, or brick bats so the hydrant will completely drain when closed. Above 
this elevation the hydrant shall te backfilled with earth and tamped. Before 
placing any hydrant or valve, care shall be used to see that all foreign ma- 
terial is removed from within the body or barrel. The stuffing boxes shall 
be tightened and the hydrant or valve opened and closed to see that all parts 
are in a first-class working condition. No valve will be placed between the 
fire hydrant and the main. 

(b) Hydrants. - Hydrants shall conform to the specifications of 

the American Water Works Association as to composition and quality of material 
entering into their construction. They shall be of the post type, tested and 
guaranteed for a working pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. They shall be 
constructed to permit 5 feet of cover over the main connections and shall pro- 
vide for 6-inch hub (or main) connections unless otherwise shown on the plans. 
Hydrants shall have two 2^-inch hose connections or two 2^-inch hose connec- 
tions with one 4^-inch pumper connection as shown on the plans. The threads 
of the hose and pumper connections shall be •National Standard" threads as 
adopted by the American Water Works Association. For hydrants equipped with 
6-inch main connection, the valve openings shall not be less than 5 inches in 
diameter and the inside diameter of the stand pipe shall not be less than 6 
inches. Cast-iron screw caps and chains shall be provided for protection of 
the hose connections. Stuffing boxe and glands shall be packed so as to pre- 
vent leakage. Valve seats and guides shall be of bronze, and valve gaskets 
shall be of either leather or rubber, securely held in place. A waste valvf 
shall be provided in each hydrant, which shall positively drain the hydrant 
barrel of all water as soon as the hydrant valve is closed. An hydrants shall 
be opened by turning to the left, and the direction for opening shall be in- 
dicated by an arrow on the outside of the hydrant. The spindle and nut on caps 
shall be pentagonal in shape and of ample size to give the strength required 
for operating the valve. Hydrants must be interchangeable, in all parts. The 
interior faces of hydrants shall be shop painted with three coats and the ex- 
terior with one coat of Red Lead in Oil paint. After the hydrant is set two 
coats of Red Finish Enamel shall be applied to the exterior surfaces. See 
Section XL, "Paints and Painting*. 

(c) Gate Valves . 

(1) All valves 3 inches or larger in size shall be gate valves 
and shall conform to the specifications of the American Water Works Association, 
as to composition and quality of material entering into their construction. 

All gate valves shall have cast-iron bodies with either flange or hub end, as 
specified. 

(2) All valves shall be of double-disc valve parallel-seat 
type, shall have a clear waterway of the full nominal diameter of the valve, 
and shall be designated and guaranteed to operate under a working pressure of 
150 pounds per square inch* Prior to shipment, all valves shall be tested by 
hydraulic pressure equal to twice the specified working pressure (300 pounds 

6- 3 






per square inch) . Gate valves which are to be operated by wheel or key shall 
open by turning to the left, and the opening nut or hand wheel shall have cast 
thereon an arrow indicating the direction of opening. 

(d) Valve Boxes. - Valve boxes shall be of cast iron of the a - 
juStable telescope type, suitable for a depth of cover over the pipe line of 
5 feet. They shall be provided with a suitable base and with a detachable iron 
xsover. The valve boxes shall have an inside diameter of not less than 5-1/k 
inches and the minimum thickness of the metal at any point shall not be less 
than 3/l6 inch. They shall be painted inside and outside with an approved 
asphaltum paint. They shall have the letter*W" or the word •WATER" cast on 
top. 

6-Q5. TAPPING WATER MAINS. - Taps in cement-asbestos pipe shall be 
made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Taps up to and 
including l£ inch services in cast-iron pipe will be made by tapping directly 
into the water main and screwing in a corporation connection in locations des- 
ignated by the contracting officer. Service pipe between the corporation con- 
nection and the curb stop and waste shall be of copper tubing of the same 
diameter as the corporation connection. The curb stop and waste shall be the 
same diameter as the corporation connection and shall be inclosed in a cast- 
iron extension service box with stationary rod as shown on the plans. The top 
of service boxes shall be set true to the grades established by the contract- 
ing officer and the backfill about the service boxes shall be thoroughly com- 
pacted to avoid settlement of the boxes. 

6-06. TESTING WATER PIPE. - Pipe shall be pressure tested in accordance 
with the standards of the American Water Works Association. After each sec- 
tion of pipe line between valves has been laid* the joints completed., and the 
valves installed, the contractor shall test the pipe for leakage by filling 
the pipe with water and subjecting it to a hydrostatic pressure of one hun- 
dred fifty (150) pounds per square inch for a period of not less than thirty 
minutes, during which time the pipe and joints shall be thoroughly inspected 
for leakage and other defects. If any part of the line or any valve, joint, 
or fitting shows any leakage greater than -that permitted by American Water forks 
Association standards, it shall be made water-tight. The contractor shall fur- 
nish pumping apparatus, labor, tools, pressure gages, and other equipment for 
making the tests, and the cost thereof shall be included in the unit prices 
bid in the schedule for laying the pipe. Water for testing purposes shall be 
furnished by the contractor. All fire hydrants and service connections in the 
section to be tested shall be connected before the test is made. The contract- 
or,- with the approval of the contracting officer, may at his option and ex- 
pense test shorter runs of pipe by plugging the ends of the pipe. The pump 
and pressure gage shall be connected to the pipe at any point where a service 
connection will be made. All testing shall be done in the presence of a duly 
authorized Government inspector. 



6-07. FLUSHING AND STERILIZATION OF MAINS. - Upon completion of any 
entire main, the contractor shall, under the supervision and to the satisfac- 
tion of the contracting officer, fill with water and thoroughly flush out the 
main. As directed by the contracting officer, the contractor shall, during 
the laying of the pipe or before, after, or during the process of filling the 
pipe with water, introduce chemicals into the main for the purpose of sterili- 
zation. Flushing and sterilization shall be performed in accordance with the 
standards of the American Water Works Association. The length of time the 

6-4 



main shall be allowed to stand full before flushing shall be subject to the 
approval of direction of the contracting officer. When practicable, ster- 
ilization and flushing may be done in conjunction with the hydrostatic pres- 
sure tests provided for in paragraph 6-06. The contractor shall furnish all 
chemicals for flushing and sterilizing the mains. The cost of all work de- 
scribed in this paragraph shall be included in the unit prices bid in the 
schedule for pipe, valves, fittings, and specials. 

6-08. BACKFILLING TRENCHES. 

(a) .packfilling of trenches shall proceed as rapidly as the line 
is tested. In backfilling, except as otherwise specified, the earth shall be 
tamped in bell holes around and to one foot above the top of the pipe. The 
remainder of the filling may be done with scrapers or by hand and tamped to 
the satisfaction of the contracting officer, and the backfill shall be mound- 
ed over the trench one foot above ground level. Backfilling under railroad 
tracks, roadways, walks, and other surface structures, shall be thoroughly 
tamped to the top of the trench, to the satisfaction of the contracting offi- 
cer without mounding. No frozen material shall be used for backfilling. 

(b) In cases where steam and water lines are in the same trench, 
backfill shall be tamped in bell holes, around and 6 inches above the top of 
the water main and around and 6 inches above service taps. The remainder of 
backfilling shall be done as specified in paragraph 10-27(c). 

6-O9. REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED STRUCTURES. - Where water pipe lines . are 
constructed across roadways, streets, or alleys which have been paved or sur- 
faced, the contractor shall restore such pavement or surfacing to its original 
condition. Damaged drainage structures shall be replaced with new material. 
Water courses which have become clogged or destroyed during the progress of 
the work shall be restored in good condition. The work shall be conducted in 
a manner to inconvenience the public as little as possible, and all trenches 
shall be backfilled promptly, excess excavated material not needed or accept- 
able for backfilling shall be disposed of to the satisfaction of the contract- 
ing officer, or any deficiency of material for making the backfill shall be 
supplied by the contractor to make the streets and roadways safe and passable 
to the traffic within three days after the pipe is laid. 

6-10. MATERIALS FOR PIPE LINES AND HYDRANTS. 

(a) Care in Handling Materials . - All pipe, valves, hydrants, and 
special castings, shall be so handled that the coating shall be uninjured. 
Any coating injured shall be recoated to the satisfaction of the contracting 
officer. All pipe and fittings shall be delivered in a sound condition to 
conform to the provisions of these specifications. No substance of any 
character shall be placed in the pipes during transportation thereof or at 

an y time after the pipes shall have received their coating. 

(b) Concrete and Mortar. - All concrete .and mortar required in the 
construction of the water distribution system shall be the class indicated on 
the drawings and shall conform to the provisions of Section IX. 

(c) Reinforcement. - All reinforcement used in the construction of 
the water distribution system shall be of the size shown on the drawings and 
shall conform to the provisions of paragraph 9-18 of these specifications. 

(d) Cast-iron Pipe, (Quality, Class, Size) . - All cast-iron pipe 
used in the water system shall be of the size indicated on the plans, Class 150 

6-5 



for 150 pounds working pressure and shall conform to the requirements of 
Federal Specification WiHT-P-421» for "Pipe; 'later, Cast Iron (Bell and Spi- 
got)," Class 150, Types I, II, or III, and Federal Specification QQ-M-l^la, 
"General Specifications for Inspection of Metals," or it shall conform to the 
standard specifications adopted by the American 7»'ater Works Association. 

(e) -Fittings. - All fittings shall be made of cast iron, Class D, 
with standard tees, wyes, ells, and bends, conforming to the latest specifi- 
cations of the American Water Works Association, and shall be made in accor- 
dance with the cuts and dimensions given in the tables forming a part of the 
specifications -cited. All fittings for cement-asbestos pipe shall have bell 
and bell ends; and fittings used on pipe sizes 10-inch and 12-inch will re- 
quire a special adapter between the asbestos-cement pipe and cast-iron fit- 
ting* 

(f) Jointing Tfeterial . - Material for use in making joints in bell 
and spigot type water pipe shall be a sulphur compound of approved make and 
of established reputation, and 'jute or square braided hemp yarning material* 
Sterilized yarning material of the best quality, free from oil, greasy sub- 
stances, or tar shall be used, and shall be handled on the work with reason- 
able care to prevent contamination, 

(g) Cement -Asbestos Pipe, (Quality, Class, Size) . - All cement- 
asbestos pipe used in the water supply line and distribution system shall 
be of the size indicated on the plans, Class 150 for 150 pounds working pres- 
sure, and shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification SS-P-351 
for "Pipe; Cement-Asbestos", Joints for cement-asbestos pipe shall be coup- 
lings as specified in Federal Specification SS-P-351 f° r "Pipe; Cement-Asbes- 
tos" paragraph D and Dl (a). 

(h) Any other items or materials not specifically mentioned shall 
conform to the standards of the American Water Works Association, , 

6-11. AIR VENTS. - Air vents including air valves, valve boxes, and cor- 
poration stops shall be furnished and installed on the supply line between 
the Aluminum Company and the Distribution System at the points indicated on 
the plans. The valves shall be of design and construction equal to that of 
the automatic globe air valve (list No. 29), manufactured by the Iudlow Valve 
Manufacturing Company of Troy, New York. The air valves shall be installed 
and connected to the water main by means of standard corporation stop. Air 
vents shall be protected by a standard valve box over air vent as shown on 
the plans, 

6-12. ELEVATED WATER TANK. 

(a) The elevated tank shall have a storage capacity above the 
lower capacity level of not less than 100,000 gallons. The diameter shall 
be not less than twenty-eight (28) feet nor more than thirty (30) feet. The 
roof and bottom shell be ellipsoidal, so designed as to produce a pleasing 
appearance. 'Aie lower portion of the roof may be used for water storage. 
The tank shall be supported by a steel tower of conventional design, having 
not less than four (4) columns. The tower height shall be such that the 
upper capacity level shall be ninety-three (93) feet above grade as estab- 
lished by the contracting officer, 

(b) Working Plans. - All detailed plans for the construction and 
assembly of the tank and tower shall be made by the contractor and shall be 
furnished the contracting officer in accordance with paragragh 1-02| (d) 

of these specifications, 

6-6 

y 



(c) tfet-erials. 

(1) Structural shapes. - Structural materials shall conform 
to the latest revision of A.S.T.M. Specifications A7 or A10. For welded 
construction the carbon content shall not exceed 0.30 percent, nor the mang- 
anese content 1.00 percent (by ladle analysis). 

(2) Reinforcing steel shall be as specified in paragraph 

9-18. 

(3) Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section IX. 

(4) All other materials shall conform to the specifications 
recommended by the American Water Works Association* 

(d) General Design . 

(1) Type of Joints. - All joints and connections in the tank, 
tank tower, riser pipe, and structural accessories shall be riveted. 

(2) Design Loads. - T he following loads shall be considered t 

a. Dead Load shall be the estimated weight of all perma- 
nent construction and fittings. The unit weight of steel shall be considered 
490 pounds per cubic foot and of concrete 144 pounds per cubic foot. 

b_. Live Load shall be the weight of all of the liquid 
when the tank is filled to overflowing. Unit weight of water shall be consid- 
ered as 62^ pounds per cubic foot. The unit weight of any water supported 
directly on foundations shall not be considered as a live load on the super- 
structure. 

c. S n0 w Load shall be 30 pounds per square foot of the 
horizontal projection of surfaces having a slope "of 3° degrees or less with 
the horizontal; this load is to be reduced 2 pounds for each degree of in- 
crease in slope up to 45 degrees above which no snow load need be considered. 

d_. Wind Load or pressure shall be assumed to be 30 pounds 
on vertical plane surfaces, 18 pounds on projected areas of cylindrical sur- 
faces, and 15 pounds per square foot on projected areas of conical and double 
curved plate surfaces. *br columns and struts of structural shapes the equiv- 
alent flat vertical surface area shall be calculated. The entire wind load 
on the tank, roof, and bottom, and the proper proportion of the wind load 
from the riser pipe and tower shall be assumed to act at the center of grav- 
ity of such loads. 

e_. Earthquake Load. - No allowance need by made for 
stresses resulting from an earthquake. 

f. Balcony and Ladder Load. - A vertical load of 1000 
pounds shall be assumed to be applied to any point on the balcony floor; 500 
pounds at any point on the tank roof; 35° pounds on each section of ladder; 
and all structural parts and connections shall be properly proportioned to 
withstand such loads. 

(3) Unit Stresses shall be in accordance with the following 
sections of the American Water Works Association - American Welding Society, 
Tentative Standard Specifications for Elevated Steel Water Tanks, Standpipes 
and Reservoirs, 1940t 

Designation 

Unit Stresses 

Combined Stresses 

Column and Strut Formulas 

Slenderness Ratio 

Roof Supports 

6-7 



Section 


3.03 


3.04 


3.05 


3.06 


3.08 



Designation (Cont 'd) Section 

Foundation Bolts 3«09 

Minimum Thickness 3«H 

Joints in Shell plates 3*12 

Riveted Joint Design 3»^-3 

Riveted Joint Efficiency 3*14 

Design Stresses - Fillet Welds 3»15 

Welded Joint Efficiencies 3.16 

Reinforcement Around Openings 3* 1 ? 

Columns and Struts 5»°4 

Column Splices 5»®5 

Bottom Struts $.06 
Tension Members Carrying Wind and/or 

Earthquake Loads 5»07 

Horizontal Girders 5.0Q 

Tank Plates 5«10 

Steel Riser pipe 5»H 

(4) Corrosion Allowance, - A corrosion allowance of one- 
sixteenth (1/16) inch shall be added to the theoretical thickness of all 
steel plates in contact with water, 
(e) Accessories, 

(1) Tower ladder,. - A tower ladder with sides of suitable 
dimensions and rungs not less than 5/8-inch round steel shall be furnished 
extending from a point eight (8) feet above the ground up to and connecting 
with the balcony, 

(2) Outside Tank Ladder. - A ladder, similar to the tower 
ladder, shall extend from the balcony to the roof hatch and roof. 

(3) Roof Hatch. - The contractor shall provide a 24-inch 
square hatch immediately above the high water level and adjacent to the tank 
ladder. Hatch openings shall have a curb at least 4 inches high and the 
cover shall overlap same at least 2 inches. The cover shall be provided with 
suitable hinges and locking device. 

(4) Vent. - A suitable vent shall be furnished above the 
maximum water level. This vent shall have a capacity to pass air so that 
dangerous pressures will not be developed when water is entering or leaving 
the tank at the maximum possible rate. The overflow pipe shall not be con- 
sidered a tank vent. The vent shall be so designed and constructed as to 
prevent the ingress of birds, animals, or insects, and shall be so located 
as to permit easy access for maintenance. 

(5) Balcony. - There shall be provided around the bottom of 
the tank a balcony not less than thirty (30) inches wide, and provided with 
a structural steel hand railing thirty-six (36) inches high. The balcony 
floor shall be of open grating similar or equal to Irving Radial Grating for 
circular walkways around tanks as manufactured by the Irving Subway Grating 
Co., Long Island City, N.Y. 

(6) Finial, - The tank roof shall support a finial suitable 
for attaching rigging for painting or repairing* 

(7) Riser Pipe. - The tank riser shall be of steel and have 
a diameter of not less than six (6) feet. The riser pipe shall be fastened 
to the bottom of the tank in an approved manner, and shall be so designed and 
built that no serious stresses can be caused by the temperature difference 
between the riser and tower framework. The riser shall be closed at the 

6-8 






bottom by a flanged plate not less than 3/8-i n ch thick-. The bottom plate of 
the riser shall be provided with a fitting of proper dimension and construction 
to pass a 12-inch Class "B" cast-iron pipe and provide for a calked lead joint. 

A 3-i ncn flush valve complete with, appurtencances shall be fitted 
to the riser bottom with discharge pipe attached as shown on the drawings. 

An access manhole eighteen (18) inches by twenty-four (22j) in- 
ches shall be installed thirty-six (36) inches from the bottom of the riser 
pipe. The opening shall be suitably reinforced and the cover shall be provi- 
ded with gasket and fastenings to insure water-tightness. 

A safety grating shall be provided in the top of the riser 
pipe with no opening larger than six (6) inches in width, except that a door 
at least twelve (12) inches by eighteen (IS) inches shall be provided. 

(8) Overflow. - The tanlyshall be provided with a 6-inch stub 
overflow fitted with a flared or siphon-type inlet. Overflow shall be arranged 
and so located to present the least possible impairment to the appearance of 
the finished structure, 

(9) Altitude Gage Tap. - A tap and plug shall be provided in 
the riser pipe within the valve chamber of size and location to be designated 
by the contracting officer. Its purpose is to provide a connection for an 
electrical altitude gage (see paragraph 6-I3 (i)). 

(f) Tower and Anchorage . - The tower supporting the tank shall be 
constructed of structural shapes, of the open type and height necessary to 
meet requirements set forth in paragraph 6-12(a). Tower shall be thoroughly 
braced by horizontal struts and diagonal ties, and shall be constructed in 
accordance with best engineering practice. Pase of columns shall be so de- 
signed that it will not be possible for water to collect therein. Column 
bases shall be so designed that the bearing pressure on the bases of the 
columns shall not exceed 2;00 pounds per square inch. The tower columns shall 
be attached to the concrete foundations by means of anchor bolts capable of 
resisting the greatest net uplift that can be produced by the loads set forth 
in paragraph 6-12(d) with stress in bolts not exceeding 15,000 pounds per 
square inch. Tower columns may be vertical or inclined as the design may 
require. Main column splices shall be as few as possible and shall be lo- 
cated as near as practicable to the intersection of the center line of the 
struts. Splice plates shall be provided and shall be properly riveted so as 
to hold the members in line and transmit any tension or shearing to which 

the members may be subjected. All compression members of the tower shall be 
of a type which will permit inspection and painting. The connections of the 
tank with the columns shall be so made as to properly distribute the loads 
over the column sections and also over the shell of the tank. 

(g) Foundations and Valve Chamber. 

(1) The foundations and valve chamber shall be of reinforced 
concrete. Dimensions of the valve chamber shall be as indicated on the draw- 
ing, foundations for tank columns, riser, and the valve chamber shall be con- 
structed in accordance with the approved design of the successful bidder and 

in conformance with requirements for Class "A* concrete as set forth in Section 
IX. The grounds adjacent to the foundations shall be uniformly graded suffi- 
ciently to drain the water away from the structure. 

(2) Soil Fearing Value • - In the design of concrete work a 
maximum soil bearing pressure of four thousand (4t00G) pounds per square foot 
shall be assumed. 

(3) Riser Foundations. - Foundations for the riser pipe shall 
be provided with a tunnel of adequate size to accommodate the piping specified. 

The opening shall be covered with a sufficient thickness of reinforced 

6-9 



concrete to support the load on the riser pipe bottom, or steel beams may 
be provided for this purpose, ^he foundation beneath the tunnel shall be 
adequately reinforced, 

(4) Concrete Design and Ifeterials. - The design of the con- 
crete foundations shall be in accordance with the joint code of Euilding 
Regulations for Reinforced Concrete, Report of Committee B 1 of the American 
Cdncrete Institute and Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Committee on 
Engineering Practice. The cement and aggregate and the mixing and placing 
shall be in accordance with Section IX. 

(5) Detail Design of Foundations. 

a. Batter. - ^or Mattered columns without bottom atruts 
the axis of column foundations shall have the same batter as the columns. 
For battered columns with bottom strut's attached to columns and for vertical 
columns the axis of the foundations shall be vertical. The foundation piers 
shall be connected by reinforced concrete girders or struts if necessary to 
reduce the horizontal thrusts to within safe limits. 

b. Height Above Ground. - The tops of the concrete foun- 
dations shall be at least six (6) inches above the ground. 

c. Minimum Depth. - The minimum depth of foundations 
shall be five (5) feet. 

d_. Size of Top. - The tops of foundations shall project 
at least three (3) inches beyond column or riser base plates. The top corners 
shall be neatly rounded or beveled. 

(6) Valve Chamber. - The contractor shall install a reinforced 
concrete valve chamber in accordance with the details shown on drawing, File 
No. Mr-1-230/4. 

(h) Fabrication and Erection. - Fabrication and erection shall 
be first class in every respect and shall be in accordance with Sections 8, 
9, and 10 of the American Water Works Association - American Welding Society, 
Tentative Standard Specifications for Elevated Steel Water Tanks, Standpipes 
and Reservoirs, 1940* Any parts fabricated by riveting and/or welding which 
show indications of weakness or poor workmanship may be required to be re- 
riveted and/ or rewelded before acceptance* 

(i) Testing. - After the structure has been erected and all seams 
calked, but prior to painting, it shall be filled to maximum working water 
level with water furnished and pumped by the contractor. Any leaks which are 
disclosed in this test in either the shell, bottom or roof or in the riser 
pipe shall be repaired by the contractor to secure a watertight job to the 
satisfaction of the contracting officer. No repair work shall be done unless 
the water in the tank is at least two (2) feet below the point being repaired* 
Tests for watertightness shall be repeated until the tank is perfectly tight. 

(j) Painting* 

(1) General. - The elevated water tank shall be painted as 
specified herein and in Section XI of these specifications. Before leaving 
the shop all steel work exposed to the atmosphere shall be given one coat of 
Red Lead in Oil paint. The interior surfaces of the tank and riser shall be 
shop painted with one coat of Gray Finish Enamel. After erection the inside 
surfaces shall be given two additional coats of Gray Finish Enamel. Each in- 
terior coat shall be given sufficient time to dry properly as determined by 
the contracting officer before application of the next coat, and the last 
coat shall be given at least five days in which to dry before filling the 
tank with water* 

(2) Outside Finish Coats. - The two exterior field coats shall 

be applied in a checkered pattern of black and chrome yellow. The pattern 



6-10 



shall be as follows:. Beginning at the top of foundations, the tower columns 
and riser pipe shall be painted in horizontal bands, alternating black and 
yellow with a black band at the bottom. The vertical width of each band 
shall be one-sixth (1/6) of the total distance from the top of foundations 
to the bottom spring line. The top band on the riser pipe shall terminate 
at the bottom of the tank. The shell of the tank between spring lines shall be 
painted in alternating black and yellow rectangles. The vertical height of 
each rectangle shall be one-half (1/2) the height of the tank between spring 
lines, and the horizontal width shall be equal to one-eighth (1/8) of the 
circumference of the tank shell. The roof and bottom shall be painted in 
alternating black and yellow segments extending from the outer circumference 
to the center. The segments shall be of the same width as the rectangle ad- 
joining it at the spring line but of opposite color. Sections of columns and 
any other accessories extending above the lower spring line shall be painted 
in the same color as the section of tank shell behind it. The paints shall 
conform to the requirements as follows: Black paint. - The black paint 3hall 
conform to Federal Specification TT-P-61 for "Paint; Ready-mixed, and Semipaste 
Black," Type B« Chrome yellow paint. - The chrome yellow paint shall conform 
to Federal Specification TT-P-36a for "Paints; Lead; Zinc-Paste, Ready-Mixed , 
and Semipaste, White and Tinted," Type I, Class A, with approximately 8 ounces 
per gallon of chrome yellow pigment (Federal Specification TT-C-291) added 
to give the required shade. 

(3) Concrete Work. - Concrete work shall not be painted and 
shall be protected from spattering or dripping of paint* 

6-I3. PUMPING EQUIPMENT. 

(a) General. - The contractor shall furnish, install in the boiler 
house as shown on the drawings, test, paint, and place in satisfactory opera- 
ting condition three motor-driven centrifugal pumps as specified below com- 
plete in every respect, including anchor bolts with sleeves, lubricating de- 
vices, air cocks and valves, pipe connections, drain piping, packing, together 
with gages, gage connections with shut-off valves, check valves, and meter, 

(b) Drawings and Information. - The contractor shall, in accordance 
with paragraph l-04(d), make and submit to the contracting officer as soon as 
possible after the contract is signed complete and accurate drawings of pump- 
ing units, layout of anchor bolts, piping, valves, and performance curves. 
Complete descriptive matter shall accompany the drawings of the pumps and mo- 
tors covering materials, workmanship, characteristics, and weights* 

(c) Shop Test . - All pumps shall be set up and tested in the shop 
for performance and efficiency. No pump shall be shipped before the contract- 
or has received written notice from the contracting officer that the pumping 
units are approved as having satisfactorily passed the inspection and tests. 

(d) Field Test and Operation. - Each pumping unit shall be tested 
after the installation is complete for the satisfactory operation of the pump 
and motor of the units, electrical control and accessories. Pressures will 
be determined from gages on suction and discharge sides of the pump. The 
quantity of water passing through pump will be determined from the flow meter. 
Gages and meters shall be certified correct. Any defect which develops dur- 
ing the test shall be immediately corrected by the contractor and the test 
continued until everything is in satisfactory working condition. The equip- 
ment shall then be operated under normal service conditions for a period of 

at least ten days. 

The contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, al^ labor and ma- 
terials required for testing, including gages and other measuring devices, 

6-11 



temporary wiring, piping and connections, and other appurtenances as may be 
required for making the field tests. Electric power will be furnished by the 
Government. 

(e) Fire Pumps. - The fire pump shall be single-stage, horizontal 
centrifugal pump with direct-connected motor. The pump shall have a cast- 
iron casing, split on the horizontal center line, with 6-inch suction., and 
5-inch discharge openings on opposite sides in the lower part. The interior 
of the casing shall provide smooth flow lines and a gradual change in the 
velocity and shall be arranged to give hydraulic balance. Renewable guide 
rings and impellers shall be of bronze. Bronze sleeves securely held in 
position shall be provided to protect the shaft at the stuffing boxes and 
where in contact with water. Shafting shall be of heat-treated steel, pol- 
ished and of ample strength. Bearings shall be double-row bail bearings de- 
signed for such radial and possible end thrust as may be involved. Fearing 
assembly shall be easily removed. Grease cups shall be provided for each 
bearing. Stuffing boxes shall be deep with bronze bushing, cage, gland and 
swing-bolt nuts. There shall be at least six packing rings on each side. 
Piping, with proper shut-off valves, shall be provided between the discharge 
main and the stuffing boxes for the water seals as required. The shaft shall 
be extended on one end as required to take a coupling half for direct con- 
nection to an electric motor with the other half of a flexible coupling of the 
pin and rubber bushing type. Pump and motor shall be mounted on one cast- 
iron or fabricated steel base plate of heavy box section. The tapped drains 
from bearings shall be connected to a drain as directed. Provision shall be 
made for suction gage and discharge gage pipe connections and connection for 
air release. 

The pump shall be de signed for a casing pressure of 150 pounds and 
tested to 200 pounds. The suction flange shall be designed for 150 pounds 
pressure. 

The pump shall have a capacity of 1100 g.p.m. at a total dynamic 
head of 125 feet when operating at a speed of 1750 r.p.m. Pump shall be Wor- 
thington 5*L -2 Or equal. 

The large motor shall be General Electric Company, Westinghouse 
Electric Manufacturing Company or equal, general purpose, induction, 50 h«P»» 
3-phase, 60-cycle, 440 volt, 1750 r.p»m. 

(f) Service Pumps . - The two service pumps shall be horizontal 
centrifugal pumps single stage. Each pump shall have a cast-iron casing 
split on the horizontal center line with a 4- in ch suction and 3-iach dis- 
charge on opposite quarters of the pump- The interior or the casing shall 
provide smooth flow lines and a gradual change in the velocity and shall be 
arranged to give hydraulic balance. Renewable guide rings and impellers 
shall be of bronze. Shafting shall be of heat-treated steel, polished and of 
ample strength. Pearings shall be double-row ball bearings designed for such 
radial and possible end thrust as may be involved. Fearing assembly shall 

be easily removed. Each pump and motor shall be mounted on one cast-iron 
or fabricated steel base plate of heavy box section. Provision shall be made 
for suction gage and discharge gage pipe connections and connection for air 
release. Each pump shall have a capacity of 230 g.p.m. at a total dynamic 
head of 37 feet when operating at a speed of 1750 r.p.m. Pumps shall be Wor- 
thington 3*L-1 or equal. 

These pumps are to be equipped with direct-connected general purpose 
induction motors 5 h.p., 1750 r.p.m., 3-phase, 60-cycle, 220 volt, as manu- 
factured by Westinghouse Electric Manufacturing Company, General Electric Com- 
pany, or equal. 6 _ 12 



(g) Foundations . - Pumps shall be set on concrete foundations as 
indicated on the plans or as may be approved or directed. 

Anchor bolts with washers and pipe sleeves shall be provided in 
the foundations to suit the pumps. Bases shall be at least one inch low 
to permit* grouting of base plate. Pumps shall be erected according to manu- 
facturer's instructions. Pipe connection to pumps shall match and no for- 
cing which will stress the pump casing will be permitted. Suction and dis- 
charge lines shall not transmit stress due to temperature changes or settle- 
ment, to the pump casing. 

(h) Painting and Numbering . - After the pumps have been tested, 
they shall be given two coats of an approved paint if the original paint or 
enamel is not in a condition satisfactory to the contracting officer. 

Each pumping unit and corresponding controller shall be numbered as 
indicated on the plans or directed by the contracting officer. Numbers shall 
be neatly painted on each unit* 

(i) Recording Remote Pump Controller . - One Recording Remote Pump 
Controller consisting of one indicating transmitter, Model M40MT, The Eristol 
Co., Catalog 515-A. or approved equal, directly connected to the riser in the 
valve chamber, range 0-30 feet of water with set back of 67 feet of water; and, 
one recording receiver, Model M40MR, The Eristol Co., Catalog 515-A or approv- 
ed equal, located at the pumps with 12-inch, 24-hour chart, range O-3O feet, 
to have fully adjustable high and low control contacts insulated for service on 
110 volts, 60 cycles, and with self-contained magnetic mercury power relay to 
be suitable for operating the three pump starters and alarm signal when low 
water setting on controller is reached, and to stop the three pumps when high 
setting on controller is reached, shall be furnished and installed as directed 
by the contracting officer. 

This equipment is to operate on the time impulse system over an un- 
derground two conductor cable, 110 volt, 60 cycle power supply available at 
each end. Transmission is to be by D.C supplied from self contained rectifier. 
Impulse frequency is to be 15 seconds. Accuracy is not to be affected by nor- 
mal fluctuations of voltage or resistance of transmission line. Cases on 
transmitter and receiver are to be moisture proof. One year's supply of charts, 
ink, and 12 fuses for transmission circuit are to be included. 

6- 1/|. WATER METERS. - Water Meter in Boiler House. - The contractor 
shall furnish one 6-inch meter to record flows at minimum of l4o g.p.m. up to 
and including 1400 g.p.m. maximum in accordance with standard specifications 
for Cold Water Meters of the Fire Service Type as adopted by the American Wa- 
ter Works Association. Meters shall be Sparling 10* main line valve meter 
complete with range 140-1400 g.p.m., Bulletin CF-105, or approved equal. The 
meter shall be equipped with a separate recorder and also a totalizer. The 
recorder shall record flows at 15 minute intervals on a 24-hour chart. The 
price of the meter and installation shall be included in the lump sum bid for 
•Water Meter in Boiler House.* 

6-I5. PAYMENT FOR WATER SYSTEM. 

(a) Payment for Water Pipe Lines . - Included in the price bid per 
linear foot for the various sizes of water pipe lines shall be all material 
and labor in connection with the pipe, joints, trenching and common excavation, 
pumping, bailing and shoring, placing, cleaning, testing, backfilling, and re- 
placement of damaged structures, installed as specified or indicated on the 

drawings. Bids are invited on both bell and spigot cast-iron pipe and cement - 

6-13 



asbestos pipe (see Schedule of Bid Items), the right being reserved to the 
contracting officer to adopt either of these types which is deemed to be in 
the best interest of the United States. Payment for water pipe lines will 
be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for the size of pipe for 
•Cast -Iron Pipe Bell and Spigot* or "Cement-Asbestos Pipe" as indicated in 
the Schedule of Eid Items. Measurement for water pipe lines will be made 
from end to end without deductions for valves and specials. Should rock, as 
defined in paragraph 6-02, be encountered while excavating trenches, payment 
therefor will not be included in the cost per linear foot of pips but shall 
be at the contract unit price bid per cubic yard for "Excavation, Rock" as 
indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(b) Payment for Fittings. - All material and labor in connection 
with tees, wyes, elbows, bends, and other pipe line appurtenances will be 
paid for at the contract unit price per ton for *Cast-Iron Standard Castings- 
• - - - Class D* for the size indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. Pay- 
ment for adapters used with 10" and 12" cement-asbestos pipe will be made at 
the contract, unit price bid per ton for "Adapters for 10" and 12" Cement- 
Asbestos pipe* as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(c) Payment for Hydrants . - All material and labor in connection 
with hydrants and connections will be paid for at the respective contract 
unit prices each for "Hydrants -------- as indicated in the Schedule 

of Bid Items* 

(d) Payment for Valves. - All material and labor in connection 
with valves will be paid for at the respective contract unit prices each for 
""Gate Valves, Hub Ends" of the different sizes as indicated in the Schedule 
of Bit Items. 

(e) Payment for Valve Boxes. - All material and labor in connec- 
tion with valve boxes will be paid for at the contract unit price each for 
"Valve Boxes" as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items.- 

(f) Payment for Taps to Mains. - All material and labor in connec- 
tion with taps to mains will be paid for at the contract unit price each for 
•Taps to------- Jfein* for the size of tap to the kind of main stated 

as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. The bid prices for various sizes 
of "Tap to Cast-iron I.fein" or "Tap to Cement-Asbestos T^ain* shall include all 
labor, materials, tools, and equipment for furnishing and installing corpor- 
ation connections, copper service pipes approximately 5'-0" in length per ser- 
vice, curb stops and wastes, and service boxes as described in paragraph 
6-05 and shown on the plans. 

(g) payment for Air Vent. - All material and labor in connection 
with air vent valves, valve boxes and corporation stop in the supply line 
from the Aluminum Company to the distribution system will be paid for at the 
contract unit price each for "Air Vents* as indicated in the Schedule of 
Bid Items. 

(h) Payment for Elevated Water Tank . - The price bid for elevated 
water tank shall include all material and labor necessary for installing a 
complete tank including foundations, common excavation and grading, steel tow- 
er, tank and riser, finial valve chamber and valves, pipe, fittings in chamber, 
painting, and appurtenances not otherwise specified, and will be made at the 
lump sum price for "Elevated "Water Tank Complete*, as indicated in the Schedule 
of Bid Items. Should rock as defined in paragraph 6-02 be encountered while 
excavating for foundations, payment therefor will not be included in the lump 
sum price for the tank but shall be at the contract unit price bid per cubic 
yard for *Excavation; Rock* as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 






6.14 



(i) Payment for Pumping Equipment. -Payment for pumps and equip- 
ment will be made at the contract lump sum price for "pumping Equipment Com- 
plete*, as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. This payment shall in- 
clude all the material and labor necessary to furnish and install the pumps, 
motors, altitude gage, and electrical and manual control of motors, wiring, 
piping, valves, fittings, pump foundations, pipe and valve supports, and all 
other material and labor pertaining to the water system located in the boil- 
er house; also the altitude gage located at the elevated tank, switches, 
electrical wiring between tank and boiler house; also danger signal indicating 
low water in elevated tank, all as shown on the plans or included in these 
specifications, 

(j) payment for Water Meter in Boiler House. - Payment for the 
water meter in boiler house shall include all materials and labor and will 
be made at the contract unit price for "Water Meter in Boiler House", as in- 
dicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(k) Payment for Concrete . - Payment for concrete used in construc- 
tion not contemplated and not included in any other item in the Schedule of 
Bid Items shall be paid for at the contract unit price for "Concrete" of the 
class used as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 



6-15 



Specif ications: Seaway, N.Y. 

SECTION VII 

SANITARY SEWERAGE AND TREATMENT SYSTEM 

7-01. GENERAL. - The sanitary sewerage system comprises the sanitary 
sewer pipe lines, specials, laterals, and connections between house sewer 
service and laterals to a point 5 feet from the outside of all buildings, 
together with the manholes end their accessories, and such other appurtenances 
as may be necessary to provide a sewerage system complete in every respect, 
and the construction of the sewerage treatment plant and outfall line. The 
contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, appliances, end 
labor necessary for the completion of the work in accordance with the 
specifications and drawings. 

7-02. CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION. 

(a) Rock Excavation * - All materials required to be excavated 
which, in the opinion of the contracting officer, cannot be removed' until 
loosened by blasting, barring, or wedging, and all boulders and detached 
pieces of solid rock of 15 cubic feet in volume or greater will be classed 
as rock excavation. No material will be classified as rock excavation 
because it is frozen. 

(b) Common Excavation . - All other material will be classified 
as common excavation, including boulders and lose rock of less than 15 
cubic feet in volume. 



7-03, 



VITRIFIED SETER PIPE LINES. 

4 



(a) Location and Grades of Sewers . 

(1) All sewers, laterals, manholes, and other structures 
shall be constructed in every part in conformity with the lines and grades 
shown on the plans accompanying these specifications, or revisions thereof. 
The grade-line shown on the plans is the line of the bottom of the inside 
of the sewer, herein referred to as the invert, or flow line. 

(2) All trenches shall be staked by an authorized representative 
of the contracting officer. The stakes will be set off center, at one side of 
the trench, indicating the line of the trench and the grade of the sewer. Sub- 
stantial batter boards, and range poles shall be provided by the contractor. 
The batter boards shall be placed, after the trench has been excavated, to 

the line and grade furnished by the contracting officer. At least three such 
batter boards shall be in proper position at all times during the placing of 
the sewer pipe, as a check on the accuracy of the grade-line. 

(b) Excavation . 

(1) Order of Work. - The contractor shall 3tart the work of 
excavating at the outlet or as the contracting officer may direct. 

(2) Width of Trench. - The bottom width of trench shall 
allow sufficient room to properly lay and joint the pipe. 

(3) ^racing. - The contractor will be required to keep the 
sides of the excavation vertical, to the satisfaction of the contracting 
officer, by bracing or sheet piling. 

Failure to properly brsce and sheet trenches shall be at the risk of the 

contractor, and where such failure results in slides or caving, producing 
unusual or excessive loading on the sewer, the contractor will be required to 

7-1 



remove and replace the sewer at his own expense to the satisfaction of 

the contracting officer. 

(4) Open Trenches. - The contractor shall not open up more 

trench in advance of pipe laying than is necessary to expedite the work, 
and in the event pipe laying than is necessary to expedite the work, and 
in the event pipe laying is stopped for any cause, 300 feet will be the 
maximum length of open trench allowed on any line under construction, without 
specific authorization by the contracting officer. 

(5) Disposal of Material. - The material excavated shall 
be deposited at the sides of the trenches, beyond the reach of slides. 
All rock which cannot be shoveled as earth shall be placed by itself at 

one side of the trench. All excavated material not required for or acceptable 
for backfilling shall be removed and deposited where and as directed by 
the contracting officer. 

(c) Pipe Laying . 

(1) Foundation. - The bottom of the trench shall be prepared 
in such a manner as to provide a firm bearing for the entire length of each 
pipe and for one-fourth of its circumference, at the time the pipe is laid. 
Should the trench be excavated below the grade of the bottom of the pipe, 
it shall be refilled, with material acceptable to the contracting officer, 
and be tamped as may be required; All pipe shall be laid upgrade with bells 
upgrade, and excavation shall be made from the bells. 

Where rock occurs it shall be removed for a depth that will permit 
the placing of at least three inches of suitable material for a bed or 
cushion. Water shall not be allowed in the trenches while the pipes are 
being laid. The contractor shall not open up more trench than the available 
pumping facilities are able to dewater, to the satisfaction of the contracting 
officer. 

(2) Placing. - No pipe shall be placed in the sewer except 
in the presence of an authorized representative of the contracting officer, 
herein referred to as the inspector. 

All pipe shall be clean when placed in the trench, and care shall be 
taken to s ee that the bells are free from earth or other foreign matter 
when pipes are joined. After the gasket has been placed, as hereinafter 
specified, the pipe shall bs moved into position, tested for grade and 
alignment, and backfilled sufficiently to maintain the true position-. 

The joints between the laterals and the house service shall be made 
by the contractor's force for the sewer lines if the house service is laid 
before the lateral, and by the contractor's force for the building plumbing 
if the lateral is laid before the house service. Unconnected ends of laterals 
or house service shall be marked by a 2"x4" stake extending 1 foot above the 
ground. All open ends of laterals shall be closed with a cap or plug 
during suspension of work. Pipes shall not be trimmed except for closures 
and pipes not making a good fit shall be removed. Permissible defects 
shall be placed on the top side of the line. 

(3) Wyes, Tees, and Other Specials, - Specials shall be 
located at the points indicated by the contracting officer. Special branches 
shall be turned so the upper lip of the branch is at an equal elevation 

with the inside of the top of the sewer barrel. 

(4) Joints. - The bell and spigot ends of the vitrified 
sewer pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned, matched, and fitted before making 
the joint. After the pipe has been carefully cleaned and bedded, joints 
shall be packed with a gasket of jute or hemp, and thoroughly calked with 
suitable calking tools so as to leave an annual space around the pipe in 
the bell, not less than 3/8 inch in thickness and 2 inches in depth, after 

7-2 



which each joint shall be poured full at one pouring of hot joint material. 
No joint shall be poured until the gaskets in the next two joints in advance 
have been inserted and rammed. The bell shall be free from grease, dirt, 
and water when the joint is poured. The hot joint material shall be retained 
in the bell by a joint runner of asbestos or any other approved permanent 
material firmly placed before the joint material is poured. Any pipe or 
fittings damaged in pouring shall be replaced by the contractor with no 
cost to the Government. When completed the joints of the pipe shall 
exclude all ground -water. 

(d) Protection . - All sewers must be kept thoroughly clean. 
'.Then the trench is left at night, or the pipe laying stopped, the upper 
end of the pipe must be closed by using an end board, closely fitting 
the socket end of the la3t pipe. Mo water shall come in contact with 
the joints until the joint material has set sufficiently to insure that no 
damage will occur. 

(e) Backfilling . - Backfilling shall be carefully performed in 
accordance with the requirements of paragraph 6-08. 

7-04 . MANHOLES . 

(a) Materials . - fcfenholes may be constructed of brick, concrete 
block or brick, or poured concrete, in accordance with the details shown 
on the plans, at the option of the contractor. 

(1) Brick shall be of medium quality meeting the requirements 
of Federal Specification SS-B-656, and the size of the brick shall be 
such that the finished wall of the manhole as shown in the drawings shall 
have a minimum thickness of 9 inches. 

(2) Materials for concrete and mortar used for the construction 
of manholes shall conform to the provisions of Section IX of these specification; 

Class of concrete shall be as indicated on the drawings. 

(3) Castings. - Castings used in the construction of manholes 
including ladder steps and manhole rings and covers shall conform to the 
details shown on the drawings, and to the provisions of Federal Specification 
QJ3.-I-652 for "Iron, Cray, Casting,* and to Federal Specification QQ-M-15L4» 
General Specifications for Inspection of Metals. The total combined 
weight of manhole ring and cover shall be not less than four hundred' (400) 
pounds. Steps shall be standard cast iron steps or steel rungs as shown on 
the plans. 

(b) Excavation . - The excavation for manholes shall be of such 
dimensions that the outside of manhole structures may be plastered as shown 
on the plans. Care shall be taken not to excavate below the depth specified 
as no backfilling (with earth) will be permitted under manholes, and any excess 
below the level specified shall be filled with concrete at the expense of 

the contractor. 

(c) Brick (or Block) Manholes . - Brick or block manholes shall be 
laid in cement mortar. The outside of the manhole shall be plastered 
with not less than 1/2 inch of cement mortar. The mortar shall be mixed 
in the proportion of 1 part cement and 2 parts fine aggregate measured by 
volume. The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry and such 
quantity of water added as is necessary to form a paste of proper consistency. 






7-3 



All mortar shall be fresh and mixtures shall be made by accurate measurements. 

(d) Concrete Manholes. - Concrete manholes shall be constructed 
to the dimensions shown on the plans. 

(e) Manhole Inverts. - Where it is not practicable from the 
grade and alignment of incoming sewers, to use split pipe through "man- 
holes, the sewer invert shall be made of concrete deposited between forms, 
or of brick on edge, laid up in cement mortar. The shape of the invert 
shall exactly conform to the lower half of the pipe it connects. Side 
branches shall be connected with as" full a curve as possible. Inverts, 
whether of concrete or brick, shall be plastered with cement mortar and 
left smooth and clean. 

(f) Special Concrete Base . - In Several manholes the steam 
condenses line returns through the sewer manholes and will require a 
special base as shown on the plans. 

7-05. MATERIALS FOR SEWER LINES. 

(a) Sewer Pipe. 

(1) Sewer pipe shall embrace all standard and special shapes, 
including tees, curves, wye-branches, and reducers, and shall be No, 1 
quality salt glazed, standard weight, vitrified clay sewer pipe of bell and 
spigot pattern. All vitrified clay sewer pipe shall conform in all respects 
to the requirements of the Federal Specification SS-P-3&1 for "Pipe; Clay, Sewer. 

(2) All sewer pipe shall be inspected by a representative 
o'f the contracting officer after delivery on the site of the work. Pipe 
rejected by him will be clearly marked with paint or other suitable 
marking material, and the pipe so marked shall not be used and shall be 
removed from the construction. 

(3) Cast-iron pipe meeting Federal Specification WW-P-35^t 
"Pipe, Cast Iron," Class B shall be substituted for vitrified tile in 
several places, as shown on the plans, under houses, a ravine crossing, and 
under railroad tracks to the sewage treatment plant. This pipe shall be 

laid under the same general conditions as set up in paragraph 7-03« 

(b) Jointing Material .- All joints in the sewer pipe lines 
shall be made of asphalt ie compound material such as "Kalktite," "G-K 
Pipe Joint Compound" or an approved equal satisfactory to the contracting 
officer. 

7-06. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT FOR SEWER LINES AND MANHOLES. 

(a) Payment for Vitrified Sewer Pipe, Installed . - Payment for 
all common excavations for trenches, pumping, bailing, shoring, and 
furnishing and laying sewer pipe with specified joints to grades as shown 
on plans, backfilling trenches and any other work and materials listed in 
paragraph 7-03, un'ess specifically provided otherwise, will be made at the 
contract unit price per linear foot, for the various sizes of "Vitrified 
Sewer Pipe, Installed." Measurement of sewer pipe will be made from center 
to center of a manhole without deduction for wye branches. 

(b) Payment for Rock Excavation . - Payment for all rock excavation 
required will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for 
"Excavation; Rock." Measurements will be made for the quantity excavated 
within the lines of the permanent work as required by paragraph 7-03 • 



7-4 



No payment will be made for any rock excavation carried below grade 
lines or beyond side lines. 

(c) Payment for Making Connection Between House Sewer Service 
and Lateral Sewer . - Payment for the connection between house sewer 
service and lateral sewer shall include all labor and materials necessary 
to complete the connection and payment for such connections will be made at 
the contract price each for "Connection Between House Sewer Service and 
Lateral Sewer" indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(d) Payment for Specials . - Payment for all specials including 
labor and material will be made at the contract unit price for •Specials," 
for the various sizes of pipe as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(e) Payment for S h eeting Left in Place . - Payment for sheeting 
left in place, where, in the opinion of the contracting officer, 
damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting, will be made at the 
contract unit price for "Sheeting Left in Place" indicated in the Schedule 
of Bid Items. 

(f ) payment for Cast-iron Pipe . - Payment for substituting cast- 
iron pipe for vitrified sewer pipe where shown on the plans or required 
by the contracting officer will be made at the contract unit price per 
lineal foot for "Substitution of Cast-iron Pipe for Vitrified Pipe" for 
the various sizes of pipe indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(g) Payment for Manholes . - Payment for standard and drop manholes 
complete including excavation, backfill, labor, and materials will be made 
at the contract price each for "Standard Manholes not over 8 Feet Deep." 
An additional amount will be paid for manholes over 8 feet deep per foot 
of over depth or fractional part thereof at the contract unit price per 
foot for "Cverdepth of Manholes Over 8 Feet Deep" indicated in the Schedule 
of Bid Items. An additional amount will be paid for each manhole containing 
a condensate pipe wherein a special base is substituted for the, standard 
base at the contract unit price each for "Special Concrete "Pase and Wall 
for Sewer and Condensate Manhole.* Depth of manhole will be measured from 
top of cover casting to invert of pipe. 

i 

7-07. SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT. 

(a) Work to be Done . - The structures to be constructed consist 
of the Imhoff tank, sludge beds, outfall line, fence with gate, and sewer 
and water lines incidental to the plant as shown on the plsns. 

(b) Excavation • - The contractor shall perform, as excavation 
for structures, all excavation required for the construction of the Imhoff 
tank and sludge beds, as shown on the drawings or as directed by the 
contracting officer, and the required excavation of pipe trenches to but not 
including Manhole No. 1 outside of the foundations for the structures. 
Topsoil shall be stock piled. Material removed in excavation and required 
for backfill shall be laid aside for that purpose as directed by the 
contracting officer. Where not to be covered with concrete, excavations 
shall be made to the full dimensions required and shall be finished to 
the prescribed lines and grades in a workmanlike manner, except that sharp 
points of undisturbed ledga rock will be permitted to extend within the 
required lines not more than 6 inches. The contractor shall prepare the 
foundations at the structure sites in a manner suitable for forming foundatio: 
for the concrete structures. The bottom and side slopes of common excavation 
upon or against wnich concrete is to be placed shall be accurately 

7-5 









finished by hand to the dimensions shown on the drawings or prescribed 
by the contracting officer, and the surfaces so prepared shall be' moistened 
with water and hand tamped with suitable tools for the purpose of thoroughly 
compacting them and forming firm foundations upon or against which to place 
the concrete structures. If at any point in common excavation, material 
is excavated beyond the neat lines require to receive the structure, 
the over-excavation shall be filled with selected materials, in layers 
not more than 4 inches thick, thoroughly moistened. and compacted by tamping 
in a manner satisfactory to the contracting officer. If at any point the 
natural foundation material is disturbed or loosened during the excavation 
process or otherwise, it shall be consolidated or removed and replaced with 
selected material compacted to the satisfaction of the contracting officer. 
Where concrete is to be placed upon or against rock, the excavation shall 
be sufficient to provide for the minimum thickness of concrete at all 
points and the prescribed average thickness shall be exceeded as little 
as possible,. Measurement of such excavation for payment will be limited 

to the excavation required for the prescribed average thicknesses of the 

concrete. No blasting that might injure the work will be permitted, and 

any damage done to the work by blasting, including the shattering of the 

material beyond the required excavation lines, shall be repaired by and— 

at the expense of the contractor and in a manner satisfactory to the 

contracting officer. Any and all excess or over-excavation performed by the 

contractor for any purpose or reason, except as may be ordered in writing 

by the contracting officer, and whether or not due to the fault of the 

contractor, shall be at the expense of the contractor. All cavities in 

rock excavations caused by over-excavation, or by removal as directed by 

the contracting officer, of rock or other foundation materials damaged 

by blasting or other operations of the contractor, shall be solidly filled 

with concrete at the expense of the contractor. Kfhen the Imhoff tank 

excavation is completed ready for concreting, if the foundation is found 

to be a wet clay, the entire bottom of the excavation shall be covered 

with waterproof paper similar to sisalkraft paper, or equal, before concreting, 

(c) Backfill about Structures . - The contractor shall place and 
thoroughly compact all backfill around the walls and foundations of the 
structures where required and in the trenches for pipes required to be 
installed as parts of the structures, as determined by the contracting 
officer. The material U3ed for this purpose, the amount thereof, and the 
manner of depositing and compacting the same shall be satisfactory to the 
contracting officer. Backfill around walls and footings, in pipe trenches, 
and any backfill on which concrete is to be placed shall be thoroughly tamped 
with the addition of a sufficient quantity 'of water to insure consolidation 
satisfactory to the contracting officer. When the tank is completed and the 
forms are stripped, the baffles shall be placed in the 

tank. Backfilling around the tank shall be carried up in thoroughly compacted 
tamped layers of 6 inches. The tank shall be filled with sewage, or water, 
simultaneously with the backfilling so as to avoid any unnecessary stress 
on the tank. The difference in elevation of backfill and water in the 
tank shall not be greater than 2 feet. 

(d) Grading about Structures . - Except as otherwise directed 
all suitable material excavated for the construction of structures and 
not required for backfill shall be used in grading and leveling the grounds , 
around the structures. No such material shall be wasted unless wasting 
is ordered. The material shall be evenly spread and compacted and the 

7-6 






topsoil placed and seeded in accordance with paragraph 2-14. The 
elevations and slopes of fills shall conform strictly to the grading 
plan and graded surfaces shall be neatly finished to the prescribed lines 
and grades, with scrapers or similar appliances, and shall be reasonably 
smooth and even. Grading and leveling for the Sewage Treatment. Plant will 
be limited to the material required to be excavated for the structures and 
the contractor will not be required to borrow material for this purpose. 
Where fills are formed of rock the material shall be carefully placed so that 
the large rock will be well distributed and the voids shall be filled with 
smaller rock and earth so as to form a dense, solid fill. No large stones 
will be allowed within two feet of the finished surface grade. The maximum 
haul which will be required for the Sewage Treatment Plant will not exceed 
three hundred feet. 

(e) Waste Material .- Material removed in excavation for 
structures and in the excavation of trenches for water and sewer pipes 
and not suitable or required for backfill or for grading purposes and any 
other material wasted by direction of the contracting officer shall be 
evenly spread over such areas, at such point or points, and .to such depths 
as may be directed or approved by the contracting officer. Wasted material 
shall be left with reasonably even and regular surfaces, satisfactory to the 
contracting officer. The maximum haul which will be required for the 
Sewage Treatment Plant will not exceed 30° feet. 

(f ) Timber Framing .- All framing and dimension, lumber will be 
furnished by the contractor. All framing shall be closely fitted, 
accurately set to the required lines, and rigidly secured in place. No 
shimming or patching will be allowed on any part of the work. Solid 
blocking securely nailed, with ample bearing surfaces, may be used where 
necessary, subject to the approval of the contracting officer. Timber 
columns shall be set true to line and plumb and all bearing surfaces shall 
be true planes at right angles to the longitudinal axes of the columns. 
All hangers, stirrups, straps, shoes, anchors, and bolts shall be set by 
the contractor as shown on the drawings or as directed by the contracting 
officer. Bridging, sway bracing, spreaders, and ties shall be placed as 
shown on the drawings, to provide rigid framing construction. 

(g) Inc tailing Pipe, Fittings, Valves, and Special s in structures. 
All pipe, fittings* valves, and specials, together with bolts, gaskets, 

joint materials, supports, hangers, anchor bolts, and other accessories 
required for installation in structures shall be furnished and installed by 
the contractor. All piping shell be installed by the contractor in a workman- 
like manner and in accordance with the lines, grades, dimensions, and details 
shown on the drawings or as directed by the contracting officer. Unless 
otherwise provided, the piping to be installed in structures shall include 
all pipe and fittings to Manhole "A". All piping to be embedded in concrete 
shall be firmly and accurately secured in position before the concrete is 
poured. The portions of pipes and fittings to be incased in concrete shall 
not be painted but shall be throughly cleaned of all excessive rust, dirt, 
grease, and other foreign substances before being embedded in concrete. 
Care shall be taken to keep all pipe clean and to avoid clogging from any 
cause during the progress of the work and should any pipe become clogged 
before final acceptance of the work, it shall be cleaned out by the 
contractor. Cast-iron pipe withbell and spigot joints shall be laid and 
jointed in accordance with paragraph 6-O3. After the piping has been 
completely installed the water system pipe shall be tested by being «*- 
jected "y a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 150 pounds per square inch, 
if any part of the pipe, valve, joint, or fitting shows any leakage, it 
shall be made watertight. The contractor shall furnish 

7-7 



all pumps, labor, tools, and equipment, including pressure gages, for making 
the tests. All tapping for the connection of pressure gages shall be done 
by the contractor. 

(h) ii-Inch Sludge Bed Underdrains . 

(1) General. - TT nder this item the contractor shall 
furnish and install the 4- inch underdrains including pipe and gravel or 
broken stone backfill; at the locations and to the grades shown on the plans 
or as directed. 

(2) Materials. - The 4-i QC h underdrains shall be salt 
glazed, standard weight, vitrified clay bell and spigot pipe conforming 
in all respects to the requirements of the Federal Specification SS-P-3^1 
for "Pipe; Clay, Sewer.* At bends or intersections, the contractor shall 
use vitrified pipe fittings of proper dimensions. 90-degree bends shall 
be made by using two 45"^egree fittings. At intersections, the contractor 
shall use "Y* branches and 45~degree bends to attain an angularity of 

90 degrees. 

(3) Pipe Laying. - Tile shall be laid in a straight line 

on the grade shown with joints open about 3/4 inch. Joints shell be wrapped 
with two layers of cheesecloth or one layer of burlap in 6-inch widths. 
Gravel or broken stone, shall be placed around the tile or pipe carefully 
in order to preserve the grade and alignment. The trench shall then be 
filled with gravel, or broken stone, to the normal bottom of the bed. 

(i) Finishing Subgrade and Furnishing Sand and Gravel or 
Broken Stone for Sludge Beds . 

(1) General. - Under this item the contractor shall finish 
the subgrade neatly to the grades shown and furnish and place sand and 
gravel or broken stone in layers on the sludge beds to the thicknesses 
and grades shown on the drawings. 

(2) Finishing of Subgrade. - The contractor shall carefully 
trim the subgrade to conform to the lines and grades shown on the plans 

or as required. If the original ground is below grade, the contractor 
shall fill these depressions with suitable material thoroughly compacted. 

(3) pand. - Sand shall be washed and shall be composed of 
hard, round, durable grains free from clay, loam dust, organic or other 
foreign matter. The sand shall have an effective size of between O.35 m * m ' 
and O.50 m.m. and a uniformity coefficient of 5*0 or less. 

(4) Gravel or Broken Stone. - Gravel or broken stone shall 
be of hard, durable particles free from excessively thin, flat, or long 
shaped pieces and placed in layers as shown. The gravel or broken stone shall 
be washed and screened, free from loam, clay, sand, dirt, or other 

foreign substance and shall range in size from 1/8 inch to 2 inches. In 
placing the gravel or broken stone in trenches and on the beds the contractor 
shall not disturb nor damage the clay pipe underdrains. 
( j) Wood partitions Between Sludge Beds . 

(1) General. - The contractor shall furnish and install 
wood partitions, held in position by wood posts in the sludge beds as 
shown on the plans or as directed. 

(2) Materials. - Lumber shall be oak, maple , or an approved 
equal. It shall be sound, straight, free from cracks or shakes, or large 
and loose knots, and shall be thoroughly seasoned or kiln dried. Lumber 
shall be dressed on all four sides to assure close fit between the planks 
aid the ends. Timbers, after cutting but before erection, shall be painted 



7-8 



with two coats of suitable and approved creosote paint. 
7-08. EFFLUENT DISCHARGE LINE. 

(a) General. - The contractor shall furnish and cons+ruct the 
15" vitrified tile, and l6" bolted joint Universal cast-iron pipe between 
the Imhoff tank and the Grass River including manhole and fittings. 

(b) Construction shall meet the specifications as set up in 
paragraph 7-03 » an< ^ also grades and lines as shown on the plans. 

7-09. FENCE AND FENCE GATE. 

(a) General. - The contractor shall furnish and construct a 
barbed wire fence on the site of the sewage disposal plant, at the location 
shown on the drawings or as directed by the contracting officer. Work shall 
include the fence, gate, and all necessary posts, braces, anchors, and 
other appurtenances necessary to. complete the fence as hereinafter specified 
or shown on drawing MV-l-2lj.0/l. 

(b) Construction . - The fence shall be of barbed wire strands 
spaced 6 inches apart, 7 feet high, topped by not less than 3 strands of 
barbed wire to an overall height of 8 feet. Barbed wire shall be supported 
on brackets on top of the fence posts, set at an angle of approximately 

45 degrees from the vertical. Barbed wire shall be No. 12£ gage conforming 
to Federal Specification RR-F-221, "Fencing; "Fire (Barbed, Netting, and 
Woven), Black and Galvanized." 

7-10. PAYMENT. - Payment for the sewage treatment plant complete 
as specified in parr graphs 7-07 to 7-09 inclusive, will be made at the .contract 
lump sum price fdr "Sewage Treatment Plant" end shall include all work in 
connection therewith except placing topsoil and seeding. In the event rock 
excavation is required, such excavation will be paid for in addition to 
the lump sum price for "Sewage Treatment Plant" at the contract unit 
price per cubic yard for "Excavation; Rock" as indicated in the Schedule 
of Bid Items. Should concrete be used in construction not contemplated 
or included in any other pay item for any work in connection with the 
sewerage system, payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic 
yard of the class used as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 



7-9 



Specifications: Seaway, N. Y. 

SECTION VIII 

STORM-SEWER SYSTEM 

8-01. GENERAL. - The work includes furnishing all material and equip- 
ment and performing all labor necessary to construct storm sewers, includ- 
ing all pipe, manholes, catch basins, inlets, headwalls, specials and 
fittings , and such other appurtenances as may be necessary to provide a 
storm water drainage system complete in every respect in accordance with 
the specifications and drawings. 

8-02* EXCAVATION. 

(a) Classification of Excavation . - Pock excavation and common 
excavation shall be classified as specified in paragraph 7-02. 

(b) Trenches shall be excavated in accordance with paragraphs 
7-03(a) and 7-03(b). 

(c) Excavation for manholes and other accessories shall be 
sufficient to leave at least one foot in the clear between their outer 
surfaces and the embankment or the timber which may be used for protection. 
Care shall be taken not to excavate below the depth specified as no back- 
filling with earth will be permitted under manholes, catch basins, or 
.headwalls , and any excess below the levels specified shall be filled with 
concrete at the expense of the contractor. 

(d) Sheeting left in place - - Where, in the opinion of the con- 
tracting officer, damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting, he 
may order it to be left in place and the contractor shall be paid for it. 

8-03« PIPE LAYING. - All storm sewer pipe shall be laid in ac- 
cordance with the requirements for sanitary sewer pipe, see paragraph 
7-03(e). 

8-04. JOINTS. - The joints in the storm sewer lines shall be calked 
with jute or hemp and thee carefully and thoroughly filled with Portland 
cement mortar, well rammed in with a wooden calking tool, then overfilled 
and left with a smooth finished surface. The mortar shall be composed of 
one part of Portland cement and one part of sand, with enough water added 
to get the proper consistency. Superfluous mortar shall be removed from 
the joints by means of an approved form of follower or scraper. The work 
must be perfectly watertight at all joints, and any leaks or defects dis- 
covered must be immediately repaired. Any pipe which has been disturbed 
from any cause after being laid shall be taken up, the joints cleaned, and 
the pipe properly relaid at the contractor's expense. 

8-05» BACKFILLING. - After pipes have been laid and approved, pipe 
trenches shall be backfilled in accordance with the requirements of 
paragraph 6-08. 

8-06. INLET BASINS (MANHOLE AND STANDARD TYPES). - Basins shall be 
constructed of concrete or brick, with cast-iron frames and covers, and 
shall be constructed strictly in accordance with the plans and the re- 
quirements as specified in paragraph 7-04 for sanitary sewer manholes. 

8-07. CULVERT HEADWALLS. - Headwalls and aprons of concrete and 
large stone shall be constructed at the outlet or every storm sewer aa 

8-1 



shown on the plans or as directed by the contracting officer. The price 
bid for culvert headwalls shall include all labor and material, excavation, 
and backfilling necessary to construct a complete culvert headwall and apron. 

8-08 » CULVERT EXTENSION. - Extensions to the existing culvert on 
Main Street west of Horton Road shall be constructed of reinforced concrete 
as shown on the plans. The price bid shall include all labor and material 
necessary to complete tne work shown on tne plans including excavation, 
backfilling, constructing culvert, special culvert manhole on the inlet end 
of the existing culvert, and headwall and apron on the outlet end. 

8-09. INVERTED SIPHONS. - Inverted siphons shall be constructed where 
storm water sewer conflicts with other lines or as directed by the contract- 
ing officer. They shall be made of double strength vitrified tile pipe, and 
bends shall be laid in sc concrete cradle as shown on the plans. The joints 
of the tile shall be poured with an asphaltic compound approved by the 
contracting officer. The price bid shall be a lump sum and shall include 
all labor and material necessary to complete the work shown on the plans 
including excavation, backfilling, and manholes at both ends of siphon. 

8-10- MATERIALS. 

(a) Reinforced Concrete Pipe . - The pipe shall be special rein- 
forced concrete pipe, either cast or machine made, and shall conform in 
every respect to the specifications of the Department of Public Works, 
State of New York, Division of Highways, Item 14(b), "Special Reinforced 
Concrete Pipe," and shall meet tne tests specified in Item lk($)* Details 
of size, shape, and reinforcement shall be according to the details shown on 
tne drawings. 

(b) Concrete shall conform to the specifications of the clasa 
indicated on tne plans and shown in Section IX. 

(c) Brick shall be hard, common clay brick meeting Federal 
Specification No. SS-B-636 for "Brick; Building (Common) Clay." 

(d) Vitrified tile pipe shall conform to Federal Specification 
SS-P-361 for "Pipe; Clay, Sewer." 

(e) Cast-iron frames and manhole covers shall conform to 
Federal Specification Q^-I-652 for "Iron, Gray; Castings." 

(f ) Reinforcing bars . - All steel reinforcement shall conform 
to paragraph 9~18. 

8-11. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 

(a) Payment for Pipe - - All materials and labor necessary for the 
common excavation and backfilling for trenches, furnishing and laying of 
pipe, making joints in the various sizes of pipe,, and any otheir work and 
materials not Specifically provided for, will be paid for at the contract 
unit price per lineal foot for "Pipe;; Concrete," of various sizes of pipe as 
indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(b) Payment for Manhoie Type Inlet Basins . - All material and 
labor necessary for the excavation, construction, and backfilling of manhole 
type inlet basins complete will be paid for at the contract unit price for 
"Manhole Type Inlet Basin." 

(c) Payment for Standard Inlet Basins . - All materials and 
labor necessary for the excavation, construction, and backfilling of 
standard inlet basins will be paid for at the contract unit price each for 
"Standard Inlet Basin." 

(d) Payment for Culv ert Headwalls and Aprons. - All materials 

b-2 



1 



and labor necessary for the excavation, construction, and backfilling of 
culvert headwalls and aprons will be paid for at the contract unit price for 
•Culvert Headwall and Apron," for the various sizes of pipe as indicated in 
the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(e) Payment for Culvert Extension . - All material and labor 
necessary for the excavation, construction, and backfilling of the culvert 
extension* including the special culvert manhole at the inlet end and the 
headwall and apron at the outlet end, will be paid for at the lump sum 
price for "Culvert Extension," (see paragraph 8-08). 

(f ) Payment for Inverted Siphons . - All material and labor 
necessary for the excavation, construction, and backfilling of the inverted 
siphons, including the special inlets, will be paid for at the contract 
unit price for "Inverted Siphon" of the size indicated in the Schedule of 
Bid Items (see- paragraph 8-09). 

(g) Payment for Reinforcing Steel . - Reinforcing steel not con- 
templated and not included in other items will be paid for at the contract 
unit price per pound for "Steel;, Concrete Reinforcing." 

(h) Payment for Concrete . - Concrete not contemplated and not 
included in other items will be paid for at the contract unit price per 
cubic yard for "Concrete," of the class indicated in the Schedule of Bid 
Items. 

(i) Payment for Sheeting Ordered Left in Place . - Sheeting 
ordered left in place will be paid for at the contract unit price per 
thousand feet board measure for "Sheeting. • 

(j) Earth Excavation . - Earth Excavation not included in other 
items will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for 
•Excavation; Earth." 

(k) Rock Excavation . - Rock excavation will be paid far at the 
contract unit price per cubic yard for "Excavation; Rock.." 



8-3 



Specifications: Seaway, N. Y. 

SECTION IX 

CONCRETE COMPOSITION, CLASSIFICATION AIT) STRENGTH 

9-01. GENERAL. - The contractor shall furnish all the cement, 
aggregate, and reinforcement required. He shall locate his own source 
of supply of concrete aggregate and shall be entirely responsible for 
the suitability of such aggregate. The results obtained by the con- 
tracting officer on all explorations, investigations, and laboratory 
tests pertaining to aggregates, will be made availabe to the con- 
tractor at the U. S. Engineer Office, Llassena, N. Y. 

9-02. COMPOSITION. - Concrete shall be composed of cement , f ine 
aggregate, coarse aggregate, and water so proportioned and mixed as 
to produce a plastic, workable mixture in accordance with all require- 
ments under this section and suitable to the specific conditions of 
placement. 

9-03. CLASSIFICATION. - Except where required to meet special 
conditions, a 11 concrete shall be Class "A" or Classs "B* as specified 
and/ or indicated on the drawings or directed by the contracting officer^ 
in accordance with the conditions of application and the proportions 
of materials and strengths required. 

9-04. STRENGTH. - Test specimens of concrete shall be 6" x 12" 

cylinders,. The mixes will be designed to secure concrete having at 

least the following compressive strengths at the age of 28 days: 

Average for any 25 Minimum for any 

Class C onsecutive cylinders one cylinder 

A 3400 lbs. per sq. in. 2600 lbs. per sq. in. 

B 3000 lbs. per sq. in. 2200 lbs. per sq. in. 

9-05. HIGH-EARLY-STR^NGTH-CONCRETE. - High-early-strength con- 
crete made with high-early-strength Portland Cement for other special 
cements, shall be used only when specifically authorized by the con- 
tracting officer. The 7-day compressive strength of concrete of any 
class, when made with high-early-strength cement, shall be at least 
equal to the specified minimum 28-day compressive strength for that 
class using standard cement. All provisions of these specifications 
shall be applicable to such concrete. 

9-06. CEMENT. 

(a) Cement for all concrete shall conform to Federal Spec- 
ification SS-C-191b. 

(b) Cement for mortar shall conform to Federal Specification 
S s -C-l8lb, Type II, unless otherwise specified. 

(c) Special Test Requirements. - Cement shall be tested by 
some recognized testing laboratory or agency satisfactory to the con- 
tracting officer. Samples to b e tested shall be taken either at the 
mills or at the wo2?k. The contractor shall arrange and pay for the 



9-1 






testing and shall furnish the contracting officer certified copies of 
all test reports, all data in which will be subject to verification 
by the U. 3. Bureau of Standards, No cement shall be- used until 
notice has been given by the contracting officer that the test re- 
sults are £itisfactory. Cement which has been stored, other than in 
the bins at the mills, for more than 3 months after being tested shall 
be retested before use. Ordinarily, no cement shall be used until 
after it has satisfactorily passed both the 7 and 28-day tests, but 
in cases of emergency the contracting officer may -waive the 28-day 
tests and permit the use of cement which has satisfactorily passed 
the soundness and 7-day test; provided, it is the product of a 
quarry and mill having established a reputation of not less than 
3 years standing, for the production of high-grade cement* 

9-07. FINE AGGREGATE. 

(a) Composition. - Fine aggregate shall be natural sand, 
manufactured sand, or a Llend of both. 

(b) Quality . - Fine aggregate shall consist of hard, strong, 
durable, and uncoated particles. 

(c) Grading . - 

(1) Sieve Analysis. - ^he washed sand shall be well 
graded from coarse to fine and when tested by means of U. S. Standard 
square mesh sieves shall fall within the following limits of gradation: 

Total Passing Percent by Weight 

No. 4 sieve 95 - 100 

» 16 " 45-75 

» 50 * 12.5 - 25 

" 100 » 3o - 8 

If crushed stone sand is used the grading shall fall within the following 

limits : 

Total Passing Percent by Weight 

No. 4 sieve 95 - 100 

» 16 ■ 55-80 

n 50 ■ 15-30 

• 100 » 5 - 12 

Routine control tests and analyses of the sand in its various states 
from the raw to the finished product will be made by the Government t 
and the contractor shall provide such facilities as the contracting 
officer may consider necessary for the ready procurement of repre- 
sentative test samples. Any classifying, blending, screening, 
washing, or other operations on the sand required to meet these spec- 
ifications shall be done by the contractor and the cost thereof shall 
be included in the unit prices bid in the schedule for the items of 
work for which the sand is used. Deficiencies in the percentages of 
fine aggregate passing the No. 50 and No. 100 sieves, as required in 
the above gradation, may be remedied by the addition at the contractor's 
expense of a sufficient quantity of fine wind-blown or dune sand of 
approved quality and grading. The blending of any material with the 
original naturally graded sand to remedy deficiency in gradation shall 
be accomplished in charging the mixor, unless otherwise specifically 
authorized by the contracting officer. 

9-2 



(d) Deleterious Substances, - The substance designated shall 
not be present in excess of the following amounts: 

Percent by Weights 
Clay lumps 1 

Material removed by decanta- 
tion from aggregates not more 

than 3 

Shale 1 

(e) Mortar St rength . - Mortar specimens made with the fine 
aggregate shall have a compressive strength at 28 days -of at least 90 
percent of the strength of similar specimens made with Ottawa sand 
having a fineness modulus of 2.4CU 0.10 and the same cement, 

(f) Test ,- Fine aggregates will be tested and shall be 
subjected to the following: 

(1) Freezing and thawing test performed in accordance 
with A.S.T.M, Specification C137-3'ST, "Soundness of Aggregates by 
Freezing and Thawing," shall not show a loss in 25 cycles of more 
than 5 percent or not more than that shown by sand of proven quality. 

(2) Magnesium sulphate accelerated soundness test 
performed in accordance with A.S.T.M. Specification C88-39T, "Soundness 
of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulphate or Magnesium Sulphate," Shall 
not show a less in 10 cycles of more than 10 percent. It is the 
intent of these specifications that the fine aggregate shall meet 
all of the foregoing requirements as it enters the mixer, but in 
order to facilitate the wasting of any unsatisfactory material by 
the contractor, inspection will also be made at the processing plant 
and any fine aggregate which fails to meet the f oregoing require- 
ments at this point will be rejected. 

9-03. COARSE AGGREGATE. 

(a) Composi tion . - Coarse aggregate shall be washed gravel 
or crushed stone. 

(b) Quality . - Coarse aggregate shall consist of hardt 
tough, and durable particles free from adherent coating. It shall 
contain no vegetable matter nor soft, friable, thin, or elongated 
particles in quantities considered deleterious by the contracting 
officer. The substances designated shall not be present in excess 
of the following amounts: 

Percent by Weight 

Soft particles (including shale).... % 
Clay lumps \% 

Removed by decantation 1% 

Thin or elongated particles 10?£ 

When the material removed by decantation consists essentially of 
crusher dirt the maximum amount permitted may be raised to 1^. 
Aggregate which has disintegrated or weathered badly under exposure 
conditions similar to t hose which will be encountered by the work 
under consideration shall not be used. When crushed stone is used 
the crusher shall be equipped with a screening system which will 
entirely separate the dust from the stone and convey it to a separate 
bin. 

( c) Size and Gradation. 

(1) Coarse aggregate shall be generally rounded or 

9-3 






.»i 



cubical in shape and well graded from fine to coarse so that concrete 
of the required workability, density, and strength can be made without 
the use^ of an e xcess amount of sand, water, or cement. The maximum 
size aggregate for both Class "A" and Class "B" concrete shall be 
l£ inches, 

(2) Coarse aggregate s hall be separated, and the 
specified sizes delivered separately to individual proportioning 
hoppers in accordance with the following: 

(1) 3/16" to 3/4" 

(2) 3/4" to l£" 

Within either of the above-indicated size limits, not less than 85 
percent of the material shall be retained on a standard square mesh 
screen of the minimum size aggregate indicated, and not more than 5 
percent shall be retained on a standard square mesh screen of the 
maximum size aggregate indicated, and 100 percent shall pass a mesh 
screen 1^ times the maximum size aggregate indicated, 

(3) 'The grading of the combined coarse aggregate, in 
the mixed concrete, shall fall within the following limits: 

(Percent by Weight) 
Passing 

Maximum size mesh screen ( square mesh) 97-100 

1/2 maximum size mesh screen (square mesh).. 40-70 
3/l£>" screen ( square mesh) • 0-6 

(d) Tests .- Coarse aggregates will be tested and shall be 
subjected to the following: 

(1) Freezing and thawing test performed in accordance 
with A,S.T,M, Specification C137-38T, "Soundness of Aggregates by 
Freezing and Thawing," shall not show a loss in 25 cycles of more 
than 5 percent, 

(2) Magnesium sulphate accelerated soundness test 
performed in accordance with A.S.T.M, Specification C88-39T, "Soundness 
of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulphate or Magnesium Sulphate," shall not 
show a loss in 10 cycles of more than. 10 percent. It is the intent 

of these specifications that the coarse aggregate shall meet all of 
the foregoing requirements as it enters the mixer, but in order to 
facilitate the wasting of any unsatisfactory material by the contractor, 
inspection will also be made at the processing plant and any coarse 
aggregate which fails to meet the f oregoing requirements at this point 
will be rejected. 

9-09* WATER. - the water used in mixing concrete shall be fresh, 
clean, and free, from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, or organic 
matter. 

9-10, STORAGE. 

(a) Cement . 

(l) Immediately upon receipt, at the site of the work, 
cement shall be stored in a thoroughly dry, weathertight, and properly 
ventilated building or bin with adequate provisions for the prevention 
of the absorption of moisture. Storage shall be such as to permit easy 
access for inspection and definite identification of each shipment, 

(b) Aggregates. - The fine and coarse aggregates shall be 
stored separately and in such manner as to avoid the inclusion of any 
foreign material in the concrete. Stock piles of coarse aggregates 

9-4 



shall be built in horizontal layers to avoid segregation, 

9-11. SAMPLING AND TESTING AGGREGATES. - Except where provided 
otherwise by these specifications, all sampling and testing of aggre- 
gates shall be made in accordance with the Federal Specifications. 
Unless specified otherwise, all test samples shall be supplied by the 
contractor at his expense and all tests will be made by and under the 
supervision of the Government at its expense. The source from which 
concrete aggregates are to be obtained shall be selected by the con- 
tractor well in advance of the time when they will be required in 
the work, and suitable samples, as they a re tote used in the concrete 
shall be furnished to the contracting officer at least 10 days in 
advance of the time when the placing of the concrete is expected to 
begin. 

9-12. PROPORTIONING. - 

(a) Basis. - All concrete materials will be proportioned 
so as to produce a workable mixture in which the water content will 
not exceed the maximum specified. 

(b) Control . - The exact proportions of all materials 
entering into the concrete shall be as directed by the contracting 
officer. The contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to 
determine and control positively the actual amounts of the various 
materials, including ri&ter, cement, fine aggregate, and each indi- 
vidual size of coarse aggregate, entering into the concrete. The 
proportions will be changed whenever, in the opinion of the con- 
tracting officer, such change becomes necessary to obtain the specified 
strength and the desired density, uniformity, and workability, and the 
contractor will not be compensated because of such changes. The con- 
tracting officer also reserves the right to lower the requirements 

for strength and reduce the cement content and/or increase the spec- 
ified water content should such variation be considered to the best 
interests of the Government, and the contractor will not be compen- 
sated because of such changes. 

(c) Measurement . - All materials shall be measured by 
weight* One bag of cement will be considered 94 pounds in weight or 
one cubic foot in volume, and 1 gallon of water as 8.33 pounds. 

(d) Cement Content . - The cement content for each cubic 
yard of concrete shall not be less than the following: 

Class "A" 5*5 bags 

Class "B" 4*5 bags 

For concrete deposited in water, the minimum cement content shall be 
6.5 bags or 6ll pounds to each cubic yard of concrete placed. The 
cement content shall be at all times subject to variation as deemed 
necessary by the contracting officer to attain the desired results. 

(e) Water Content . - In calculating the total water content 
in any mix, the amount of moisture carried on the surfaces of the , 
aggregate particles shall be included. The total water content per 

bag of cement for each batch of concrete shall not exceed the following: 

Class "A" 5»5 gallons or 45 »8 pounds 
Class "B" 6.5 gallons or 54 •! pounds 
In all cases, however, the amount of water to be us 3d shall be the 
minimum amount necessary to, produce a plastic mixture of the strength 
specified and of the desired density, uniformity, and workability. In 
general, the consistency of any mix shall be that required for the 

9-5 



specific placing conditions and methods of placement, and ordinarily 
the slump shall be between 1/2 inch and 2 inches for Glass "B" , and 
between \\ inches and 3 inches for Glass "A" concrete when tested in 
accordance with the current specifications for "Method of Tests for 
Consistency of Portland Cement Concrete," of the American Society for 
Testing Materials, 

(f) Aggregate Content , - The total volume of aggregates to 
be used in each cubic yard of concrete shall be that necessary to 
produce a dense mixture of the required workability as determined by 
the contracting officer, 

9-13. MIXING AND PLACING. 

a) Equipment . - The contractor shall furnish approved 
mixing equipment. The mixer may b e of the stationary plant type or 
truck-mixer type, and shall be equipped with a device for accurately 
measuring and indicating the quantity of water entering the concrete. 
The operating mechanism must be such that leakage will not occur when 
the valves are closed. Adequate equipment and facilities shall be 
provided for accurate measurement and control of all materials and 
for readily changing the proportions of materials to conform to varying 
conditions of the work in order to produce concrete of the required 
uniform strength and workability, 

(b) Co nveying. - Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to 
forms as rapidly as practical: le by methods which will prevent segre- 
gation or loss of ingredients, • 

(c) Placing. - 

(1) c oncrete shall "be placed before initial set has 
occured, and in no event after it has contained its water content 
for more than forty-five (45) minutes. 

(2) All top surfaces not covered by forms and which 
are not to be covered by additional concrete or backfill shall be 
carried slightly above grade and struck off by board screed (see 
paragraph 9-15 (a) )• 

(d) Cold Weather, - Concrete shall not be placed when the 
ambient atmospheric temperatures is below 35 degrees F, nor when the 
concrete is likely to be subjected to freezing temperatures before 
final set has occurred, unless specifically authorized by the con- 
tracting officer in writing. When so authorized, the materials shall 
be heated in such a manner that they will be free of ice, slush, snow, 
frozen lumps, etc, before entering the mixer. The temperature of xhe 
concrete when deposited in the forms shall be not less than 50°F.« 
nor more than 100°F, All methods and equipment for heating shall be 
subject to the approval of the contracting officer, 

(e) Hot weather, - For concrete placed during the extremely 
warm summer months and otherwise, when directed by the contracting 
officer, the contractor shall take whatever measures are necessary in 
order to produce a concrete having a temperature below the maximum 
limit specified above. The methods and equipment used shall be subject 
to the approval of the contracting officer, 

9-14. TEST SPECIMENS. 

U) Numbe r , - Test specimens, to determine whether the 
compressive strength of the concrete is in accordance with t hat spec- 
ified in paragraph 9-°4» will be taken by the Government inspector, 

9-6 



Atr-least 1 set of 3 specimens will be made for every major placement 
and, in general, for every 500 cubic yards of concrete placed, but in 
any event, a sufficient number of specimens will be taken to give com- 
prehensive knowledge of the concrete in e ach section of the work. 

(b) Method . - All specimens will be taken from the concrete 
as it is placed in the forms and in accordance with the current spec- 
ifications of the American Society for Testing Materials. The specimens 
will be tested by and at the expense of the United States, either in its 
laboratory or in that of a recognized commercial testing agency. 

9-15. FINISHING. 

(a) General . - Immediately after placement, the concrete 
shall be properly forked back along the faces of all forms by the use 
of concrete forks or spades unless otherwise specifically authorized 
or directed by the contracting officer. The surface of concrete 
finished against forms shall be smooth, dense, and free from rock 
pockets. Immediately upon the removal of forms, all unsightly ridges 
or lips shall be removed and undesirable local bulging on exposed sur- 
faces shall be remedied by tooling and rubbing to the satisfaction of 
the contracting officer. Defective concrete shall be repaired by 
cutting out the unsatisfactory material and placing nev; concrete which 
shall be formed with keys, dovetails, or anchors to attach it securely 
to the other work. This concrete shall be drier than the usual mix- 
ture and shall be thoroughly tamped into place. All surfaces of con- 
crete, not covered by forms, that a re not to be covered by additional 
concrete or backfill, shall have a wood float finish without additional 
mortar, and shall be true to elevations as shown on the drawings. Care 
shall be taken to see that all excess water is removed before making 
this finish. Other surfaces shall be brought to the specified fin- 
ished elevation and left true and regular. Where considered necessary 
by the contracting officer, or where indicated on the drawings, joints 
shall be carefully made with a jointing tool. Every precaution shall 
be taken by the contractor to protect finished surfaces from stains or 
abrasions. No fire shall be permitted in direct contact with any con- 
crete at any time. C cncre te surfaces, or edges likely to be injured 
during the construction period, shall be properly protected by leaving 
the forms in place, or by erecting covers satisfactory to the con- 
tracting officer. 

(b) Floor Surfaces . - Surfaces where indicated on the plans 
or required by the contracting officer, shall be finished with a 1-inch 
monolithic sand -cement mortar surface. All water, laitance and any 
foreign matter shall be removed from the surfaces. The topping mixture 
shall be spread evenly over the base within 45 minutes after the base 
has been placed. The mortar shall be of 1 part cement and 3 parts 
approved clean sand. The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed . 
dry and then sufficient water shall be added to produce a medium stiff 
mortar. After placing, the mortar shall be floated to a true, regular 
surface with a wood float and steel -troweled to a smooth finish. 
Troweling shall be the minimum amount consistent with obtaining a 
'smooth dense surface and shall not be done until the mortar has hardened 

sufficiently to prevent excess fine material from being worked to the 
surface . . , 

9-l6. CURING. 

a) Warm weather. - All concrete shall be adequately pro- 

9-7 



tected from injurious action by the sun. Fresh concrete shall be 
protected from heavy rains, flowing water, and mechanical injury. Wood 
forms shall be left in place for curing. 

(b) Cold Weather . - Concrete when placed during cold weather 
shall be kept moist and provided with adequate protection against 
freezing. Salt or other chemicals shall not be admitted into the 
mixture to prevent freezing. 

9-17. FORMS. 

(a) Materials. - Forms shall be of wood, steel, or other 
approved material, except that the sheeting for all exposed surfaces 
shall be tongue-and groove lumber of uniform width unless otherwise 
specifically authorized. Forms of like character shall be used for 
similarly exposed surfaces in order to produce a uniform appearance. 
The type, size, shape, quality, and strength of all materials of which 
the forms are made and the design of the forms shall be subject to the 
approval of the contracting officer. 

(b) Construction. - Forms shall be built true to line and grade 
and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent dis- 
placement or sagging between supports. Responsibility for their ade- 
quacy shall rest with the contractor. Their surfaces shall be smooth 

and free from irregularities, dents, sags, or holes when used for 
permanently exposed faces. Bolts and rods used for internal ties shall 
be so arranged, that, when the forms are removed, all metal will be 
not less than 2 inches from any concreted surface. Wire ties will not 
be permitted without the approval of the contracting officer, and at 
no time where the concrete surface will be exposed to weathering and 
where discoloration will be objectionable. All forms shall be so 
constructed that they can be removed without hammering or prying 
against the concrete. Unless otherwise indicated, suitable moldings 
shall be placed to bevel or round exposed edges, at expansion joints 
and/or any other points as may be required by the contracting officer. 

(c) Coating. - Forms for exposed surfaces shall be coated 
with a non-staining mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before 
the concrete is placed. 

(d) Remo va l. - Foims shall not be removed without the 
approval of the contracting officer, and all removal shall be accom- 
plished in such manner as will prevent injury to the concrete. 

9-18. PLACING STEEL REINFORCEMENT. 

^a) General. - The contractor shall furnish, cut, bend, and 
place all steel reinforcement bars and mesh required for the work # All 
reinforcement shall be, when surrounding concrete is placed, entirely 
free from rust, scale, grease, or other coating which might destroy or 
reduce its bond with the concrete. A;q placing shall be in accordance 
with drawings furnished or approved by the contracting officer. 

(b) Cutting and Bending . - Steel reinforcement may be mill 
or field bent. All bending shall be in accordance with standard 
approved practice and by approved machine methods. 

(c) Quality. 

(1) Bars shall conform to Federal Specification Q,Q,-B-71a 
for "Bars; Re inf orement , Concrete," Type B» Grade 2. 

(2) Wire mesh shall be woven or electrically welded 
wire fabric of cold-drawn mild steel conforming to A.S.T.NU Specif i- 

9-8 



cation A185-37 for "Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement," 
The wire shall be of the size and spacing indicated on the drawings, 

(d) Minimum Spacing of Rods , - The clear distance between 
parallel rods shall not be less than l£ times the diameter of round 
rods, or twice the side dimensions of square rods, but in no case 
shall the clear spacing between the bars be less than 1|- times the 
maximum size of the coarse aggregate used in the concrete, unless spac- 
ifically authorized by the contracting officer. 

( e ) Relation of Rods to Concrete Surfaces , - 

(1) All main reinforcement in walls and slabs of 
buildings exposed to the weather and in fire-resistant construction, 
shall be placed not less than 1 inch from the surface in vails and 
slabs, l£ inches in floor beams, and 2 inches in girders and columns. 
In interior flat slab construction, the minimum cover may be reduced 
to 3/4 inch. For interior work where fire hazard does not exist, the 
main reinforcement shall be placed not less than 3/4 inch from the 
surface in walls and slabs, 1 inch in floor beams, and l£ inches in 
girders and columns, 

(f) Splicing, - Where splices in reinforcement, in addition to 
those indicated on drawings or directed by the contracting officer, 

are necessary, there shall be sufficient, lap to "transfer the stress by 
bond. Rods shall be lapped not less than 40 diameters and splices 
shall be staggered. The lapped ends of rods shall be- separated suf- 
ficiently or connected properly to develop the full strength of the 
rods. Adjacent sheets of mesh reinforcement shall be spliced by 
lapping not less than 6 inches, the lapped ends being securely wired 
together, 

(g) Supports, - All reinforcements shall be secured in place, 
true to the lines and grades indicated, by use of metal or concrete 
supports, spacers, or ties as approved by the contracting officer. Such 
supports shall be of sufficient strength to maintain the reinforcement 
in place throughout the concreting operation, and shall be used in such 
a manner that they will not be exposed on the face of, nor in any way 
discolor, nor be noticeable, in the surface of the finished concrete. 
The cost of furnishing and placing all supports, spacers, t ies, and/or 
other devices required for reinforcement shall be included in the 
contract unit price for "Steel; Concrete Reinforcing," 

9-19. EMBEDDED ITEMS, - Before placing concrete, care shall be 
taken to determine that any embedded metal or wood parts are firmly and 
securely fastened in place as indicated. They shall be thoroughly 
clean and free from coating, rust, paint, scale, oil, or any foreign 
matter. The embedding of wood in concrete shall be avoided whenever 
possible, metal being used instead. If wood is allowed, it shall be 
thoroughly wetted before the concrete is placed, 

9-20, EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS, - Expansion and con- 
traction joints shall be constructed at such points and of such 
dimensions as may be indicated or required. The method and materials 
used shall be subject to the approval of the contracting officer and 
the materials shall conform to Federal Specifications wherever ap- 
plicable. In no case shall corner protection angles or other fixed 
metals embedded in the surface of the concrete and bonded be con- 
tinuous through an expansion joint, 

9-21. DAMPR00FING. 

(a) General, - This work consists of furnishing all material 

9-9 






and equipment and performing all necessary labor for dampproofing as 
specified or indicated on drawings. All surfaces to which dampproofing 
is to "be applied shall be inspected and approved by the contracting 
officer, before dampproofing is started. Surfaces which are not in 
satisfactory condition to receive dampproffing shall have all holes, 
cracks, or other defects pointed flush with mortar or otherwise cor- 
rected. Surfaces to receive dampproofing shall be clean and dry. No 
dampproofing shall be applied at temperatures lower than 45° F« 

(b) Materials shall conform to the following specifications: 
Dampproofing Materials for Exterior Wall Surfaces shall be - 

Creosote Oil Primer - Fed, Spec. TT-W-56la 

Coal Tar Pitch - Fed. Spec. P-P-381 - Type II 

(c) Application. - Exterior surfaces to be dampproofed shall 
first be given one ooat of primer, freely flowed on. Wall surfaces to 
be dampproofed shall be given not less than two coats of pitch. Damp- 
proofing pitch shall be heated to flow freely but not over 375°F. 
Each coat of dampproofing pitch shall consist of not less than twenty- 
five pounds per square. The finished work shall present an impervious, 
smooth, lustrous, surface. Dull or porous spots that appear shall be 
corrected by applying additional coats of pitch, 

9-22. MEASUREMENT AND PAIMENT. 

(a) Concrete, General . - Measurement of concrete will be 
made on the basis of the actual volume of concrete within the neat 
lines of the structures as indicated on the drawings or otherwise re- 
quired. Measurement of concrete placed against the sides of excavation 
without the use of intervening forms will be made only within the neat 
lines of the structure. No deductions will be made for rounded or 

beveled edges or space occupied by metal work, electrical conduits, 
timber, nor for voids which are less than either five (5) cubic feet. 
in volume or one (1) square foot in cross-section. Unless otherwise 
specified or included in other pay items, payment for concrete will be 
made at the respective contract prices per cubic yard for the various 
classes required, which prices shall include the use of all equipment, 
tools, material, false-work, forms, bracing, bolts, rods, metal ties, 
dowels, preformed expansion joint filler, bituminous cement not other- 
wise covered, canvas, mortar, labor, special provisions for hot and 
cold weather placing and curing, and all other items required to com- 
plete the concrete work, which are not specified to be paid for separ- 
ately. 

(b) Additional Concrete. - Any other concrete to be placed 
and not specifically covered above will be paid for at that contract 
unit price for the concrete specified above which is most applicable 
to the additional concrete placed as determined by the contracting 
officer. The decision of the contracting officer regarding the class- 
ification of such additional concrete will be final. No payments will 
be made for any additional material which may be authorized by the con- 
tracting officer at the request of and primarily for the benefit of 

the contractor, which is not found necessary and required and directed 
by the contracting officer under the provisions of these specifications. 

(c) Measurement and Payment for Steel Reinforcement , - Steel 
reinforcement will be paid for at the contract .unit price per pound for 
"Steel; Concrete Reinforcing," The unit price shall include all 
material and labor for furnishing, cutting, b ending, and placing steel 
reinforcement. The weights for payment shall be based on the amount 
actually placed in accordance with the dimensions and details on the 
bar schedules or placed as directed by the contracting officer. Unit 

9-10 



Specifications: Sea-way, N. T* 

SECTION X 
CENTRAL HEATING PLANT, STEAM DISTRIBUTION AND EQUIPMENT 

10-01. GENERAL. This section of the specifications includes the furnish- 
ing of all labor, materials, equipment, and doing all work necessary for the 
central heating plant and steam distribution system oomplete, including boiler 
installation with breeohing, stack and all meohanioal equipment and appurten- 
anoes within the boilerhouse, as well as all underground ste«m '.stribution 
lines, manholes, oonduit, and appurtenances up to the shut-off valve at the 
steam take-off from the main or lateral. The entire distribution system and heating 
plant shall be installed oomplete, in perfect working order, in full accordance 
with the intent and meaning of the speoif ioations and drawings to the oomplete 
satisfaction of the contracting officer. 

10-02. GENERAL HEATING PLANT. 

(a) General Description of System . - Steam shall be generated in 
mechanioal stoker, bituminous ooal-f ired, water tube boilers at a pressure of 
approximately fifty pounds per square inch gage. The pressure shall be 
varied according to weather conditions up to a maximum of 100 pounds per sq. 
in., and the steam delivered to the underground distribution system at boiler 
pressure. The condensate from the distribution system will be returned 
through the condensate return lines by gravity, exoept at two low spots where 
automatic oondensate return pumps shall be installed as indioated on the 
drawings. All condensate will be returned to a hot well looated near the 
boilerhouse from where it will be pumped into the boiler feed line. Over- 
all efficiency of the boilers shall be not less than 78£ at 100£ of the 
specified boiler rating. 

(b) General Directions . - All work shall be performed in harmony 
with the other work in progress in the village and at suoh times as directed 
by the oontraoting offioer. The contractor shall do all the required out- 
ting and field fabrication of structural work, subjeot to the approval of the 
oontraoting offioer. The plans show the general arrangement of all the 
meohanioal equipment, conduit, piping, etc Should conditions neoessitate 

a rearrangement of any of this equipment, the contractor, before proceeding 
with the work, shall submit plans showing the proposed rearrangement and 
obtain the approval of the contracting offioer before proceeding with the 
installation* Before aooeptanoe every portion of the work shall be in first 
olass oondition and in tested working order. 

(o) Protection . - All work and materials shall be proteoted against 
damage and theft at all times. The contractor shall make good all damage 
and loss due to laok of protection oaused either directly or indirectly by 
his workmen. 

10-03. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR CENTRAL HEATING PLANT. 

(a) Standard Specifications . - Unless otherwise specified, all 
materials and methods of installation shall oonform to the following speci- 
fications, or latest revisions thereof, (see paragraph l-31)r 

Title (Federal Speoifioations ) Number 

Clocks; Synchronous-Motor (for) General purposes, GG-C-466 

l0 . 



Gages; pressure, (for) direct-stem-mounting, 
Gages; pressure and vacuum (for) air, ammonia, oil, 

steam, and water, 
Thermometers; Industrial, 
Pipe-Threads; Standard, 
Brick; Fire Clay, 
Brick; Silica, 
Clay; Fire, 

Gaskets; asbestos-oopper, corrugated, 
Magnesia; block, cement, and plpecovering (molded^ 
paoking; asbestos, sheet, compressed, 
Pipe-Covering and Cement; mineral or rock-wool, 
Metals; general specification for inspection of, 
Brick; building, (common), clay, 
Read-Lead; dry and paste- in-oil, 
Varnish; asphalt, 

Flange-Dimensions, standard} (olasses 125 and 250 
cast iron flanges; classes 150 and 250 bronze 
flanges), (for land use), 

Nippies, pipe; brass, steel, and wrought iron, 
Pipe; brass, seamless, iron-pipe-size, standard and 

extra- strong 
Pipe; steel and ferrous-alloy, wrought, iron-pipe-size 
Pipe; wrought-iron, welded, black and zino-ooateci, 
Pipe-Fittings; brass or bronze (threaded), 125- pound, 
Pipe-Fittings; cast-iron (threaded), 
Tubes; boiler, steel, 

Unions! malleable- iron or steel, 250-poundt 
Valves, brass or bronze; angle and globe, 150-pound, 

threaded and flanged (for land use), 
Valves, gate; 125-pound, threaded and flanged (for 

land use), 
Hose; water, braided, 



GG-G-66 

GG-G-76 

GG-T-321 

GGG-P-351 

HH-B-671b 

HH-B-681 

HH-C-451a 

HH-G-71 

HH-M-61 

HH-P-46 

HH-P-386a 

QQ-M-15'la 

SS-B-656 

TT-R-19la 

TT-V-51 



Wlff-F-406 

WW- N- 351 

WW- P- 351 
WW- P- 40 3a 
WW-P-441a 
WW- P- 448 
WW-P-501a 
WW- T- 731a 
WW- U- 531 

WW-V-51 

WW- V- 76b 
ZZ-H-601 



All material and equipment carrying steam pressure shall be of 
such design and construction as to safely withstand a working pressure of 125 
pounds per square inch. 

(b) Material and Equipment Submitted for Approval . - In accordance 
with article 7 of the contraot, the contractor shall submit, for the approval 
of the contracting officer, a complete list, inoiuding catalogs and descrip- 
tive matter, of the following listed materials and equipment he proposes to 
furnish and install. No consideration will be given to partial lists sub- 
mitted from time to time, (see paragraphs l-04(d) and 1-34): 

(1) Boilers and settings 

(2) Feed water regulators 

(3) Safety valves 

(4) Automatio stop-check valves 

(5) Apron feeder conveyor 

(6) Coal crusher 

(7) Bucket type conveyor 

(8) Coal bunker, gate, and spout 

(9) Boiler feed pumps 
(10) Foroed draft fans 



10-2 



(11 

(12 

(13 
(H 
(15 
(16 

(17 
(18 

U9 
(20 
(21 
(22 

(23 

(24 

(25 
(26 

(27 
(28 

(29 

(30 



Stokers 

Ash disposal system including steam jet, piping, ash hop- 
pers, and clinker breaking device 
Draft gages 
Hot well 

Boiler and breeohing covering 
Pyrometers 

Blow-off valves and cooks 
plater level oontrols 
Inverted steam traps 
Strainers 
Pipe covering 

Steam flow gages . 

Expansion joints 
Pressure gages 
Thermometers 
Electric clook 
Welding fittings 

Manhole covers, frames, and plates 
Steam separators 
Peed water treatment equipment. 



10-04. BOILERS. 

(a) The contractor shall furnish and install in the boilerhouse on 
suitable foundations as indicated on the approved drawings, five 3°0 H. P. 
(nominal rating) boilers similar and equal to the "Design 3 2 t Cross-Drum 
Boiler* as manufactured by the Baboock & Wilcox Company of New York City 
or as approved by the oontraoting officer. The H.P. rating shall be based 
on the standard of 10 sq. ft. of heating surface per boiler H. P. The boilers 
shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 pounds per square inch gage 
and will be ooal-fired by means of meohanioal stokers fed by hoppers and a 
oonveyor system as hereinafter specified and as indicated on the drawings. 
Boilers shall be raised above the floor on bricked-up settings as indicated 
on the plans and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as ap- 
proved by the contracting offioer. The boilers shall be provided with steel 
tubes in oonformity with Federal Specification Ho. WW- T- 731a and shall suit 
the space requirements of the boiler room with adequate olearanoe to permit 
tube replacement. Eaoh boiler shall be furnished and installed complete 
with at least the following listed equipment r 

Peed water connections and internal feed delivery 

Water column oomplete with water gage, gage oooks, all oonneo- 

tions and drip piping 
Two safety valves 
Steam gage with piping 

Blowdown connection at one end of mud drum 
ingle blowdown valve set in tandem with plug-type cock 
Peed stop valve 
Damper and damper frame at breeching connection, including 

operating rig 
Inspection, tube, aooess and cleaning doors 
Header proteotion-tile 
Steel bucks tays and tie rods 
Peed oheok valve 



10-3 



Manhole and handhole wrenohes 

Boilers shall be supported from the foundations by means of a 
suitable structural steel support so designed as to remove the entire weight 
of the boilers from the briok settings. 

(b) Boiler Name plates * - Each boiler shall have the manufactur- 
er's name, address, boiler trade name and oatalog number» distinctly oast on 
the front, or on a standard name plate securely fastened to the front. A 
distributing agent's name will not fulfill the requirement. 

10-05. BOILER SETTING. 

(a) The boilers shall be raised on brick settings, as above 
specified and as indicated on the drawings. The settings shall be oomposed 
of red briok, insulating briok and firebrick, all as hereinafter specified. 

(b) Redbrick shall be of the best quality, hard-burned, selected, 
and shall oonform to Federal Specification SS-B-656, for "Briok;; Building, 
(common), clay," Grade H. Redbrick shall be laid in mortar composed of one 
part of the approved Portland oement, one part of lime and three parts of 
sharp, olean sand. Where redbrick is used for the outside setting finish, 

a small amount of red coloring matter shall be added to the mortar so as to 
match the brick. Briokwork shall be laid with headers every fourth course, 
except as otherwise required by the boiler manufacturer for openings, etc., 
and as approved by the contracting officer. All bricks shall be regular, 
uniform in shape and size, and free from oracks and laminations. All brick- 
work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. No joints in the red 
brickwork shall be thicker than one-quarter inch. All portions of the set- 
tings exposed to flames and hot gases shall be faced with firebrick. 

(c) The setting walls of the combustion ohamber shall consist of 
not less than 8 inches of common brick, -2j.£ inohes of insulating brick (Sil- ' 
o-cel or equal) and 4£ inches of firebrick. The floor of the combustion 
ohamber shall be lined with 4£ inohes of firebrick backed by an equal thiok- 
ness of insulating brick (Sil-O-oel or equal). Complete plans showing set- 
ting of boiler and foundations shall be submitted for the approval of the 
contracting offioer. 

(d) Firebrick shall be class B-ld as specified in Federal specifi- 
cation No. HH-B-671b. The firebriok shall be laid in a mortar composed of 
fire olay conforming to Federal Specification HH-C-451a, "Clay; Fire," Class 
F, and water mixed to form a oream which shall be stirred frequently while 
using. The brick shall be dipped in the cream and laid with a rubbing motion 
so there will be minimum spacing between brioks when laid. All excess mortar 
shall be wiped from the bricks as they are laid. 

10-06. SAFETY VALVES. - Furnish and^instaH on each boiler two safety 
valves of the metal seated pop type. The safety valves shall conform to the 
requirements of the latest A. S-M. S. Boiler Code, shall be furnished as part 
of the boiler equipment as above specified and shall be recommended by the 
boiler manufacturer as suitable for operation with the boilers to be furnished 
The valves shall be set to blow at a gage pressure of 110 pounds per square 
inch, shall be standard catalog products and shall be approved by the con- 
tracting officer. Discharge pipes from the safety valves on each boiler 
shall be run through the roof and be provided with suitable flashings; the 
top of the pipe shall be fitted with a screwed on umbrella type cap which 
will permit the full discharge of steam through an opening lg times the area 
of the discharge pipe, and also prevent the entrance of snow, water, and 

10-4 



other materials whioh might obstruct the discharge pipe. The lowest poinw 
of each disoharge pipe shall have a 3/4- inoh drain pipe run to a suitable 
disoharge as direoted by the oontraoting offioer. 

10-07. BLOW-OFF VALVES AND COCKS. - Furnish and install as indicated 
on the drawings or as approved by the contracting offioer for eaoh boiler a 
blow-off valve and blow-off cock and oonneot same to disoharge into the air 
outside the building as approved by the contracting offioer. The blow-off 
cock shall be of the straightway geared type, and the blow-off valve shall 
be of the balanced seatless type, and shall be furnished as part of the 
boiler equipment as previously specified. Both cook and valve shall comply 
with the reoommendation of the boiler manufacturer as suitable for operation 
with the boiler to be furnished. Both the 000k and valve shall be designed 
for a working pressure of 2J50 pounds per square inch gage, shall have steel 
bodies, and shall be approved by the oontraoting offioer. 

10-08. PRESSURE GAGES. - Furnish and install on each boiler a suitable 
direot reading steam pressure gage to indioate the steam pressure in the 
boiler. Eaoh gage shall be Bourdon spring type with at least 12-inch di- 
ameter dials and non-oorrodible movements. Eaoh gage shall be connected to 
its boiler by means of not less than \ inoh brass pipe and fittings contain- 
ing a shut-off cock and shall be mounted in front of the boiler so as to be 
easily read from the boiler room floor. The gages shall have operating 
ranges from to 150 pounds per square inoh and shall be the standard oatalog 
products of reputable manufacture. The pressure gages shall conform to Feder- 
al Specification GG-Gr76 and shall be approved by the oontraoting offioer. 

10-09. DAMPERS. - Furnish and install in the boiler uptake from eaoh 
boiler a suitable manually operated damper. The dampers shall be constructed 
of not less than No. 10 U.S» standard gage steel with the neoessary stiffening 
members and shall be properly mounted with two bearings. Eaoh damper shall 
be free in its movements, shall fit the flue accurately and closely and shall 
be provided with indicating and looking devices for holding same in any de- 
sired position. All dampers shall be capable of being operated from the 
boiler room floor. 






10-10. DRAFT GAGES. - Furnish and install for eaoh boiler the neoessary 
draft gages for efficient control of the forced draft, stoker-feed furnace. 
The draft gages shall be of the multi-pointer type with illuminated soales 
and shall be installed on each boiler instrument panel where directed by the 
contracting offioer. The draft gages shall indioate the draft at least 
three points or more; one for the last pass near the smoke outlet when the 
minimum gas velooity prevails, one for the oombustion chamber, and one for 
the air pressure in the plenum chamber. The gages shall have ranges suitable 
for the operating conditions. All draft gages shall have sorew adjustments 
for bringing the pointers to zero at no draft and for calibrating purposes. 
All the neoessary shut-off oooks for adjusting to atmospheric pressure shall 
bt provided. Eaoh gage shall be installed in a oast-iron or steel dustproof 
case finished in blaok enamel or otherwise as approved. The gages shall 
have standard pipe- size brass connection between same -and the points at whifch the 
drafts are taken, with brass oooks or valves in eaoh line and shall be ap- 
proved by the contracting offioer. 

10-11. PYROMETHRS.. - Furnish and install in conjunction with eaoh 

10-5 j 



boiler a recording pyrometer for measuring the temperature of the flue gas- 
ses leaving the boiler. The pyrometer shall oonsist of a thermostat bulb 
installed in a steel sheath complete with the necessary length of armor pro- 
tected capillary tubing and the recording mechanism and pen. The bulb shall 
be installed in the path of the flue gasses at the point where same leave 
the boiler, and the oapillary tubing shall extend from that point to the 
recording mechanism. The pyrometer shall have a temperature range of ap- 
proximately .50 to 1.000°p. , and the ohart scale shall read direct in de- 
grees Fahrenheit, and shall be installed on the individual boiler panel 
boards. The pyrometers shall be standard catalog products of reputable 
make and shall be approved by the contracting officer. 

10-12. STEAM FLOW METERS- 

(a) Furniii and install on eaoh boiler in the steam delivery line, 
as indioated on the drawings, a venturi tube type steam flow meter. This 
meter shall be of the proper oapacity for 250% boiler rating and shall be 
connected to an indicating dial calibrated to read directly in boiler horse- 
power. The dial shall be approximately 12 inches in diameter and graduated 
from 0-800 horsepower, and shall be mounted on the individual boiler near 
the steam gage. 

(b) Furnish and install in the main steam line, as indioated on the 
drawings, an integrating steam flow meter to read in pounds of steam. The 
meter shall be a venturi tube of the proper size in the main steam de- 
livery line to which shall be oonneoted the meter and dial. The dial shall 
be mounted on the instrument panel or as directed by the contracting offi- 
oer. The indicating portion shall read directly in pounds of steam per hour 
and the integrating dials shall record the total amount of steam delivered 
in pounds. The integrating dial shall be oapable of recording at least 
50,000,000 pounds of steam. 

(o) The steam flow meters shall carry a manufacturer's guarantee 
that will indioate accurately the desired flow and delivery under the con- 
ditions of operation as given in these speoif ioations. Steam flow meters 
shall be approved by the contracting offioer. 

10-13. ELECTRIC CLOCK. - Furnish and install in the boiler room where 
directed by the contracting officer one 12 -inoh diameter illuminated-dial 
eleotrio dock with sweep seoond hand. The casing shall be of metal and shall 
be dust and moisture proof. The dock shall be Type II, Grade A t Class 1 con- 
forming to Federal Specifications GG-C-466. It shall operate on 110-volt, 60- 
oyole, alternating current. 

10-14. BOILER INSTRUMENT PANELS. - Furnish and install at eaoh boiler in 
the boiler room, as indioated on the drawings, a suitable instrument panel. 
This panel shall be of £ineh asbestos Portland cement with suitable reinforce- 
ment to provide the necessary rigidity, and shall be attached to the boiler 
framework. Instruments shall be mounted on the panel as speoified or as ap- 
proved by the contracting offioer. 

10-15. TOOL CABINET. - The contractor shall furnish and install a metal 
tool oabinet or oabinets whioh shall contain drawers and oompartments suit- 
able to contain all the small tools furnished with eaoh piece of equipment 
together with a set of general repair and maintenance tools; eaoh oabinet 
shall be equipped with a look and two sets of keys. The design, size and 
location of the tool oabinet or oabinets shall be approved by the contract- 
ion 






ing officer. 

10-16. BOILBR COVERING. - The boilers shall be oovered with 8% mag- 
nesia blocks* \\ inches thick. The blocks shall be covered with £-inoh 
coat of 85% magnesia cement held in plaoe by 1^-inoh mesh ohioken wire. 
One ooat £-inoh thick of asbestos insulating cement shall be placed over the 
wire. The last ooat shall consist of £-inch thiokness of Insulkote or equal 
troweled smooth and neatly finished to the satisfaction of the contracting 
officer. 

10-17. BREECHING AND 3J0KE UPTAKE COVERING. - The breeehing and smoke 
connections to boilers shall be oovered with 2-inch thiok 85% magnesia 
blooks wired with heavy galvanized iron wire with 1-inch V ribbing, forming 
a 1-inoh air spaoe between the breeching and the covering. All joints shall 
be filled with magnesia oement and the blooks ooated with £-inoh ooat of 85% 
magnesia oement and held in plaoe with 1^-inoh mesh ohicken wire. One ooat 
£-inoh thiok of asbestos insulating oement shall be placed over the wire. 
The last coat shall consist of £-inoh thiokness of Insulkote or equal tro- 
welled to a smooth and even surface. Cleanout doors shall not be covered. 
The insulation shall be beveled neatly up to the edges of all such openings. 

10-18. ELECTRICAL WORK. - Unless otherwise specified, all the automatic 
oontrol, switohing and protective devioes, wiring, etc., that are required 
for the operation of equipment described in this section of the specifications, 
shall be furnished and installed by the contractor and shall be in oomplianoe 
with all applicable requirements of Section IX. 

10-19* INSTRUCTIONS. - Instructions for operating and maintaining eaoh 
piece of mechanical equipment, as recommended by the manufacturer, shall be 
stamped on a metal plate and placed in a conspicuous location near the re- 
spective pieoe of equipment. The oontractor shall thoroughly instruct a 
representative of the contracting offioer on the operation and maintenance 
of eaoh piece of equipment. 

10-20. BOILER FESDWATBR SYSTEM. 

(a) Boiler Feed Pumps . - Furnish and install on suitable conorete 
foundations, approximately where indicated on the drawings, two electrio 
motor-driven direot ooupled centrifugal boiler feed pumps. The pumps shall 
eaoh have a oapaoity of at least 2JJ0 gallon of water per minute and a minimum 
diameter of 2 inches for the discharge opening. The boiler feed pumps shall 
be similar and equal to the type U, Two-Stage Volute Pump as manufactured by 
the WOrthington Pump and Machinery Corporation of Harrison, Mew Jersey, or as 
approved by the contracting offioer. Pumps shall be furnished complete with 
suitable eleotrio driving motors as approved by the contracting offioer. 
Furnish and install on the suction side of each pump a suitable strainer as 
hereinafter speoified. The water connections to the suction side of the 
pumps shall be so arranged as to permit the pumping of water from either the 
hot well or from the cold water main separately or simultaneously. 

(b) Water Pressure Cag e. - Furnish and install in the main boiler 
feed line on the discharge side of the boiler feed pumps a suitable water 
pressure gage to indioate the pressure in the boiler feed line. The gage 
shall be Type A, with 4i inoh silvered or white dial with blaok letters gradu 
ated from 0-300 pounds and an enameled galvanized steel case conforming to 
Federal Specification GG-G-76. This gage shall be mounted on the wall at 



10-7 






approximately 5 feet above the floor. 

(c) Hot Well * - The contraotor shall furnish and install as indi- 
cated on the drawings, or as approved by the contracting officer, a hot well 
for the purpose fo reoeiving all condensate from the return line. The hot 
well shall be a steel tank of not less than 2,000 gallons capacity, pro- 
tected by coating or bituminous pain oapable of withstanding temperatures to 
220°p. , and shall be vented to the air as indicated on the drawings. A sub- 
stantial vent cap shall be installed on the vent pipe. The hot well shall be 
furnished with a manhole and water connections as indicated on the drawings* 
The hot well shall be a standard product of reputable manufacture and shall 
be approved by the contracting officer. 

(d) Water Gage . - In oonjunotion with the hot well the contractor 
shall furnish and install, at the looation indioated on the drawings, or as 
speoified by the contracting officer, a suitable water level gage with shut- 
off cook to indicate the water level in the hot well at all times. The 
water level gage shall be a standard produot of reputable manufacture and 
shall be approved by the contracting officer. 

(e) Thermometers .- Furnish and install in the waterlines, where 
indicated on the drawings, or where speoified by the contracting offioer, 
suitable glass bulb, steel jacketed mercury, thermometers with 9- inch 
scales graduated from 40° to 240° P. conforming to Federal Specification 
CrG-T-321 for straight mounting. Thermometers shall be so mounted in sep- 
arable well sockets that they may be easily read and also removed for in- 
spection or replacement without leakage of the pipe line and without it be- 
ing necessary to shut off the water. Thermometers shall be installed in 
the suction line between the hot well and the boiler feed pumps just inside 
the boilerhouse wall where the suction line enters and in the main boiler 
feed pump discharge line near the boilers. Thermometers shall be standard 
oatalog products of reputable manufacture and shall be approved by the con- 
tracting officer. 

(f) Feed Water Regulators . - Furnish and install in oonjunotion 
with each boiler an expansion tube type feed water regulator, equipped with 
■V* port valves. The regulators shall be properly installed with all neces- 
sary valves, unions, etc, in aooordance with the manufacturer's recommen- 
dations; shall be standard catalog equipment, and shall be approved by the 
contracting officer. 

(g) Feed Water Treatment System . - The contractor shall furnish 
and install complete a suitable water softening treatment system for "make- 
up* purposes. The soft water is to be piped to the boiler feed water pump 
suction line between the hot well and the pumps. The "softening" compound 
shall be natural green sand or synthetic zeolite and the system shall be 
capable of handling at least 50 gallons of water per hour. Standard means 
for regenerating the zeolite by a saturated salt solution shall be pro- 
vided. The feed water treatment system shall be similar and equal to the 
single unit, down-flow zeolite water softener with brine tank as manu- 
factured by the Elgin Softener Corporation of Elgin, Illinois, or as ap- 
proved by the contracting offioer. 

10-21. FUEL STORAGE AND CONVEYING. 

(a) General . - Coal will be transported to the coal receiving hop- 
per by railroad in either side or bottom dump cars. After the ooal has 
been dumped it will be conveyed by means of an inclined variable speed 
apron feedertype conveyor to a single roll crusher. The coal will then drop 
from the crusher through a skirt into the lower run of a bucket type ooal 

10-8 



conveyor which will carry, elevate, and dump the coal either into the bunk- 
ers above the stokers or dump into the storage bin, as may be selected. The 
apron feeder type conveyor, the crusher and the bucket type conveyor shall be 
of the proper size and dimensions for the installation as indicated on the 
plans and shall be capable of handling at least 18 tons of coal per hour. 

(*>) Inclined Apron Feeder Conveyor . - An inclined variable speed 
apron feeder shall be furnished and installed as indicated on the plans for 
the purpose of conveying the run-of-mine coal to a coal crusher. This crush-, 
er shall be 24"'x24 t with a capacity to reduce at least 18 tons of run-of-mine 
coal per hour to I^-inch ring size, and shall be similar and equal to the 
Single Roll, Sprint Relief Coal Crusher as manufactured by the Link-Belt Com- 
pany of Chicago, Illinois, or as approved by the contracting officer. 

(6) Bucket Type Coal Conveyor .- There shall be furnished and in- 
stalled as indicated on the plans a suitable bucket type coal conveyor for the 
purpose of conveying coal from the crusher to the coal bunkers above the furnace 
stokers or to the storage shed, and from the storage shed to the coal bunkers. 
Approved stationary bucket trippers shall be installed above the coal bunkers. 
These trippers shall be of a type that can be rendered operative or in-operative 
by simple manual control. There shall be installed in the storage shed a 
manually-operated tripper which can be moved along the conveyor to trip the 
buckets at any desired point. The movement of this tripper shall be controlled 
by a hand-operated winch and cable, or similar mechanism, and shall be of a type 
that can be rendered operative or in-operative by simple manuel control. All 
bucket tripper controls shall be operated from the floor level. The bucket 
type conveyor, bucket trippers, and tripper consols shall be similar and 
equal to the Peck Carrier as manufactured by the Link-Belt Company of Chicago, 
Illinois, and shown in their book Ho. 1720, or as approved by the contracting 
officer. 

(d) Coal Bunkers. - There shall be installed above each furnace a 
coal bunker into which the bucket type conveyor will discharge coal and from 
which coal will flow by gravity into the stoker hopper. The bunker size at 
the top shall be no more than 8»x5' and the height of the bunker shall be such 
that the bunker will hold appoximately 5 tons of coal as dumped from the con- 
veyor and of such a shape as to cause Ehe complete discharge by gravity 
through the stoker spout of all the coal in the bunker. The overall height 
of the bunker shall be such that no obstruction will be offered to the re- 
moval of any boiler tube. A suitable stoker spout with a manual chain-oper- 
ated ga*e, hhall be installed to carry the coal by gravity from the bunker to 
the stoker hopper. The gate shall be installed between the bunker and the 
spout and shall permit radial movement of the spout so that the discharge of 
the spout may be placed over any desired spot in the stoker hopper. Before 
any part of this work in started the contractor shall furnish the contracting 
officer for his approval drawings showing the shape, dimensions, and materials 
of the equipment he proposes to furnish for the storing, transporting, and 
delivery of all coal from the railroad cars. 

10-22. BOILER FIRING. 

(a) Stokers and Forced Draft Fans .- There shall be furnished and in- 
stalled for each furnace a suitable automatic mechanical stoker complete with 
hopper, feeding mechanism, grates, and grate dumping mechanism. This equip- 
ment shall be such as to allow operation of the boilers up to 20Q£ of rated 
capacity. In conjunction with the stoker there shall be furnished and in- 
stalled a suitable approved air blast fan for the purpose of crating a forced 
draft. It is contemplated that this fan will be installed in the rear of the 

10-9 



furnaoe, however, this is not mandatory. Before work is started on the in- 
stallation of the stoker and fan the contractor shall furnish to the contract- 
ing pfficer for his approval a complete set of drawings of the stoker and 
fan installation which the contractor proposes to supply. Both stoker and 
fan shall be similar and equal to the Single Retort, Underfed, Side Dump, 
link Grate stoker as manufactured by the Westinghouse Electric and Manu- 
facturing Co. of Philadelphia, pa. * or as approved by the contracting offioer. 

(b) Breeching and Smoke Connections . - The boilers shall be oonnected 
to the stack by means of a smoke breeching as indicated by the drawings with 
individual smoke connections to each boiler uptake. The breeching and indi- 
vidual smoke connections shall be constructed of No. 10 U.S. standard gage 
sheet steel reinforced in an approved manner with steel angles of suitable 
size. The sheet metal shall conform to Federal Specification QQ-I-696, 

"Iron and Steel? Sheet, Black and Zinc-Coated (Galvanized), "Type I, copper 
bearing. The inside of the breeching and flue neck shall have expanded metal 
spot welded to the plates and a layer of plastio fire brick applied to a 
thiokness of 1\ inches as indioated on the drawings. The plastic fire briok 
shall be similar and equal to plibrico as manufactured by the Plibrico Joint- 
less Firebrick Co. of Chicago, Illinois. 

(c) The dimensions of breechings and smoke connections shall be as 
reoommended by the boiler manufacturer and shall be approved by the contract- 
ing offioer. The contractor shall be responsible for furnishing a breeching 
of adequate capacity to satisfactorily carry the 200£ rating of the boilers 
under the specified overload conditions (see paragraph 10-35) and shall be 
responsible for the coordination of the chimney capacity with that required 
for the particular boilers installed. In any case the smoke breeching shall 
not come closer than twelve inches to beams or slabs. Provide in the breech- 
ing or smoke connections to boilers where necessary, or where indicated on the 
plans, suitable cleanouts which will permit cleaning the entire smoke con- 
nections without dismantling. 

IO-23. SMOKS STACK* - Furnish and install as indicated on the plans a 
steel smoke stack. The plates for fabrication shall be of the gage indicated 
on the drawings, shall conform to Federal Specification QQ-I-696, "Iron and 
Steel; Sheet, Black and zinc-ooated (Galvanized)," Type I, copper bearing and 
shall be curved to the correct radius at the mill or structural works. The 
dimensions of the stack are indicated on the drawings; however, the contractor 
shall be responsible for the coordination of the stack's capacity with that 
required for the boilers and auxiliary equipment he proposes to install. 
The smoke breeching from the boilers shall be connected to the stack and a 
clean-out door shall be provided near the base of the stack, all as indi- 
cated on the drawings. A suitable reinforced concrete foundation shall be 
provided for the stack which shall be firebrick-lined for a distance of 30 
feet up from the base. The stack shall be guyed with 1-inch standard single 
strand 19 wire galvanized, steel guy rope as indicated on the drawings. The 
firebrick lining shall be suitable for intermediate heat duty and conform to 
Federal Specification HH-B-671b, "Brick; Fire, Clay." 

IO-24. ASH R5MDVAL. - Furnish and install as indicated on the drawings 
or as specified, a complete ash removal system designed to discharge the 
ashes into the ravine outside the boilerhouse as indicated on the drawings. 
The ashes dumped from the stoker grates may pass into the ash hopper under 
the furnaoe by gravity or may fall into an ash pit from which they may be 
pushed manually into the ash hopper through openings in the bottom of the 
furnace ash pit. A suitable electric motor-operated clinker breaking device 

10-10 



shall be installed at the entranoe to eaoh ash hopper. All ashes shall pass 
through the device and then drop direotly into the hopper. The ash removal 
system shall be a steam activated vacuum system similar and equal to the 
vaouum systems manufactured by the ^ydro-Ash Corporation of Chioago, Illinois, 
or as approved by the oontraoting officer. The system shall be suitable for 
operation with the furnaces to be installed under these specifications and 
recommended for the purpose by the manufacturers of both the boiler and fur- 
nace equipment. 

10-25. STEAM DISTRIBUTION PIPE AND FITTINGS. 

(a) Pipe . - Unless otherwise specified all pipe installed in the 
boilerhouse, all underground steam distributing piping and underground con- 
densate return line shall be standard weight mild steel conforming to Federal 
Specification WW-F-403 a * The boiler feed lines between the feed pumps and 
boilers, and the blow-off lines shall be of extra heavy steel pipe conform- 
ing to the above mentioned Federal Specification. All connections to pres- 
sure gages, draft gage piping, etc., shall be standard weight brass, iron 
pipe sizes conforming to Federal Specifications WW-F-351 a &d WW-N-351* 

(b) Fittings . 

(1) General - All fittings for pipes in the underground steam 
distributing system and the underground condensate return line shall be steel 
welding fittings for pipes 4 inches in diameter or more. In the boilerhouse 
fittings for all pipes 4 inohes in diameter or more shall be standard, oast- 
iron flanged. Fittings for all pipes less than 4 inohes in diameter shall be 
screwed unless otherwise indioated on the drawings or required by the con- 
tracting offioer. Unless otherwise indicated or speoified all screwed fit- 
tings for steel pipe shall be gray unooated east- iron Class I, Type A, con- 
forming to Federal Specification WW-P*501a.» Fittings for the feed water line 
and the blow-off piping shall be Type B in accordance with the above Federal 
Specification. Fittings for brass pipe shall be screwed, standard weight 
conforming to Federal Specification WW-P-448- 

(2) Unions and Flanges. - Final connections and all connections 
to valves, pieces of equipment, etc. shall be made with Type "A" unions for 
pipe less than 4 inohes in diameter, and welded or screwed flanges for all 
pipes 4 inohes in diameter or larger. All unions and flanges shall oonform 
to Federal Speoif ioations WW-U-531 *ad WW-F-406. 

(3) Globe and Gate Valves. - Wherever indioated on the drawings 
or where specified, install gate or globe valves as required in conformity 
with Federal Speoif ioations WW-V-5* and WW- V- 76b. Globe valves shall have re- 
newable seats and disos, and gate valves shall have double non-corrodible 
seats of the wedge type with non-rising stems. All valves 2 inohes or smaller 
shall be composition "A" brass or bronze conforming to the above specifica- 
tions. Valves larger than 2 inohes shall have iron bodies, removable seats, 
bolted bonnets, and brass mountings. All valves 4 inohes and larger shall 
have flanged ends and all other valves less than 4 inohes shall have screw 
ends unless otherwise indicated or speoified. All valves shall have glands 

in the stuffing boxes. The working pressure and manufacturer's name shall be 
oast or stamped on eaoh valve body, and all valves shall be installed with 
their stems or spindles horizontal or above unless otherwise indioated. All 
valves shall be of a single reputable manufacture. 

(0) Automatic Stop Che ok Valves . - Furnish and install in the main 
■team oonneotion to eaoh boiler approved combination stop and oheok valves, 
approximately wheree indioated on the drawings. The valves shall be similar 

10-11 



and equal to the Automatic Stop-Check Valves as manufactured by the Crane 
Company of Chicago, Illinois* or as approved by the contracting officer. 

(d) Check Valves . - Check valves shall be furnished and installed 
where indicated on the plans or where specified. They shall in all cases 
be of the swing type, designed for a working pressure of 125 pounds per 
sq. in., except check valves in the boiler fesd lines which shall be de- 
signed for a steam working pressure of 250 pounds per sq. in. gage. The 
valves shall be similar and equal to those manufactured by the Crane Company 
of Chicago, Illinois, or as approved by the contracting officer. 

10-26. MANHOLES. - The contractor shall furnish and install where in- 
dicated on the plans suitable reinforced concrete manholes, construction 
details of which are indicated on the drawings. The concrete in the manholes 
on the steam distributing or oondensate return lines shall be Class N A". 
Each manhole shall be fitted at the top with a suitable watertight manhole 
casting and cover as approved by the contracting offioer. The manholes 
wherein the condensate return pumps are installed shall be provided with a 
oast iron drain trap connected to the storm sewer, all as indicated on the 
drawings. In cases where the water supply mains go through the steam man- 
holes the contractor shall box out around the water main where it passes 
through the concrete wall as indicated on the drawings, to provide a mini- 
mum space of 1 inch between the pipe and concrete. The spaoe between the 
pipe and the concrete thus formed shall be filled with an approved asphalt- 
asbestos plastic cement which will set firmly but which will retain its 
elasticity for at least seven years and will make a watertight joint. 

10-27. UNDERGROUND PIPE LINES. 

(a) Trenches» 

(1) Excavation for trenohes shall be classified acoording to 
paragraph 7-02, and shall be excavated to the widths and depths shown on 
the plans and as specified. All trenches shall be excavated to the depth 
necessary to obtain a minimum oover of two fejt over the wood box conduit 
after backfilling. When the grade or elevation of pipe lines is indioated 
on the plans, such grades or elevations shall be followed. Alignment shall 
be in straight lines between expansion joints. Trenohes shall be of suf- 
ficient width to provide ample room for workmen engaged in laying pipe. 
The bottom of the trench shall be carefully graded to provide a minimum of 
6 inches of impervious backfill between the wood box conduit and the bot- 
tom of the excavation. If the trenoh is excavated in impervious material, 
the grade of trench may coinoide with the bottom of the wood box conduit. 

(2) In some locations the contractor may be permitted or 
required to combine the excavation for the steam lines with that of the water 
main when the two run parallel and it is convenient to do so. In this event 
eaoh line shall have the minimum clearanoe shown on the drawings. The oost 
for steam line trench excavation and backfill, which is included in the 

cost per lineal foot of conduit (see paragraph 10-37(b) , shall be on the 
basis of a single trench for the steam lines. That part of the trench for 
the water main will be paid for under water pipe (see paragraph 6-03(b). 

(b) Wood Box Conduit . - All underground steam distributing lines 
and condensate return lines shall be installed in trenohes in a wood box 
oonduit, details of which are indioated on the drawings. The wood for the 
construction of the conduit shall be the heartwood of Tidewater Red Cypress, 
or Black Locust, or Douglas Fir, or other wood approved by the contracting 
offioer. The box conduit shall be covered on the top and sides with smooth 

10-12 



surface roofing paper similar and equal to 35 !*>• Flintkote •Reliance* 
smooth rool roofing as manufactured by the FlinkPte Company of New York 
City or as approved by the contracting officer. The construction shall be 
such as to make the box conduit as watertight as possible* 

(c) B a ckfilling» - Backfilling of trenches shall proceed as rapidly 
as the line is t ested and the wood box conduit is closed* There shall be a 
minimum of 2 feet of earth cover over the box conduit* At least twelve in- 
ches over the top and 6 inches at the sides and underneath the box conduit 
shall be filled with impervious earth well-tamped in 6-inch layers as in- 
dicated on the drawings and as approved by the contracting officer* The im- 
pervious earth shall be either a sandy, clayey silt* or a silty clay of which 
at least J>% by dry weight shall pass the No* 200 sieve* This material may 
be obtained from some of the excavations at the site or from the valley bot- 
toms in the immediate vicinity of 1he site* All materials must be approved 

by the contracting officer* The remainder of the filling may be done with 
scrapers or by hand and tamped to the satisfaction of the contracting of- 
ficer* and the backfill shall be mounded over the trench one foot above 
ground level* Backfilling under railroad tracks, roadways, walks and other 
surface structures, shall be thoroughly tamped to the top of the trench, to the 
satisfaction of the contracting officer, without mounding* NO frozen material 
shall be used for backfilling* Excavated material not needed or acceptable 
for backfilling shall be disposed of to the satisfaction of the contracting 
officer, and suitable material required for making the backfill shall be 
supplied by the contractor* 

(d) Drainage Well* - Where necessary in low spots in the ground to 
take care of subsurface water which may seep into the box, the contractor shall 
place under tie box a drain connected to t he nearest sewer line through a suit- 
able trap approved by the contracting officer. 

10-28. POMPS ON CONDENSATE RETURN LINE* - Furnish and install in man- 
holes, as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the contracting officer, 
two suitable condensate water pumps driven by electric motors for the purpose 
of forcing ahead all condensate in the return lines which may collect at low 
points* These pumps shall have a capacity of at least 60 gallons per minute 
with a differential discharge pressure of at least 20 pounds per sq* in* and 
shall be similar aid equal to the single type condensation pump as manufactured 
by the Trane Company of La Cross, Wisconsin, or as approved by the contract- 
ing officer. Each pump shall be equipped with a suitable receiver tank and 
float switch which will automatically start the pump in operation when the 
collected condensate reaches a predetermined level in the receiver* 

10-29. PIPE INSTALLATION. 

(a) Expansion Joints* - Furnish and install in the boilerhouse, 
manholes and in boxes, as indicated on the drawings or as specified, suitable 
expansion joints to compensate for the expansion and contraction of steel 
pipe. For all lines, both steam distributing and condensate return 4 inches 
in diameter and larger, single slip, welding type expansion joints with an 
8-inch or 12-inch traverse shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. For 
all lines under 4 inches in diameter, all metal bronze flexible hose ex- 
pansion joints shall be installed unless otherwise indicated on the drawings* 
In no case shall expansion joints be more than 475 feet apart and the pipe 
shall be in a straight line and grade between expansion joints. here shall 
be an expansion joint at all angles in the main pipe lines. Metal hose ex- 



10-13 



, 



pans ion joints shall be installed at all points where branch connections are 
made to the main steam line and main condensate return and at all take-off 
points for house connections. Metal hose shall also be installed at all dead 
ends on the steam line connecting the steam line to the condensate return line 
through an approved inverted open float type steam trap where indicated. The 
single slip welding type expansion joints shall be similar and equal to the 150 
pound Yarway Gun-Pak welding type expansion joint as manufactured Yarnall-War- 
ing Company of Philadelphia, Pa., or as approved by the contracting officer. 
The metal hose shall be similar and equal to the bronze, flexible metal hose 
type BD-15. with type P-l heat proof coupling, as manufactured by the Atlantic 
Metal Hose Company, Inc., of New York City, or as approved by the contracting 
officer, and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to withstand a steam pres- 
sure of at least 12.5 pounds per square inch. The inverted open float type 
trap shall be similar and equal "to that manufactured by the Armstrong Machine 
Works of Three Rivers, Michigan, and known as their assembly No. 811 steam trap. 

(b) Pipe Supports . - All horizontal runs of pipe shall be supported 
in place with suitable pipe supports. Suspended pipe shall be held by expan- 
sion pipe hangers having bolted hinged loops with turnbuokles, or approved 
equal. Chair or cold-rolled flat steel strap hangers are not acceptable. 
Pipes supported from the side walls shall be held in plaoe with suitable ex- 
pansion hook plates, unless otherwise indioated in the plans. All pipes in- 
stalled in underground oonduits shall be supported on suitable floor supports 
equipped with rollers as indioated on the drawings. Roller supports for hori- 
zontal pipes shall not be spaced a greater distance than 20 feet on centers. 

(c) Pipe Sleeves . - All pipes passing through manholes shall be fit- 
ted with sleeves as indicated on the drawings. 

(d) Gaskets . - Gaskets for flanged connections shall be 1/16 inch 
thiok, composed of a specially prepared waterproof asbestos fiber in oonformity 
with Federal Specification No. HH-P-46. la lieu of the above gaskets, combina- 
tion copper and asbestos gaskets in conformity with Federal Specification No. 
HH-G-71 may be used. 

(e) Piping . - All pipes shall be cut accurately to measurements 
established at the site by the contractor and shall be worked into plaoe with- 
out springing or forcing, and out of the way of all windows, doors, or other 
openings or equipment. Care shall be taken not to cut or weaken the structural 
portions of any building. All pipes after having been cut shall be reamed 
to remove any burrs or constrictions. All changes in direction shall be made 
either with welding, screw or flanged cast-iron fittings, as indicated on the 
drawings or as specified. No pipe shall be bent on the job. The pipes shall 
be installed as indicated in detail on the plans. All horizontal supply mains 
within the boilerhouse shall pitch down toward drippoints with a grade of not 
less than £■ inch in 20 feet, and the underground oondensate lines installed 
outside in the trench shall pitch withthe flow. All piping 4 inches and larg- 
er, excepting connections to equipment or final connections shall be welded 
unless otherwise shown or speoified. All small piping required for the draft 
gages, etc, shall be installed as required by the contracting officer. Piping 
connections for all steam using equipment shall be installed in a manner recom- 
mended by the manufacturer of the equipment and approved by the contracting of- 
ficer. 

(f) Branch Connections . - Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, 
all branches from the supply mains shall be taken from the top at about 45° 
above the horizontal. Return branohes shall connect into the top or side of 
the return mains as directed by the contracting officer. Any changes in con- 
densate pipe sizes shall be made through an eccentrio tee or eccentric reducer. 

10-14 



All connections shall be oarefjilly made to insure unrestricted circulation, 
eliminate air pockets, allow for the proper expansion and contraction of 
pipes, and permit the complete drainage of the system. 

(g) Joints . - All sorew joints shall be made with taper threads, 
properly out in accordance with Federal Specification GOO-P-351. and made 
tight by the use of a stiff mixture of graphite end oil, applied with a 
brush to the pipe threads only and in no case to the fitting. All flanged 
joints shall be faoed true, paoked, and made up square and tight. 

(h) Expansion of Pipe. * All pipe shall be so installed that it 
may expand or contract freely without causing damage to aiy other work or in- 
jury to itself. 

(1) (Tapping of Pipe. - All open ends of pipe lines, equipment, etc. , 
shall be properly capped or plugged during installation in order to keep 
dirt or other foreign materials out of the system. 

(j) Anohors. - Furnish and install where indicated on the drawings 
and elsewhere as required, suitable equipment for anohoring the pipes and 
expansion joints. All pipe anchors shall consist of heavy wrought iron col- 
lars with lugs and bolts for clamping them to the pipe and for attaching 
anchor braces unless otherwise indioated on the drawings. Anohor braces shall 
be installed in t he most effective manner to seoure the desired results. No 
supports, anchors, stays, etc., shall be installed in places where they will 
injure the construction either in installation, or by the weight or expansion 
of the pipe line. Detailed drawings of all pipe anohors shall be submitted - 
to the contracting offioer for approval before installation. 

(k) Welding. - All joints between sections of pipe and between pipe 
and fittings for all lines 4 inches and larger shall be fusion welded using 
only the best materials, unless shorn or speoified otherwise. The welding 
rods used shall have a composition similar to and suitable for use with the 
respective pipes, and recommended by the American Welding. Society. All 
joints to be welded shall be of the open single V type with the ends of all 
pipe and fittings scarfed to an approved angle to within 1/16 of an inoh of 
the inside pipe wall. N&na but experienced welders shall be employed on the 
job, and those employed shall have recently demonstrated their competanoy 
by passing the qualifying tests prescribed by the American Welding 3ooiety. 
The contractor shall satisfy the contracting offioer as to the competency 
and experience of all welders employed on the work. The abutting ends of 
all pipe or fittings to be welded shall he separated and properly spaced be- 
fore tacking. All welds shall be of sound metal, thoroughly fused to the 
base metal, and penetrating to the bottom of the joint. The strength of 
the finished welded joint shall be in all directions at least equal to that 
of the pipe. The width of the finished weld shall be at least two and one- 
half times the thickness of the parts joined , and the thickness of the weld 
shall be at least 25% greater than the thickness of the pipe or fittings. 
All finished welded joints shall present a neat and workmanlike appearance. 
After the welding is completed, the underground welded lines shall be tested 
hydrostatioally and proved to be watertight under a gage pressure of 150 
pounds per sq. inoh. All welds that leak or are defective in any way shall 
be rewelded to the satisfaction of the oontraoting offioer. 

(1) Welding Fittings . - Welding fittings shall oonform in physioal 
and chemical properties to the latest revision of A»S»T.M. speoif ioation A- 
126 for oast-iron fittings and A- 53 for steel fittings. Welding ells shall 
be of standard radius dimensions, unless otherwise speoified. Unless other- 
wise approved, welding tees shall be used for all branoh connections, whether 

full size or reducing, with interior surfaces smoothly contoured. The ends 
of all welding fittings shall be carefully sized and shall be scarfed at an 

10-15 



approved angle to provide proper welding surfaces. No portion of the fit- 
tings shall be thinner than the permissible minimum thickness for A. S.T.M. 
seamless pipe of the same nominal size. Wherever flanged connections are 
required to accomodate valves, the pipe ends shall be fitted with forged 
steel welding neck flanges, conforming to standard dimensions as given in 
Federal Specification WW-E-4°6. The welding fittings shall be standard cat- 
alog products of reputable make, and shall be approved by the contracting 
officer. 

10-30. PIPE COVERING* - All pipes within the boilerhouse and within the 
manholes and conduits, shall be covered with best quality /Standard thickness 
85% magnesia covering conforming to Federal Specification HH-M-61, Type I. 
All &5% magnesia covering shall be heJd in place with No. 30 B & S gage 
straps, not less than 3/4* wide, spaced to hold the ends and center of each 
section of covering and never more than 13 inches apart. The straps shall be 
approved by the contracting officer. All 35% magnesia covering shall be 
molded in two sections and shall have the manufacturer's name pasted or sten- 
ciled on each length. Samples of covering shall be submitted to the contract- 
ing officer for approval. All fittings shall be covered with magnesia cover- 
ing. The covering jacket shall be 6 ounce oanvas. Furnish and install at all 
exposed ends of pipe covering within the boilerhouse sheet metal protectors 
constructed of brass not less than 1/32" thick. Each protector shall have an 
inwardly turned flange and it shall be firmly attached to the pipe covering. 

10-31. STEAM SEPARATORS. - The contractor shall furnish and install in 
manholes as indicated on the drawings, suitable steam separators which shall 
be similar and equal to the Model "A* Bilanx Isolator as manufactured by the 
Bilanx Company, Inc. of Long Island City, New York, or as approved by the con- 
tracting offioer. The steam separator drain shall be connected to the conden- 
sate return line through a suitable float type trap (see paragraph 10-29(a). 

10-32. WATER HOSE. - The contractor shall furnish two 50 ft. lengths of 
1-inch water hose with nozzle for use in the boilerhouse, conforming to Fed- 
eral Specification ZZ-H-601. Eaoh 50-ft. length shall be fitted with a male 
and female coupling. 

IO-33. PAINTING. - Painting shall be done in accordance with Seotion XI. 
The breeching shall be painted inside and outside with two coats Gray Heat 
Resistant Paint. Machinery, equipment, exposed pipe and iron work shall all 
be painted with two coats of Gray Heat Resistant Paint, specified in Seotion 
XI, or as directed by the contracting officer. 

IO-34. ALTERNATE HEATING PLANT EQUIPMENT. - Mechanical equipment dif- 
fering from that specified may be submitted for approval, provided the con- 
tractor clearly states such differences. If the equipment offered is, in the 
opinion of the contracting officer, equal to or better than that specified, 
it will be given consideration for installation. Where no statement of such 
departures is made^ it will be understood that equipment in strict accordance 
with these specifications is being furnished. 

10-35* GUARANTEES. - At the completion of the steam plant and distribu- 
tion system, after final tests (paragraph.lO-36) but before the final payment 
is made, the contractor shall deliver to the contracting officer a signed 
statement in which he guaran tees the entire installa tion to be free from de- 
fects for a period of one year from the date of acceptance^ of the plant (see " 

10-16 



paragraph l-3l)t and agrees to replace free of oharge to the Government any 
part or parts that are found to be defective in material or workmanship with- 
in the period of the guarantee. The statement shall also include a guarantee 
that the boiler installation will operate without objectionable smoke or soot, 
under normal draft and firing conditions with clean and tight boilers, when 
operating at total plant capacities ranging from 5®% of the capacity of a 
single boiler to the simultaneous operation of five boilers under forced draft 
at 200£ of rating. 

IO-36. TESTS FOR CENTRAL HEATING PLANT, STEAM DISTRIBUTION, AND EQUIPMENT 

(a) Before any pipe covering is installed, the piping shall be tested 
hydrostatioally and proved tight under the following gage pressures: 

High pressure steam lines 130 lbs./sq. in. 

High pressure drip lines ljjO lbs./sq. in. 

Condensate return lines 125 lbs./sq. in. 

Blow-off lines 250 lbs./sq. in. 

Boiler feed lines 250 lbs./sq. in. 

Cold water lines 100 lbs./sq. in. 

Installation in buildings 125 lbs./sq. in. 

(b) After- installation is completed and before final acceptance, a 
regular working test on the entire system shall be conducted for a period of 
not less than four days. The contractor shall furnish all necessary instru- 
ments and labor and the United States will furnish the coal. The working test 
shall demonstrate a fee and equal circulation of steam to, and condensate from 
each piece of heating equipment, as well as the satisfactory operation of all 
expansion joint, valves, traps, etc. After satisfactorily passing this test 
the installation will be inspected for final acceptance. Workmanship and 
materials with guarantee shall be in accordance with paragraph 1-31. 

10-37. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 

(a) Central Heating Plant . - The price bid for the central heating 
plant shall include all material, labor, and equipment necessary to furnish 
and install the heating plant complete in every respeot including the boiler- 
house as shown on the drawings (see section IV), stack, boilers, ooal shed 
and conveyor complete, ash discharge complete, piping, valves, and all equip- 
ment including hot well complete, from the entrance of the ooal receiving 
hopper to and including the last flange connection in the boilerhouse on the 
steam main, and to and inoluding the condensate pipe connection to the hot 
well, with neoessary appurtenances, all as speoified and shown on the draw- 
ings or as required. Payment for the central heating plant oomplete inolud- 
ing all the items referred to above or herein will be made at the contract 
lump sum price for "Central Heating Plant" as indicated in the Schedule of 
Bid Items. 

(b) Conduits . - The price bid per linear foot for the various 

types of oonduits shall include (See paragraph 10-27) the wood box conduit, 

roofing paper, trenching and common exoavation, placing, backfill, and other 

material or labor exclusive of the steam and condensate pipe, which may be 

neoessary to install the oonduits as speoified or indicated on the drawings. 

Payment for these items will be made at the oontract unit prioe per linear 

foot for "conduit*" for the various types as listed in the Schedule of Bid 
ft ems. 

10-17 






(c) Pipe . - Measurement for steam pipe and condensate return lines 
will be the number of linear feet of line to the first joint in the boiler- 
house or hot well, to the first joint within all the steam manholes, and to 
the coupling of expansion joints in lines under 4 inches in diameter. Pay- 
ment for underground steam pipe and condensate return lines will be made at 

the contract unit price per linear foot for "Pipe; Steel , ■» which payment 

shall include furnishing and placing the various sizes of pipe insulated and 
welded, pipe insulated and threaded, pipe welded and not insulated, and pipe 
threaded and not insulated, all as indicated in the Schedule of Bid Items. 
The above payment for pipe shall also include the pipe roller stations, the 
short connecting pipe with shut-off valve from lines for service to build- 
ings, and other appurtenant items specified or iadicated on the drawings. 

(d) Manholes . - Steam manholes are indicated by types and numbers 
on the drawings and in the Schedule of Bid Items. Payment will be made at 
the contract price bid for each .manhole complete, which payment shall include 
excavation, backfill, concrete, reinforoement, manhole cover and equipment 
which may be in some of all the manholes as indicated on the drawings suoh as 
pipe and fittings, valves, expansion joints, separators or pumps, drains and 
appurtenant items f for the various types as indicated in the Schedule of Bid 
Items. 

(e) In some sewer manholes the steam condensate line passes 
through and has an expansion joint in the sewer manhole. In such cases pay- 
ment will be made at the contract price bid for "Sewer Manhole Expansion 
Joint; , " for each size of pipe line as indicated in the Sohedule of 

Bid Items and for which payment shall include anchor bolts, cast-ir*on sleeve, 
template for setting anchor bolts, and appurtenant items. 

(f) Main Take-off . - The take-off units from the mains to the 
laterals inolude, as shown on the drawings, the metallic hose with couplings 
for expansion movement of the steam and condensate return lines, valves, and 
the wood box which houses the unit. Payment for all of these items plus ex- 
cavation and backfill shall be included in the item for which payment will be 
made at the contract unit price each for "Main Take-off; — — , " for the dif- 
ferent sizes of pipe as listed in the Schedule of Bid Items. 

(g) Metallic Hose Expansion Joints . - In lines under 4 inches in 
diameter a metallic hose expansion joint is specified, see paragraph 10-29, 
for whioh payment will be made at the contract unit price eaoh for "Metallic 

Hose Expansion Joint; ," for the different sizes of pipe as listed in the 

Schedule of Bid Items, and which payment shall include all the items men- 
tioned in (f) above except valves. 

(h) End Assembly . - The end assembly for street laterals consists 
of the steam trap, metallic hose with couplings, valves, reducing fittings, 
and the wood box which houses the unit. Payment for furnishing and install- 
ing these items complete, including excavation and backfill, will be made at 
the contract unit price each for "End Assembly; Street Lateral." 

(i) Anchor Station . - The anchor stations not located in manholes 
includes anchorage for the steam and condensate return lines complete with 
anchorage clamp, supports, and bolts. Payment for this item will be made at 
the contract unit price each for "Anchor Station." 

(j) Drainage Well . - Payment for the drainage well complete, see 
paragraph l0-27(d), including excavation, gravel, and drain pipe and trap 
will be made at the contract unit price each for "Drainage Well " 

(k) Additional Items . - In the event rock excavation as classi- 
fied in paragraph 7-02 is required, such excavation will be paid for at 
the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Excavation; Rock." Payment 

10-18 



for coaorete and reinf or cement used in construction not contemplated and not 
included in any other pay item, will be paid for at the contract unit prioe 
for "Concrete - of the class used, and for "Steel; Concrete Reinforcing" re- 
spectively. Payment for other items specified shown on the drawings or re- 
quired, and not specifically mentioned, shall be included in the payment for 
items of which they form a part. 

(1) payment for all items shall include the cost of cleaning up, 
grading over trenches, and leaving items installed in a neat and orderly man- 
ner as approved by the contracting officer. 



10-19 



Specifications: Seaway 

SECTION XI - PAINTS AND PAINTING 

11-01. GENERAL. 

(a) Scope ,- The contractor shall furnish all paint materials and 
equipment and do all painting specified or indicated on the drawings, or 
covered generally in this section. 

(b) Federal Specifications . - Unless otherwise specified or 
authorized, all paint materials shall conform to the current Federal Specifi- 
cations wherever applicable. Where Federal Specifications are not applicable, 
material shall be as specified or otherwise subject to the approval of the 
contracting officer. 

(c) Colors . - Colors not otherwise specified shall be as approved 
by the contracting officer. Colors shall match approved samples. Where 
necessary, small amounts of approved tinting materials not specified may be 
added to produce the desired shade of color. 

(d) Safety . - Caution shall be exercised in storing of paint in 
large quantities in buildings. Storage shall be in small groups of containers 
to insure uniform loading on floors. Strict measures shall be taken to provide 
adequate fire protection. At the end of each day all cloths, waste, etc., 
which have been used in preparation and application of inflammable paint mater- 
ials, shall be placed in covered metal containers or destroyed. 

11-02. SURFACE CLEANING AND PREPARATION. 

(a) Wood Surfaces . - Wood surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned 
of all dirt, oil, and other foreign substances by mineral spirits, scrapers, 
sandpaper, or wire brushing. Finished surfaces shall be made smooth by 
planing and/or sandpapering. 

(b) Painted Surfaces . - Surfaces to be repainted shall be clean. 
All dirt, oil, and other foreign substances shall be removed by approved 
cleaning agents immediately prior to the application of subsequent coats. All 
blisters and breaks in the paint film shall be cleaned to base surface by wire 
brush or scraper and spot painted with the same paint used for primer. 

(c) Ferrous surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of 
all loose millscale, rust, dirt, and other, foreign substances to base metal. 

11-03. PAINT APPLICATION. - All painting shall be done in a neat, thorough, 
and workmanlike manner by thoroughly experienced workmen. Paint shall be applied 
only to surfaces that are thoroughly dry and only under such combination of 
humidity and temperatures of the atmosphere and surfaces to be painted, as will 
cause evaporation rather than condensation. In no case shall any paint be 
applied to surfaces upon which there is frost or moisture condensation, or during 
rainy or misty weather, without suitable protection as approved by the contract- 
ing officer, tfhile any painting is being done, the temperature of the surfaces 
to be painted and of the atmosphere in contact therewith shall be maintained at 
or above 50 degrees F. Where protection is provided for paint surfaces, such 
protection shall be preserved in place until the paint film has properly dried 
and removal of the protection authorized by the contracting officer. Surfaces 
which have been painted shall not be handled, worked on, or otherwise disturbed 
until the paint coat is completely dry and hard. Unless otherwise specified 

11-1 






the surface area per gallon, on the basis of brush application, for each type 
of paint specified, shall be not greater than l±QQ square feet for a priming 
coat nor greater than 450 square feet for any succeeding coat. When painting 
is finished all glass, woodwork, finished material, and hardware shall be 
cleaned to the satisfaction of the contracting officer. 

11-04. SURFACES TO BE PAINTED. 

(a) Exterior Woodwork , - Surfaces of ail exterior woodwork unless 
otherwise specified shall be painted with two coats of Exterior Ihite Paint. 
The first coat shall be thinned with not more than one and one half pints of 
linseed oil per gallon. Sufficient time shall be allowed between coats to 
permit proper drying. 

(b) Interior Woodwork . - 

(1) All interior woodwork except floors and stair treads and 
landings shall receive one coat of Shellac conforming to Federal Specification 
TT-S-271 and two coats of phenolic Resin Varnish B. The shellac coat, when 
dry, shall be thoroughly sanded until a smooth even surface is obtained. 
Sufficient time shall be allowed between varnish coats to permit proper dry- 
ing. The last coat of varnish shall be rubbed or buffed to produce a slight 
dull finish. 

(2) The surface of all floors, stair treads, and stair land- 
ings shall be sanded with a power driven sender to remove any standing grain 
or fuzz-. After thorough removal of dust a coat of sealer conforming to 
Federal Specification TT-S-I76 anti two coats Phenolic Resin Varnish B thinned 
not more than 1 pint per gallon shall be applied. Adequate time shall be 
permitted for thorough drying of each coat. A heavy coat of wax shall then be 
applied with lamb's wool applicator and thoroughly buffed. 

(c) Hardware . - Unplated hardware including grilles, switch plates, 
thermostats, and all unplated iron or steel hardware shall be painted with tvo 
coats of enamel paint. The color shall be in harmony with the surface to which 
it is attached and in accordance with the approval of the contracting officer. 

(d) Ferrous Surfaces . - Exterior and interior ferrous surfaces, 
unless otherwise specified, shall be shop primed with red lead in oil. After 
erection in the field the primed surfaces shall be retouched or repainted 
when in the opinion of the contracting officer it appears necessary. Two 
finish coats of Gray Finish Enamel shall be applied before final acceptance. 

(e) Plaster .- Plaster surfaces shall be primed with one coat of 
plaster paint conforming to Federal Specification TT-P-56 before application 
of finish paints. Two coats eggshell-flat-finish conforming to Federal 
Specification TT-P-5la shall then be applied allowing sufficient time between 
coats for proper drying. The color shall be white or light shades as selected 
by the contracting officer. 

(f ) Linoleum Surfaces . - Linoleum surfaces shall be thoroughly 
cleaned and given a heavy coat of wax buffed to a smooth polished finish. The 
wax shall conform to Federal Specification No. P-W-151 for "Wax, Floor; Water- 
Emulsion." 

(g) Other Surfaces. - Any surfaces or material usually painted, or 
in the opinion of the contracting officer requiring paint but for which no 
particular instructions have been given, shall be painted or finished to 
correspond with adjoining or similar surfaces or material. 









11-2 



- 



11-05. PAINTS AND PAINT FORMULAE. 

(a) General . - Paints shall nave the composition as indicated in 
the formulae below and shall be of a color approved by the contracting officer, 
pigments snail be carefully selected for tinting strength in order to produce 
approved shades. All paints shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer not to 
gel, liver, or thicken deleteyiously in the closed container within a period 
of one year from date of manufacture. 

(b) Processing of Paints. 

(1) Each mixture shall be made to form a smooth paint that 
will flow freely and will not settle or react deletoriously in containers. 

(2) Unless otherwise specified, grinding snail produce a 
fineness such that coarse particles and skins will not exceed 1.5 percent 
(total residue left on No. 325 mesh screen based on pigment). 

(3) Skinning shall be negligible after exposing six ounces 
of paint in a tightly closed eight ounce glass container to sunlight for 24 
hours. 

(4) The res ul ting-paint shall have satisfactory brushing ana 
leveling properties and sufficient suitable approved driers snail be added to 
make the paint dry hard in not more than 18 hours. 

(c) Exterior White Paint. 

(1) Paint Composition. 

Pigment 

Titanium- Barium Pigment 

White Lead (Basic Carbonate) 

Magnesium Silicate 

Oiatomaceous Silica 

Litharge 

Raw Linseed Oil 

Phenolic Resin Varnish 

Thinner (equal parts by volume of 

mineral spirits and medium flash 

hydrogenated petroleum naphtha). 



Pounds 


Gallons 


5.5 




5*5 




1.0 




1.0 




0.2 






3/4 




3/16 



1/16 

Gallons 

1/4 



7/16 



(d) 
requirements j 

of resin. 



(2) Phenolic resin varnish A for above paint* 
Composition pounds 
China Wood Oil 
Phenol Formaldehyde resin similar 

and equal to Bakelite resin #4036 2.6 
Thinner (equal parts by volume of 
mineral spirits and medium flash 
hydrogenated petroleum naphtha). 

(3) Properties of Varnish. 

Appearance - - - - Clear and transparent 
Color - - - - Not darker than 1.26/ 100 

solution of K Cr O in H SO, 

^27 24 

Non-Volatile - - 60 to 62 percent. 

Viscosity - - - - L to inclusive (Gardner-Holt Scale) 

Phenolic Resin Varnish B shall conform to the following 

(1) Oil-resin ratio shall be 25 gallons of oil to 100 pounds 

U-3 



(2) The resin content shall be 100 percent para phenyl phenol 
pormaldehyde condensate and shall conform to the current U. S. Navy Department 
Specification 32RI0 entitled "Resin Pheno 1- Formaldehyde . • 

(3) The varnish shall be clear and transparent and entirely 
free from resin, estergum or other non-phenolic resins. Not less than 3° per- 
cent by weight of the vehicle shall consist of non-volatile oil and resin. 

(4) The volatile thinner shall contain not more than 80 per- 
cent mineral spirits and not less than 20 percent high flash coal tar naphtha 
or high flash hydrogenated petroleum naphtha and shall be free of toxic hydro- 
carbons such as benzol. 

(3) The oil content shall be a ternary oil mixture composed 
of 4Q£ alkali refined linseed, 30% liquid oiticica, and 3Qg "dehydrated* castoi 
oil. 

(6) The varnish shall pass a Kauri Reduction test or 100 per- 
cent, using the method described in paragraph F-2g, Federal Specification 
TT-V-81, for •Varnish; Mixing (for) Aluminum Paint." 

(7) The varnish shall show no skinning after 48 hours in a 
3/4 filled tight container. 

(8) The viscosity at 23° C, Gardner-Holt Scale, shall be 
between C and F. 

(9) Flow out films on tig plate panels dried 72 hours shall 
withstand immersion in cold water for 96 hours, and in distilled water at 200° 
C for 7 hours without showing more than a slight haze which shall disappear 
within one hour, and shall show no other signs of deterioration. The panel 
shall he allowed to dry and cool for 13 minutes after removal from hot water 
and shall then be inspected for signs of failure. 

(10) Sufficient suitable driers shall be added to provide bar 
drying overnight, 

(e) Gray Finish Enamel shall have the following composition: 

Coloring Pigments 0.3 lbs. (approx. ) 

Lead Titanate $.0 lbs. 

Magnesium Silicate 1.0 lbs. 

Acicular Zinc Oxide 0.23 lbs « 

Phenolic Resin Varnish B 1*0 gallon 

Driers. - Sufficient suitable driers to make the paint dry 
hard in 18 hours. 

The paint shall have a consistency of flow of between 18 and 
40 seconds through the 0.13 inch diameter orifice of a standard A.S.T.M. 
consistency cup. The enamel shall have good self leveling properties and 
when brushed or sprayed on a vertical surface at a coverage rate of 30° squaw 
feet per gallon shall dry hard and elastic without running, streaking, or 
sagging. 

(f) Gray Heat Resistant Primer and Finish Paint shall have the 
following composition: 

Coloring Pigments 1.0 lb. (approx.) 

Titanium Dioxide 3*0 lb. 

Vehicle 1.0 gallon 

Driers. - Sufficient suitable driers to make the paint dry 
hard in 10 hours. 



11-4 



The vehicle shall be a glycerol-phtholate reain varnish of 
the following composition: 

Glycerol-phtholate Resin Solution 3/4 gallon 

Mineral Spirits l/4 gallon 

The glycerol phtholate resin solution shall consist of 70 per- 
cent by weight of glycerol-phtholate resin dissolved in 30 percent by weight of 
xylol and shall be similar and equal to "Rezyl" No. 110, Solution No. "C", as 
manufactured by the American Cyanamide and Chemical Corporation, 30 Rockefeller 
Plaza, New York, N. Y. 

(«) Paint; (for) priming plaster surfaces (plaster-primer and sealor) 
Federal Specification TT-P-56* 

W Paints; Oil, interior , eggshell-flat finish , ready-mixed and 
semipaste, light-tints and white-Federal Specification TT-P-SlA. 

(i) Enamel; interior, glo ss, light-tints and white 1 Federal Speci- 
fication TT-E-506a. — 

( J) Red Lead in Oil paint shall be composed of the following: 
Dry red lead 25 lbs. 

Raw linseed oil 3 pints 

Turpentine \ pint 

Liquid drier \ pint 

(k) Synthetic Red Lead Primer shall be composed of materials con- 
forming, where applicable, to the specified requirements and mixed in the pro- 
portions as follows: 

Red lead l^.^g by weight 

Iron oxide 38.25? 

Zinc yellow b*% 

Diatomaceous silica 6.Q£ 

Vehicle (Phenolic 

resin Varnish B) 28. Qg 

Thinner 5.8Jjg 

The paint shall have a consistency of flow of between 25 and 
40 seconds through the 0.15 inch orifice of a standard consistency cup when 
tested in accordance with the procedure specified in paragraph 9 and 10 of 
4.S.T.M. , Specification D 333-37 for "Methods of Testing Nitrocellulose Clear 
Lacquers and Lacquer Enamels." It shall have satisfactory brushing and level- 
ing properties, and shall dry hard in not more than 18 hours. 

(1) Miscellaneous Paints. - Enamels of various colors, which will 
be required for trim and other decorative purposes, for wh;ch no detailed re- 
quirements have been given, shall be made from high grade materials and by an 
experienced reputable manufacturer. In applying these paints the primer and 
finish coats shall be products of the same manufacturer and used according to 
directions. 

ll-06. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS. 

(a) Titanium Barium Pigment shall be in accordance with the 
Standard Specifications, A.S.T.M. for Titanium Barium Pigment, Serial Designation 

D 382-35. 

(b) Lead Titanate shall be similar and equal to Titanox "L" as manu- 
factured by the Titanium Pigment Corporation. 

(c) Titanium Dioxide shall be similar and equal to either "Ti-Puie-0" 
as manufactured by the Kreba Pigment and Color Corporation or "Titanox NC" as 

U-5 



manufactured by the Titanium Pigment Corporation. 

(d) White Lead (Basic Carbonate) shall be in accordance with 
Federal Specification for "White Lead; Basic Carbonate, Dry, Paste in Oil, and 
Semipaste Containing Volatile Thinner," No. TT-W-251a. 

(e) Magnesium Silicate shall conform to U. S. Navy Department Speci- 
fications 52M2A. entitled "Magnesium-Silicate (Pigment)." 

(f ) Diatomacious Silica shall be an approved commercial grade. 

(g) Red Lead shall conform to Federal Specifications TT-R-191a (97) 
percent grade for "Red Lead; Dry and Paste-in-Oil." 

(h) Carbon Black shall conform to either Federal Specification 
TT-B-601, entitled "Boneblack; Dry, Paste- in- Japan, Paste-in-Oil" or Federal 
Specification TT-L-71 entitled, "Lampblack; Dry, Paste- in- Japan, Paste-in-Oil." 

(i) Iron Oxide shall contain not less than 98 percent Fe203 and 
shall not contain any organic coloring matter. 

( j) Zinc Yellow shall contain not less than 40 percent CrO q . It 
shall be a basic zinc potassium chromate, soluble in acetic acid free ■'from 1 
compounds, and containing no added zinc oxide, and shall be stable or non- 
reactive with the pigments and vehicles specified. 

(k) Oil. Linseed shall conform to Federal Specification JJJ-O-331 
for •Oil; Linseed Boiled," or JJJ-O-336 for "Oil; Linseed, Raw," as specified 
or required. 

(1) Oil. China Wood shall conform to U. S. Navy Department Speci- 
fication 52-0-16, entitled "Oil, Tung (China Wood).* 

(m) Shellac shall conform to Federal Specification TT-S-271t entitle 
•Shellac; Orange, "Type "A". 

(n) Sealer shall conform to Federal Specification TT-S-I76 entitltd 
•Sealer; Floor, food." 

(o) Mineral Spirits shall have the following properties; 

Gravity 43-47 degrees Baume 

Flash Point (closed cup) 100 degrees F. Min. 

Initial Boiling point 300-3IO degrees F. :.;- < 

End Point 405 degrees F. Max. 

A.S.T.M. Copper Strip Test Negative 

Solvency (Kauri Butanol) 41 cc at 77° j. Min. 

(p) Medium-Flash Hydrogenated Petroleum Naphtha shall have the 
following properties j 

Specific Gravity O.840 to O.89O at 

I5.5°c. 

Flash Point (closed cup) 80°F. Min. 
Distillation Initial? Not below 26o°f. 

956s Not below 36o°F. 

End* * Not above 390°F. 
Solvency (Kauri -Butanol) 78 cc at 77°F. Min. 

(a.) Turpentine shall conform to Federal, Specif ication LLL-T-79i« 
entitled "Turpentine^ (for) paint." 

(r) Oil Stain shall consist of one part of turpentine, two parts of 
boiled linseed oil with colors ground in oil added to produce the shade desired. 

(s) Finishing Wax shall conform to Federal Specification P-W-151 
for "Wax, Floor; Water- Emulsion." 



11-6 






11-07. INSPECTION. 

(a) Unless otherwise specifically authorized, inspection of all 
materials for the paints and the manufacture thereof, will be made by a rep- 
resentative of the contracting officer. After the finished products have 
successfully passed the prescribed test, shipment of the sealed containers will 
be authorized. 

(b) In the case of ready-mixed and packaged paints of standard 
manufacture, other than those specified by tradename, the contractor snail furnish 

a sample of the standard stock package, together with a certified copy of trie 
complete chemical analysis, for test and approval by the contracting officer. 

11-08. PAINT FOR MAINTENANCE. - To insure that paint used for maintenance 
after completion of the work shall match the original, the contractor shall 
furnish to the Government not less than one gallon of each color used. 

11-09. PAYMENT for all paint and painting will be included in tne contract 
price for the respective metals or items painted. 



11-7 



Seaway, N. Y. Invitation No. 

STANDARD GOVERNMENT FORM OF BID 
Construction Contract 



(Place ). 
(Date)_ 



To: The District Engineer, 
U. S. Engineer Office, 
Massena, New York. 



1. In compliance with your invitation for bids dated 



.and subject to all the conditions thereof, the undersigned, 



a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of 



a partnership consisting of 



or an individual trading as 



of the city of 



hereby proposes to furnish all plant, labor, and materials and perform all 
work required for the construction of Seaway, N. Y. , complete, at the 
locations shown and to the extent indicated, in the strict accordance with 
the specifications, schedules, and drawings, for the consi deration of the 
following prices i 



SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS 



CLEARING, EXCAVATING, FILLING, AND GRADING 



SCHEDULE A 



Item 

No. i 



1. : Clearing 



2. 

3- 

4. 

5- 
6. 

7. 

8. 

9- 
10. 



Besignatioa 



Field Stones and Boulders 

Removal 

Excavation; Earth 

Excavation; Rock 

Earth Fill; Compacted 

Additional Rolling 



Fine Grading- 
Seeding 
Seeded Topsoil 
Agricultural Lime 



Unit ; 



Quantity 



Unit 
i Price 



; Amount 



Sum } 

Cu.Yd: 

Cu.Yd: 

Cu.Yd » 

Cu.Yd: 

Square 
(lOOsf ) 

Sq . Yd t 

Sq.Yd: 

Sq.Yd: 

Bag * 
(lQOlbs) 



Job 

24,000 

160,000 

480 

120,000 

25,000 

45,000 

200,000 

65,000 

250 



:$. 






:$. 



$_ 



«$. 



:$_ 



:$_ 



1$. 



1$. 



SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS 



ROADS, STREETS, ALLEYS, SIDEWALKS, AND PAVED AREAS 



SCHEDULE B 



Item 
2&j L 



Designation 



1 Unit i 



quantity 



Unit 
1 Price 



; Amount 



1. t Foundation :Cu.Yd. : 

2. * Regrading Foundation CourseSq .Yd. : 

3. 1 Bottom Course :Cu.Yd.: 

4. : Asphalt: Bottom Course :Gal. : 



5« » Top Course, 2" 
6. t Top Course, l£" 
7» 1 Top Course, !■ 



iSq.Yd. : 
:Sq.Yd. : 
iSq.Yd. t 



15,100 
56 , 000 

7,000 
138,100 

55,000 

16,200 

115,000 



:$. 



:$ 



:$. 
:$ 



j 



'$_ 
:$_ 

*$_ 

:$. 
1$. 



II 



SCHEDULE B (cont'd) 



Item 

No. t 



Designation 



Uaii. 



8 . : Grave 1 : Cu . Yd . t 

9. : Tar-Stabilized Gravel, 9 :Sq. Y d.: 

10. * Tar-Stabilized Gavel, 6 :Sq.Yd. : 

11. : Tar-Stabilized Gravel, 3 *Sq. Y d.: 

12. t Tar; For Stabilizing :Gal. : 

13. 1 Pipe Underdrain :Iln.Ft: 

14. * Guard Rail iLin.Ft: 



ftuantity 



Unit 
t Price 



Mount 



15. * Concrete; Class A tCu.Yd.: 

SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS 
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 



30,000 
131,300 

95.450 

38,400 

644,000 

3,600 

2,000 

725 



:$ 



1$ 



:$_ 
:$_ 



1$ 



*$. 

*$_ 



:$_ 

:$ 



1 



$ 



:$_ 



:$_ 



:$ 



i$ 



1$ 







SCHEDULE C 








Item 








Unit 




No. 


: Designation 


t Unit t 


Quantity 


: Price 


: Amount 


1. 


: Residence; Type 2a 


: Each* 


20 


:$ 


:$ 


2. 


: Residence; Type 2B 


1 Each: 


16 


:$ 


*$ 


3. 


* Residence; Type 3a 


: Each* 


18 


:$ 


:$ 


4. 


* Residence; Type 3B 


: Each* 


12 


:$ 


:$ 


5. 


: Residence; Type 4a 


* Each* 


45 


:$ 


:$ 


6. 


1 Residence; Type 4B 


* Each* 


38 


:$ 


:$ 


7. 


* Residence; Type 4D 


* Each* 


24 


:$ 


*$ 


8. 


* Residence; Type 5A 


* Each: 


54 


:$ 


:$ 


9- 


1 Residence; ^ype 5B 


t Each* 


31 


:$ 


:$ 


10. 


: Residence; Type 5c 


: Each* 


19 


:$ 


:$ 


11. 


» Residence; Type 3D 


t Each: 


15 


:$ 


:$ 


12. 


* Residence; Type 6a 


: Each* 


89 


:$ 


*$ 


W- 


: Residence! Type 6b 


: Each* 


83 


:$ 


»$ 



III 



SCHEDULE C OF BID ITEMS (cont'd) 



Item 
No. t 


Designation 


tUnit t 


14. • 


Residence; Type 6c 


:Each » 


15. : 


Residence; Type 6E 


:Each * 


16. 1 


Residence; Type 7A 


»Each * 


17. t 


Residence; Type 7B 


tE a ch t 


18. 1 


Residence; Type 8 


:Each * 


19. J 


Dormitory; Men's 


sEach » 


20. 1 


i Dormitory; Women's 


FEac h t 


21. i 


t Garage; ^ype A 


s Each 1 


22. 1 


1 Garage ; Type B 


tEach s 


23. 1 


t Garage; Dormitory 


tTSach '* 


24. ' 


1 Administration Building 


:2ach * 


25. 1 


t Guest House 


*T2ach 1 


26. 


\ Town Hall 


lEach t 


27. 


1 Laboratory 


i^achj 


28. 


\ Store Building 


tEach * 


29. 


t Cafeteria 


tEach t 


30. 


» Town Garage 


*Each t 


31. 


t Filling Station 


:Each » 


32. 


* Commissary Cold Storage 


tBach * 


33. 


t General Garage End 


*Each t 


34. 


t Government Garage and 
Firehouse 


:Each : 


35. 


t Storage Building 


:Each * 


36. 


i Guest House Garage 


lEach t 


37. 


: Maintenance Shop 


:Each 1 



Quantity 



Unit 
* Price 



t Amount 



23 

42 

19 

14 

8 

14 
6 

8 
128 

5 



1$. 



:$. 



»t 
«t 

:$. 



«t 

«t 



•t 

lt 
»t 

«t 

«t 
*t 
•t 

• t 

*t 

4. 

«t 

•.t 

:$_ 



»$- 

i$_ 
:$_ 

:$_ 
:$_ 

«$_ 

»t 
it 
«t 
■t 
•t 

1$. 

:$. 

«t 

it 
»t 
»t 

•'t 

:$. 

it 

:$. 

«t 



IV 



SCHEDULE C OF BID ITEMS (cont'd) 



Item 

No. t 



Designation 



i Unit t 



Quantity 



Unit 
fPrice 



38. : Paint Shop :Each t 1 

39. t Theater : Each » 1 

40. t School : Each t 1 

41. i Hospital s Each * 1 

42. * Social Hall : Each : 1 

43. t Athletic Hall t Each : 1 

44 • : Incinerator : Each t 1 

45- s Gasoline-Electric : Each » 1 
Standby Unit 

46. : Concrete; Class :cu.yd.; 200 

47 • * Steel; Concrete Reinfor- : -Lb. : 10,000 

cing 

48. : Curtain Walls iSq.Ft.: 85,000 



A 
A 
A 
A 
:$. 
:$. 
1$. 
:$ 



1$. 






t Amount 



:$ 



A 
:$ 



'A 
1$ 



A 
:$ 



$ 






SCHEDULE OF BID ITEWB 



ACCESS RAILROAD 





S 


CHEDULE D 








Item 








Unit 




No. 


: Designation 


: Unit 1 


Quantity 


sPrice 


: Amount 


1. 


t Excavation; Common 


:Cu.Yd. t 


49,000 


:$ 


:$ 


2. 


* Excavation; Rock 


:Cu.Yd. t 


10 


:$ 


1$ 


3. 


t Earth Fill; Compacted 


:Cu.Yd. t 


24,300 


:$ 


:$ 


4. 


t Culverts; 24- inch 


:Lin.Ft : 


135 


:$ 


:$ 


5. 


t Culverts; 3°-ia c h 


:Lin.Ft: 


25 


:$ 


:$ 


6. 


t Sub-Drains; 6-inch 


rLin.Ft: 


10 


:$ 


:$ 


7. 


: Ballast 


*C u .Yd. : 


2,004 


:$ 


:$ 


8. 


* Cross Ties 


:Each : 


2,600 


:$ 


:$ 


9. 


t Track ^-aying 


: Track : 
Ft 


4,725 


:$ 


:$ 






V 









SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS 



WATER DISTRIBUTION ST5TEM 



SCIEDUUE E 



Item 

H2* L 



•Designation 



Unit 
t Unit t Quantity | Price j AfflgUflt 



•1 t 12" Cast-iron Pipe Bell 
and Spigot 



•2 

*3 
•4 

•5 

6 



t 10" Cast-iron Pipe Bell 
and Spigot 

t 8» Cast-iron Pipe Bell 
and Spigot 

t 6" Cast-iron Pipe Bell 
and Spigot 

t 4* Cast-iron Pipe Bell 
and Spigot 

t 12 • Cast-iron Standard 
Castings, Bell and 
Spigot, or Bell and 
Bell, Class D 

t 10* Cast-iron Standard 
Castings, Bell and 
Spigot, or Bell and 
Bell, Class D 

i 8* Cast-iron Standard 
Castings, Bell and 
Spigot, or Bell and 
Bell, Class D 

i 6" Cast-iron Standard 
Castings, Bell and 
Spigot, *or Bell and 
Bell, Class D 

t 4" Cast-iron Standard 
Castings, Bell and 
Spigot, or Bell and 
Bell, Class D 



11 t Hydrants 6" Hub Con- 

nection, Two 2% $ Hose 
Connection 



8- 



10 



iLin.^t. 



tLin.Ft i 



j Tons t 



t Tons i 



t Tons t 



t Tons t 



t Tons t 



t Each j 



275 «$. 



5.0 



9-3 



iLin.Ftt 12,165 J$_ 



tLin.Ft 1 6,865 ■$, 



tlin.Ftj 27,700 1! 



300 1$. 



.65 ' 1$. 



3*35 J $- 



:$_ 



:$. 



0.85 :$. 



48 :$. 



•$. 



*$ 



:$ 



:$ 



:$ 



:$_ 



!$_ 



»$_ 



:$. 



1$. 



VI 



SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS (cont'd) 



Item 
No* 

12 



14 

15 
16 

17 

18 

•19 

• 20 

•21 

22 

23 
24 
25 

26 
27 



Designation 



t Unit : Q,naptitv 



Unit 
: Price 



i Amount 



i Hydrants 6" Hub Connec- 
tion, Two 2\* Hose and 
One \\\* Stop Connection 



13 : Hydrants 4" Hub Connec- 
tion with Two 2\* Hose 
Connection 



: 10" Gate Valves, Hub End 

: 3" Gate Valves, Hub End 

x 6" G a te Valves, Hub "End 

: 4" Gate Valves, Hub "End 



1 Each : 

: Each t 

t Each 
: Each 
: Each 
t Each 



: Valve Boxes t Each 

j l£" Tap to Cast-iron Main t Each 

t l£" Tap to Cast-iron Main 1 Each 

: 1" Tap to Cast-Iron Main 1 Each 

t 3/4" Tap to Cast-iron Main : Each 

• |" Tap to Cast-iron Main : Each 



i Air Vents 



: Each 



: Elevated Water Tank Com- : Lump 
plete Sum 

:. Pumping Equipment Complete : Lump 

Sum 

» Water Meter in Boiler- : Lump 

house Sum 



28 : Excavation; Rock 
2Q : Concrete j Class A 
30 t Concrete; Class B 

* See Schedule of Alternates 



:Cu.Yd. 
:Cu.Yd. 
:Cu.Yd. 



14 



:$_ 



:$_ 



:$ 



:$ 



6 


:$ 

:$ 


:$ 


6 


:$ 


32 


:$ 


:$ 


13 


:$ 


:$ 


57 


:$ 


:$ 


10 


:$ 


:$ 


8 


:$ 


:$ 


22 


s$ 


:$ 


30 


:$ 


:$ 


540 


:$ 


:$ 


3 


:$ 


:$ 


1 


:$ 


:$ 


l 


:$ 


:$ 


l 


:$ 


:$ 


200 


':$ 


:$ 


100 


:$ 


:$ 


100 


:$ 


S $ 



VI I 



SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES IN 



SCHEDULE E 



Item 

NO_. L 



Designation 



t Unit t •Quantity 



1A * 12" Cement-Asbestos Pipe tLin.Ftt 

2A j 10" Cement-Asbestos Pipe :Lin.Ftj 

3A * 8" Cement-Asbestos Pipe tLin.Ft: 

4A * 6" Cement -As be st os Pipe :Lin.Ft* 

5A : 4" Cement-Asbestos Pipe tLin.Ft: 

19A * l|" Tap to Cement-Asbes- ; Each : 
tos Main 

20A t l£" Tap to Cement-Asbes- : Each : 
Tos Main 

2lA * 1* Tap to Cement-Asbes- t Each : 
tos Main 

31 j Adapters for 10" and 12" t Ton t 
Cement -As best os Pipe 



275 

12,165 

6,865 

27,700 

300 

10 



Unit 
: Price 



t Amount 



:$_ 



:1 



:$ 



8 :$ 



22 :$_ 



3.8 «$. 



1$ 



:$ 



• $_ 



:$ 



:$. 



:$ 



:$ 



:$ 



:$ 



SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS 



SANITARY SEWERAGE AND TREATMENT SYSTEM 



SCHEDULE F 



Item 



Designation 



Unit 
1 Unit t Quantity t Price ; Amount 



1 : 4" Vitrified Sewer Pipe, 

installed 

2 : 6" Vitrified Sewer Pipe, 

installed 

3 : 8" Vitrified Sewer Pipe, 

installed 

4 * Substitution of Cast -Iron 

Pipe for Vitrified Pipe; 
8"C.I. for 8" Vitrified 

5 1 10" Vitrified Sewer Pipe 

installed, 0. to 6.0 
Ft. in depth 



: Ft. : 26,100 :$_ 



t Ft. t 



: Ft. : 



: Ft, 



VIII 



158 



u ^ 



5.640 



800 J$_ 



: Ft. : 24,350 :$. 



:$ 



:$_ 



:$ 



:$_ 



:$. 



1$ 



:$. 



SCHEDUIS OF BID ITEMS (cont(d) 



Item 
No* 



Designation 



t Unit t Quantity 



Unit 
t Price ; Amount 



8 

9 
10 



11 
12 
13 

14 

15 

16 

17 
16 

19 

20 
21 



15" Vitrified Sewer Pipe i Ft. i 
installed, 0. to 6.0 
ft. in depth 

Substitution of Cast-iron : Ft. : 
Pipe for Vitrified 
Pipe; l6» C.I. for 15" 
Vitrified 

Standard Manholes (not » Each t 

over 8 ft. deep) 

Overdepth of Manholes t Ft. t 

over 8 ft. deep 

Special Concrete Base and : Each : 
Wall for Sewer and 

Condensate Manhole 

Specials* 4" *y e Branch : Bach : 

from 8" Pipe 

Specials: 4" *fy e Branch * Each * 
from 10" Pipe 

Specials j 4" Wye Branch : Each t 

from 15" Pipe 

Specials: 6" Wye Branch : Each * 

from 10" Pipe 

Specials: 6" Wye Branch : Each : 

from 15* Pipe 

4" Bends t Each * 

6" Bends : Each i 

Connection between House : Each * 
Sewer Service and 
lateral Sewer 

Excavation; fi ock :Cu.Yd.« 

Concrete; Class A :Cu.Yd.: 

Concrete; Class B :Cu.Yd.: 



7,120 



20 



200 
100 
100 



i$. 



:$. 



.$ 



:$. 



:$ 



:$_ 



145 


:$ 


:$ 


6o 


:$ 


:$ 


8 


:$ 


:$ 


570 


:$ 


:$ 


27 


:$ 


:$ 


18 


:$ 


:$ 


4 


:$ 


:$ 


4 


:$ 


:$ 


615 


:$ 


:$ 


8 


:$ 


:$ 


500 


;$ 


:$ 



:$_ 



:$_ 



«$. 



IX 



Item 



22 

23 



Item 
NPt 



1 
2 

3 
4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 
16 
17 



SCHDULE OP BID ITEMS 'cont'd) 



Designation 



« TTnit t quantity 



Unit 

t Price 1 Aaaaat 



t Sheeting Left In Place t MFBM : 

t Sewage Treatment Plant 1 Sum t 

SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS 
STORM-SEWER SYSTEM 



;$_ 



Job 



t$. 



SCHEDUIE G 



Designation 



Pipe; Concrete, 3&" 
Pipe; Concrete, 3°" 
Pipe 1 Concrete, 24" 



Pipe 
Pipe 
Pipe 
Pipe 



Concrete, 21" 

Concrete, 18" 

Concrete , 15" 

Concrete, 12" 



Pipe; Concrete, 10" 

Pipe, Concrete. 8" 

Culvert Extension 

Manhole Type Inlet Basin 

Standard Inlet Basin 

Culvert Headwall and 
Apron; 3&" PiP e 

Culvert Headwall and 
Apron; 3°" Pipe 

Culvert Headwall and 
Apron; 21" pipe 

Culvert Headwall and 
Apron; 18" pipe 

Culvert Headwall and 
Apron; 15» p i pe 



: TTnit t 



: Lin. Ft j 

tLin.Ft: 

tLin.Ft: 

tLin.Ft t 

iLin.Fti 

tLin.Ft 1 

tLin.Ft t 

tLin.Ft t 

tLin.Ft t 

t Lump t 

Sum 
1 Each t 

t Each t 

t Each t 

t Each t 
t Each t 
t Each t 

t Each t 

X 



Unit 
quantity 1 Price 



550 
1,051 

877 
1,167 
1.072 

2,481 
3,858 

2,024 

147 

Job 

10 

102 

1 






'$_ 



$_ 



:$. 






i$. 



«$_ 



$_ 



«$_ 



:$_ 



»$. 



t$. 



■1 



1 :$. 



5 »$. 



!$_ 



>$_ 



i tasmt 



:$. 



1$. 



1$. 






;$_ 



:$_ 



:$_ 






>$_ 



!$. 



«$_ 



SCHEDULE G OF BID ITEMS (cont'd) 



Item 



18 

19 
20 
21 

22 

23 

24 

25 
26 



Designation 



1 nan 



Culvert Headwall and » Each 

Apron; 12" pipe or less 



Inverted Siphon; 24" 

Inverted Siphon; 3°" 

Steel; Concrete Rein- 
fore ing 

Concrete; Class A 

Concrete; Class B 

Sheeting 



Excavation; Earth 
Excavation; Rock 



t Each 
: Each 
: Lbs» 

:Cu.Yd. 
jCu.Yd. 

t M.Ft. 
B.M. 

tCu.Yd. 
:Cu.Yd. 



Unit 
Quantity t Price i Affount 



10 

1 

1 
1,000 

100 
100 

1 

200 

100 



1$ 


l$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


1$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


s$ 


t.$ 



SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS 



CENTRAL HEATING PLANT, STEAM DISTRIBUTION, AND EQUIPMENT 

SCHEDULE H 



Item 










Unit 




Mo. 




Designation 


i Unit t 


Quantity 


t Price t 


Amount 


1 


t Central 


Heating- Plant 


t Sum t 


Job 


.$ 


i$ 


2 


t Hot Well 


t Sum j 


Job 


:$ 


:$ 


3 


t Conduit 


Type A 


iLin.Ft » 


30 


J$ 


:$ 


4 


t Conduit 


Type B 


t Lin. Ft : 


2.315 


:$ 


:$ 


5 


t Conduit 


Type C 


jLin.Ft: 


9.016 


:$ 


i$ 


6 


t Conduit 


; Type D 


i Lin. Ft i 


1.790 


:$ i 


i$ 


7 


t Conduit 


Type E 


t Lin. Ft j 


18,500 


i$ 


•$ 


8 


j Conduit' 


Type F 


j Lin. Ft j 


540 


:$ i 


$ 


9 


j Conduit; 


Type G 


: Lin. Ft : 


107 


:$ i 


$ 


10 


t Conduit 


i Type H 


JLin.Ft t 


245 


:$ i 


$ 



XI 



SCHEDULE H OF BID ITENS (cont'd) 



.Item 

No* 



11 



Designation 



t Conduit ; Type J 



12 


t 


Conduit; Type K 


13 


t 


Conduit; Type L 


14 


t 


Conduit ; Type M 


15 


t 


Conduit; Type N 


16 


t 


Conduit; Type 


17 


t 


Conduit ; Type P 


18 


t 


Pipe; Steel, Welded 
Insulated, 12" 


19 


t 


Pipe; Steel, Welded 
Insulated, 8" 



20 t Pipe; Steel, Welded 

Insulated , 4" 

21 1 Pipe; Steel, Threaded 

Insulated, 3* 

22 t Pipe; Steel, Threaded 

Insulated, 2\* 

23 1 Pipe; Steel, Threaded 

Insulated, 2" 

24 t Pipe; Steel, Threaded 

Insulated, l£" 

25 : Pipe; Steel, Welded 

Not Insulated, 6" 

26 t Pipe; Steel, Welded 

Not Insulated, 5" 

27 1 Pipe; Steel, Welded 

Not Insulated, 4 - 

28 t Pipe, Steel, Threaded 

Not Insulated, 3« 

29 t Pipe; Steel, Threaded 

Not Insulated, 2\* 



« TTnit t Quantity 



j Lin. Ft t 


946 


tLia.Ft t 


70 


rLin.Ft: 


100 


tLin.Ft t 


1,410 


1 Lin, Ft t 


400 


: Lin. Ft t 


470 


tLin.Ft j 


1,020 


tLin.Ft t 


30 



tLin.Ft 1 11,438 



: Lin. Ft : 



iLin.Ft: 



rLin.Ft t 



: Lin. Ft: 



tLin.Ft! 



tLin.Ft t 



tLin.Ft t 



tLin.Ft t 



tLin.Ft t 



tLin.Ft t 



2,035 



7,046 



6,270 



6,200 



100 



130 



3.725 



9.416 



2,260 



1,020 



Unit 
I Prige i Amount 



$_ 



:$_ 



:$. 



■$. 



*$_ 



:$ 



-A 






• $_ 



:$. 



:$_ 






t$_ 



$ 



$ 



i$ 



:$_ 



«$. 



$_ 



• $. 






'$. 



XII 



SCHEDULE H OF BID ITEMS (cont'd) 



Item 
No. 



Designation 



t Unit t Quantity 



Unit 
} Price 



; Amount 



30 * Pipe; Steel, Threaded 

Not Insulated, 2" 

31 : Pipe: Steel, Threaded 

Not Insulated, lj» 

32 : Manhole; Type A for 8" 

and 4" Pipes 

33 t Manhole; Type A for 4" 

and 2\* Pipes 

3k 1 Manhole; Type A for 4" 

and 3* Pipes 

35 i Manhole; Type A for 2\* 

and 4" Pipes 

36 t Manhole ; ^ype B 

37 : Manhole; Type C for 8" 

and 4" Pipes 

38 » Manhole; Type C for 4" 

and 3" Pipes 



39 


1 


Manhole 


No. 


301 


40 


t 


Manhole 1 


No. 


302 


41 


: 


Manhole 


No. 


304 


42 


1 


Manhole 


No. 


305 


43 


1 


Manhole 


; No. 


313 


44 


• 
• 


Manhole 


No. 


318 


43 


1 


Manhole 


; No. 


320 


46 


• 
• 


Manhole • 


No. 


322 


47 


% 


M anhole* 


; No. 


324 


48 


9 
9 


Manhole 


No. 


327 


49 


: 


Manhole 


; No. 


33^ 


50 


: 


Manhole 


; No. 


336 



t Lin. Ft j 



t Each t 

t Each 1 

: Each * 

t Each » 

: Each 1 
: Each t 

: Each : 

s Each t 
t Each 
: Each 
: Bach 
: Each 
: Each 
: Each 
: Each 
: Each 
j Each 
: Each 
: Each 



250 



jLin.Ft: 18,500 



13 



4 
2 



1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 



:$ 



$ 



:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


1$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


*$ 


:$ 


:$ 


;$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


1$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 


:$ 



XIII 



SCHEDULE H OF BID ITEMS (cont'd) 



Item 

No- 



Designation 



« Unit ; Quantity 



51 : Sewer Manhole Expansion 
Joint; 5" 



52 


1 Sewer Manhole Expansion 
Joint; 4" 


53 


j Sewer Manhole Expansion 
Joint; 3* 


5k 


t Sewer Manhole Expansion 
Joint; 2i" 


55 


t Sewer Manhole Expansion 
Joint; 2" 


# 


t Main Take-off; for 3" 
and 1|" Pipes 


51 


: Main Take-off; for 2\* 
and 1|" Pipes 


58 


% Main Take-off; for 2" 
and l|" Pipes 


59 


t Metallic Hose Expansion 
Joint; for 3" and l£» 




Pipes 



60 : Metallic Hose Expansion 

Joint; for 2\* and \\* 
Pipes 

61 t Metallic Hose Expansion 

Joint; for 2" and l£» 
Pipes 

62 j End Assembly; Street 

Lateral 

63 t House Service Take-off; 

for 3« and l£" Pipes 

64 : House Service Take-off; 

for 2£" and 2» pipes 

£5 1 House Service Take -Off; 
for 2» and i£» Pipes 

66 j House Service Take-off; 
for l£" and l£" Pipes 



: Each t 
t Each » 
j Each t 
* Each : 
t Each : 
: Each 1 
t Each t 
s Each * 
: Each : 



j Each : 



: Each : 



16 



14 



13 



Unit 




t Price 


t Amount 


:$ 


:$ 


1$ 


iS 


:$ 


s$ 


l$ 


t$ 


:$ 


1$ 


:$ 


<$ 


:$ 


:$ 


*$ 


:$ 


1* 


:$ 



:$ 



13 :$ :$. 



s Each : 


25 


:$ 


:? 


J Each t 


3 


:$ 


1$ 


: Each : 


1 


:$ 


1* 


: Each t 


4 


:$ 


:$ 


*, Each : 


20 


:$ 


:$ 



XIV 



SCHEDULE H OF BID ITEMS (cont'd) 



Item 
No- 

67 
68 



^ 



70 

71 
72 

73 

74 

75 
76 
77 

75 

79 
80 



Designation 



Unit 
1 TTnit t Quantit y i Price ; Amount. 



t$. 
1$ 



House Service Take-off; t Ea.cn : 50 *$- 

for lj" and 1" Pipes 

House Service Take-off; : Each t $$0 *$_ 

for 1" and 3/4" Pipes 

House Service; for tLin.Ft t 500 !$_ 

3" and l£" Pipes 

House Service; for tLin.Ft t 100 

2\* and 2" Pipes 

House Service; for tLin.Ft t 215 

2" and \\* Pipes 

House Service; for tLin.Ft t 1,388 

\\* and 1^" Pipes 

House Service; for tLin.Ft t 3i010 *$_ 

\\* and 1" Pipes 

House Service; for tLin.Ft t 30,250 :$_ 

1" and 3/4" Pipes 

Anchor Station t Each t 40 ! $_ 

Dry Well : Each, t 40 *$_ 

Excavation; Rock tCu.Yd.t 100 »$_ 

Concrete; Class A tCu.Yd.t 5° *$_ 

Concrete; Class B tCu.Yd.t 50 *$_ 

Steel; Concrete Rein- t lb. t 1,000 :$_ 

forcing 

TOTAL BID, (Schedules A to H inclusive), $_ 



:$ 



:$. 
t$ 






1$ 



rt 



t$. 



$ 



:$ 



NOTES t 



(a) All amounts and totals given above will be subject to verification 
by the United States. In case of variation between unit bid 
price and totals shown by bidder, the unit price will be considered 
to be his bid. 

(b) All bids must be for the entire work and must have each blank 
space filled in. 

(c) The quantities of each item of the bid, as finally ascertained at 
the close of the contract, in the units given and the unit prices 
of the several items stated by the bidder in the accepted bid, 
will determine the total payments to accrue under the contract. 
The unit price bid for each item must allow for all collateral 

or indirect cost connected with it. 



XV 



2. EXPERIENCE. (See Invitation for Bids). 



\ 






XVI 






3. STATEMENT ESTABLISHED PERMANENT PLACE OF BUSINESS AMD FINANCIAL 
STATUS. (See Invitation for Bids). 



XVII 



4. PLANT TO B~ USED ON THE WORK . (See Invitation -for Bids and Para- 
graph 1-20 of the specifications). 



No. j 

• 
t 

i 


Type t Manufacturer j Capacity : Age and Condition : Location 


t s s * 






j 


x £8 


* f ! S % 


: : : : : 


•8* £ 1 a 

• ■ i ■ * 

t . t t t t 








































i : : t i 


« i i • • 

: : : : : 








: : t : : 




i 1 : : : 










i 


i : t : t 


• • • • * 

: : » * « 






XVIII 



5« PLAM 1 LAY-OUT * (See Invitation for Bids) - The undersigned has 
attached herewith the plant lay-out prescribed in the Invitation for Bids. 

6. PROGRESS CHARTS (See Invitation for Bids) - The undersigned has 
attached herewith the progress charts prescribed in the Invitation for Bids. 

7* It is hereby warranted that in the event award is made to the 
undersigned there will be used in the performance of the work covered by the 
contract only such unmanufactured articles, materials, and supplies as have 
been mined or produced in the United States, and only such manufactured 
articles, materials, and supplies as have been manufactured in the United 
States substantially all from articles, materials, or supplies mined, 
produced, or manufacturered, as the case may be, in the United States except 
as noted below or otherwise indicated in this bid or authorized in the 
specif icat ions • 

8. The undersigned agrees, upon receipt of written notice of the ac- 
ceptance of this bid within^ days after the date of opening of the bids, 

to execute the standard form of Government contract, in accordance with the 
bid as accepted, and give performance and payment bonds, with good and 
sufficient surety or sureties, for the faithful performance of the contract, 
and for the protection of all persons supplying labor and materials in the 

prosecution of the work, within days after the prescribed forms are presented 

for signature. 

9« The undersigned agrees to begin the work within calendar 

days after date of receipt of notice to proceed, and complete it within 
calendar days after date of receipt of said notice to proceed. 



(Bidder) 
By 



(Name and Title) 



(Business Address) 

NOTE: Read Standard Government Instructions to Bidders before preparing 
this bid. 



HTX 



PART TWO 



SEAWAY, NEW YORK 



SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRIC POWER AND 
• LIGHTING SYSTEM 

(Proposed electrical distribution system to be 
built by hired labor.) 



Appendix 111-21(2) 



INDEX 

Para. No. Paragraph Title Page No. 

1 General 1 

2 Materials and Equipment 1 

3 Setting Poles 5 

4 Installing Guys 5 

5 Cutting and Framing Poles 6 

6 Pole Steps 6 

7 Numbering Poles 6 

8 Conduotors 6 

9 Service Connections to Buildings 7 

10 Grounding 7 

11 Transformer Installation 7 

12 Lightning Arrester Installation 8 

13 Secondary Rack Installation 8 

14 Service Entrance Switch Installation 8 

15 Conduit Installation 8 

16 Fuse Cut Out Installation 8 

17 Street Lighting System 8 

18 Obstruction Lighting 10 

19 Tests 11 



ELECTRIC POWER AND LIGHTING STSTEM FOR SEAWAY, N. T. 



1. GENERAL. 

(a) iype of System. - Electric energy will be supplied to 
the distribution system at 6600 volts , 3-pkfls©» 60 cycles, from the 
25,000 KVA substation located as indicated on the drawings. This 
specification covers the complete construction of the 6600 volt 
primary circuit, the 120/240 volt secondary circuits, and building 
service connections, including the service switch on the outside of 
each building, The 6600 volt primary shall commence at the terminals 
of the low tension bus, at the substation* 

(b) General Directions. All work shall be performed in har- 
mony with work of other contractors on the site and at such times as 
directed by the contracting officer. The drawings indicate the general 
arrangement of all lines and equipment, but should conditions necessi- 
tate a change, drawings shall be made of the proposed rearrangement 
before proceeding with the work* AH work and materials shall be pro- 
tected against damage and the weather at all times* 

2* MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 

(a) The following is a list of material and equipment items for 
the system 1 

(1) Poles 

(2) Cross Arms 

(3) Insulator Pins 

(4) Insulators 

(5) Hardware 

( 6 ) Transformers 

(7) Lightning Arresters 

(8) Fuse Cut Outs 

(9) Secondary Racks 

(10) Wireholders for House Connections 

(11) Overhead Bare Conductors 

(12) Overhead Insulated Conductors 

(13) Service Entrance Switch 

(14) Conduit and Entrance Service Cap 

(15) Guy Wire 

(16) Anchors 

(17) Controllers 

(18) Protective Relays 

(19) Photo-electric Relays 

(20) Lamp Brackets 

(21) Lamps 

(b) Specifications for various materials and equipment are as 
follows 1 

(1) Poles. 



-1- 



(a_) Ualess otherwise specified or directed by the 
contracting officer poles shall be Western Red Cedar in accord- 
ance with the specifications 05CI and 05<32 of the American 
Standards Association* 

(bj Treatment. - Poles shall be butt-treated for a 
minimum distance of 7 feet from the bottom of the pole in accord- 
ance with Federal Specifications TT-W-571a and TT-W-55&* Uhles3 
otherwise specified or directed power transmission poles shall be 
class 4 including transformer and angle poles* Poles shall be at 
least 4° feet long except poles which carry only street lighting* 
secondary wires, or street light brackets, which shall be at least 
JO feet long, class 6* 

(2) Cross Arms* - Cross arms shall be #1 common air 
seasoned or kiln dried untreated Douglas Fir conforming to the 

B* E* L. A* Standards unless otherwise approved by the contracting 
officer* They shall be 3 l/2 * x 4 V2 B x 8' - 1 . 6 pin cross 
arms* All cross arms shall be roofed, drilled for insulator pins 
hereinafter specified, and with a center bolt hole of 1V16" for a 
5/8* bolt. 

(3) Insulator Pins* - Insulator pins shall be threaded 
for a standard 1» insulator pin hole, and shall be of seasoned 
Locust 1 3/2" 2: 12* or as approved by the contracting officer* 

(4) Pin Type Insulators* - All pin type insulators 

for 6600 volt primary and 6*6 ampere series street lighting secondary 
circuits shall be similar and equal to insulator No* 20 as manu- 
factured by the Jeffrey-Deffitt Insulator Corporation, Kenova, West 
Virginia, and as shown on page 524 of their catalog #40, or as 
approved by the contracting officer* 

(5) Insulators for Secondary Recks. - All insulators 
for secondary racks shall be wet process porcelain similar and 
equal to the G*E* insulator for secondary racks #S-355 as listed 
in the General Electric Supply Corporation catalog #31 • V^&e 382, 
or as approved by the contracting officer* 

(6) Wireholders. - One wireholders for making service 
connections shall be similar and equal to the G.E. all porcelain 
screw type wireholder #S0625 as listed in catalog #31, page 3&5* 
of the General Electric Supply Corporation, or as approved by the 
contracting officer* 

(7) Guy Insulators* - All guy insulators shall be 
similar and equal to the Locke porcelain guy strain insulator 
#506 as listed in the General Electric Supply Corporation catalog 
#31 • page 4I5» or as approved by the contracting officer* 

(8) Hardware* - Bolts, Nuts, and Lag Screws* - All 
bolts, nuts, and lag screws shall be hot galvanized after fabri- 
cation and shall conform to Federal Specifications FF-B-56I and 
FF-B-571a. Bolts, nuts, and lag screws shall be of a size suit- 
able for the equipment or for the use to which put, and in no 
case shall any such bolt or lag screw be less than nominal 3/Q* 
diameter* 



-2- 



(9) Miscellaneous Hardware. - Miscellaneous hardware 
such as washers (3/8" or larger), cross arm braces (1-7/32* x 
7/32" z 28*), guy cable clamps (3 bolt for 1/2" or larger guy 
cable), guy cable thimbles (1/2" or larger) ground clamps (for 
!• ground rod and ground wire), guy wire protectors (8 1 long), 
anchor rods (5/8" x 8* minimum), hook type pole steps (5/8 ■ x 
10»), pole top pins (#S2001), etc., shall be hot galvanized 
after fabrication and shall be similar and equal to the G.E. 
pole line hardware products as listed in the General Electric 
Supply Corporation catalog #31, pages 357-3^9 • inclusive. 

(10) Ground Pods* - Ground rods shall be similar and 
equal to the Hubbard-Copperweld Ground Rods as listed in the 
Hubbard and Company catalog #38* page 44» Rods shall be 1* in 
diameter and at least 8 feet long* 

(11) Transformers* - Unless otherwise specified all 
transformers shall be single phase, 60 cycle, for pole or cross 
arms mounting similar and equal to the Completely Self Protected 
(CSP) distribution transformer as manufactured by the Westinghouse 
Electric & Manufacturing Company of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or 
as approved by the contracting officer. Transformers shall be 
equipped with pocket mounted high voltage bushings, shall be of 
the capacities indicated on the drawings and shall have a low 
voltage rating of 120/240 volts. Transformers shall be furnished 
and installed with suitable transformer oil as recommended by the 
nahufacturer. Provision shall be made for the grounding of all 
transformer cases. The breakers in these transformers shall be 
equipped with a warning signal light visible from the ground. 
Suitable 54" leads with hot line clamps shall be furnished and 
connected to the high voltage side of the transformers. The hot 
line clamp shall make positive contact with the high voltage line 
and shall be operable with any standard clamp stick, (see item 
(20) c below). 

(12) Secondary Racks. - Secondary racks for the 120/240 
volt circuits shall be 3 wire, hot galvanized steel similar and 
equal to the medium type Secondary Rack #32636 as listed in the 
General Electric Supply Corporation catalog #3*t I^ge 381. or as 
approved by the contracting officer. 

(13) Overhead Conductors. 

a . Overhead Jrimary Conductors. - The overhead 6600 
volt distribution primary wires shall be No. 00, No. 0, No. 2, 
No. 4« and No. 6 medium hard-drawn, bare, stranded copper wire 
conforming to Federal Specification QQ-W-336, or the equivalent 
bare, stranded, copper covered steel wire, 21/3 2 " nominal diameter 
(19 No. 8 wires), 5/8* nominal diameter (7 No. 4 wires), 1/2" 
nominal diameter (7 No. 6 wires), 3/8 t nominal diameter (7 No. 8 
wires), or (3 No. 7 wires), l\0% conductivity, conforming to Federal 
Specification QQ,-W-421t type 1. 



-3- 



b« Overhead Street Lighting Secondary Conductor. 
Die secondary conductor for the 6»o ampere series street lighting 
shall be No* 8 medium, hard-drawn, bare, stranded, copper wire 
conforming to Federal Specification QQ-W-33&* or bare, stranded, 
copper-covered steel wire (3 No, 9 wires) k.0% conductivity, con- 
forming to Federal Specification QQ-W-421, type 1* The leads from 
the pole to the light fixture shall be No, 8 stranded, 2 conductor, 
weatherproof, triple braid, rubber covered, copper wire conforming 
to Federal Specification J-C-121, suitable for 5 000 v °l* service* 

£• Overhead Power and Light Distribution Secondary* 
The 120/240 volt secondary wire shall be single conductor, weather- 
proof, triple braided, copper wire* 

(14) Service Entrance Switeh. - The service entrance 
switch, except for 3-phase service, shall be fusible, 3 pole, 2 
blade solid neutral, single throw interlocking copper of a current 
rating based on the full load current of the installed load in the 
building. Fuses shall be furnished for all service entrance switches 
plus an additional 20# of the total number of each size fuse for 
replacement purposes. Switches shall be enclosed in, and insulated 
from, a weatherproof rust-resisting box, and shall be capable of 
being locked in the open position. Switches and boxes shall be a 
standard catalog product of reputable manufacture and shall be 
approved by the contracting officer* 

(15) Ground Wire* - Unless otherwise specified or re- 
quired all ground wire shall be bare, stranded, medium hard-drawn 
copper wire conforming to Federal Specification Q.Q-W-336, or bare, 
stranded, copper-covered steel wire of equivalent electrical re- 
sistance conforming to Federal Specification QQ-W-421 type 1. The 
size of the ground wire shall conform to the recommendations in 
paragraph 2594 of the National Electrical Code* 

(16) Guy Wire, - Guy wire shall be hot galvanized, 
standard seven strand steel wire at least 1/2* in total diameter, 
similar and equal to the seven strand guy wire listed in the General 
Electric Supply Corporation catalog #31, page 393 1 or as approved 
by the contracting officer. 

(17) Anchors.- Anchors shall be of malleable iron or 
steel with a rated holding power of 12, 000 pounds in sand, and shall 
be similar and equal to the Chance Wej-Lock Expanding Anchor #8412-W 
as listed on page 855 of tne Graybar General Catalog #102, or as 
approved by the contracting officer* 

(18) Fuse Cut Outs* - Fuse cut outs for the purpose of 
short circuit protection and suitable for use as a disconnect switch 
to isolate sections of the 6600 volt primary circuit shall be outdoor 
type for cross arm mounting, similar and equal to Type P-75C-6 fuse 
cut out as manufactured by the Line Material Company of Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin, and shown in their November, 1940 Catalog, page 10-010* 
The f use3 to be furnished with these cut outs shall be rated at 
100# of the full load current based on the installed transformer 
capacity involved. There shall be furnished with each cut out 3ix 
extra fuses for replacement purposes* 






-4- 



(19) Connectors. 

j| General. - Unless otherwise -specified, indicated, 
or required, all connections to terminals shall be in accordance 
with the National Electrical Code paragraph 1116. 

b. Solderless Connectors* - Whenever solderless con- 
nectors are used to connect equipment to the distribution lines, 
the connectors shall be similar and equal to the "Servit" connector, 
type K3» as manufactured by the Burndy Engineering Company of New 
York, and as listed in their catalog §k0* page 271» or as approved 
by the contracting officer. 

jc. Hotline Clamps for connecting distributing and street 
lighting transformers to the primary circuit shall be similar and 
equal to the "Hottap" Type KTE as manufactured by the Burndy Engi- 
neering Company of New York, as advertised in their catalog #4°» page 
279* or as approved by the contracting officer. Clamps shall be 
securely connected to the transformer high voltage leads, shall be 
of such size and design to clamp securely to the primary lines and 
shall be operable from the ground with a standard hot-line stick. 

3- SETTING POLES. - Except as otherwise indicated on the drawings , 
poles shall be set at a distance not to exceed a two hundred foot 
spacing. In normal firm soil, poles shall be set to a minimum depth 
of 6 feet. Poles shall be set so as to provide an even grade insofar 
as is practicable. When setting poles in good firm soil, holes shall 
be of ample size to allow easy entrance of the butts. Holes shall 
have approximately constant diameter frcm bottom to top and shall be 
of sufficient size to allow the proper use of the tamping bars. Back- 
fill shall be placed in layers of not more than six inches. Each 
layer shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping before the succeeding 
layer is placed. All sod, roots, brush, or other objectionable 
material shall be removed from the material used for backfilling and 
the earth shall be packed higher around the pole than the adjacent 
ground to force the drainage away from the pole. 

Poles on tangents shall be carefully aligned with the cross 
arms at right angles to the direction of the line. Where the direction 
of the line changes, the cross arms shall be set so as to bisect the 
angle thus formed in the line. If the deviation exceeds five degrees 
the corner pole shall be provided with double cross arms and fixtures 
and shall be properly guyed. When possible, the cross arms, braces 
and other fixtures, except the insulators, shall be mounted on the 
pole before erection. Transformers, etc., shall be mounted as indi- 
cated on the drawings or as directed by the contracting officer. 

4. INSTALLING GUIS. - Guys shall be installed as indicated on the 
drawings and where necessary to provide proper stability to the over- 
head system. Where possible, guys shall be placed so that they have 
a "lead" equal to one-half the above-ground length of the pole, but 
in no case shall the "lead" be less than one-fourth of the pole 
height. Where sufficient "lead", as specified above, cannot be 
obtained because of interference by sidewalks or buildings, truss 
guys using pole struts shall be installed, subject to the approval 
of the contracting officer. Anchor holes shall have a diameter 
slightly greater than that of the anchor. The holes shall be bored 

-5- 



in line vrith the guy. Rock anchors shall be installed where required, 
in accordance with details shown on the drawings. 

All earth anchors shall be of the expanding type (see 2 (b) 
(17)i and shall be equipped with guy rods of such length that approx- 
imately six inches of the rod extends above the ground surface after 
the anchor is in place. Backfill shall be placed in layers of approx- 
imately six inches, and each layer thoroughly tamped. Anchors shall 
be set so as to develop at least their rated holding power and shall 
be at least 6 feet below the surface of the ground. 

The metal guy wire protector shall be installed on each down 
guy wire, as shown on the drawings. 

All head, down, snd side guys shall be attached to poles by 
pole bands. Three-bolt clamps shall be used to secure guy wires to 
the pole bands, strain insulators, and guy rods. The loose ends of 
each wire shall extend twelve inches beyond the three-bolt clasps and 
shall be held to the opposite strand by metal sleeves or wire serving. 

5. CUTTING AND FRAMING ■ POLES . - All poles shall be neatly sawed at 
the butt alon^; a plane which shall not be out of square with the axis 
of the pole by more' than one-half inch per foot of butt diameter. 
Poles shall be neatly roofed and framed in accordance with details 
shown on the drawings. V/here more than one gain is required, the gains 
shall be parallel and all holes shall be squared with the axis of the 
pole. Before framing, it shall be ascertained in which place the max- 
imum sweep of the pole occurs, and the gains shall then be placed on 
the concave side. Buck arms and alley arms shall be installed wherever 
required for good construction in accordance with standard practice. 
Cross arms generally will be on opposite sides of consecutive poles. 

6. POLS STEPS. - Transformer poles and poles mounting disconnect 
switches shall be equipped with pole steps. Steps shall be spaced 
approximately eighteen inches on centers, and each row shall be mounted 
180° apart en the pole and at right angles to the direction of the line. 
The first step shall be mounted 6 feet above the ground, and the last 
not less than 4 feet, 6 inches from the top of the pole. 

7. NUMBERING POLES. - All poles shall be numbered by nailing thereon a 
metal plate bearing raised numbers at least 1 inch in height. Poles 
shall be numbered consecutively and clockwise from the outdoor sub- 
station. Numbers shall be placed facing the street and shall be 6£ feet 
above the ground line. In lieu of a metal plate bearing raised numbers, 
tne contractor may furnish and install separate metal digits at least 

1 inch high. Combinations of these digits shall be fastened to the poles 
to indicate the pole number. Each digit shall be fastened with 2 nails. 

8. CONDUCTORS. (See paragraph 2 (b) (13). 

(a) The sizes and types of all conductors shall be as indi- 
cated on the drawings, or as specified. Line conductors shall be tied to 
insulators in an approved manner. All tie wire shall be of #8 soft drawn, 
solid bare copoer, unless otherwise directed. 

-6- 



(b) Slack in line conductor* shall be pulled up to a unifoxm 
sag for the size and type of conductor to be used* The tension on 
the wire shall in no case exceed the safe tension as recommended by 
the manufacturer of the wire for heavy loading at a minimum tempera- 
ture of 30 F. In no case shall the clearance from the lowest point 
of the conductor to the ground be less than 20 feet at a temperature 
of 60 F. Care must be taken in handling the conductors to guard 
against cuts, scratches ,or kinks* The conductors must not be drawn 
orer rough or rocky ground in such a way as to be injured by s tones • 
etc* The conductors must not be drawn around insulators or angle 
poles. HHiere covered conductors are spliced, tapped, or have insula- 
tion injured, the insulation shall be replaced by rubber and friction 
tape so that the insulation of the uncovered area will be equal to 
the original insulation of the conductor. The outside of the tape 
shall be thoroughly painted with an approved insulating paint* Splices 
shall be avoided where possible and no short pieces shall be used. 
Standard splices shall be used in splicing rubber covered conductors* 
The poles against which conductors are pulled shall always be head 
guyed with a temporary head guy if no permanent head guy is provided 
in the line at these points, and in no case shall the conductors be 
allowed to slack back against the tie wire, except where permanently 
secured to poles with double fixtures. Where conductors pass near 
or through trees, they shall be suitably protected from abrasion* 

9. SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO BUIIDINGS. - Three-wire service loops to 
buildings shall be made as indicated on the drawings* The loops shall 
pass through and be securely tied to the wireholders on the buildings* 
They shall then be drawn through the conduit to the main entrance 
switch on the building* Loops shall not be dead ended or spliced 
at the wireholders or in the conduit* 

10* GROUNDING* - The neutral conductor of each section of the secondary 
lines shall be effectually grounded* Each ground shall be connected 
to the neutral wire by a well wrapped and soldered joint, carried down 
the pole to an approved ground rod, and carefully clamped with an 
approved clamp. Ground wires shall be stapled to poles and protected 
by an approved wood molding extending from the ground to the lower 
cross arm* Ground resistance shall be as low as is practicable and 
in no case shall the resistance of a ground exceed 25 ohms. The re- 
sistance of each ground shall be measured after installation is com- 
plete. Method of grounding shall conform to the National Electrical 
Code and more than one ground shall be used if necessary. Lightning 
arresters and transformer tanks shall be grounded as specified above. 
Common grounds may be used except that lightning arresters shall not 
have a common ground with any other equipment* 

11. TRANSFORMER INSTAIXATI ON. - Approved transformers of the Completely 
Self -Protected type with overload indicating lamp and rating as indicated, 
shall be installed at the locations indicated on the drawings or as 
directed by the contracting officer. Transformer cases shall be grounded 
at the foot of the transformer pole. 



-7- 



12« LIGHTNING ARRESTEE INSTALLATION. - Lightning arresters to protect 
the electrical equipment in the substation shall be installed on the 
first pole from the outdoor substation as indicated on the drawings* 
All lightning arresters shall be grounded as specified in paragragh 10* 

13. SECONDARY RACK INSTALLATION. - Secondary racks shall be securely 
mounted on poles as indicated on the drawings. The height above the 
ground line shall be such as to meet the requirements in paragraph 8 
covering height of conductors. 

14. SERVICE ENTRANCE SWITCH INSTALLATION. - All service switches shall 
be mounted securely on the buildings eight feet above the ground line 
as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the contracting off ieer. 
Unless otherwise directed they shall be mounted in such locations on 
the buildings that the connecting conduit will not be carried around a 
corner of the building. Wires shall be brought in and connected to 
the switches and all switches shall be looted in open position. The 
neutral wires shall be connected to the middle pole of the switch. 

15. CONDUIT INSTALLATION. - Steel conduit carrying conductors from the 
wireholders to service entrance switches shall be fastened to the 
building with approved straps screwed to the building and straps shall 
be not more than 30 inches apart. The conduit shall be fastened to 
the service entrance switch box with an approved watertight bushing. 
The entrance service cap shall be fastened to the conduit where the 
building service wires enter from the wireholders. AH conduit fittings 
including the entrance service cap shall be made watertight. 

16* JTSE CUT OUT INSTALLATION. - Fuse cut outs shall be mounted, one 
for each primary conductor, on the cross arm of the pole at the loca- 
tions indicated on the drawings or as directed by the contracting 
officer. The cut outs shall be so installed that any desired section 
of the primary circuit may be isolated by opening cut outs adjacent 
to the section to be isolated. They shall also be mounted so as to 
be operable from the ground with a standard hot line stick. 

17. STREET LIGHTING SYSTEM. 

(a) Type of System . - The street lighting system shall operate 
on a 6.6 ampere series circuit and shall be installed in accordance 
with these specifications and as indicated on the drawings. Control 
and protective equipment shall be installed as indicated. Protective 
relays shall protect the system against open circuits. 

(b) General Directions. - The plans indicate the general arrange- 
ment of all street lights and equipment but should conditions necessitate 
a change of plan, the contractor, before proceeding with the work, shall 
submit drawings of the proposed rearrangement to the contracting officer, 
and obtain his approval* The lengths of poles shall be as indicated 

on the drawings and their installation shall be as specified in paragraphs 
3 to 7. 



-8- 



(c) The constant current transformers, protectors, control- 
lers, and photo-electric relays shall he securely mounted on the 
poles or cross arms as indicated on the drawings, according to the 
manufacturer's recommendations and to the satisfaction of the con- 
tracting officer. Transformer and controller tanks shall be 
grounded as specified in paragraph 10, 

(d) Conductors. - The size and type of conductors shall be 
as indicated on the drawings and shall be installed in acoordance 
with paragraph 8. 

(e) Lightning Arresters . - In all cases lightning arresters 
shall be installed to protect each item of equipment. The arresters 
shall be installed on the primary side of the constant current trans- 
former and on the same pole as the transformer. Arresters shall be 
grounded at the foot of the pole on which they are mounted in accord- 
ance with the specifications for grounding contained in paragraph 10, 

(f) Lamps, - The lamp brackets and lamp units shall be installed 
on the poles and fastened securely thereto as indicated on the drawings. 
Lamp units shall be mounted not less than 20 feet above the ground line 
and equipped with the proper size lamps all as indicated on the drawings. 
Fiber conduit shall be installed to protect the leads to the lamps as 
indicated on the drawings. The controller switches for the lamps shall 
be actuated by photo-electric relays as specified below. The photo- 
electric relays shall be set so as to automatically switch on the street 
lights as soon as the general outdoor light falls to the equivalent of 
one-half hour after sunset on a clear day and shall automatically switch 
off the lights as soon as the natural light increases to equal that of 
15 minutes before sunrise on a clear day. 

(g) Materials and Equinoent, 

(1) Transformers. - The constant current transformers shall be 
rated 6600 volt primary, 6,6 ampere secondary, single phase, 60 cycle, 
for pole type mounting. Ihey shall be similar and equal to the General 
Electric Novalux Constant Current Transformer, type R0, pole type as 
shown in General Electric "Users Handbook, " Section 3^05 » page 2, except 
that it shall be suitable for use with a 6600 volt primary, 

(2) Controller, - The primary street lighting controllers shall 
be similar and equal to the General Electric Novalux Controller, catalog 
No. 536°3543' a 7 with series operating coil as shown in General Electric 
"Users Handbook, ■ Section 3130, page 6, 

(3) Protective Relay. - The series street lighting circuit 
shall be protected against open circuits by suitable 6,6 ampere, 60 
cycle relays similar and equal to General Electric Novalux Protector 
No. 3208156 as shown in General Electric "Users Handbook," Section 
3110, page 10. 

(4) Photo-Electric Relay. - The photo-electric relays, which 
operate the controller switches according to light requirements, shall 
be similar and equal to General Electric No. CR-7505-H109 as shown in 
General Electric "Users Handbook t " Section 3132, page 1# 

(5) Lamp Brackets. - Lamp brackets shall be 8 feet long and 
shall be similar and equal to General Electric No. 1229475 G-4 as 
shown in General Electric Supply Corp. catalog #31, page 309, 



-9- 



(6) Lamp Units. - Lamp units shall be similar and equal 
to General Electric form 79-S* catalog No. A 4 G351, Novalux 
luminaire shown in General Electric "Users Handbook, ■ Section 3°3°t 
page 1, 

(7) lamps. Lamps used in the lamp units shall be similar 
and equal to General Electric Nos. ES-35 and ES-40 covering 2500, 
4000 or 6000 lumens as required or indicated on drawings and as 
shown in General Electric Supply Corp. catalog #31, page 597» 

18. OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING, 

(a) General. - Obstruction lighting equipment shall be installed 
as specified herein and indicated on the drawings according to the regu- 
lations of the Civil Aeronautics Administration, U, S. Department of 
Commerce, bulletin "Obstruction Marking Manual," dated June 1, 1941* 
Obstruction lights shall be installed on the elevated water tank and 
the boilerhouse smokestack, 

(b) Lights, - All lights shall be equipped with heat resisting, 
aviation red, prismatic glass globes, Ihe lights are to be equipped 
with 100 watt, 115 volt, clear lamps, Hie duplex lights shall be 
equipped with transfer relay for automatic switching from one lamp to 
the other in the event the first lamp fails, 

(c) Water Tank Lighting, A duplex multiple type light shall 
be mounted on or in place of the f inial on top of the water tower, 
and four single multiple lights shall be mounted on the outside of the 
water tower structure 9° degrees apart at the elevation of the bottom 
of the water tank, 

(d) Smokestack Lighting, - Four duplex multiple lights shall 
be mounted on the smokestack 90 degrees apart at an elevation 6 feet 
below the top of the stack. These lights shall be mounted in a 
manner similar to the details shown on page B-7 of the Obstruction 
Marking Manual, so that all the lights may be serviced fran the smoke- 
stack ladder. 

(e) Transformers, 

(1) The obstruction lights specified above shall be supplied 
with power by isolating current transformers. These transformers shall 
be aerial, series primary-multiple secondary type supplying current at 
115 volts to lamps connected in multiple, The series primary of the 
transformers will be supplied from the 6»6 ampere, 60 cycle constant 
current street lighting circuit* The transformers shall be of such 
rating as to furnish adequate power for the continuous operation of 

a 5°° - va tt lamp load at tiie water tank and a 400 watt lamp load at the 
smokestack, 

(2) The isolating current transformer for the water tower shall 
be mounted on the water tower structure. The leads from the pole to 
the transformer shall be No, 8 triple braid weatherproof wire. Connec- 
tion to the lights from the transformer shall be with No, 8 rubber- 
covered wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-121, and galvanized 
rigid steel conduit, 

(3) The isolating current transformer for the smokestack shall 
be mounted on a pole near the stack as indicated on the drawings. No, 

8 triple braid weatherproof wire leads shall be run from the transformer 

to an entrance cap on galvanized rigid steel conduit mounted on the 

stack beside the ladder. The wire in the conduit shall be lype A, asbestos- 

-10- 






covered, with asbestos braid in accordance with the National 
Electrical Code* All conduit connections shall be water tight. 

(4) The isolating current transformers shall be connected 
in series with the street lighting circuit so that the obstruction 
lights will be turned on and off with the street lights* 

19* TESTS. - After the power distribution system, street lighting, 
obstruction lights, and appurtenant facilities are installed and 
power available, the circuits and equipment shall be thoroughly 
tested under full operating voltage* The entire wiring system 
must test free frcm short circuits and improper grounds, and shall 
have an insulation resistance that maets the requirements of the 
National Electrical Code* All resistance measurements shall be made 
with a true resistance measuring instrument similar and equal to the 
Supermegger, and which shall generate a steady D.C. pressure of at 
least 5 00 volts* Readings shall be in ohms direct. All tests shall 
be performed to the complete satisfaction of the contracting officer, 
and any defective installation, materials, or equipment discovered 
during the tests shall be promptly replaced or corrected* 



-11- 



ST. LAWRENCE RIVER 

PROJECT 



FINAL REPORT 

1942 



■• 






; s 



SEAWAY, NEW YORK 
ANALYSIS OF DESIGN 



a 



<> 



^ 



n^mn 



P-rui-n 
\r\r ins 




TUr- 



7 



CORPS OF ENGINEERS. US. ARMY 

U.S. ENGINEER OFFICE • MASSENA, NEW YORK. 



APPENDIX m- 2 1 (3) 

















ST, LAWRENCE RIVER 










PROJECT 










* * * * * 










PINAL REPORT 










1 9 k 2 






s 


I 


A W A T, HEW YORK 








ANALYSIS 07 DESIGN 










CORPS OP ENGINEERS, U.S. ARMY 






u 


.S. 


Engineer Office - Massena, New York 
July , 19te 










APPENDIX III- 


-21 


to 



PART ONE - SEiSTAY, N.Y. - ANALYSIS OF DESIGN 

PART 1WO - SEAWAY, N.Y. - ESTIMATE OP COST 

PART THREE - SEASTAY, N.Y. - ORGANIZATION FOR 
TOWN MANAGEMENT 









i 



PART ONE 



SEAWAY, NEW YORK 



ANALYSIS OF DESIGN 



SEAWAY, N. Y. 



ANALYSIS OP DESIGH 



CONTENTS 



Par. No. Title Page No. 



SECTION I - GENERAL AND BUILDINGS 



1-01 


Introduction. 


1.02 


Location of Site. 


1-03 


Reason for Selecting Site. 


1-04 


Street Plan and Provision for Utilities 




and Facilities. 


1-05 


Seaway Buildings 


1-06 


Precedent. 


1-07 


Variations from Fort Peck Designs 


1-08 


General Construction. 


1-09 


Space Heating and Water Keating System 




in Buildings. 


1-10 


Electrical Design for Buildings 


1-11 


Water Supply in the Buildings. 


1-12 


Plumbing in the Buildings. 


1-13 


Residences. 


1-14 


Guest House. 


1-15 


Dormitories. 


1-16 


Administration Building. 


1-17 


Laboratory. 


1-18 


Town Hall. 


1.19 


School* 


1-20 


Hospital. 


1.21 


Government Garage and Firehouse. 


1-22 


Store, Buildings. 


1-23 


Social Hall. 


1-24 


Athletic Hall 


1-25 


Motion Picture Theater. 


1-26 


Commissary Cold Storage. 



1-1 
1-1 
1-1 

1-2 
1-2 
1-3 
1-3 
1-3 

1-5 

1-7 

1-8 

1-8 

18 

1-10 

1-11 

1-11 

1-14 

1-15 

1-15 

1-17 

1-19 

1-20 

1-20 

1-21 

1-21 

1-22 



-A- 



Par. 


No, Title 


1-27 


General Warehouse Building 


1-28 


Maintenance Shop 


1-29 


Paint Shop 


1-30 


Storage Building 


1-51 


Boiler House and Coal Storage 


1-32 


Filling Station 


1-33 


Town Garage 


1-34 


Dormitory Garage 


1-35 


Guest House Garage 


1-36 


Residence Garage, Type A 


1-37 


Residence Garage, Type B 


1-38 


Cafeteria 



Page No. 



1-23 
1-23 
1-24 
1-24 
1-24 
1-25 
1-25 
1-26 
1-26 
1-26 
1-26 
1-27 



SECTION II - EMERGENCY ELECTRIC POWER 

2-0 . Necessity for Emergenoy Power 2-1 

2-0 1 Emergency Electric Power Plant 2-1 

2-03 Automatic Operation 2-2 

2-04 Seaway Buildings in General 2-2 

SECTION III - REFRIGERATION, COMMISSARY COLD STORAGE 

3-01 Reason for Building 3-1 

3-02 Storage Provided 3-1 

3-03 Basis of Design 3-1 

3-04 Refrigeration Required 3-2 

3-05 Equipment Required 3-3 

3-06 Piping 3-4 

3-07 Refrigerant 3-4 

3-08 water for Cooling 3-5 



SECTION IV - STEAM HEATING SYSTEM 

4-01 Need for Heating System 4-1 

4-02 Economy of Central Heating System 4-1 

4-03 Capeoity Required 4-1 

4-04 Most Economical Fuel 4-2 

4-05 Measured Steam Supply 4-2 

4-06 Steam Distribution by Loop System 4-2 

4-07 Piping System 4-3 

4"01 Condensate Return System 4-3 

4-09 Gravity Return 4-3 

4-10 Chimney Design 4-4 

4-11 Disposal of Ashes 4-5 



-B- 






Par. No. Title Page No, 



SECTION V - COAL SUPPLY 

5-01 Buildings Requiring Heat 5-1 

5-02 Required Fuel 5-1 

5-03 Type of Fuel 5-1 

5-04 Efficiency and Capacity of Boilers 5-1 

5-05 Estimated Coal Required Per Month 5-2 

5-06 Coal Delivery Schedule 5-2 

5-07 Storage Capacity 5-2 

5-08 Emergency Surcharge Storage 5-3 

5-09 Estimated Yearly Consumption 5-3 



SECTION VI - BOILER FEED WATER 

6-01 Boiler Installtion 6-1 

6-02 Maintained Efficiency 6-1 

6-03 Feed Water Supply 6-1 

6-04 Feed water Specifications 6-2 

6-05 Boiler Water Specifications 6-2 

6-06 Feedwater Treatment 6-3 

6-07 Zeolite Softening 6-3 

6-08 Blow Down 6-3 

6-09 Condensate Returns 6-4 

6-10 Inspection 6-4 



SECTION VII - ASH DISPOSAL 

7-01 Disposal Dtiffip 7-1 

7-02 Ashes Produced 7-1 

7-03 Conveying System 7-1 

7-04 Capacity of Dump 7-1 

7-05 Economy of Ejector System 7-1 

7-06 Asli Accumulation Rate 7-2 



SECTION VIII - ELECTRIC POWER AND LIGHTING 

8-01 Reason For Camp 8-1 

8-02 Eleotric Power and Lighting System 8-1 

8-03 Estimated Maximum Demand 8-1 

8-04 Transformer Capacity 8-1 

8-05 Diversity Factor 8-1 

8-06 Power Factor 8-2 

8-07 Commercial Sise Transformers 8-2 

8-08 Primary Voltage 8-2 

-C- 



Par. No. 



Title 



8-09 


Loop System 


8-10 


Voltage Regulation 


8-11 


Wood Pole 8 


8-12 


Transmission Cables 


8-13 


Hardware 


8-14 


Service Connection 


8-15 


Load Centers 


8-16 


Service Leads 


8-17 


Street Lighting System 



Page Ho» 



8-3 
8-3 
8-3 
8-3 
8-3 
8-3 
8-4 
8-4 
8-5 



SECTION IX - ROADS, STREETS, ALLEYS, SIDEWALKS AND PAVED AREAS 



9-01 Physical and Topographic Features 

9-02 Width of Streets 

9-03 Classification of Streets 

9-04 Recoirmended Practices 

9-05 Climate and Stabilized Bottom Courses 

9-06 Material for Stabilization 

9-07 Alleys, Paved Areas and Sidewalks 

9-08 Types of Construction and Cost 

9-09 Concrete Curb and Gutter 

9-10 Plaza 

9-11 Gravelly Soil 

9-12 Vertioal Alignment 

9-13 Looation of Alleys 

9-14 Crowns and Slopes 

9-15 Grades 

9-16 Guard Rails 

9-17 Conclusion 



9-1 
9-1 
9-1 
9-2 
9-2 
9-2 
9-3 
9-3 
9-4 
9-4 
9-5 
9-5 
9-5 
9-5 
9-5 
9-5 
9-6 



SECTION X - CLEARING, EXCATING, PILLING AND GRADING 

10-01 Field Exploration for Overburden Conditions at Site 10-1 

10*02 Laboratory Tests on Overburden Samples 10-1 

10-03 Overburden Conditions 10-2 

10-04 Concrete Aggregate Investigations 10-2 

10-05 Investigations of Sand and Gravel for Roads 10-3 

10-06 Investigations of Topsoil and Seeding 10-3 

10-07 Clearing of Site 10-4 

10-08 Removing Existing Buildings 10-4 

10-09 Removing Field Stones and Boulders 10-4 

10-10 Excavation and Fill Areas 10-4 

10-11 classification of Excavation 10-5 

10-12 Filling Requirements 10-5 

10-13 Foundation Preparation for Fills 10-5 

10-14 Pie cement and Compaction 10-5 

10-15 Topsoil and Seeding 10-6 

-D- 



Par. No. 



Title 



Page No, 



SECTION XI - WATER SYSTEM 



11-01 Water Demand 

11-02 Elevated Tank 

11-03 Materials 

11-04 Souroe of Supply 

11-05 Foroe Main 

11-06 Seaway Pumping Plant 

11-07 Friction Losses 

11-08 Description and Capacity of System 

11-09 Hydrant Locations and Connections 

11-10 Fire Hazard 

11-11 Alternate Souroe of Supply 

11-12 Inspection of Plans by Fire Underwriter! 



11-1 
11-1 
11-1 
11-1 
11-2 
11-2 
11-2 
11-2 
11-3 
11-3 
11-3 
11-4 



SECTION XII - SANITARY SEWERAGE AND TREATMENT SYSTEM 



12-01 General 

12-02 Sewage Requirements 

12-03 General Plan 

12-04 Odor 

12-05 Hydraulics 

12-06 Imhoff Tank 

12-07 Drying Beds 

12-08 Outfall Pipe 

12-09 Materials 

12-10 Comment by Health Department 



12-1 
12-1 
12-1 
12-2 
12-2 
12-3 
12-3 
12-4 
12-4 
12-4 



SEXTION XIII - STORM SEWER SYSTEM 



13-01 General Plan 
13-02 Hydraulics 
13-03 Materials 



13-1 
13-1 
13-1 



SECTION XIV - SPUR TRACK TO BOILER HOUSE 



14*01 Materials to be Transported 

14-02 Economical Transportation 

14-03 Looation of Switohing Track 

14-04 Early Construction 

14-05 Details 



14-1 
14-1 
14-2 
14-2 
14-2 



SECTION XV - INCINERATOR 



15-01 Need for Incinerators 



-E- 



15-1 



Par * Ko * Titl « Page No. 

15-02 Location of Site 15-1 

15-03 Basis of Design 15.1 

15-04 Type of Structure 15 _2 

15-05 Conclusion ,-\ 



-F- 



SECTION I - GENERAL AND BUILDINGS 



1-01. INTRODUCTION 

The main office of the U. S. Engineers working on the St, 
Lawrence River Project has been located at Massena, New York. 
This location was selected because the greater part of the work, 
i.e., the Long Sault Dam, the Barnhart Island powerhouse, and 
the Long Sault Canal are located in this section. An investiga- 
tion of Massena and vicinity has revealed a lack of adequate 
housing facilities to house the Government employees required 
during design and construction of this project. For this reason, 
it has been found necessary to design and prepare plans for a 
Government Village to be known as Seaway, N.Y. 

1-02. LOCATION OF SITE 

A general survey of the land surrounding Massena, New York, 
was made and a site selected, on the north bank of the Grass 
River, approximately three miles east of Massena and just west of 
Massena Center. The village will oooupy an area of 490.7 acres. 

The initial building oonstruotion will occupy an area of 
254.0 acres, of whioh 149.0 aores will be designated as a prior- 
ity area. The oonstruotion in the future extension to accommo- 
date peak population will occupy 105.6 aores. The remaining 131.1 
acres will be reserved as open area. 

1-03. REASON FOR SELECTING SITE 



The site slopes downward to the South to the Grass River 
and southeast to a level area adjoining Massena Center. This site 
was seleoted because of the following advantages! 

a_. The land is high and dry and provides good surface 
drainage. 

b. The area has sufficient natural slope to make it poss- 
ible to economically install a gravity flow steam heating sys- 
tem and sewer system. 

c. The site is close to a good source of water supply; 
namely, the Massena Power Canal from which the Village of Mas- 
sena obtains its water supply. 

d^. The site is close to a source of eleotric power supply. 
The* Niagara-Hudson Power Company has a substation located 
at the Aluminum Company of iunerioa which is but a short dis- 
tance from the site. 

1-1 



e. The site is located close to a majority of the project 
ooii st motion. 

f. The physical appearance of the site is pleasing. 

g. Most of the area has a southern exposure. 

h. The area is partially wooded which will provide shade 
trees in a good portion of the residential area. 

1-04. STREET PLAN AND PROVISION FOR UTILITIES AND FACILITIES. 

The street pattern was laid out to take advantage of the 
natural topography of the ground. The drainage of storm water 
and the handling of a minimum amount of earth was all taken into 
consideration. In general, there are four avenues whioh follow 
the contour of the land with streets intersecting them at right 
angles. The blocks are 200 feet wide, following standard prac- 
tice and of varying lengths. 

In regard to utilities and facilities to be provided, it 
is planned to install a central heating plant with underground 
piping system,, an electric power system, a potable water system, 
storm water and sanitary sewerage systems, a street and sidewalk 
system, and telephone service. Provisions have also been made 
for garbage disposal and snow removal. Government fire fightirg 
equipment, housed in the Government firehouse will render ade- 
quate fire protection. Recreational facilities will be provided 
by means of a ball park, tennis courts, social hall, theater, and 
athletic hall, and there will be twenty-four hour police protec- 
tion. 

1-05. SEAWAY BUILDINGS 



Seaway has been designed for an initial population of 
2,200 people with provisions for a future expansion to 3,300 
people, should the anticipated need arise as the peak of construc- 
tion activities approaches. The buildings will include six to 
nine hundred dwelling units, twenty to twenty-six dormitories, 
administration building, cafeteria, guest house, laboratory, town 
hall, twelve to twenty-four stores, school, hospital, town garage, 
government garage and firehouse, athletio hall, social hall, 
theater, boiler house and coal storage building, commissary cold 
storage, general warehouse, maintenance shop, paint shop, storage 
building, gasoline stations , and garages for the residences, dor- 
mitories and guest house. The general distribution and arrange- 
ment of buildings is as follows: 

a. The town center consists of the administration building, 
laboratory, town hall, guest house, and theater. These build- 
ings are grouped around a plaza on whioh is located the town 

1-2 



flag pole. This group of buildings occupies a slight knoll 
which forms a bend in the Grass River at the southeast cor- 
ner of the site. The various other publio buildings are 
located on Main Street, southwest of the town center. 

b. The dormitory and residential area is located west of 
the town center. 

£. The ball park, tennis oourts, and social hall are lo- 
cated on the level area approximately north of the town 
center. 

1-06. PRECEDENT 

An examination was made of past projects which built vill- 
ages to house the Government employees to find a design for the 
buildings which would simulate our conditions at Seaway, N.Y. It 
was found that Fort Peck, Montana, most closely approximated our 
conditions and needs, and it was decided to make use of the plans 
of their buildings as much as possible in order to save time in 
designing Seaway, N.Y. 

1-07. VARIATIONS FROM FORT PECK DESIGNS 

In adapting the buildings used at Fort Peck to our condi- 
tions and site, it was found necessary to make various changes 
and alterations in their plans. Due to the wet, olayey soil en- 
countered at the site, it was decided to change from wood posts 
to concrete posts. Fort Peck reports show that their buildings 
had to be restained several times during the project. In order to 
reduce the oost of maintenance of the buildings and obtain addi- 
tional fire protection, asbestos cement shingles are to be used 
instead of wood siding, which requires painting or staining. 

All boiler rooms in the buildings have been eliminat ed due 
to the use of a central heating plant. Many of the arrangements 
of rooms within buildings have been changed to meet particular re- 
quirements. In most cases where such changes have been made, 
there has been no change in structural design. In general, chang- 
es have been kept to a minimum. 

1-08. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 

The residences, dormitories, guest house, hospital, admini- 
stration building, school building, store buildings, cafeteria, 
social hall, and town hall will be constructed as follows? 

a. Foundations: Wood Cap., reinforced precast concrete 
posTs dowelled in oast-in-place reinforced concrete footings. 



1-3 



b. Framing: Built up -wood girders will span the ooncrete 
poTts. The girders will be made of 2-inch timbers thoroughly- 
spiked and spliced together with joints breaking at the quarter 
points of yard lengths, except as noted on plans. The girders 
are to be securely anchored by straps or bolts to every other 
post. 

c. The floor joist spanning the girders will be 2" timbers 
space 16" on centers and 12" on centers where extra loads are 
plaoed on the floor. They will be spiked securely at every 
support 

d. The sub-flooring will be 1* x 8" boards laid diagonally. 
The studs will be 2" x 4" or 2" x 6" spaced 16" or 24 H on cen- 
ter. 

e. The oeiling beams and roof rafters will be 2 n timbers 
spaced 16" on oenters. 

f. The walls will be sheathed with 25/32" asphalt coated in- 
sualtion board on which will be applied 15# asphalt saturated 
felt. The exterior wall finish will be asbestos cement shing- 
les. 

g_. The roof sheathing will be 1" x 6" or 1" x 8* boards on 
which will be applied 15# asphalt saturated felt. 

h. The roofing material will be asphalt strip shingles on 
roofs having a slope of 4 on 12 or above. Roofs haying a slope 
of less than 4 on 12 will have roll roofing. 

i^ The finish flooring will be 1" x 3", #2 maple. 

j. The walls in general will be j§" insulaticn board with a 
fa"ctory finish in various oolors and V-grooyed to form various 
patterns. In offices and residences a chair rail will be 
carried around the room to protect the insulation board. In 
public oorridors a 3/l6" hardboard will be used as a wainscot 
oyer the insulation board. The walls of all public toilet rooms 
will be Portland cement plaster on metal lath. The baths and 
kitchens in the residences will be wainscoted with 1/8 asbestos 
cement board cemented to the l/2" insulation board. 

k. The attic spaces of all buildings will haye 4 M of rook 
wo*ol insulation or equal between the ceiling beans. To prevent 
the condensation of yapors in these attic spaces louver, dormer, 
and ridge yents have been provided. 

1. A curtain wall will be built between the concrete founda- 
tion posts consisting of 2" x 4" studs insulated on both sides 



1-4 



with 25/32 w insulation board. The exterior of the wall is fin- 
ished with l/8" asbestos cement board. The purpose of this 
wall is to keep the space under the buildings warm enough so' 
that the plumbing will not freeze and crack the pipes. The 
foundation and superstructure of the residence garages A and B, 
dormitory garages, and guest house garage is similar to that 
already described aboye. The floors for these garages will be 
6" stabilized grayel bottom course. The laboratory, government 
garage, motion picture theater, athletic hall, commissary cold 
storage, general warehouse, maintenance shop, paint shop, stor- 
age building, filling station, town garage are of the following 
construction: 

m. The foundation oonsists of reinforoed concrete post and 
reinforoed concrete grade beam construction. The grade beam 
extends 6" abore the finished floor. 

n. The floors will oonsist of a reinforced concrete slab 
laicT on natural ground or thoroughly compacted fill. There will 
be a 1" cement finish placed on top. The floor slab in the 
laboratory building will be proteoted with membrane waterproof- 
ing to prevent any moisture from penetrating the floor. 

o. The superstructure of the laboratory, maintenance shop, 
paint shop, storage building and filling station is similar to 
the framing already described. 

p. The government garage, motion picture theater, and ath- 
letTo hall hare a superstructure of wood trusses supported on 
wood posts with purlins spanning the trusses and rafters spann- 
ing the purlins. The walls between the posts are similar to 
the general wall oonstruotion. 

q. The oommissary cold storage, general warehouse, and town 
garage hare a superstructure of steel trusses and steel columns. 
The wall construction is built on the grade beam outside the 
steel structure and clipped to it at intervals, 

r. In general the roofs are designed for a snow load of 35 
pounds per square foot on a flet roof. Pull snow load is assum- 
ed for slopes up to 20 degrees and reduced one pound per degree 
oyer 20 degrees, 

1-09. SPACE HEATING AND WATER HEATING SYSTEM IN BUILDINGS. 

A study of the various systems for heating the buildings at 
Seaway, N.Y. , resulted in a decision to use a central boiler 
room and distribute medium pressure steam, approximately 50 lbs. 
per sq.in. gage, to the yarious buildings and then reduce the 
pressure to approximately 10 lbs. per sq.inch gage for space 
heating, and use direct steam, thermostatically controlled, for 

1-5 



hot water supply. All residences and dormitories are to hare 
automatic thermostatic control to conserTe steam. 

The pressure of the steam supply in the mains -will be rar- 
ied between limits of approximately 20 and 100 lbs. per sq.in. 
according to the demand which is controlled by the weather con- 
ditions. 

To proTide for the contingency of any pressure reducing 
ralre failing and permitting full gage pressure to reach the heat- 
ing elements, it was decided to use conreotor type heating units 
and orerhead unit heaters that are safe at 125 lbs. per sq.in. 
pressure so that, under no conditions, can any part of the heat- 
ing system be stressed shore its safe working pressure. 

The 8 team supply to any building will be controlled by a 
master Yalre, which will be used only for complete shut-off, and 
two control ralres. The first oontrol ralre will control the en- 
tire supply of steam for space heating so that during the summer 
months, or during maintenance, the steam can be completely shut 
off. The second ralre will oontrol the steam supply to the water 
heating system which will function throughout the entire year and 
will be closed only for maintenance or complete cut-off purposes. 

The steam, for space heating after passing its control 
ralre, will go through a strainer to remore particles of dirt, 
scale, etc. and from there it will go to an automatic adjustable 
pressure reduoing ralre which will reduce the pressure to the 
desired setting of approximately 10 lbs. per sq. inch. The low 
pressure steam will then flow to the rarious heating units of 
space heating. 

The steam for water heating, after passing the control 
ralre, will continue direct to the water heater and storage tank 
where it will heat the water by means of a heat exchange coil. 
As soon as the storage water has reached the desired temperature, 
an automatic thermostat will shut off the steam flow until such 
time as the water temperature falls below the set-point when the 
ralre will automatically open and permit the steam flow to be re- 
sumed and heat the water. 

The condensate return from the rarious space heating units 
will flow by pressure and grarity to the air rented return trap 
where all entrained air will be rented and from there the hot 
condensate flows in the return line leading to the condensate re- 
turn mains in the underground system. 

The oondensate return from the water heater will flow by 
pressure and grarity back to the air rented return trap, mention- 
ed in the above paragraph, where it will be air rented and trapp- 
ed into the main return condensate line. 

1-6 



For design of steam distribution system to buildings see 
Section IV. 

1-10. ELECTRICAL DESIGNS FOR BUILDINGS 



Light and power in all buildings is distributed at 120/240 
volts, 3-wire, single-phase, 60 cycles, witl - solidly grounded 
neutral, through Nofuze Multi-Breaker Panel boards. This is re- 
stricted to all light circuits and all power circuits up to and 
including 1 H.P. motors. Motors oter 1 H.F. are operated on 240 
volts, 3-wire, 3- phase, 60 cycles. 

All light and power comes from distribution transformers 
mounted on poles outside the buildings and are rated at 100% for 
40% of the total building load. 

The power coming from the transformers enters the build- 
ings through servioe entrance switohe3 so the power can be cut 
off from the building in case of fire. 

In all the temporary residences a non-aetallio sheathed 
conductor is used in order to save metal for defense. In all the 
business buildings, conductors are in conduit. 

The intensity of light in the various rooms of the build- 
ings is based on the following* 

a. 1 Watt per square foot (5 F.C.) - Corridors, locker 
rooms, dead storage, and inactive spaces. 

b. 2 Watts per square foot (lO to 15 F.C., depending 
on mounting height) - Sohools, offices, stores. 

o. 3 Watts per square foot (l4 to 18 F.C., depending on 
mounting height) - Gym, squash court, etc. 

All 240-volt, 3-phase, 60 cycle motors are wired solidly 
to the distribution panel and are controlled with a magnetic 
starter. 

In the Commissary Cold Storage the cold diffusers are hook- 
ed to the 240-volt, 2-wire, single-phase line and are solidly 
connected to the distribution panel. They are controlled with 
an automatic thermo relay. At least one spare circuit is pro- 
vided in all distribution panels. All eleotric stoves are con- 
nected 240-volts, 2-wire, single-phase. The loads and numbers 
of all oirouits are as shown on the electrical drawings. All 
convenience outlets are wired on circuits by themselves. 

For design of electrical distribution system and street 
lighting see Section VIII. 

1-7 



1-11 • WATER SUPPLY IN THE BUILDIN GS 

The building supply is tapped off the main in the street 
and oarried to a stop and waste valve inside the building. This 
valve controls the building supply and permits drainage of the en- 
tire water supply system within the building. From this point, 
the cold water is distributed to the various fixtures. A cold 
water supply is also furnished to the hot water storage tank where 
it is heated by steam coils and then distributed to the various 
fixtures. Galvanized iron piping will be used throughout the 
buildings. 

For design of the distribution system to the buildings see 
Section U. 

1-12. PLUMBING IN THE BUILDINGS 

The plumbing system within the buildings has been designed 
according to general practioe. The stacks, drains, and branches 
have been designed of suitable size to convey all wastes at velo- 
cities which will prevent fouling and clogging. All fixtures and 
piping have been thoroughly vented to prevent any siphoning of 
traps and to prevent any sewer gases from entering the buildings. 

The house sewer which starts 5 feet outside the building 
line and connects to the sewer will be vitrified tile pipe. The 
house drain will be extra heavy cast iron. The soil and waste 
stacks will be extra heavy cast iron. The vent stack will be extra 
heavy cast iron. The fixture branches and branch vents will be 
galvanized steel. 

For design of the general sewer system outside the buildings, 
see Sections XII and XIII. 

1-13. RESIDENCES 



It has been estimated that there will be approximately 6G0 
persons working for the Government who will have families. For 
these people, it is planned to build 570 residential buildings 
comprising 600 dwelling units. To provide variation in the design 
of the residences and to avoid monotony of repetition, seven basio 
designs were selected from Fort Peck for our use at Seaway. A 
survey was made of types used at Fort Peck to determine the percen- 
tage of each type to be used. The following list of houses is 
based on this information. 

Type 2-2 rooms and bath - 36 

Type 3-3 rooms and bath (duplex) - 30 (60 units) 

Type 4-3 rooms and bath - 107 

Type 5-4 rooms and bath - 119 

Type 6-5 rooms and bath - 237 

Type 7-6 rooms and bath - 33 

Type 8-9 rooms and 3 baths - 8 

1-<8 570 (BOO units) 



These seven basic plans have been divided into sub-types 
by making minor changes in the elevations and reversing buildings. 
The number of these sub-types is as follows; 



2A 


- 14 


3A 


- 18 




4A 




- 34 


2A reverse 


- 7 


3B 


- 12 




4A 


reverse 


- 11 


2B 


- 13 




•3o~ 




4B 




- 30 


2B reverse 


- 2 
36 








4B 
4D 
4D 


reverse 
reverse 


- 8 

- 21 

- 3 

ToT" 


5A 


- 53 


6A 




- 50 


7A 




- 8 


5A reverse 


- 1 


6A 


reverse 


- 39 


7A 


reverse 


- 11 


5B 


- 31 


6B 




- 83 


7B 




- 7 


5C 


- 19 


6C 




- 14 


7B 


reverse 


- 7 


5D 


- 15 

TIT 


6C 
6E 


reverse 


- 7 

- 42 






ST" 






6E 


reverse 


- 2 


8 




. 6 










75T" 


8 reverse 


- 2 
















tf 



A description of the various types follows: 

a. Types 2 through 7 are one-story structures and 
8 is a~"two-story struoture. None of these buildings will 
be built with basements. There will be a scuttle to the 
attic and a floored space provided for light storage, 

b. The type 2 residence will consist of a living 
room, Tcitohen and dining space and bath. A double in-a- 
door bed will be provided in the living room for sleeping 
acoommodat ions • 

c. The type 3 residence will consist of two dwell- 
ing units, side by side, with a common wall between, Eaoh 
will have a living room, kitchen and dining space, bed- 
room, and bath. 



d. Type 4 residence consists of living room, kitohen 
and dining space , bedroom and bath, 

e. Type 5 residence consists of living room, kitohen 
and dining spaoe, 2 bedrooms and bath, 

f. Type 6 residence consists of living room, dining 
room, Tcitchen, 2 bedrooms and bath. 



room 



g. Type 7 residence consists of living room, dining 
, tcitohen, 3 bedrooms and bath. 



h. Type 8 residence consists of living room, dining 
room study, kitohen, 4 bedrooms, 2 baths, maid*s room and 
bath, 

1-9 



i, typos 2, 3 f and 4 all have in-a-door beds in the liv- 
ing room to provide extra sleeping accommodations for guests, 

j. Tool storage space has been provided under the porch- 
es. 

No soil tests for bearing capacity of the soil has 
been made for the individual residences. The footings have 
been designed for both till and clay and the actual decision 
of soil capacities will be made when the individual sites are 
excavated and the proper footing will be used. The floor sys- 
tem has been designed for 40-pound live load. 



1-14. GUEST HOUSE 



To accommodate transients and single persons desiring extra 
services, it has been planned to build a guest house similar to 
that used at Fort Peck, The building will oansist of a central 
2- story unit with 2 one-story dormitory wings, one for men and one 
for women. 

The central unit will contain 7 rooms with private baths, 
8 rooms with private showers, 10 rooms with connecting showers, 21 
rooms with 4 oommon toilets and 1 me^s and 1 women's toilet off 
the lobby. A kitohen and dining room will be provided on the 
first floor. 

Each of the dormitory wings contain 20 rooms. The men's 
wing has two toilet rooms with a total of 8 water closets, 2 uri- 
nals, and 4 lavatories, and 2 shower rooms with a total of 8 
showers. The women's wing has two toilet rooms with a total of 
10 water closets and 4 lavatories, and two bathrooms with a total 
of 6 individual tub compartments. 

It is intended that the building will be operated in a man- 
ner similar to a hotel. Lavatories will be furnished in every 
room, and a circulating hot water supply system will be used, 

A small basement is located under the kitohen to house the 
water storage heater and provide a vegetable and grooery storage 
space. A large space for storage of miscellaneous items is also 
provided in the attio. 

The main stairway in the building is completely fire retard- 
ed and all door openings are protected by self-closing fireproof 
doors to keep smoke and fire out of the stairway. A fire retard- 
ed service stairway from the kitohen provides a second means of 
egress. Fire escapes are also provided from the second floor at 
eaoh end of the oorridor of the main unit. Four exits are pro- 
vided for the first floor of the main unit and 3 exits are pro- 
vided for eaoh of the wings. All radiators in the corridors are 

1-10 



reoessed to eliminate panic hazards. Fire hoses have been locat. 
ed so that any part of the building can be reaohed with a stream 
of water, 

A ventilating system has been designed to ventilate the 
kitchen and all interior toilet rooms, A fan room has been 
located in the attic. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the bearing oapac 
ity of the soil has been set at one ton per square foot. The 
floor system has been designed for a lire load of 60 pounds per 
square foot in the lobby and 50 pounds per square foot in the 
rest of the building. 



1-15 # DORMITORIES 



To accommodate the single persons employed on the project, 
20 one-story dormitories hare been planned to house 320 persons. 
These buildings are similar to those at Fort Peolc, Each dormi- 
tory houses 16 persons, 14 dormitories will be built for men 
and 6 dormitories for women. The individual rooms will be about 
9' -2" x 12 » 6" with a clothes closet and lavatory. 

The toilet room in the men's dormitory will consist of 4 
water closets, 2 urinals, 1 lavatory, 5 showers, drying space and 
water heater. 

The toilet room in the women's dormitory will consist of 
5 water closets, 1 lavatory, 2 individual baths, 1 shower and 
water heater. 

Two entrance doors have been provided into the building, 
with a third door for an emergency exit in case of fire, A fire 
hose is looated in the corridor of each building for fire protec- 
tion. 

Test pits have been dug on the sites and it has been found 
that 13 dormitories will rest on 1-ton soil and 7 dormitories 
will rest on 3-ton soil. The footings for the buildings have been 
designed accordingly. The floor system has been designed for 40- 
pound live load in the rooms, 50-pound live load in the oorridors 
and toilet rooms and 60-pound live load in the lobby, 

1-16. ADMINI STRATI ON BUILDING 

The Administration Building used at Fort Peck was a per- 
manent building built of reinforced concrete with two temporary 
wings. Seaway has no need for a permanent building; therefore 
it was decided to use the administration building designed for 
Pas sama quod dy as a guide for the design. It was estimated that 

1-11 



600 people -would be employed in the building; therefore the length- 
was increased of three wings of the E-shaped plan used at Passa- 
maquoddy. The plans proTide for a two story building without 
basement, occupying an area of 27,018 square feet. The usable 
office space is about 40,000 square feet, allocated as follows: 

a First Floor: Total office area including information, guard 
"~ room, and vaults equals 18,592 square feet. 

Land Acquisition - 2,370 sq.ft. 

Cost - 690 

Contract Cost - 1,350 

Finance - 1,930 

Correspondence - 1,170 

Record - 390 

Fersonnel - 1,935 

Supply - 1,650 

Property - 450 

Safety - 285 

Information - 180 

Guard Room - 180 

Fireproof Vaults - 332 
Offices for District 

Engineer, Executive 

Officer, other officials, 

and conference rooms. • 2,760 

Unas signed office space - 2,920 

Total 18,592 s.f. 

b Second Floor: Total office area including vaults equals 
Zl.,447 square feet. 

c Engineering, 2 Drafting - 6,520 sq.ft. 

Rooms, 108 Draftsmen 

£ Office Space - 6,799 

Fireproof Vault - 220 

Operations - 1 Drafting - 3,260 

Room 54 Draftsmen 

Office Space - 4,537 

Fireproof Vault - 111 

Total 21,447 sq.ft. 

The standard office is 15 x 15 feet. Larger offices are 
made by combining two or more standard offices. The windows are 
laid out for the standard room; therefore large rooms may be sub- 
divided into smaller standard rooms without interference with 
the windows. The electrical outlets and switohes were also plann- 
ed with the same idea of flexibility respecting the moving of 
partitions. Three drafting rooms are provided on the second floor, 



1-12 



with a capacity of 54 drafting tables each, Eaoh of these rooms 
is spanned by trusses and may also be subdivided into two rooms 
of standard offices with a corridor between. 

All drinking fountains and convectors located in the corri- 
dors have been recessed so that they will not present a panic 
hazard in case of fire. Four one-hour fire walls divide the 
building into five areas so that a fire starting in one area could 
be confined to that area long enough to allow people to leave the 
building and to get the fire apparatus into action. All stairways 
haye been inclosed in one-hour fire-resist ive construction to pre- 
vent any stairs from being burned out and any smoke on the first 
floor from reaching the second floor. 

Six fireproof vaults have been designed in the building 
for the protection of records and drawings. These vaults are de- 
signed for three-hour fire protection and a live load of 150 
pounds per square foot. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the working bear- 
ing capacity of the soil has been established at two tons per 
square foot. The floor system in the building has been designed 
for a live load of fifty pounds per square foot. 

Air conditioning is not provided but fans are provided to 
exhaust the hot air from the drafting rooms by drawing it through 
registers in the ceiling and thenoe through ducts to the exterior. 
It is believed that electric fans will make the office sufficient- 
ly comfortable to work in during the summer in this climate. 

One rest room and five toilet rooms consisting of 24 water 
closets and 32 lavatories are provided for women. Five toilet 
rocms consisting of 20 water closets, 15 urinals, and 15 lavator- 
ies are provided for men. Four private toilet rooms are provided 
for officials' use. Six closets with slop sinks are provided for 
the use of the janitors. 

Twelve water coolers are provided throughout the building 
for drinking purposes. To save piping, the coolers in the ends 
of the wings are drained into dry wells, A 220 gallon water 
heater is located in the attio space to provide hot water supply 
to the various toilet rooms. 

The lighting system is designed for an intensity of light 
of 2 watts per square foot, A fire alarm system for the building 
has been laid out with one gong or hom located in each section 
of the building separated by a fire curtain. 

Fire hoses have been provided throughout t? * building so 
that there is no portion of the building that can? rfc he reacher 
by a stream of water, 

1-13 



1-17. LABORATORY 



In order to house the reproduction, concrete, and soils 
and foundations sections, a laboratory building has been designed. 
The general shape of the laboratory building at Fort Peck has been 
retained, with the exoeption of the center portion. The large 
chemical laboratory at Fort Peck was not essential to Seaway and 
was removed. It was felt, however, that the reproduction depart- 
ment should be larger and an extension was provided for this pur- 
pose. 

The soils and foundations section requires a laboratory, an 
active soil samples and rock cores room, a moist room, a humid 
room, and three offices. The moist room has special plumbing at 
the ceiling to maintain the necessary air saturation. The humid 
room is equipped with two humidifiers. Owing to the nature of the 
work, it was necessary to supply fluorescent lights in the labora- 
tory. 

The reproduction laboratory has sufficient open space to 
accommodate the necessary blueprint, photostat, mimeograph, and 
other duplicating devices. In addition, three dark rooms are pro 
-vided for the use of the photographic division. A projection 
room adjacent to the office has been provided so that photographs 
taken for the various departments may be studied and edited. 

The concrete section has a large concrete mixing room in 
which tests on samples will be made, a chemical laboratory, and a 
moist room similar to that required by soils and foundations. 

In the center of the building are located the necessary 
toilets and offices serving all three departments. 

The construction of this building is essentially the same 
as other buildings exoept that a concrete floor is provided. 
As any water condition would be undesirable because of its effect 
on the various processes and machines, the concrete floor slab 
has been waterproofed. 

As movement in the floor slab is likely because of settl- 
ing or expansion and contraction, mastic joints have been provid- 
ed at various locations , completely isolating certain parts of 
the sleb. Also, to guard against cracking of the slab, machines 
used for testing will be mounted on foundations separated from 
the surrounding floor by mastic joints. 

The large rooms are heated by unit heaters suspended from 
the ceiling while the other rooms utilize convectors. Supplies 
and returns to the unit heaters, in some cases, had to be run 
below floor level. This necessiated pipe trenches at certain 
walls with structural channel covers. 

1-14 



Dark rooms in the reproduction department and the projection room 
are ventilated by motor driven exhausters located on the roof* 
To carry off objectionable odors in the chemical laboratory and 
concrete mixing room, motor driven exhausters are mounted in the 
exterior walls. 

Fire protection in the form of fire hoses of sufficient 
length to reach all parts of the building is provided. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the bearing cap- 
acity of the soil has been established at three tons per square 
foot. 



1-18. TCMN HALL 



In order to house the town manager and the various agencies 
necessary to the operation of the village, a town hall has been 
designed, This building will contain the town manager's office, 
town cleric, municipal chief, municipal administration and reoords 
department, and maintenance and utilities department. The police 
department, with a men's and women's cell, the central telephone 
exchange, and the post office will also be located in this build- 
irg. 

The police department will have a separate entrance to the 
building. It will consist of a court room and men's and women's 
oells. Each cell contains a shower, water oloset and lavatory. 

The telephone exchange, while being attaohed to the town 
hall building, has no direct access to it. It has its own en- 
trance off the side street. It contains the main office, a rest 
room, toilet, and janitor 1 s closet. 

The post office is located off the lobby and will be open 
to the public 24 hours a day. A loading platform is provided at 
the rear. A separate toilet room is also provided for the use of 
post office employees. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the soil bearing 
capacity has been established at three tons per square foot. The 
floor system has been designed for 50 pounds per square foot live 
load. 



1-19. SCFOOL 



The problem of providing educational facilities for the 
children^ of Seaway, N.Y. has been investigated. In order to es- 
timate the number of children that would be attending the various 
grades at Seaway, a questionnaire was distributed among the 
employees of the U. S. Engineer Office at Massena; New York. The 
following is the information collected and derived from this 

1-15 



questionnaire: 

a Married employees 
Single employees 
Total employees 



1st) 
2nd) 


grade 


3rd) 


Elementary 


4th) 


57 


5th) 


69.5$ 


6 th) 




7 th) 


Jun. High 


8th) 


14 


9th) 


13.4$ 


10th) 


Senior Figh 


11th) 


11 


12th) 


13.4$ 



146 * 


50.5$ 


143 9 


49.5$ 


"ZsT 




18 




6 




8 




10 




8 




7 - 


57 


7 




3 


. 


4 - 


14 


6 




3 




J2 - 


11^ 


82 


82 


Seaway 



Ft. Peolc 

d Pupils per family - 82/146 . 0.561 

" grades 1-6 per 
family - 57/146 = 0.391 

Pupiles grades 7-9 per 

family - 14/l46 * 0.096 1-8 0.5 

Pupils grades 10-12 
per family - ll/l46 * 0.075 9-12 0.1 

Assuming the number of gOTernment employees at peak condi- 
tions to be 1,000, then the following would be the situation 
based on the questionnaire: 

Total Employees 1,000 

a 



50.5$ Married employees 


505 






49.5$ Single employees 


495 






Children 


of 


school age 


.56 x 


505 - 


284 


Children 


in 


grades 1-6 


.39 x 


505 - 


197 


Children 


in 


grades 7-9 


.096 x 


505 - 


49 


Children 


in 


grades 10-12 
Factor 3.46 


.075 x 


505 - 


38 


1st) grade 




62 






• 


2nd) 




21 








3rd) 




28 








4th) 




35 








5th) 




28 








6th) 




24 - 198 









1-16 






24 




10 




14 - 


48 


21 




10 




7 - 


38 


"254" 


"554" 



7 th) 

8 th) 
9th) 

10th) 
11th) 
12th) 



A conference -with the Superintendent of Maasena Village 
schools revealed that the Massena schools can take care of Seaway 
pupils in grades 7 to 12j this left the problem of designing a 
school to take care of grades 1-6 or about 200 pupils. 

Seaway design provides for 8 classrooms, a kindergarten and 
playroom together with necessary accessory rooms. The plan has 
been so designed that 2 or more extra classrooms may be added if 
the need for more space should arise. The typical classroom is 
approximately 23*0 x 31*0 with windows on the left wall and ven- 
tilated wardrobe and teacher 1 s closet at rear. The ceiling will 
be ^'-O^high. 

The kindergarten will be provided with a wardrobe, toilet 
room consisting of 1 water closet and 1 lavatory, a drinking 
fountain and an emergenoy exit to the outside, 

A teachers' rest room will be provided with an adjoining 
toilet consisting of 1 water closet and 1 lavatory. 

The building will also contain a main office and waiting 
room with the principals office adjoining and a good sized room 
for storage of supplies. 

The main corridor will be 10*0 wide and lighted by borrow- 
ed light. The minor corridors will be 9*-0 wide with natural 
light. Located in the corridors will be 3 drinking fountains, 
2 slop sinks and 3 fire hoses. 

The toilet rooms are provided, one for boys consisting of 
4 water closets, 4 urinals and 3 lavatories, and one for girls 
consisting of 6 water closets and 4 lavatories. 

There will be three main entrances, one for teachers, one 
for boys and one for girls. Four other exits will be provided 
for emergency use. 



1-20. HOSPITAL 



In order to provide hospital services for men and women 
working on the St, Lawrence Seaway project and members of their- 



1-17 



families, a hospital has been designed. To determine the necessity 
for such a building, a surrey of hospitals within a 35 mile radius 
of Massena on the U. S. side of the River was undertaken. 

As a result of this survey, a report was written by V.M. 
Hoge, surgeon, and Deane A. Clark, surgeon (R) of the U. S.P. H. S. 
Conclusions drawn from this study showed the following: 

a That the ratio of general registered hospital beds to the 
normal population is less than the national average of 3.8 
per 1,000 inhabitants. 

b That the registered hospitals are now operating at or 
above the optimum level of occupancy. 

o That additional emergency bed space available is not 
suitable for permanent use for this purpose. 

d That no plans for enlargement of existing facilities are 
lilcely to be carried out in the near future. 

e That any hospital beds that might be available from tame 
to time are too far removed from Massena to be readily avail- 
able, especially in winter. 

f That the present crowded conditions of hospitals will 
increase due to the influx of people to the area who are not 
direotly connected with the construction project. 

g That it will be necessary to provide hospital facilities 
practioally for all persons connected with the projeot at 
Massena and in all probability those oonnected with the 
Iroquois Dam project also. 

As a result of these conclusions, it was decided that a 
hospital should be built at Seaway. Dr. Eoge suggested that plans 
be drawn for a maximum of 125 beds but that it would only be 
necessary to provide for 75 beds in the original building. 

A consultant on hospitals, Mr. Charles F. Neergaard, was 
employed to draw plans and write specifications for the hospital. 
His plans showed a building with a capacity of 76 beds and 18 
bassinets. 

Officials of this distriot felt that this hospital was too 
large aid, while retaining the general layout and disposition of 
rooms, reduced the size. As drawn now, the building is large 
enough for 57 beds and 18 bassinets. If necessary, 5 beds can be 
placed in each of the 4-bed wards and the adult capacity will be 
increased to 64 beds. 



1-18 



In order to separata distinct functions, avoid confusion 
in circulation, create maximum exterior wall area for lighting 
and make provisions for future addition, the general plan evolved 
into one central portion and five wings. The two wings on the 
south contain 4-bed wards, 2-bed wards, 2-bed semi-private rooms, 
and private rooms. The large wing on the north contains the 
kitchen, dining rooms, linen room and morgue. The oenter wing on 
the north contains the surgioal section, laboratory, X-ray, urol- 
ogy, and sterilising and supply rooms. The third wing on the 
north is primarily for out-patients and has all the clinic rooms. 

A porte-oochere covers the main entranoe and out-patients 1 
entrance. The main entrance opens into a large lobby which con- 
tains an information booth that also serves the out-patients* 
entranoe. From -this lobby, circulation of visitors is guided so 
that they do not cross lines of service traffic 

The isolation unit has been located so that its doors are 
never approached by visitors or other patients. New patients to 
isolation come in through the private isolation entrance. 

All rooms relating to maternity are grouped together. The 
labor and delivery rooms are connected by a short, private corri- 
dor* The nursery has a large observation window from the public 
corridor for nurses and visitors. A private alcove has been 
provided for visitors to this seotion. 

The two operating rooms use common scrub-up and sterilizing 
rooms. Separate anaesthesia rooms conneot directly to the operat- 
ing rooms. An air conditioning unit to maintain proper tempera- 
ture and relative humidity for oomfort and to insure complete 
safety from explosive anaesthetios is provided. While two operat- 
ing rooms are provided in the initial .construction only one room 
will be equipped. 

A private ambulance entrance conneots directly to the acci- 
dent operating room and shock ward. Splint and utility rooms are 
used in connection with the operating room. 

Privacy and minimum amount of noise is assured the chief 
surgeon and internes by locating their offices at the far end 
of the out-patients 1 wing and creating a separate entrance for 
their use. 

1-21. GOVERNMENT GARAGE AND FIREHOUSE 

In order to provide storage space for trucks, plows, and 
other equipment to be used for maintaining the town, a government 
garage has been designed. A portion of this garage will be 
equipped a3 a repair shop for all government owned mobile equip- 
ment. 

1-19 



In connection with this garage there -will be a garage for 
the fire apparatus separated from the repair shop by a brick fire 
wall and fireproof self-closing door. Racks for drying the fire 
hose will be fastened on the side -walls of the fi rehouse. 

With the exception of a few minor changes, the plans are 
similar to those used at Fort Feck. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the soil bearing 
capacity has been established at 2 tons per square foot, 

1-22. STORE BUILDINGS 



It is proposed to build two store buildings consisting of 
6 stores each. This will form the shopping center for the village. 
These buildings will be erected by the government and will be 
rented out to various concessionaires. 

The general plan and design of the building is similar to 
that used at Fort Peck. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the soil bearing 
capacity has been established at 3 tons per square foot* The 
floor system has been designed for a live load of 100 pounds per 



square foot« 
1-23. SOCIAL HALL 



To provide for employees to lounge, entertain guests and 
hold social functions a social hall has been planned as part of 
the town. 

This building will consist essentially of a large dance 
floor and balcony. Tables will be arranged around the dance floor 
and on the balcony. 

The entranoe to the building will be through a vestibule 
off which will be located a small business office and coat room. 
A card room and reading room will also be provided on the first 
floor and a billiard room on the second floor. 

A small kitohen is provided for making sandwiches, light 
snacks and refreshments. A porch has been located at the rear of 
the building overlooking the tennis courts. 

The following toilet facilities are provided: a lounge 
and toilet room consisting of 3 water closets, 5 urinals and 4 
lavatories for the men and a rest room and toilet room consisting 
of 6 water closets and 4 lavatories for women. 



1-20 






1-24. ATHLETIC PALL 

To provide the community with reoreational activities, an 
athletic hall has been planned to house various sports; namely 
bowling, basketball, squash, handball, roller skating, ping pong, 
volley ball, and shuffle board. The building will also house a 
library, a number of club rooms and a darkroom for camera enthusi- 
asts. 

The first floor will contain the gymnasium, stage, men's 
and women's locker rooms, squash court, small kitchen, coat room, 
office, library, and club room. 

The basement will contain 8 bowling alleys to be furnished 
by a concessionaire, space for ping pong and other games, men's 
and women's toilets and a darkroom. The second floor will contain 
a balcony for watching the basketball games and 2 clubrooras. 

The two stairways running from basement to second floor 
are entirely fire retarded and all openings are protected by fire- 
proof self-closing doors. An exit door is provided for each 
stairway so that people in the basement and on the second floor 
have direct access to the outdoors. Firehoses will be provided 
on the first floor and in the basement. 

A sound proof floor will be provided over the basement 
to eliminate any noises from roller skating above. 

The men's locker room will contain 4 showers, 2 lavatories, 
and 1 water closet. The women's locker room will contain 2 show- 
ers, 2 lavatories, and 1 water closet. 

The basement will be membrane waterproofed to prevent the 
possibility of any water or moisture from seeping into the base- 
ment and spoiling the bowling alleys. 

The toilet facilities in the basement provide 4 water 
closets and 4 lavatories for the women and 2 water closets, 2 
urinals and 4 lavatories, for the men. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the soil bearing 
capacity has been established at 3 tons per square foot. 

1-25. MOTION PICTURE THEATER 

As part of the recreational program, a motion picture 
theater has been designed. This theater is practically the same 
as the one at Fort Peck. The major change is in the treatment 
of walls and ceilings and the elimination of the boiler room. 
An attempt has been made toward simplification of wall treatments 
so that the building will more closely resemble other Seaway 
buildings in design. 

1-21 



The main part of the theater has an orchestra and baloony, 
seating 1,200 people. The balcony rises from the rear of the 
orchestra level to save height in the building. A complete stage 
and dressing rooms hare been provided so that plays may be pre- 
sented. Storage for scenery is in the basement. An orchestra pit 
is reached from this storage space. 

At the entrance to the theater is the manager's office, 
ushers 1 rest room, and a shop which will be let to a concession- 
aire. Space under the balcony has been allocated to a foyer, 
lounge, and men's and women's toilets. For the men, 2 water clos- 
ets, 2 urinals, and 1 lavatory have been provided, and 3 water 
closets and 1 lavatory for the women. 

The projection room, located over the lobby, has toilet 
facilities: water closet and lavatory. This room is fireproof ed 
by a 3" tile wall. 

Six exits are provided to the outside from the orohestra 
floor. In addition; two vomitory exits lead to the foyer and two 
stairs lead down to the same level from the top of the balcony. 
Egress is also permitted by way of two outside stairs opening off 
platforms of the balcony stair. From the foyer, 6 double doors 
open to the street. A single door and a double door provide exits 
from the stage. 

Fire protection is provided by two hoses on the stage, 2 
in the orohestra, 2 in the baloony stairs, and 2 in the foyer. 

All interior rooms are mechanically exhausted and heat is 
provided by ceiling radiators or hot air. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the soil bearing 
capacity has been established at 1 ton per square foot. 

1-26. COMMISSARY COLD STORAGE 



To take care of the problem of furnishing the town with 
food supplies, a commissary cold storage building has been design- 
ed along lines similar to the building used at Fort Peck. 

Due to the fact that Seaway, N.Y. is located in a dairy 
section, the section of the building used for handling raw milk, 
ice cream making, and cheese making has been eliminated thus re- 
ducing the size of the building. 

The building now contains the following storage rooms: 

a. No. 1, Perishable Groceries, 35° temp. 

b~. No. 2, PacV-aged Groceries, 40° temp. 

~. Fowl Storage, 15° temp, 

d. Fish Storage, 15° temp. 

1-22 



e. Meat Storage, 30° temp, 

£. Prepared meat, 30° temp, 

g. Butcher Shop, 60° temp. 

K. Ioe Storage, 32° temp. 

i^ No. 3, Vegetables, 35 6 temp. 

The building also contains an office with a private toilet, 
a machine room, and a locker room. An ice making machine to turn 
out 2-^ tons of ice per day is located in the vegetable storage 
room. 

The butcher shop is used to prepare as muoh of the food as 
is possible to be used in the cafeteria, hospital, and guest house 
kitchens. The prepared foods will then be sent to the two kitoh- 
ens to be cooked. 

The building is located along the railroad spur leading to 
the boiler house. A dock will be built along the railroad side 
of the building for unloading from freight cars. On the opposite 
side of the building will be similar dock for loading and unload- 
ing trucks. 

The refrigerant to be used in the cooling system will be 
Freon 12. The compressors will be located in the machine room 
and the refrigerant will be piped to cooling units located in the 
various storage rooms. 

1-27. GENERAL WAREHOUSE BUILDING 



In order to provide spaoe for the storage of supplies and 
equipment, a general warehouse has been designed. 

The building is similar to the Commissary Warehouse at 
For Peck, with the exception of the interior layout. No bakery 
will be included at Seaway. 

About one-third of the building will be used for storage 
bins. The remainder of the building is devoted to an office, 
toilet, and general warehouse space. In the office, a counter is 
provided for people coming to the warehouse for supplies. The 
toilet contains a water closet, urinal, and lavatory. 

1-28. MAINTENANCE SHOP 



In order to provide a shop for the maintenance crew, a 
maintenance shop has been designed. In this building are carpen- 
try, machine, eleotrio, and steamfitter and blacksmith shop3. 
Each shop will be completely equipped for its own particular use. 

The carpentry shop has been separated from the rest of the 
building by a fire wall. 

1-23 



Sanitary facilities have been prorided in each shop. In 
the carpentry and machine shops are water olosets and lavatory. 
A lavatory only is provided in the electric and stearafitter aid 
blacksmith shops. 

Heating is by unit heaters. Part of the return system is 
run in a floor trench that is covered by a steel channel. 

1-29. PAIKT SHOP 

In order to provide a building for the maintenance crew in 
which painting could be done and paints could be stored, a paint 
shop was designed. 

Inasmuch as it will be used in conjunction with the main- 
tenance shop, no heating or plumbing has been provided. The 
interior has been left unfinished. A double door has been instal. 
led to permit passage of large objects. 

1-30. STORAGE BUILDING 



In order to provide storage space for people who live in 
the residences, a storage building has been designed. This build- 
ing is two stories high and has 80 cubicles on each floor. Bach 
cubicle is entirely enclosed and has its own door. To facilitate 
the handling of large pieoes of furniture to the second floor, a 
door has been provided at the front so the furniture etc., can 
be lifted by block and tackle. 

Separated by a fire wall from the storage building, is a 
building maintenance supplies storage room. This room is only one 
story high. 

1-31. BOILER HOUSE AMD COAL STORAGE 



In order to house the boilers of the central heating system, 
a boiler house has been designed. In conjunction with it, for 
the storage of coal, is the coal shed. A coal conveyor carries 
the coal from the coal shed to the coal hoppers feeding the boil- 
ers. 

For purposes of economy, fire resistive construction, and 
availability of materials, cinder block walls have been indicated 
for the boiler house. Concrete floor slab and steel roof trusses 
complete the structure. The coal shed walls are stud construction; 
floor is concrete; and trusses are wood. An office, toilet and 
locker facilities will be provided for the engineer and mainten- 
ance orew in the boiler house. 

For information on boilers, coal conveyors , stack, etc, 
see Section IV. 

1-24 



1-32. FILLING STATION 



To proride garage facilities for persons in Seaway, two 
filling stations have been designed. These buildings follow the 
general design of filling stations erected by commercial gasoline 
oompanies. The buildings will be built under government contract, 
but all equipment will be furnished by the concessionaire* 

For general garage and repair work, a lubritorium, repair 
shop, and washing and repairs room are provided. Toilet facili- 
ties for the public are provided at the rear of the station. 
Entrance to the men's toilet is through the sales office, while 
the women's toilet opens direotly to the outside. One water 
closet and ore lavatory are provided in each toilet. 

Heating is by radiator or unit heater. Supply and return 
steam pipes at the rear of the building are laid in a trench with 
a channel cover. 

Because of heavy usage, a conorete floor has been provided. 
A pit for installing the foundation of the hydraulic lift has been 
provided in the floor. 

To eliminate the danger of oil and gasoline in the publio 
sewer, oil separators have been installed on the drainage system. 

At each station, two islands with two gasoline pumps on 
each have been located so that they are readily accessible to 
motorists. 

Test pits have been dug at the sites and the bearing capa- 
city of the soil has been established at 2 tons per square foot. 



1-33. TOWN GARAGE 



In order to provide garage facilities and a storage space 
for government cars, a town garage has been designed for 90 cars. 
The general design follows Fort Peck but some changes were deemed 
necessary. To create adequate space, the building had to be made 
slightly larger. The two dead and one live storage areas at Fort 
Peck were eliminated and one large storage area was provided. 

An office, lubritorium, and washing area are provided for 
administration and necessary work to vehicles. Toilet facilities 
(one water closet and one lavatory) are provided adjacent to the 
office. 

Heating, to 35° F. at - 20° F. outside temperature, in the 
sterage area is accomplished by unit heaters. Returns and supplies 
on the steam line near the steam pit are in a floor trenoh which 
is covered by a steel ohannel. 

1.25 



To reduce the fire hazard and to create large open areas, 
steel columns and trusses form the structural system. The floor 
slab is concrete. 

Numerous steel sash windows in the curtain wall and a 
large monitor in the roof pro-vide adequate light to all parts of 
the garage. 

An oil catch basin removes the danger of fire or explosion 
in the public sewer. 

Test pits were dug on the site and the bearing oapacity 
of the soil has been established at 2 tons per square foot. 

1-54. DORMITORY GARAGE 



In order to provide garage facilities for persons in the 
dormitories, fire dormitory garages with stalls for 26 cars in 
each are provided. 

These buildings are similar in design and construction to 
the foremen's garage at Fort Peck, exoept that overhead lift type 
doors have been substituted for swing doors to avoid the diffi- 
culties of opening swing doors in the winter weather. 

1-35. GUEST BOUSE GARAGE 



In order to provide garage facilities for persons using the 
Guest House, one garage with stalls for 34 cars is contemplated. 

This building is similar in design and construction to the 
guest house garage at Fort Peck, except overhead lift type doors 
have been substituted for swing doors to avoid difficulties of 
opening swing doors in the winter weather. 

1-36. RESIDENCE GARAGE, TYPE A 

In order to provide garage facilities for persons living in 
the Type 8 houses, 8 Type A garages are to be erected. 

These buildings will house two cars in each and have room 
for storage. The garages at Fort Peck for the Type 8 house were 
large enough for only one car. 

Overhead doors will be provided. 

1-37. RESIDENCE GARAGE, TYPE B 

In order to provide garage facilities for persons living 
in the temporary residence (Types 2 to 7, inclusive), 128 Type B 
garages are to be erected. Each garage has four stalls. The 

1-26 



number of garages is approximately in the ratio of one garage or 
four stalls, to every fire houses. 

These buildings are similar in design and construction to 
the temporary residence (Type B) garages at Fort Peck except that 
the depth has been increased slightly and overhead doors will be 
used instead of swing doors. 



1-38. CAFETERIA 



In order to provide meals for the single persons, it is 
planned to build a cafeteria based on the foremen's mess hall de- 
sign used at Fort Peck. Due to the different type of service 
planned, it was necessary to revamp the kitchen arrangement. 

The cafeteria has been planned with a central entrance with 
dining wings on both sides and kitchen in the center. A service 
counter is provided for each dining wing. The total number of 
persons' that can be seated at any one time is 136 in each wing. 

Two toilets are provided, one for men consisting of 2 water 
closets, 2 urinals, and 2 lavatories, and one for women consisting 
of 3 water closets and 2 lavatories. 

For fire protection, two fire hoses are provided so that a 
stream of water will reach any part of the building. Two exits 
are provided in each of the wings and one in the kitohen. 

The kitchen and each of the dining wings are ventilated by 
two ventilators through the roof. 

Test pits have been dug on the site and the bearing capacity 
of the soil has been established at 1 ton per square foot. The 
floor system has been designed for 75 pounds per square foot in 
the kitohen and corridor and 60 pounds per square foot in the din- 
ing halls. 



1-27 



SECTIOH II - EMERGENCY ELECTRIC POWER 

2-01. NECESSITY FOR EMERGENCY POWER 

In the event of an eleotrio power failure at Seaway, N#Y# 
it is essential that the boilerhouse oontinue to operate. Should 
the failure occur in the winter months then a stoppage of the 
steam supply could result in very serious consequenoes. In addi- 
tion to maintaining steam supply it is also necessary to provide 
emergency light and power to the hospital so operations end 
attention to patients oan continue without interruptions. The 
theater also must be provided with emergency lights for a suffi- 
cient length of time to accomplish an orderly evacuation. 

2-02. EMERGENCY ELECTRIC POWER PLANT 

To provide emergenoy service a gasoline engine-driven power 
plant unit is inoluded as part of the boiler room equipment. The 
unit is to consist of a two hundred horse power gasoline engine 
driving a 94 kva generator which is to be capable of delivering 
75 kw continuously at .8 power factor, 3 phase, 60 cyole, and 
240 volts phase to phase. A power plant of this capaoity is 
necessary to provide sufficient power for the operation of the 
various essential motors and lights, all as tabulated below: 

a. Boilerhouse 

Lighting - 20 at 100W - 40 at 50 W 

Boiler Peed Pumps (1) 

Stokers (5) 

Apron Conveyor 

Crusher 

Bucket Conveyor 

Forced Draft Fans (5) 

Exciter 

Aoross the line start 

b. Hospital 

7 Exit lights at 10 watts 
1 Operating Light 
128 Room and Corridor lights at 50 watts 



4,000 W. 


15,000 W. 


5,000 W. 


1,000 W. 


10,000 W. 


7,500 W. 


12,000 W. 


1,500 W. 


10,000 W. 


66,000 W. 


70 W. 


500 W. 


6,400 W. 


6,970 W. 



2-1 



Theater 








11 Exit 


lights 


from Balcony at 50 W 


550 IT 


8 " 


M 


" Auditorium at 50 If 


400 W 


4 " 


It 


H Foyer 


200 W 


2 " 


n 


" Toilets 


100 W 


6 " 


.« 


" Stage & Dressing Rooms 


300 W 


4 " 


n 


" Shop, M.G. and Ushers 


200 W 



66 


lew 


7 


kw 


2 


lew 


75 lew 



5 General Auditorium and Balcony 250 W 

2,000 W 

d. Summary 

Boilerhouse 
Hospital 
Theater 
Total 

2-03. AUTOMATIC OPERATION 

In order to give instantaneous protection to the above men- 
tioned buildings and particularly to the hospital operating room, 
when an operation may be taking place, it is neoessary to pro- 
vide for automatic operation. The emergency power design is ar- 
ranged so that the instant there is an eleotrio power failure in 
any of the above listed buildings then the emergency power plant 
will automatically start up and the building in which the fail- 
ure has occurred - or the three buildings in the event of a gen- 
eral failure - will have the separate emergency lighting system 
in operation within fifteen seconds of the black-out. The emer- 
gency power circuits in the boilerhouse will be energized later 
by hand thrown switches and the boiler food pump and other essen- 
tial equipment should be in full emergency operation within a few 
minutes which would afford ample protection to the steam supply, 

2-04, SEAWAY BUILDINGS IN GENERAL 



For all other buildings in Seaway it is considered that so 
long as they are provided with heat no danger to life and health 
will be involved and each householder will be expected to provide 
candles or lamps for use in an emergency. 



2-2 / 



SECTION in - REFRIGERATION, COMMISSARY COLD STORAGE 



3-01. REASOK FOR BUILDIHG 

A commissary cold storage warehouse has been designed for 
the purpose of storing provisions for the cafeteria, guest house, 
and hospital. To prevent spoilage of food it is necessary to 
maintain the various rooms below a critical temperature. 

3-02. STORAGE PROVIDED 



Following is a list of the rooms, designated by the stored 
product or use, together with the temperature of the room as re- 
commended by current standard practice* 

a Fish (frozen) 15° F 

b" Poultry (frozen) 15° 

"c Meat 30° 

~8 Prepared Meat 30° 

e" Ioe 32° 

7 Perishable Grooeries 35° 

g Vegetable 35 # 

n Paokaged Groceries 40° 

T Butcher Shop 60° 

Packaged grooeries include bisouits, bread, cereals, 
flour, prunes, raisins, canned goods, eto. Perishable grooeries 
include milk, cream, eggs, butter, lard, some fruits, etc. The 
vegetable storage will also provide space for most of the fruits. 

3-03. BASIS OF DESIGN 



a The calculations for the required refrigeration for the 
the various storage rooms are based upon an outside temperature 
of 100° F and bright sunshine. The temperature of the ground un- 
der all floors is assumed as 40° F. To compensate for the heat 
gained due to normal use of the storage rooms, a usage factor as 
recommended by refrigerating equipment manufacturers and based 
on the room volume and type of storage was used. This factor 
includes an allowance for the product load as well as heat gained 
through opening and closing of doors. 

b. The walls, floors and ceilings are of course well in- 
sualted~against infiltration as well as conduction of heat from 
the outside to the inside surfaces. The construction of the walls, 
floors and ceiling, together with the coefficient of thermal con- 
ductivity of each is shown below, in BTU per sq.ft., per degree F. 
per hour. 



3-1 






(1) Exposed wall with asbestos cement shingles, tar paper, 
3/4" insulation board, 2 W x 4" studs, 3/4" sheathing, 
4* rook cork or equal and l/8 M asbestos oeraent 
board, 0.058 BTU 

(2) Roof of tar paper roll roofing on 2" planks combined 
with a ceiling of l/V poured asphalt, 4" rock cork 
or equal, l-s/lo** sheathing and l/S" asbestos cement 
board, 0,056 BTU 

(3) Same ceiling as (2) except 6" rock cork or equal in- 
stead of 4". 0.042 BTU 

(4) Exposed wall same as (l) except 6" of rock cork or 
equal instead of 4 n . 0.043 BTU 

(5) Inside wall with 2" x 4" studs and 6" of rook cork 

or equal. 0.049 BTU 

(6) Fire wall with ^" gypsum board, 4 W mineral wool- 
between 2" x 4" studs and 2" rock cork or equal. 

0.058 BTU 

(7) Floor, 3" wearing concrete, 4" rock cork or equal 

5" base concrete. 0.066 BTU 



c In order to determine the amount of refrigeration required 
it was necessary to make some assumptions as to the quantity of 
food that would be stored in the warehouse. Based on U, S. Army 
experience in food consumption and the probable number of meals per 
day from these supplies it was determined that the total food con- 
sumption would be about 2,340 lbs. per day with the average daily 
consumption of each item as follows: 

Meat 14% 327 lbs. 

Poultry 4% 94 n 

Fish 2$ 47 ■ 

Vegetables (fresh) 14% 327 " 

Perishable Groceries 40$ 937 " 

Packaged Grooeries 26$ 608 " 

It was further estimated that the warehouse would at any 
one time contain approximately a ten-day supply of provisions. 

3-04. REFRIGERATION REQUIRED 



a Based on the above conditions and coefficients the total 
refrigeration required for the various storage rooms was calculat- 
ed as follows: 

3-2 



(1) Fish (frozen) 

(2 

(3 

(4 

(5 
(6 
(7 
(8 
(9 



Poultry (frozen) 
Meat 

Prepared Meat 
Iced Storage 
Perishable Groceries 
Vegetables 
Packaged Groceries 
Butcher Shop 



10,899 


Btu/ter 


9,685 


ii 


44,571 


n 


23,836 


ti 





n 


19,912 


it 


30,685 


ti 


33,220 


n 





n 



It should be noted that the ice storage and butcher shop 
need no refrigeration. The ice storage is praotically surrounded 
by cold rooms and the ioe itself will ieep the room cool without 
economic loss during its storage period. Calculations indicate 
the butoher shop will lose practically the same quantity of heat 
that it gains during -the summer months and therefore no refrigera- 
tion is necessary, Eeat will, however, be required in the winter 
and it is probable that a small amount of heat may be required 
during the winter months in the storage rooms. This matter is 
coTered in the general heating design, 

b The determination of the amount of refrigeration requir- 
ed for The production of ice is based on an estimated requirement 
for the combined cafeterias, guest house, and hospital. The es- 
timated maximum combined demand is 2.5 tons of ioe per day. To 
supply this demand a brine tank with a capacity of thirty- two 
200 lb, ioe cans will be provided. The temperature of the brine 
will be maintained at approximately 15° F. Calculations indioate 
that 36,667 BTU per hour must be extracted from the brine tank for 
a thirty-hour period to produce the required ioe supply, 

3-05. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 



a The equipment selected for refrigeration requirements 
consists" of cold air diffuser type units, T/ith this type of 
cooling each storage room is equipped with one or more air cool- 
ing units all of which are supplied with Freon refrigerant from 
whichever of two compressor and condenser units is operating. The 
temperature of the refrigerant and the refrigerating effect of 
the oold diffusers will be controlled by suitable thermal expan- 
sion Talves and thermostatically controlled solenoid valves. The 
refrigerant passes into the cooling unit or coils of the diffuser 
and by expansion into vapor, absorbs heat from the air which is 
drawn over the finned coil surface by a fan and discharged into 
the room. The incoming ai r passes through a brine spray which 
washes it and reduces its moisture content. The brine spray also 
passes over the cooling ooils thereby preventing the collection 
of frost on the fins. 

The air as it circulates in the room picks up heat which 
is absorbed in the diffuser coils. The refrigerant vapor is re- 
turned to the compressor and coolsd to the liquid state. The 

3-3 






refrigerant to be used is Freon-12. The equipment selection is 

■ho be similar and equal to that manufactured by the Carrier Corpo- 
ration of Syracuse, New York. 

b The condenser and compressor used for design purposes 
is the Carrier Type 7G8 WF 50 h.p.,-5° F suotion and 90° condens- 
ing vxmperature, 660 R.P.M. t water cooled* Two compressors are to 
be installed, one to act as a standby for the other. Each machine 
has a capacity of 232,500 BTU per hour. This compressor will de- 
liver the refrigerant to all the storage room diff users through 
adequate piping. 

c The oold diffusers used for design purposes are the Car- 
rier 15 T series. A tabulation of these diffusers follows: 

Room 

No. Storage 



Room 


Room 


Cold 


Total 


Heat Removed 


Fan 


Temp. 


RH* 


Diff. 


BTU Per Hour 


Motor 






% 






H.P. 


15° 


80 


15 T2 




10899 


1/4 


15° 


85 


16 T2 




9685 


1/4 


30<> 


87 


15T6 




44571 


1 


30° 


87 


15T6 




23836 


1 


32° 












s 35° 


80 


15T2 




19912 


3/4 


350 


87 


15T2 




30685 


1 


40° 


80 


15T6 




33220 


1 


60° 













1 Fish (frozen) 

2 Poultry (frozen) 

3 Meat 

4 Prepared Meat 

5 Ice Storage 

6 Perishable Grooerie 

7 Vegetables 

8 packaged Groceries 

9 Butcher Shop 
10 Ice Making 

Totals 



36667 
Use tank with coils in brine. 
209,475 



* R. H. » Relative Humidity 
3-06. PIPING 

To conserve essential materials black steel pipe will be 
used for the piping between the compressor and the various units. 
The liquid mains will be 1 M pipe at the compressor and will re- 
duce to l/2 n pipe at the most distant units. The gas return mains 
will be 1* at the most distant units and increase to 3" at the 
compressor. The ice making tanks will have 3/4" liquid and 2" 
gas return mains. 

3-07. REFRIGERANT 

The quantity of Freon-12 refrigerant required is approxi- 
mately 420 lbs. and the capacity of the receiver tank on the 7G8 
compressor is 445 lbs. 



3-4 



3-08. WATER FOR COOLIWG 

Sinoe the condenser unit is of the water oooled type, it 
•will be necessary to maintain a supply of cool water at all times. 
Under maximum load approximately 63,000 gallons of water per 
twenty-four hours will be required for this purpose. A 2-l/2" 
I.P.S. water supply and discharge line is to be installed to sup- 
ply the cooling water which will be supplied from either the Sea- 
way water mains or frctn the nearby Grass River by a small pumpiag 
outfit. 



3-5 



SECTION IV - STEAM HEATING SYSTEM 

4-01 # NEED FOR HEATING SYSTEM 

A surrey of Massena and vicinity revealed that the housing 
facilities were totally inadequate to accommodate the Government 
employees during the period of construction of the Seaway project, 
and for this reason a deoision was made to build a complete camp 
to provide the required living quarters. To provide heat for this 
proposed canp a steam heating system has been designed. 

4-02. ECONOMY OF CENTRAL HEATING SYSTEM 



Due to the fact that low temperatures are frequently ex- 
perienced in this locality, combined with the high cost of anthra- 
cite coal which is practically the only fuel available, made it 
necessary to consider a central steam heating plant. Calculations 
on the cost of operating the camp with the central heating plant 
compared with individual furnaces showed that considerable saving 
to the Government could be accomplished by the use of a oentral 
steam heating plant. Therefore, it was decided to heat the entire 
camp by means' of a central heating plant, some of the items 
which indicated the saving are that no basements will be needed 
in any of the buildings, no chimneys, coal storage bins, and ash 
receptacles would be required, and coal costing approximately 45.10 
per ton could be used in a properly designed boilerhouse, whereas 
for individual heating it would be necessary to purchase anthracite 
coal costing approximately $14.00 per ton, 

4-03. CAPACITY REQUIRED 



The quantity of heat neoessary for all buildings was de- 
termined. The basis of the calculation was an outside design 
temperature minus 20° F. and an inside room temperature for all 
residences and offices of 70° F. , and for workshops, garages, etc, 
65° F. The hot water supply for the various buildings was calcu- 
lated on the basis of the incoming water being at 36° and the hot 
water delivery temperature at 140°. Table IV-1 gives the tabula- 
tion of all these calculations which indicates a total heat demand 
under severe winter conditions at 82,500,000 Btu per hour. To pro- 
vide the required amount of heat, it was decided to install in the 
boilerhouse 5 mechanically fired 300 nominal h.p. water tube boil- 
ers, complete with all necessary equipment and auxiliaries for the 
efficient operation of all boilers up to 200 peroent rating. Pro- 
vision has also been made for the addition of a 6th boiler to meet 
the increased demand when Seaway is extended to its full designed 
capacity. 



4-1 



4-04 • MOST ECONOMICAL FUEL 

Bituminous ooal was adopted as the operating fuel princi- 
pally due to the fact that this coal can be delivered by freight 
car to Seaway at an estimated prioe of $5.10 per ton. The anti- 
cipated average daily consumption in the cool weather will be 
approximately 40 tons with a maxima^ daily consumption in extreme* 
ly cold weather of 86 tons. Since ooal oannot be economically 
stored in open spaces in the vicinity of Massena, due to the heavy 
snowfall, it was decided to store coal in a suitable storage shed. 
A storage shed was designed with a normal storage capacity of 875 
tons which would be sufficient for a ten days supply under maximum 
demand conditions. The coal will be purchased as run of mine and 
will be delivered by the carload to a railroad siding close to the 
coal storage shed. The coal handling equipment is so designed that 
the coal from the freight car will be dumped into a track hopper 
and from there conveyed by an apron conveyor to a coal crusher. 
From the crusher, the coal will fall by gravity directly into 
a bucket conveyor which will convey the prepared coal to either 
the ooal bunkers above the furnace stokers or to the coal storage 
shed. All coal handling equipment has been designed to have the 
capacity of at least 18 tons per hour. The coal handling conveyor 
is also arranged so that coal can be taken from the coal storage 
shed and automatically conveyed and delivered into the coal bunk- 
ers eaoh of which has a capacity of approximately 5 tons. From 
the bunkers the coal will flow by gravity through a stoker spout 
into the regular stoker hopper from where it will be mechanically 
fed into the furnace and burned under forced draft which will be 
provided by individual fans. 

4-05. MEASURED STEAM SUPPLY 

The steam generated in the various boilers will be metered 
and delivered to the steam main from where it will be distributed 
to the complete underground loop heating system. 

4-06. STEAM DISTRIBUTION BY LOOP SYSTEM 

The steam will be distributed underground and will be main- 
ly a loop system. Valves will be provided at all manholes so that 
should a leak occur at any point in the system a short section 
can be isolated and repairs can thus be made without any interrup- 
tion in the supply of steam to the camp except for the relatively 
small area involved in the repair. The steam supply and condens- 
ate return lines in most locations will be placed in a single wood 
box conduit. Wood was chosen as the conduit material because all 
other prepared standard types of steam conduits do not provide 
for numerous outlets where considerable expansion is involved. 
The wood conduit is designed to be covered with roofing paper and 
then covered with impervious earth to make it watertight. At a 



4-2 



few places where necessary dry wells will be provided to remove 
water drainage. 

4-07. PIPING SYSTEM 

The pipe to be used in the underground system is standard 
black steel. All pipe 4" in diameter and larger will be a welded 
installation except at those places where valves and other equip- 
ment are installed, and in these cases flanged connections will be 
installed. On all pipe less than 4" in diameter standard screwed 
fittings will be used. To take care of expansion and contraction, 
single slip expansion joints will be installed on all pipes 4" and 
larger in diameter. On all pipes less than 4" in diameter expan- 
sion will be taken care of by the use of standard 125$ working 
pressure metallic hose. In addition, expansion joints of metallic 
hose will be provided at all take-off points from the main loop 
and at all street laterals. The distance between expansion joints 
will in no oase exceed 475' which would involve a pipe movement 
of approximately 11". All pipe lengths between expansion joints 
will be so anchored as to force the expansion to take place at 
the joint at the end of the steam flow. All pipe 4" in diameter 
and larger will be supported on rollers spaced 20 feet or less 
apart, Pip* under 4" in diameter will be supported on hardwood 
blocks which will be lubricated by graphite grease and spaced ap- 
proximately ten feet apart. All steam supply lines will be insu- 
lated with 85 percent magnesia pipe covering. Condensate lines, 
in general, will not be insulated. 

4-08. CONDENSATE RETURN SYSTEM 



The condensate from the various buildings will all be re- 
turned by a condensate loop system in the same conduit as the 
steam heating system and will be returned to a 3,000 gallon stor- 
age hot well. By using the condensate as boiler feed there will 
be a considerable saving in operating cost since this water will 
be completely free from scale, and the delivery temperature will 
be in the neighborhood of 150° F. The hot well will store the 
condensate and thus take care of all surges and variations in the 
returns. The boiler feed will be pumped directly from the hot 
well and into the boilers by means of standard centrifugal boiler 
feed pumps. Two pumps are provided, one which is tc act as a 
standby in oase of breakdown of the other unit. These pumps will 
have a maximum capacity of 250 gallons per minute. Make-up water 
will be required, and this will be provided by passing the camp 
supply water through a Zeolite water treatment system from whioh 
it will be delivered to the pump suction line and mixed with the 
hot condensate. 

4-09. GRAVITY RETURN 



All oondensate will flow by gravity back to the hot well 

4-3 



except at two points where condensate force pumps will be install- 
ed. Steam separators -will be provided at suitable intervals to 
remove condensate water from the steam main. Concrete manholes 
•will be installed at all locations in the underground system to 
house such equipment as steam separators, pumps, expansion joints, 
main valves, and elsewhere as required to make the equipment read- 
ily accessible for inspection and repairs. The contract for the 
underground distribution system will end with the first valve 
under each building. 

4-10. CHIMNEY DESIGN 



The flue discharge from the boilers will pass into an 
insulated steel breeching and conveyed to a steel stack just out- 
side the boilerhouse. The stack has been designed to handle all 
the products of oorabustion from the six boilers under the designed 
maximum operating conditions. The calculated draft *s .998 inches 
of water and the required draft to move all the produots of com- 
bustion under 200 percent rating is .949 inches of water. 

The computations for the draft intensities are based on the follow- 
ing assumptions: 



Total Height Chimney above 

f oundat i on 
Length of Friction Duot 

( Chimney) 
Height above grate (chimney) 
Least Diameter of Chimney 
Assumed atmospherio temperature 

10° F. 
Assumed chimney gas temperature 

600° F. 
Assumed breeching gas 

temperature 660° F. 
Breeching area of cross section 

4.0» x 12.7« 
Length of breeching last boiler 

to chimney 
Sea level atmospherio pressure 
Weight air at 0° F. and 

B s 29.92 in.Meroury 
Weight chimney gas at 0°F, end 

B - 29.92 in.Meroury 
Atmospherio pressure at 

elevation 200.0 
Weight of products of oom- 
bustion flowing 
Coefficient of friotion in 

breeohing and chimney 



« 116»-6" 

- 109.5 ft. 

- 114.5 ft. 
a 7.5 ft. 

m 450° Abs. 

- 1060° Abs. 

- 1140° Abs. 

- 50.8 sq.ft. 
s 120 ft. 

- 29.92 in. Mercury 

m .0863 lbs. per cu.ft. 

= .09 lbs. per cu.ft. 

- 29.72 in.Meroury 

- 46.5 lbs. per sec. 

- .016 






4-4 



Theoretioal draft intensity Dt a 1,078 in .Water 
Loss due to friotion in Hi - ,0797 in.Water 

ohimney 

Available Draft D^D^-Hi =1.078 -.0797=. 998 in.Water 

Required Draft D r - .949 in. Water 

Velooity of gases in chimney V = 27.2 ft.per seo. 

4-11. DISPOSAL OF ASHES 

The disposal of ashes has been oarefully considered, aid 
a decision was made to deliver all ashes into a natural gully 
which is near the boilerhouse. It is estimated that the gully 
will take all the ashes produced for a period of five years be- 
fore it will be filled to grade. In operation the ashes from the 
furnace will be dumped through a clinker grinder into an ash 
hopper. From the ash hopper a steam jet aotivated ash discharge 
system will force the ashes through a distribution pipe into the 
above mentioned gully. 



4-5 



TAB LS IV-1 



Heating Requirements - Various Buildings 





Space Heating 


Hot Water 


Supply 


: 


Required t 




s Total : 


Gal Ions i BTTJ 


• 
• 


BTU/fer : 


No. 


t Required j 


Heated 


: Required 


: 


per i 


of 


t - t 


per 


: per 


Building s 


Building % 


Bldgs 


.tBTU/Hr , 


Hour 


i Hour 


Administration 


2, SIS, MO 


1 


2,615,000 


170 


150,300 


Laboratory 


1,180,000 


1 


1,180,000 


20 


17,640 


TOTira Hall 


296,000 


1 


296,000 


10 


8,820 


Guest House 


1,400,000 


1 


1,400,000 


100 


88,200 


Theater 


1,410,000 


1 


1,410,000 


4 


3,500 


Social Hall 


400,000 


1 


400,000 


20 


17 ,640 


Cafeteria 


308 ,000 


1 


. 308,000 


200 


176,400 


Dormitory 


200,000 


20 


4,000,000 


1000 


882,000 


Store 


847,000 


2 


1,694,000 


120 


105,840 


Athletic Hall 


500,000 


1 


500,000 


30 


26,460 


Maintenance 


320,000 


1 


320,000 


5 


4,410 


Storage 


5 12 ,000 


1 


512,000 


- 




Boilerhouse 


31 ,400 


1 


31,400 


5 


4,410 


Town Garage 


1,010,760 


1 


1,010,760 


5 


4,410 


Gov't .Garage 


975,080 


1 


975,080 


5 


4,410 


Filling Station 


108,500 


2 


217,000 


6 


5,290 


Hospital 


2,000,000 


1 


2,000,000 


100 


88,200 


School 


1,200,000 


1 


1,200,000 


20 


17,640 


Cold Storage 


272,700 


1 


272,700 


5 


4,410 


Warehouse 


1,210,340 


1 


1,210,340 


- 


-- 


Type 2 House 


39,360 


36 


1,416,960 


360 


310,520 


Type 3 House 


78,720 


30 


2,361,600 


600 


519,200 


Type 4 House 


46,080 


107 


4,930,560 


1070 


933,700 


Type 5 House 


52,800 


119 


6,283,200 


1190 


1,071,080 


Type 6 House 


56,640 


237 


13,423,680 


2844 


2,500,410 


Type 7 House 


57,840 


33 


1,908,720 


396 


349,270 


Type 8 House 


152,900 


8 


1,223,000 


120 


105 ,840 


Totals 






53,100,000 




7,400,000 


Total 


for space Bei 


a ting 


53,100,000 BTU/Hour 


Total 


for water Ee* 


ating 


7,400,000 


M 


Losses 


various, Transmis 


si on 2,000,000 


It 


Antici 


pated Increased Demand 20,000,000 


11 








62,500,006 


ft 



4-6 



SECTION V - COAL SUPPLY 



5-01. BUILDINGS REQUIRING HEAT 

A decision was made to heat &11 feuildirga iv Seaway by- 
means of a central heating plant since a study of this system dis- 
closed it would be the most economical method of heating and pro- 
■vi ding the hot water supply. A list of all buildings to be heated 
and supplied with hot water follows: 



Administration building Stores(Twenty-four) 



Guest House 
Laboratory 
General Warehouse 
Theater 
Government garage 

and firehouse 
Town Garage 

5-02. REQUIRED FUEL 



Storage Building 
Maintenance Shop 
Dormitories( Twenty-six) 
Filling Stat ions (Three) 
Boiler House 
Town Hall 
Cafeteria 



Commissary cold 

storage 
Hospital 
School 
Social hall 
Athletic hall 
Residence dwell* 
ing units (900) 



The temperatures to be maintained in the various buildings 
when the air temperature outside is -20° F was set as follows: 
(a) Residences and offices 70° F, (b) Shops in which men work 
65° F t (c) Storage buildings 40° F. The maximum heat demand is 
calculated on a basis of a village peak population of 3,300 persons. 
The peak demand is computed to be 82,500,000 BTU/far. including all 
transmission losses. The degree day basis is 8,308 degree days 
per year, and was obtained from the U. S. Weather Bureau statistics 
at Canton, N.Y. which is approximately 35 miles from Seaway. On 
the degree day basis, the heat requirements for each month during 
the 46 month period of the anticipated population of Seaway has 
been calculated to indicate the heat, steam and coal, demand. 
The BTU requirements have been converted to a steam demand on the 
basis of 912 3TU/lb„ of steam, which is the latent heat of evapo- 
ration of steam at 65 Ib./sq.in. absolute. The tabulation of 
these figures is given in Table V-l.. 

Note: If the population does not exceed 2,200 persons then the 
coal required would be approximately 75$ of the estimate. 



5-03. TYPE OF FUEL 



The cost of anthracite coal in the vicinity of Massena was 
found to be too high for consideration as steam generation fuel. 
The mechanical stokers are, for this reason, to be of the bitumi- 
nous coal typ« and the coal handling equipment is also designed 
to receive run-of-mine bituminous coal. 

5-04. EFFICIENCY AND CAPACITY OF BOILERS 



The efficiency of the boiler units as used for the steady 

5-1 



generation of steam with no sudden demands is assumed to average 
70$£. The boiler intake water from the hot well is estimated at 
150° F and the coal as fed by the stoker is estimated to have a 
heat value of 12,000 BTU/lb. With the boilers operating at 
50 lbs./sq.in. gage pressure, it is calculated that 127.2 pounds 
of coal will produce 1,000 lbs. of steam delivered to the steam 
main. Each boiler when operating at 200$ rating will deliver to 
the steam main approximately 20,000,000 BTU per hour. With five 
of the six boilers operating at 200$- rating, they would deliver 
100,000,000 BTU per hour. This is more than sufficient to meet 
the estimated peak demand of 82,500,000 BTU per hour. Only five 
boilers will be installed for the first step of Seaway construc- 
tion which is for 2,200 people and space will be left for the 
sixth boiler to be installed at a later date as the need for it 
approaches. One boiler is considered to be out of service at all 
times for maintenance, 

5-05, ESTIMATED COAL REQUIRED PER MONTH 



For the purpose of estimating the coal requirements it is 
assumed that construction of the project will begin on March 1st 
and continue for forty months and that Seaway village will be 
populated from a period beginning four months after the award of 
contracts and ending six months after project construction is ac- 
cepted. It is estimated that the monthly population of Seaway 
will vary directly as the estimated monthly cost of the projeot. 
It is also estimated that all the buildings, except dwellings, 
dormitories and hospital, will be completely heated regardless 
of fluctuations in village population and that the amount of heat 
required for dwellings, dormitories and hospital will be affected 
by the population changes. On this basis the figures given in 
Table V-l show the estimated monthly population and the estimated 
coal requirements for each of the forty-six months of anticipated 
operations, 

5-06, COAL DELIVERY SCHEDULE 



A railroad siding has been included in the boiler house de- 
sign and the run-of-mine coal will be delivered in oar load lots. 
Table V-l gives the estimated coal requirements for each opera- 
ting month. The approximate requirements per average month is 
one oarload per week during June, July, and August. Two to five 
carloads per week during April, May, September and October, and 
six to eleven carloads per week during November, December, Janu- 
ary, February and March, \ 

5-07, STORAGE CAPACITY 



The maximum daily coal consumption is estimated to ooour 
during the 24th month of the contract when sixty-seven tons per 
day may be required. On the basis of possible shipping delays 

5-2 



of twelve days due to storms, periodical shortages, etc. , a coal 
storage shed with a capacity of 875 tons has been designed to pro- 
tect against this emergency* 

5-08. EMERGENCY SURCHARGE STORAGE 

In the event that a delay in coal shipments of more than 
twelve days should be anticipated, then it is possible to sur- 
charge the storage bins for a short period so that the overall 
capacity of the storage system would be sufficient to protect Sea- 
way for a period of three weeks. 

5-09. ESTIMATED YEARLY CONSUMPTION 



The maximum yearly coal consumption with the year beginning 
on July 1st is calculated to be 11,627 tons, and the average year- 
ly consumption 9,080 tons. On the basis of the average yearly 
consumption at a price of $5.10 per ton it is estimated that the 
annual fuel cost will be $46,300.00 for the 9,080 tons of coal 
used, or a total cost of $158,000.00 for the forty-six months of 
operations. 



5-3 



TABLE V-l 



Contract 
Month 



Estimated 
Population 



Estimated Steam 
Required in lbs. 



Estimated 
Fuel Required 



1 


Mar. (Prior 


ity) 








2 


April Area 











3 


May Being 











4 


June Built) 








5 


July 


350 


315,000 


20 


Tons 


6 


Aug. 


850 


928 ,000 


59 


tt 


7 


Sept. 


1340 


3,570,000 


227 


tt 


8 


Oot. 


1710 


9,520,000 


605 


ft 


9 


Nov. 


it • 


15,800,000 


1005 


it 


10 


Deo. 


2450 


24,150,000 


1534 


N 


11 


Jan. 


n 


26,700,000 


1698 


tt 


12 


Feb. 


it 


24,600,000 


1565 


tt 


13 


March 


M 


20,500,000 


1304 





14 


April 


* 


12,650,000 


805 


tt 


15 


May 


fl 


6,500,000 


413 


If 


16 


June 


tt 


3,440,000 


219 


tt 


17 


July 


2510 


865,000 


55 


tt 


18 


Aug. 


tt 


1,840,000 


117 


tt 


19 


Sept. 


it 


5,490,000 


349 


* 


20 


Oot. 


2630 


12,980,000 


825 


It 


21 


Nov. 


n 


21,700,000 


1369 


fl 


22 


Dec. 


«t 


25,600,000 


1617 


ft 


23 


Jan. 


3060 


31,950,000 


2016 


tt 


24 


Feb. 


tt 


29,400,000 


1857 


ft 


26 


March 


3300 


25,900,000 


1645 


tt 


26 


April 


tt 


16,100,000 


1016 


ft 


27 


May 


3120 


7,900,000 


498 


tf 


28 


June 


n 


4,180,000 


264 


ft 


29 


July 


3060 


1,007,000 


64 


m 


30 


Aug. 


2940 


2,110,000 


133 


tt 


31 


Sept. 


n 


6,250,000 


394 


tt 


32 


Oot. 


n 


14,120,000 


898 


tt 


33 


Nov. 


2450 


20,550,000 


1297 


tt 


34 


Dec. 


n 


24,300,000 


1534 


tt 


35 


Jan. 


1770 


21,350,000 


1346 


it 


36 


Feb. 


tt 


19,650,000 


1240 


tt 


37 


Maroh 


n 


16,400,000 


1034 


tt 


38 


April 


« 


10,030,000 


638 


tt 


39 


Msjr 


tt 


5,190,000 


327 


it 


40 


June 


920 


1,840,000 


117 


it 


41 


July 


800 


425 ,000 


27 


tt 


42 


Aug. 


600 


786,000 


50 


tt 


43 


Sept. 


400 


2,010,000 


128 


ti 


44 


Oct. 


200 


3,870,000 


246 


ii 


45 


Nov. 


25 


6,700,000 


426 


• 


46 


Dec. 


5 








tt 



Total Fuel Required 
♦Maximum Yearly Consumption 
Average Yearly Consumption 
Yearly Fuel Contract 
*The year is considered as from 

5-4 



30,980 Tons 
11,627 ■ 

9,080 * 

9,000 ■ * 30# 
July 1 to June 30. 



SECTION VI - BOILER FEED WATER 



6-01. BOILER INSTALLATION 

Five and possibly six oross drum water boilers, similar to 
B & W design 32, of 300 h.p. nominal rating each are to be in- 
stalled at Seaway, New York, to provide steam for space heating 
and hot water supply in all buildings. The steam supply is to be 
contiDUOus throughout the year and the demand will vary from 
the normal capacity of one boiler during the summer to a 20C$ de- 
mand on four and possibly five boilers during severe blizzards. 
At no time will there be a rapid fluctuation in the steam demai d 
and under the fairly steady flow conditions with automatic meoh- 
anical stokers it is anticipated that a boiler efficiency of better 
than 70$ can be obtained. 

6-02. MAINTAINED EFFICIENCY 



In order to maintain high efficiency it is essential that 
the boiler heating surfaces be kept clean. The soot and ash that 
settles on the exterior surfaces can be quickly and easily removed 
by the use of steam jet soot blowers. The scale that tends to 
deposit on the interior surfaces is much more difficult and more 
expensive to remove by mechanical means and involves the shutting 
down of the boiler. The delay and cost of removing scale can be 
avoided by using properly treated food water since treated water 
is soft and contains no scale forming minerals or other deleteri- 
ous contamination. By this method there will be no scale problem 
and regular interior inspection will be all that is necessary to 
assure continued operation at maximum efficiency. 

6-03. FEED WATER SUPPLY 



The feed water for the boilers is to be taken from the Camp 
potable water supply which is prooessed from the raw water of the 
3t. Lawrence River. The average analysis of the St. Lawrence 
River taken by Geological Survey from samples near Ogdensburg, 
New York, between September 18, 1906 and August 18, 1907, is as 
follows: 



Name 


Molecule 


Parts per million 


Silica 


(Si0 2 ) 


6.6 


Iron 


(Fe) 


.05 


Calcium 


(Ca) 


31.0 


Magnesium 


(Me) 


7.2 


Sodium A- Potassium 


(Na & K) 


6.3 


Bicarbonate 


(HCO,) 

(so 4 j 


122.0 


Sulphate 


12.0 






(continued) 



6-1 



Name Moleoule Parts per million 

Chloride (Cl) 7.7 

Nitrate (N0 3 ) .3 

Total dissolved solids 134.0 

pE value 7,7 

The hardness of water shown in the above analysis in terms of 
caloium carbonate is in excess of 250 p. p.m. The analysis of riv- 
er water varies at different seasons of the year but on aocount 
of the large body of water from which the St. Lawrence drains it 
is unlikely that the ohanges will be great, however, a constant 
check on the make-up water should be maintained to proteot against 
an unanticipated increase in scale forming contamination. The 
check test is simple to makB, requires but little apparatus and 
the saving in fuel and maintenance more than pays for the cost 
of regular testing. 

6-04. FEEB7ATER SPECIFICATIONS 



The feedwater should be so treated that the following speci- 
fications will be maintained. 

a. Dissolved Oxygen: Preferably zero but should not be 
greater than .05 c.c. per liter. 

b. Value of pH: The pE value should not be less than 7, 
"T^ie St. Lawrence river water average pE value is 7.7 so 
there should be no trouble in maintaining a 7 minimum, 

i 

c # Hardness: Preferably zero but not over 36 p. p.m. in 
Terms of calcium carbonate, 

d. Chloride: Lowest practical minimum is desired but not 
over 6 p. p.m. in terms of Chlorine, Sinoe the potable water 

supply has been chlorinated it will be necessary to check this 

element frequently. 

6-05. BOILEEWATER SPECIFICATIONS 



The boilerwater should at all times be maintained equal to, 
or better than, the following specifications: 

a. Sodium Phosphate: 50 to 100 p. p.m. expressed as disodiura 

phosphate. 

b. Alkalinity: To be kept between 100 and 250 p. p.m. 

o. Chlorides: Not over 500 p. p.m. expressed as chlorine. 
j3. Value of pH: Not less than 10.5, preferably 11. 

6-2 






e. Analysis: To be made twice per week for; alkalinity 

or acidity, pH value. 

f. Total Solids: Not over 2,000 p. p.m. As soon as this 
concentration is reached then the boilers are to be blown 
down to keep the water within the 2,000 p. p.m. limit. 

6-06. FEEDWATER TREATMENT 

Most of the feedwater will be pumped from the hot well and 
since this consists of pure condensate it is not anticipated that 
any treatment will be necessary except possibly to provide for 
the coagulation and precipitation of iron which may be returned 
as ferrous hydrate to the boiler. 

The make-up water, which will be obtained fron the camp water 
supply, will need proper treatment on account of the calcium, 
magnesium and other elements that would produce serious scaling. 
The steam heating layout is designed as a closed re-oirculating 
system and under normal operation will only require a small amount 
of make-up water, therefore, if care is taken that nothing but 
soft properly treated wat9r is admitted into the system there 
should be no scale, foaming, priming, caustic embrittlement or 
other troubles. It is, therefore, necessary that the boilers be 
provided from the first with a correctly treated feedwater. 

6-07. ZEOLITE SOFTENING 



A system for softening water by filtering the make-up 
through natural, or artificial, zeolite has been in use for many 
years. This method has proven to be the best and most dependable 
system yet devised and will provide water of commercial zero hard- 
ness with but little attention. 

The feedwater system has been designed to include a suit- 
able zeolite treatment unit in the H make-up M feed line and no water 
should be permitted to enter the boiler unless it has been through 
the zeolite treatment. In addition to the softening treatment 
the boiler water is to be analyzed twioe per week by simple tests 
to assure that no deleterious substance is accumulating in the 
boiler. The results of the biweekly test are, with other items, 
to be made part of the permanent operations record. 



6-08 • BLOIT-DOWN 



Due to the fact that water of commercial zero softness will 
be fed to the boilers it is anticipated that the amount of blow- 
down can bs kept to a minimum. The boiler water is to be tested 
for the amount of solids and the blow-down will be set at just 
sufficient to keep the solids within a maximum of 2,000 p«p.m. 



6-3 



plus such blow-down as may be necessary to remove any accumulated 
sludge. The boiler water is to be analyzed biweekly and the 
amount of blow-off will be decided upon the conditions exposed by 
the analysis* 

6-09. CONDENSATE RETURNS 



All condensate will return to a hot well of 3,000 gallons 
capacity. The hot well will be -rented to permit the escape of 
air and, in the event of a trap failure somewhere in the heating 
system, a steam discharge will flow until the leak is repaired* 
Make-up water will be fed into the hot well where the water tem- 
perature is anticipated to be over 150° F. A duplex strainer of 
fine mesh is to be installed in the suction line to remove scale 
and other foreign matter from the returns. 



6-10. INSPECTION 



An internal inspection is to be made of all boilers after 
thirty to sixty days servioe and from the result of this inspec- 
tion the frequency of the internal inspection is to be soheduled. 



6-4 



SECTION VII - ASH DISPOSAL 

7-01. DISPOSAL DUMP 

The removal and disposal of ashes from a large boiler room is 
frequently an expensive and troublesome problem. In the arrange- 
ment at Seaway, however, the boilerhouse was deliverately located 
close to a large ravine into which the ashes will be discharged by 
a steam ash ejector system. Thus the disposal of ashes is greatly 
simplified particularly so sinoe the ravine will have a capacity 
large enough to contain about three years accumulation of ashes. 

7-02. ASPES PRODUCED 

The ooal consumption for an average year on a basis of 8308 
degree days is estimated to be 9,080 tons. Bituminous coal will 
be used and it is estimated that the ash will average 12$. Under 
maximum load the five boilers in the boilerhouse will consume 3 
tons of coal per hour and produce 0.36 tons of ashes. For the 
average year there will be approximately 1090 tons of ashes with 
an approximate volume of 1816 cu.yds. 

7-03. CONVEYING SYSTEM 



To remove the ashes from the boilers a steam activated ash 
ejeotor will be used and it will have a maximum capacity of 12 
tons per hour. The five ash hoppers have a maximum capacity of 
7.0 tons of ashes, which will hold the ash produotion for 20 hours 
operation under maximum load. Assuming that, under maximum load, 
the ejeotor will be used at intervals of 8 hours, then the hoppers 
will contain approximately 3 tons at the time of discharge. The 
ejector will handle 6.7$ of the maximum load per minute, and -thus 
will operate for only 15 minutes at each 8 hour interval. The dis- 
charge from the ejector head will be direoted against a steel 
target which will complete the pulverization of clinkers and 
compact the ashes in a minimum of space. 

7-04. CAPACITY OF DUMP 

The ravine located adjacent to the boilerhouse has a capacity 
of 4000 cu. yds. Allowing a 20$ loss of volume due to the wash- 
ing effects of rain, it will take over 30 months to fill the space. 
This ash capacity is based on the monthly coal consumption and 
is influenced by the changes in population and average outdoor 
tempernture. 

7-05. ECONOMY OF EJECTOR SYSTEM 

A steam operated ash ejector was adopted for the following 
reasonss 

7-1 



a. Removal by wheelbarrow ir the -winter months is very ex- 
pensive and hazardous due to snow and ioe conditions in this part 
of the count ry. 

b. Removal by jneonanical conveyor is very expensive due 
to abnormal wear on the mechanism. 

c. Removal by freight is expensive and subject to snow and 
mechanical difficulties. 

d. Kemoval by truck is expensive, also dangerous when the 
asbes"~are dumped in a ravine under icy conditions. Snow mty also 
have to be removed. 

e. The ash ejector is subject to none of the ebove object- 
ions."" The only possible objection would be that the ash may blow 
around, but cue to the use of steam it is wet and also is discharg- 
ed in the direction of the river where any deposit would cause no 
trouble. 

f . The ash ejector was therefore adopted because it was more 
economical and efficient for the particular conditions of Seaway, 
F.T. 

7-06. ASE ACCUMULATION RATE 



The estimated ash accumulation during the construction of the 
St. Lawrence River development is computed on a basis of 0.2 cu.yd. 
of ash produced per ton of coal oonsumed and is tabulated as fol- 
lows: 



Tons of Coal 



Ashes Produced 



Month 


Consumed 


July 


20 


Aug. 


59 


Sept. 


227 


Oct. 


605 


Nov. 


1005 


Dec. 


1534 


Jan. 


1698 


Feb . 


1565 


Mar. 


1304 


Apr. 


805 


May 


413 


June 


219 


July 


55 


Aug. 


117 


Sept. 


349 



C. Y. 


Cumulative 


4 




12 


16 


45 


61 


121 


182 


201 


383 


307 


690 


340 


1030 


313 


1343 


261 


1604 


161 


1765 


83 


1848 


44 


1892 


11 


1903 


23 


1926 


70 


1996 



7-2 



Tors of Coal 



Ashes Produced 



Month 


Consumed 


Oot. 


825 


Nov. 


1369 


Deo. 


1617 


Jan. 


2016 


Feb. 


1857 


Mar. 


1645 


April 


1015 


May- 


498 


June 


264 


July 


64 


Aug. 


133 


Sept. 


394 


Oct. 


898 


Nov. 


1297 


Dec. 


1534 


Jan. 


1346 


Feb. 


1240 


Mar. 


1034 


April 


638 


May 


327 


June 


117 


July 


27 


Aug. 


50 


Sept, 


128 


Oct. 


246 


Nov. 


426 


Dec. 






From the above tabulation it is noted that 
of ash that -will be produced is 6197 cu.yds. 



C. Y. 


" Cumulative 


165 


2161 


274 


2435 


323 


2758 


403 


3161 


371 


3532 


329 


3861 


203 


4064 


100 


4164 


53 


4217 


13 


4230 


27 


4257 


79 


4336 


180 


4516 


259 


4775 


307 


5082 


269 


5351 


248 


5599 


207 


5806 


128 


5934 


65 


5999 


23 


6022 


5 


6027 


10 


6037 


26 


6063 


49 


6112 


85 


6197 





6197 


that the 


total amount 



7-3 



SECTION VIII - ELECTRIC PO^ER AND LIGHTING 

8-01. REASON FOR CAMP 

The obtaining of houses and apartments in Massena, New 
York, for the U # 3. Engineers was very difficult at first and 
rapidly became so bed that it scon was alr.ost impossible to find 
a place in which to live. A survey of the housing facilities 
disclosed that it would be impossible to house the Government 
employees during the construction period and a decision was made 
to design and prepare plans for a Government camp. The name 
adopted for the camp was Seaway, New York. 

8-02. ELECTRIC POWER AND LIGHTING SYST2M 



One of the major items of the design is the electrio 
power and lighting system for the camp including all operating 
and business buildings. Due to the fact that there is no piped 
gas supply available, it was decided to use electric power for 
cooking purposes and it should be noted that the use of electrio 
ranges causes a considerable increase in the power demand. 

8-03. ESTIMATED MAXIMUM DEMAND 



The estimate of the total installed lo^.d for the entire 
camp was obtained by tabulating the maximum demand of every build- 
ing plus the street lighting system and this table is attached as 
Table 71X1-1* This table indicates the maximum demand that could 
be obtained if every light, cooking range, motor and appliance 
in the entire camp were switched on at the same time and this load 
is estimated at 7,570 RV. 

8-04 • TRANSFORMER CAPACITY 

Under normal operating conditions this total load would 
never be demanded and a study of the conditions at Seaway indicat- 
ed that the maximum demand on each transformer, with a few ex- 
ceptions, would be approximately 40% of the connected maximum de- 
mand. On this basis the total required transformer oapacity 
amounts to 3,000 Ktt. 

8-05. DIVERSITY FACTOR 



The general village load is divided roughly into two 
parts a the residence and street lighting load and b the offices 
and pub"lio buildings. Throughout most of the year the maximum 
demand for the residences and street lighting will occur at a 
later time than the maximum demand for the offices and public 
buildings. In the winter months the maximum demand for a will 
overlap b for a period of approximately two hours. The diversity 
factor for the ninety-nine transformers required for Seaway is 

8-1 



assumed at 65$ which indicates a normal load for Seaway of 2000 KJT. 
During the two hour winter peak it is assumed that the diversity- 
factor may rise to as high as 85$ making a demand of 2550 EV. This 
550 B". r increase over the normal rated load of 2000 W will be avail. 
able since it represents only a 2|$ overload on the substation 
transformers even if they should be at full capacity at the time. 
The substation power transformers during the winter, when the high 
peak is anticipated to occur, will carry an overload of 25$ for two 
hours and therefore the extra load can be provided with safety. If 
the 300,000 CM cable available for transfer from Port Peck is used 
the transmission line to Seaway will carry a 500$ overload with a 
power loss of less than 10$. 

8-06. POWER FACTOR 

The power factor, for the conditions of Seaway Village, 
due to the considerable noninductive lighting and heating load is 
assumed to average .95, which therefore indicates a normal demand 
of 2,100 KVA. The power loss in the transmission line is figured 
on the basis of current required when transmitting 2,600 KVA, at 
.95 power factor. 

8-07. COMMERCIAL SIZE TRANSFORMERS 



In order to determine the required size for the various 
transformers, the anticipated power requirements have been calcula- 
ted for each load center, all being based on the figures included 
in Table VIII-1. The power demand for each blook has also been 
tabulated and the rating and number of transformers is given. The 
tabulation of transformers is included ir. Table VIII-2, and is 
presented to indicate the number of commercial sized transformers 
required for each block. 

8-08. PRIMARY VOLTAGE 

The primary voltage for the general distribution around 
the camp is set at 6,600 volts which was done for the following 
reasons: 

a. Power at this voltage is now available at the Central 
New York Power Company's substation located near the Aluminum Com- 
pany 1 8 Power Transformers. It is understood that arrangements can 
be made to purchase temporary power at this voltage to be used dur- 
ing the construction of the Seaway, and until the new Government 
power substation is installed and in operating condition. 

b. Another reason for adopting a 6,600 volt primary 
is that there is considerable equipment, such as switch gear, 
switchboards, insulators and similar items, suitable for 6,600 volt 
transmission, which was salvaged from the Fort Peck project and 



8- 



r, 



this equipment is available for transfer upon request. 
8-09. LOOP SYSTEM 

A loop system of power distribution was adopted for the 
camp so as to provide for cutting out various sections to accom- 
plish necessary maintenance and repair without interrupting norm- 
al operations exoept in the small section involved. 

8-10. VOLTAGE REGULATION 

On account of the nature of the entire project load, 
which is mostly to supply contractors, with their excessive de- 
mand fluctuations it is realized that the voltage regulation at 
the Government oamp will be poor. Should the voltage regulations 
prove to be objectionable, then voltage regulations can be in- 
stalled and provisions are made for this contingency. 

8-11. WOOD POLES 



As a matter of economy it is planned to use wooden poles 
for all circuits. The distribution in the camp will be so arrang- 
ed on poles that the main clearance across any street will never be 
less than 20 feet. All corner and transformer supporting poles 
are to be butt treated, western red cedar, class 4; and all other 
poles, for general distribution work, are to be Class 6, butt 
treated. All poles will conform to the specifications of the Am- 
erican Standards Association. Cross Arms in general are to be 3|" 
by 4-I/4" by 6 feet long for three-wire three phase transmission 
and 5 feet long for two-wire transmission. Cross arms are to 
conform to the specifications of the N.E.L.A. 

8-12. TRANSMISSION CABLES 



The principal transmission cables are to be hollow copper 
"I" seotion salvaged from Fort Peck and of such size that the 
power loss under peak load will not exceed 10$. 

8-13. HARDWARE 

All pole line hardware will, as far as possible, be 
selected from Fort Peck salvage otherwise standard equipment will 
be specified. 

8-14. SERVICE CONNECTION 

The power and light to all buildings will consist of a 
service loop running directly through wire holders and tied 
thereto. From the TJire holder, the power will go to a service 
entrance switch which is to be of waterproof, knife type, fusible 
construction and capable of being locked in the open position. 
From this service entrance switch rigid conduit or non-metallic 

8-3 



sheathed service entrance cable will lead into the building. 
The power will be conveyed to various locations through non-metallic 
sheathed cable. Individual circuits will all be protected by ther- 
mal circuit-breakers or fuses within each building. By "ising this 
arr«ngement all servioe switches will be operable from the outside 
which arrangement will serve three purposes* 

a. In case of emergency, all circuits in the building in- 
cluding ^panelboards can be quickly deenergized by opening the ser- 
vice switch. 

b. As soon as the power supply is connected to the switch, 
then temporary power and light will be immediately available for 
the workmen finishing the inside of the building. 

c. The service provides a definite dividing point between 
the interior wiring contractor and the power distribution contract- 
or and also permits easy testing of the entire distributing system 
during the acceptance test. 

8-15. LOAD CENTERS 



The distribution system, as designed, provides primary 
voltage direct to relatively small load centers within the indivi- 
dual blocks. This arrangement permits transformers of the required 
capacity to be pole mounted close to their load centers and the 
house service loops to extend radially from the transformer poles 
to the various buildings. This method of construction considerably 
reduces the loss involved when using extended secondary circuits 
and also permits good voltage regulation in the few buildings served 
by each transformer. On the larger public buildings, power will be 
served by a single transformer except in a few cases where three- 
phase current is necessary. The transformers selected are of the 
completely self -protecting type and contain within themselves ef- 
ficient lighting arresters, automatic opening switches in case 
of overload, and a pilot light to indicate when the transformer is 
carrying more than its normal load. 

This arrangement reduces the cost of maintenance and pro- 
vides a surer supply of power than the ordinary transformer. The 
slight additional cost is more than compensated for by the greater 
reliability and this is especially true in this section where 
eleotrioal storms of considerable intensity frequently oocur. The 
secondary voltage distribution to all buildings will be 120/240 
single-phase except in a few special oases v/here large motors are 
involved and for these, three-phase current will be provided. 

8-16. SERVICE LEADS 



Secondary wire and house service loops are to be triple 
braided medium hard drawn copper wire. The size, of course, will 
depend upon the load; however, on account of safety requirements 
it was decided not to use wire less than No. 6 AWG. Some of the 



8-4 



larger buildings will require larger wire area up to as high as 
No. 00 AWG. 

8-17. STREET LIGHTING SYSTEM . 

A constant current street lighting system was decided upon 
because of the large area of the camp. The constant current trans- 
formers selected for this are the 6.6 ampere type and the lighting 
system is divided into three separate sections each operated by 
its own transformer and entirely independent of the others so as 
■bo avoid a complete blackout in case of trouble on any section of 
the street lighting system. By having each section independent 
it also makes it convenient to accomplish all neoessary repairs 
and give prompt maintenance in case of trouble. The sections have 
been so designed that each one will carry a lighting load of 20 KW. 
Therefore, the three constant ourrent transformers are rated at 
20 ffl each. On account of the danger of high voltage on a broken 
constant current circuit a protective relay is provided near each 
street light transformer which will cut the circuit off within a 
fraction of a second after a conductor breaks. Automatic switching 
on and off is provided by a simple photo-electric relay. Bach 
photo-electric relay will be set to automatically switch the lights 
on at any time the intensity of natural light falls to approxi- 
mately that of l/2 hour after sunset and will automatically cut 
the circuit off when the natural illumination is equal to that of 
approximately 15 minutes before sunrise. By using the photo- 
electrio cell, the need of an expensive astronomical clock for 
controlling the circuits is dispensed with and it also provides 
illumination at any time the streets become darkened due to night- 
fall, heavy thunder clouds or fog. The oonstant current trans- 
formers together with all their necessary equipment will be mount- 
ed on single poles. The street lights themselves will, wherever 
possible, be mounted by means of brackets on the regular power 
and light distribution poles. In the event that no power pole is 
available at a point where a street light is required, then a 
separate pole will be used. These cases are few and, in general , 
the cost of distribution will be considerably reduced by utiliz- 
ing the power poles for lighting purposes. The lamp sizes to be 
used in the street-lighting of the camp are as follows: 

a Main Street in business area, 6,000-lumen lamps; 

b Through streets other than above, 4,000-lumen lamps j 

c Side and outlying streets, 2,500-lumen lamps. 

This arrangement will provide the most light where the most light 
is needed. 



8-5 



TABLE VTII-1 

INSTALLED LOAD 



Building 



Residences 

Type #2 

■ #3 
n 

ti 

■ ¥ 

- #7 

" #B 

Dormitory 

Cafeteria 
♦Social Fall 
•Theater 

Town Hall 

Stores (Block) 
♦Hospital 
♦ School 

Guest House 

Administration 

Laboratory 

Athletic Hall 

Town Garage 

Fire 3ta.& Gov 1 1. Gar, 

Maintenance Shop 

Filling Station 

Boiler House 

Cold Storage 

Warehouse 



Installed 


No. of 


Total 


Load (KW) 


Units 


Installed 
Load 


10.35 


36 


373 


20.90 


30 


627 


10.45 


107 


1118 


10.55 


119 


1256 


10.80 


237 


2560 


10.90 


33 


360 


11.50 


8 


92 


8 


20 


160 


134 




134 


5 




5 


25 




25 


12 




12 


50 




100 


80 




80 


10 


1 \ 


10 


99 




99 


124 




124 


71 




71 


36 




36 


18 




18 


10 




10 


22 




22 % 


5 




10 


146 




146 


50 




50 


12 


I 


12 




7,510 


fis at 20 K.W. 


Installed Load 


60 


Total 


7,570 



8-6 



TABLE Till- 2 



Demand by Blocks and 
Transformer Capacities 



Block 


No. of 


Installed 


40$ of 


i 


Pransf 


jrmers 


Total 

Transformer 


No. 


Bldgs. 


load 


Inst, load 


R equi 


red 


Capacities 


1 


4 


231 K.W. 


93 K.W. 


3-10; 


1-15; 


3- 


■ 50 


195 K.W. 


2 


3 


20 


8 


1-10 








10 


3 


1 


13 


7 


1-15 








5 


4 


4 


330 


132 


1-37J] 


t 2-50 






137.5 


5 


19 


202 


80 


3-25 








75 


6 


19 


202 


80 


1-5; ! 


2-37J 






80 


7 


1 


25 


10 


1-10 








10 


8 


11 


75 


30 


1-7-1; 1 -5 ;l-: 


25] 


[2-3 


43.5 


9 


9 


231 


93 


1-15; 


1-25; 


1- 


•50 


90 


10 
11 
12 


9 


97 


39 


Mb 


1-15; 


1- 


.25 


47.5 


17 


177 


71 


2-37J 
2-37§ 
2-37§ 
2-37* 








75 


13 


20 


210 


84 








75 


14 


20 


212 


85 








75 


15 


19 


205 


82 








75 


16 


20 


210 


84 


2-37| 








75 


17 


13 


138 


52 


1-50 








50 


18 


18 


191 


76 


2- 37-J- 








75 


19 


15 


160 


64 


2-25 








50 


20 


6 


59 


25 


1-25 








25 


21 


39 


416 


168 


4-37J 








150 


22 


34 


364 


148 


2-25: 


2-37J 






125 


23 


29 


304 


122 


3-37* 








112.5 


24 


24 


240 


96 


3-37-i 
3-37§ 
l-37§j 








112.5 


25 


31 


332 


133 








112.5 


26 


30 


320 


128 


2-50 






137.5 


27 


33 


350 


140 


3-50 








150 


28 


31 


343 


137 


1-25; 


3-37J 






137.5 


29 


1 


5 


2 


1-5 








5 


30 


21 


240 


96 


1-15; 


3-25 






90 


31 


28 


300 


120 


3-25; 


1-37J 






112.5 


32 


33 


358 


143 


4-37^ 
3-37J 
2-371 








150 


33 


27 


288 


115 








112.5 


34 


17 


180 


72 








75 


35 


1 


10 


4 . 


1-10 








10 


36 


16 


170 


63 


2-15) 
1-37| 


1-25 






55 


52 


1 


80 


32 








37.5 


53 


9 


97 


39 


1-15; 


1-25 






40 


54 


7 


76 


30 


1-25 








25 


62 


4 


44 


19 


1-25 








25 




7,510 K.W. 


3 f 004 K.W, 


3,043.5 K..W. 


Street 


















Light: 


Lr-g 


60 


60 


3-20 « 


3.0. 






60 




7,57C K.W. 


3,064 K.W. 


3,103.5 K.W. 



6-7 



SECTION IX - ROADS, STREETS, ALLEYS, SIDEWALKS AND PAVED AREAS 



9-01, PHYSICAL AND TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES 

The topography of the area to be occupied by Seaway is in- 
dicated on Drawings MV-l-l/2 and MV-l-l/6 in Appendix 111-21 (l) 
and is composed of cultivated, wooded, and rocky pasture farm land. 
The terrain, from the flat sections along the east limits of Sea- 
way at elevation 200, slopes gradually westward toward Horton Road 
to elevation 262-1/2, West of Horton Road a small area rises to 
elevation 270 and slopes rapidly westward to elevation 260, A 
strip of land about 500 feet wide at elevation 250 forms the top 
of the ridge which is most prominent. The slope of the land to 
the north and south from elevation 262-1/2 is quite rapid down to 
elevation 200 where it flattens out toward the creek on the north 
and gradually to the south toward the top of the shoulder on the 
bank of the Grass River, The normal elevation of the river is 
about 160, The wooded area is indicated on the Map MV-l~l/6. This 
area is covered with many shade trees which are to be preserved as 
far as practicable for shade and scenic value, also to provide 
a healthy community appearance. The overburden conditions at Sea- 
way are classified into seven areas and are described in Seotion X. 
Areas of the different overburden are indicated on Plate II-I, 
Section X, 

9-02. t^IDTH OF STREETS 

A sufficient width of pavement has been consistently allow- 
ed to permit easy passage and parking of vehioles on all streets 
based on the anticipated traffic. Shoulders are provided for the 
storage of snow from snow plowing operations in winter, 

a. Ninety-foot streets. - Main Street is 90 feet wide 
through~~the village to its junction with the new construction road 
at the westerly limits. The pavement is 66 feet wide in the 
business section and 36 feet wide in the remainder. The sidewalks 
are 12 feet wide in the business section and 5 feet wide in the 
remainder, 

b. Seventy-foot streets. - Eighth Street, parts of Ninth 
Street, - and Summit Avenue are 70 feet wide. The pavement is 40 
feet wide and the sidewalks are 4 feet wide. 

c. Fifty-foot streets. - The remaining streets not in- 
cluded Tn a. and b. are 50 feet wide with a paved surface 30 feet 
wide. The"~sidewaTks are 4 feet wide. 

9-03, CLASSIFICATION OF STREETS 



Streets have been divided into two classes as follows* 

9-1 



(a) Feavy duty and (b) Light duty. The construction of each class 
is specified in paragraph 9-08 and shown on Drawings MV-1-225/4 
and MV-1-225/5 in Appendix 111-21 (1). 

a. Heavy duty streets are Main Street, Riverside Drive, 
and Horton Road from Fillcrest Road northerly to Middle Road. 
Main Street is a through artery of traffic to construction camps 
and the Grass River Lock. Riverside Drive has been designated a 
heavy duty street as through Main Street traffic will be diverted 
through the Drive away from the business section. Horton Road, 
north of Hillcrest Road, has been designated a heavy duty street 
as it is the natural route from Seaway to the sites of much of 
the construction. South of Fillcrest Road the traffic will follow 
various light duty streets in Seaway. 

b. Light duty streets are to be used throughout the re- 
mainder of the village area. 

9-04. RECOMMENDED PRACTICES. 

Various authorities on standard road practices in this sec- 
tion of the country have been consulted and their recommendation 
have been considered in arriving at the final design. Concrete 
was recommended as the best type street; however, due to the high- 
er cost of concrete construction, the bituminous pavement type 
was recommended as the second choice and was adopted. 

9-05. CLIMATE AKD STABILIZED BOTTOM COURSES. 

The climatic conditions in the St. Lawrence River Valley 
record a temperature range of 150 degrees; sometimes an alternate 
freezing and thawing cycle occurs as often as twice in 24 hours 
and it was with these facts in mind that the streets were designed 
to resist the action of frost as much as practicable. The bitumi- 
nous type pavement with the stabilized bottom course is expected 
to support the loads coming upon it without undue distortion dur- 
ing all seasons of the year. The tar in the stabilized bottom 
course acts as a waterproofing and binding agent. The stabilized 
bottom and the penetration courses should be repellant to capillary 
action of water. At some government campsites raveling and rutt- 
ing of the alleys and streets, caused by rains and frost action, 
proved to be an expensive maintenance item. This condition we 
believe will be partly eliminated by stabilizing to the full depth 
of the bottom courses as provided. It is not expected, however, 
that the construction proposed will entirely eliminate difficul- 
ties from frost. Wherever water seepage is anticipated provisions 
have been made to install blind drair.s. 

9-06. MATERIAL FOR STABILIZATION. 



The soil within the limits of Hillcrest Road and St. Regis 

9-2 



and St. Lawrence Avenues is of a gravelly nature and from labora- 
tory tests it has been determined that it would be suitable for 
stabilization with tar. This method has been adopted, and should 
result in a considerable saving to the government in the purchase 
of material for the bottom course. The soil at lower elevations 
contains too much clay for stabilization, and gravel must be haul, 
ed in. 

9-07. ALLEYS, PAVED AREAS, AND SIDEWALKS 

The construction of alleys, paved areas, and sidewalks is 
to consist of gravel stabilized with tar and surface treated. Al- 
leys and paved areas are to be six inches deep and sidewalks are 
to be three inches deep, after compaction. The trench method 
is to be employed in constructing sidewalks and alleys while the 
parking areas, which cover more space, will be constructed by 
placing and rolling the stabilized material over a compacted and 
rolled surface. Slopes in the direction of natural drainage are 
provided. 

9-08. TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION AND COST 



Five different types of construction have been considered 
and adopted as follows: 

a. For heavy duty streets the following listed section has 
been designed: 

■ 

(1) 9 inches run of bank gravel 

(2) 4 inches of asphalt penetration type bottom 
course. 

(3) 2 inches of M-M type (3) wearing course (New 
York State Specification) 

(4) Total 15 inches depth after compaction. 

The cost will be approximately $2.20 per square yard as compared 
with concrete nine inches thick which would cost approximately 
£2. 86 per square yard. A saving of $.66 is anticipated by using 
the above listed construction and will provide an "adequate surface 
for the estimated traffic. 

b. For light duty streets with 40-foot pavement the follow- 
ing secTion has been designed: 

(1) 9 inches of tar stabilized run of bank gravel 
bottom course. 

(2) 1-1/2 inches of M-M Type (3) wearing course (New 
York State Specification). 

(3) Total 10-l/2 inches depth after compaction. 

The cost will be approximately $1.67 per square yard and should 

9-3 



prove very satisfactory for the anticipated traffic. 

c. For light duty streets with 30-foot pavement the fol- 
lowing Tisted section has been adopted; 

(1) 9 inches of tar stabilized run of bank gravel 
bottom course. 

(2) 1 inch of M-M Type (3) wearing course (New York 
State Specification). 

(3) Total 10 inches depth after compaction. 

The cost will be approximately $1.47 per square yard and should 
prove very satisfactory for the light traffic anticipated. 

d. The construction of alleys and parking and paved areas 
is designed as follows: 

(1) 6 inches of tar stabilized run of bank gravel with 
surface treatment for a wearing course. The total depth after 
compaction will be 6 inches. 

The cost will be approximately $.90 per square yard. 

e. The construction of all sidewalks is Seaway, except in 
the business district, will be run of bank gravel stabilized. Con- 
crete walks are to be constructed in the business district. Stabi- 
lized walks will be constructed as follows: 

(1) 3 inches of tar stabilized run of bank gravel with 
surface treatment for a wearing course. The total depth after 
compaction will be 3 inches. 

The cost will be approximately $.68 per square yard. 
9-09. CONCRETE CURB AFP GUTTER 

Combined concrete curbs and gutters are to be constructed 
in the business district. The surfaoe waters will collect in 
these gutters and a fast run-off to the surfaoe inlets is provided. 
Vehicles can park along the curbs as designed without bogging 
down or rutting the edges of the pavement. The concrete walks 
will have good protection against frost action and undermining 
since underneath all curbs a 4-inch tile drain covered with gravel 
is to be provided to carry away all subsurface waters. 

9-10. PLAZA 



A plaza is to be provided facing the administration, guest 
house, and laboratory buildings. This will oreate a pleasing 
appearance. 

9-4 



9-11. GRAVELLY SOIL. 

It is expected that a gravelly soil is present in some of 
the existing roadbeds, and if of a satisfactory composition 
to the contracting officer, it will be stabilized in place. This 
has been provided for in the specifications. 

9-1 E. VERTICAL ALIGNMENT 



The vertical alignment of the subgrade has been designated 
as closely as possible to follow the natural ground at a depth 
equal to the pavement depth. This practice was followed so as to 
keep to a minimum the cost of cuts and fills. In a few places 
where good design was impaired by other conditions such as public 
buildings and underground utilities, the alignment is changed to 
satisfy the actual condition. No flat grade is planned since it 
does not provide for a quick run-off of surface water. 

9-13. LOCATION OF ALLEYS 

Alleys have been placed at the rear of all buildings. All 
garbage and refuse collecting, deliveries, and other distributing 
or collecting may be accomplished away from the main thoroughfares, 
Residence garages face on the alleys. 

9-14. CROWNS AND SLOPES 



The crowns used on all pavements conform to standard prac- 
tices and all walks and paved areas are sloped in the direction 
of natural drainage. 



9-15. GRADES 



The grades of all streets, alleys, walks, parking areas, 
and paved areas, as far as practicable, follow the physical and 
topographic features of the terrain v;ith as little excavation or 
embankment as possible. In establishing grades at street inter- 
sections, due consideration was given to the safety of vehicular 
traffic, the comfort and convenience of pedestrians, and the re- 
moval of storm water. Vertical curves have been provided to 
smooth sharp change- 1 in grade. The customary maximum grade for 
bituminous streets is approximately Bf ; however, it is felt that 
as a matter of economy, due to the fact that the village as a 
whole is being designed to operate over a period of only about 
four to six years, a 10$ grade is to be permitted in a few places. 



9-16. GUARD RAILS 



Highway guerd rails are to be installed whenever the dif. 
ference in elevation between the shoulder and toe of slope on 
fills exceeds five feet, at embankments on curves, anO in any 
other locations where public safety is involved. 

9-5 



9-17. CONCLUSION 



In conclusion, Seaway, New York, will have street* and paved 
areas which are economical and adequate in design, A low mainte- 
nance cost is anticipated. 



9-6 



SECTION X - CLEARING, EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 

10-01. FIELD EXPLORATION FOR OVERBURDEN CONDITIONS AT SITE 

(a) General. - Overburden exploration at the village site 
for the purpose of obtaining information for the design of foot- 
ings and the types of materials to be excavated included geological 
reconnaissance, excavation and sampling of test pits and auger 
holes and the drilling of one hole. The location and extent aid 
record of the exploration at the site are shown on sheets Nos. 
MV-l-l/3, l/i, and l/5 of the contract drawings > in Appendix III-2L 

- (1). Complete reports of the test pits, auger, holes and drill 
hole are on file in the district office. All soil samples are 
stored in the district soils laboratory. 

(b) Drill Hole. One hole was drilled in the vioinity of 
the steam plant to determine the foundation condition for the 
chimney. The hole was drilled using 2^ inch casing. The over- 
burden was dry sampled using a 1^5- inch sampling tube at approxi- 
mately 5-foot intervals. Wash boring between samples was per- 
mitted. The hole extended to a depth of 52 feet or 8 feet into 
firm overburden. 

(0) Test Pits. Test pits in general were excavated to a 
depth of 6 feet , and whenever possible, extended by auger boring. 
In general, bag and jar samples and photographs were taken. Test 
pit T349 was excavated to a depth of S feet to determine tbe 
characteristics of the soft marine clay below a depth of 7 feet. 
A total of 15 test pits was excavated and sampled, 

(d) Auger Holes. Auger holes were excavated in the build- 
ing foundation areas using a 5-inch auger. Whenever possible, 
the auger holes were extended by hand probing below the depth 
where augering was impossible. Soil samples were taken from the 
auger holes at approximately 2-foot intervals. Sixty-five holes 
were augered in the foundation areas. 

10-02. LABORATORY TESTS ON OVERBURDEN SAMPLES 

(a) General - All soil samples were classified using the 
M.I.T. scale of classification and recorded in a final report for 
each hole. The grain size distributions of a sufficient number of 
sanples were determined by the usual sieve and hydrometer methods 
to serve as a guide in the classification of all samples. General 
geological descriptions of the overburden at each drill auger and 
test pit hole were prepared after studying the laboratory classi- 
fications and the field logs and are shown on sheets Nos. MV-l-l/4 
and MV-l-l/5 of the contract drawings, in Appendix 111-21 (1). 
Moisture contents were determined on samples taken from drill hole 
D-1259. 

10-1 



10-03. OVERBURDEN CONDITIONS 

(a) General, -> The overburden conditions at the site are 
variable as determined by the field exploration and laboratory 
tests. For the purpose of aiding in describing the overburden 
conditions, the site has been divided into areas as shown on 
plate II-l attached. The boundaries of these areas must be 
considered as very approximate since they are mainly based on 
surface reconnaissance. The overburden conditions -within each 
area is as follows: 

(b) Areas 1 and 2. - The overburden in these areas is main- 
ly compact, silty, gravelly sand known as glacial till. Similar 
material may be observed in the excavation cut approximately 2 
miles west of the Aluminum Company. The till may contain numer- 
ous boulders. In the vicinity of the water tank on top of the 
ridge there occurs a superficial beach deposit of sandy gravel. 
The deposit is probably less than 10 feet in depth. The extent 
of the deposit along the ridge is not known. The top of the 
ridge is covered with numerous boulders. These boulders are 

the result of wave and current actions of the Champlain Sea 
which covered the area after glaciation. The glacial till 
has a high shearing strength and is very suitable for fill ma- 
terial. 

(o) Areas 3, 4 , and 5. - The overburden in these areas in 
general is uniform fine to medium sand to a depth of about 5 
feet overlying sandy or clayey silt. Below a depth of about 7 
feet in area 3 (see record of T 349), there occurs a deposit of 
very soft grey clay. It is believed that a similar oondition 
exists in areas 4 and 5. 

(d) Area 6. - The overburden in this area is clayey silt 
to approximately a depth of 5 feet overlying very soft grey clay. 

( e ) Area 7. - The overburden in the upper 5 to 10 feet is 
variable rangi rg from clayey silt to silty sand. Below approxi- 
mately 10 feet in some of the area there is a deposit of very 
soft clay. At drill hole D-1259, very soft clay occurs between 
depths of 10 and 44 feet. The average water content of the soft 
clay is approximately 50 percent based on dry weight. Based on 
results of tests on other clays in the region, it is estimated 
that the shearing strength is about 600 pounds per square foot 
and is constant with depth. The shearing strength of the over- 
lying clayey silt is greater than 600 pounds per square foot. 

10-04. CONCRETE AGGREGATE INVESTIGATIONS 

General. - Exploration to locate suitable sources of con- 
crete aggregates are being conducted. It is planned that the 
explorations will be completed so that information will be 
available prior to letting of the contract. Many deposits of 

10-2 



WAR DEPA RTMENT 

78* 



CORPS OF ENGINEERS US. ARMr 




Here*. % D/LA^,N<fi MV-t-!/4 
As* a MV't-f/J, fox Keco^o OF 

\5o/iJ AfiO F0i/nOAT/Dr*S. 

Oata <-%■ efstftrs of rear wri a 

AWlAai* W-7ff US, £*JS-AI££M OfiffCJ]} 

MASiCAfA, M Y 



ST LAWRENCE RIVER ^PROJECT 

SEAWAY. NEW YORK 

S0IU5 ft FOUNDATIONS EXPLORATION: 
SOIL AREAS 

4HEET NO. 



• S ENGINEER OFFICE MAS6EN* NEW^VOflM; 

. 'J ^ ..'T'Sra \£ <£#&>>? , -i,.- : -„ 

owm..'A.HK. F» jr.«.U«TM. 

o,.c W ..rrj|MV-A-I/3 , jj 




PLATE %- 1 



sand and gravel within a radius of 25 miles of the site have 
been sampled and representative samples have been tested in 
the Central Concrete Laboratory, West Point, New York, to de- 
termine the suitability of the materials for concrete aggregates. 
The most promising rock quarries in the vicinity have been 
sampled and the materials tested in the Central Concrete Labora- 
tory, Studies are being made to determine if suitable stone 
sand can be produced from rock available from local quarries for 
fine concrete aggregate. Natural deposits of sand or sand and 
gravel are being explored which are outside of a 25-mile radius 
and are near a railroad or near the St. Lawrence River, Complete 
report of all investigations will be placed on file at the dis- 
trict office. 

10-05. INVESTIGATIONS OF SAND AND GRAVEL FOR ROADS. - Exploration was 
conducted to locate deposits of suitable materials for roads in 
conjunction with investigation to locate filter and baoking 
materials for dikes. It is believed that all deposits within a 
radius of 15 miles of the village site have been located. The 
most feasible deposits were sampled and tested to determine the 
gradation of the materials. From these investigations, the 
specifications for gravel for the foundation course and gravel 
for tar stabilized bottom course were prepared so that local 
materials could be utilized, A complete report of these inves- 
tigations is on file in the district office. 

10-06. INVESTIGATION'S OF TOPSOIL AND SEEDING 



(a.) Topsoil, - To determine the suitability of the topsoil 
and the fertilizer required to produce satisfactory growth of 
grass seeds, samples of the topsoil were tested. Two samples 
were taten of the sandy topsoil in Area 4 and were tested by 
Professor A, F, Gustafson, Cornell University. The results in- 
dicated that in addition to the fertilizer required for other 
topsoil at the site, the sandy topsoil will require 50 pounds 
per 1,000 sq.ft, of agricultural lime. Samples of natural top- 
soil were taken along the top of the ridge east of Norton's Road 
and in Area 4 and were tested to determine the natural organic 
matter. A complete report of these tests are on file in the 
district office. The results of the tests showed that the top- 
soil on the ridge (representative of Areas 1 and 2) has an or- 
ganic matter content of approximately 7% and the sandy topsoil 
(Area 4) has an average organic matter content of approximately 
3.7#. 

(b) Seed Mixture, - The seed mixture stated in the speoi- 
fications was chosen after examining the existing topsoil 
and it is believed that the mixtures will produce a satisfactory 
turf. In the area of the Ball Park, creeping bent grass has 
been added to the mixture to produce a tougher turf. It is 
believed that the seed mixture and fertilizer specified will be 

10-3 



sat- 3 factory but it is planned to have a consultant inspect the 
topsoil %t the time of seeding and if necessary the seed mixture 
■will be altered, 

10-07. CLEARING OF SITE* - It was decided that all the areas to be oc- 
oupied by the utilities, buildings, roads, streets, alleys, 
sidewalks, playgrounds, parking and paved areas are to be clear- 
ed and grubbed of all trees, stumps, roots, brush, buried logs, 
fallen timber, fences and any other objectional materials and 
obstructions. All trees and shrubs are to be carefully protected 
within the village area which are outside the areas to be cleared. 
Any tree within five feet of a building is to be removed unless 
otherwise stated. By saving and protecting trees and shrubs 
a considerable saving will be effected. The village, with trees 
and shrubs, in general will present a more healthful and satis- 
fying atmosphere to the employees who will have to reside in Sea- 
way. 

10-08. REMOVING EXISTING BUILDINGS. - Practically all buildings within 
the limit3 of the proposed village site 'are to be removed. Con- 
sideration has been given to allowing the contractor the use 
of such buildings as are not reserved by the Government for use 
that will expedite the work. The Government will reserve for 
its own use seven buildings of which six are to be removed as 
•soon as the Administration building and other buildings are 
completed and accepted. The one building that is' to be reserved 
is listed as building No. 28 in Section II of specifications. 
This structure is located in a valley at the northerly limits 
of the village and it has been proposed to use it as a storage 
place; for winter equipment such as snow fences, plows, tractors, 
etc. The various homes have been examined and found that it 
would be more costly to renovate them for Government use than 
to erect new structures. 

10-09. REMOVING FIELD STONES AND BOULDERS. - An estimated amount of 

about 24,000 cubic yards of field stones and boulders are over- 
lying the areas on the hilly sections of the village. These 
field stones and boulders are to be removed and the contractor 
may or may not crush such suitable stones for road purposes. 
Stones such as these are to be found in other parts of St. Law- 
rence County where town and county authorities have them crushed 
at an estimated oost of about $1.50 per cubic yard. To buy 
these same stones the estimated price would be about $2.45 per 
cubic yard F.O.B. plant. Norwood, New York, the nearest orushed 
stone producer in this vioinity. Vttth these conditions in mind 
a saving can be effected to both the contractor and Government. 

10-10. EXCAVATION AND FILL AREAS . - The majority of excavation and fill 
is to be done in the areas of blocks 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 f 10, 
51 # and 52j also part of block 1 around the area occupied by the 
maintenance shop, warehouse, and paint shop; block 6 in areas 

10-4 



oooupied by residencesi block 35 around area occupied by the 
school; for the construction of all utilities, roads, streets, 
alleys, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, drains, parking and paved 
areas and their structure connections. The area north of stores 
including the Town Fall site is to be leveled from elevation 
220 to elevation 210, The area around the Administration build- 
ing and others nearby are to be leveled so as to provide a smooth 
and easy grade. Long hauls have been avoided as much as possible. 

10-11. CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION. - The two types of classification 
are Rock Excavation and Common Excavation. 

(a) Rock Excavation will be any material which cannot be 
removed other than by blasting, barring or wedging, and all 
boulders 15 oubic feet in volume or greater. Frozen earth is 
excluded. 

(b) Common Excavation will be all other material which in- 
cludes boulders and loose rock of less than 15 cubic feet in 
volume, topsoil, old macadam, and sod up to a depth of 3 inches* 

After all excavations and fills have been made the village 
will be given a thorough clean up. Excessive cuts and fills 
have been avoided as much as possible to speed up operation and 
saving of time and cost. In some cases large fills and cuts will 
be unavoidable, these, however, will be minimized. 

10-12. FILLING REQTJIFMEKTS. - All fills in areas outside the roadways 
and paved areas are to be kept 4 inches below the final finished 
grade to allow for the addition of topsoil where required. The 
grade for fills in roads, streets, alleys, sidewalks, parking 
and paved areas is to be kept down for the required depth of 
metal. Proper precautions shall be taken at all times in 
fills around structures; movements or undue strains are not to 
be permitted on any struoture. 

10-13. FOUNDATION PREPARATION FOR FILLS. - In foundation for fills, 

practices as adopted by the New York State Division of Highways 
were patterned for use in Seaway, New York. 

10-14. PLACEUDNT AND COMPACTION. - The placement and compaction of ma- 
terials is to follow approved standard methods to insure the 
best result in preventing noticeable shrinkage and erosion. 
To insure good results, the following casditions will be observ- 
ed as set up in the specifications; 

(a) Method of placement 

(b) Moisture control 

(c) Compaction 

(d) Test for compaction 

(e) Additional rolling 



10-5 



10-15. T0PS0IL AND SEEDIKG - All lawns around public buildings, front 

lawns of residences, boulevards, road shoulders, parks and play- 
ground areas are to be topsoiled aid seeded with grass seed 
where necessary. Consultation and advice has been obtained 
from reliable authorities on this matter and a most suitable 
topsoil and grass seed specification has been made up. All suit- 
able topsoil 8 inches or deeper from approved areas is to be 
used where the topsoil is lacking. In some cases addition 
of agricultural lime and fertilizer will be required to insure 
good growth and protection of the new grass. It is anticipated 
that sufficient topsoil will be found throughout the village 
area for all required needs. The most practical seeding period 
in this tier is between May 1 and October 1. For additional 
information as to character and test of topsoil and seeding, 
refer to paragraph 10-06. 






10-6 



SECTION XI - WATER SYSTEM 

11-01. WATER DEMAND 

Fire and domestic water services are combined. The average 
domestic demand is estimated at 150 gallons per capita per day. 
This is somewhat larger than usual because unmetered service is 
proposed for consumers. The fire demand including domestic de- 
mand during fires is estimated at 1500 gallons per minute. One 
hundred fifty gallons per day per capita for 2200 people is 
330,000 gallons per day or an average of 229 gallons per minute. 
It is estimated that during six hours of the day the domestic 

Iload will be 460 gallons per minute or about twice the average 
load* 

11-02. ELEVATED TANK 



An elevated steel tank is planned with a capacity of 
100,000 gallons. It will be located at the highest point in 
the village where the ground elevation is 270. The elevation of 
water in the tank, when full, v.ill be about 353. Computations 
were made at elevation 352.4. The riser to the tank will be 
six feet in diameter which has been found sufficient in this 
climate to practically eliminate difficulties from freezing. As 
the water in the tank is floating on the system there will be a 
continual movement of the water in the riser which will assist 
in preventing freezing. The tank will be painted and lighted 
in accordance with the recommendations of the Civil Aeronautics 
Author! ty. An automatic electric oontrol of the water elevation 
in the tank is planned. This will shut off the pumps at full 
tank and start them at some predetermined low-water level. An 
overflow is provided at the tank in the event the automatio shut- 
off of pumps fails to work. There will be altitude gages in the 
valve chamber at the tank and in the boiler house. A blow-off 
is provided to remove sediment from the riser. A screen is 
provided at the top of the riser for safety. Heating is provided 
in the valve chamber but it is not planned to introduce heating 
coils in the riser. 



11-03. MATERIALS 



The water mains are specified as either oast iron, Class Bj 
or cement-asbestos pipe, Class 150 for 150 pounds working pres- 
sure. Hydrants and gate valves are specified at 150 pounds 
working pressure. Cast iron fittings are specified as Class D. 
The house services are l/2-inch copper tubing equipped with curb 
cocks. 

11-04. SOURCE OF SUPPLY 



The water will come from the St . Lawrence River and is 

11-1 



approved by the State Department of Health for use unfiltered, 
but chlorinated. The plans are based on taking water from a 
header in the pump house of the Aluminum Company, which header 
also supplies their plant and the Village of Massena. The water 
will be chlorinated at the source but will be unfiltered. The 
pressure at the header is 45 to 50 pounds. The pumps are at 
elevatiai 200, which is also the approxirate elevation of the 
water in the power canal from which it is drawn. 

11-05. FORCE MAIN 

A 10-inch force main will carry the water to a pumping 
plant in the boiler house at Seaway, a distance of about 9,300 
feet. There are air valves and three gate valves in this force 
main. 

11-06. SEAWAY PUMPING PLANT 

The Seaway pumping plant consists of two 230-gallon per 
minute oentrifugal pumps for domestic purposes and one 1100 
g allon per^minute centrifugal ^pump for f ire^tjr^emergency servioe. 
All pumps are motor driven. The elevation of the seaway pumps 
is about 192. One small pump will supply the average domestic 
demand and the two small pumps aoting together will supply the 
peak domestic demand without draft on the tank. 

11-07. FRICTION LOSSES 



The friotion loss in all pipes is based on the Williams 
and Hazen formula 



s = V 1.85 

0.63 

i.3i acs 

The constant C in the formula was taken as 120, 

S s Hydraulic slope (friction loss) in feet per foot 

V - Velocity in feet per second 

C - Constant depending on pipe (used C - 120) 

r . Hydra ulio Radius - diameter in feet s area in sq.ft. 

4 perimeter in ft. 

Friction losses in pipe fittings have been oomputed in accordance 
with published hydraulic data on the subject. 

11-08. DESCRIPTION AND CAPACITY OF SYSTEM 



The distribution system is a loop. No feeder line is less 

11-2 



than six inches and no hydrants take off from less than six- 
inch mains. All pipes have a cover of at least five feet. 7/ith 
a full tank the pipe lines will supply 1500 gallons per minute 
to any area in the village with at least 40-pound pressure at all 
fire hydrants, except 4, 5, and 52 where the pressure will be 
from 38 to 39 pounds. A table giving the pressure at each hy- 
drant, the size and flow in gallons per minute in the main from 
which the hydrant is tapped, and the friction head loss in the 
main between hydrants is in the District Files. The layout of 
the system and the sizes of the mains are shown on Dwg. No # MV-1- 
230/l in Appendix 111-21 (1). 

11-09. HYDRANT LOCATIONS AND CONNECTIONS 



The hydrants are spaced not over 500 feet apart. Every 
building can be reached with 250 feet of hose from the nearest 
hydrant. Hub connections are six inches with one exception. 
Hydrants have two 2^-inch hose connections except in the vicinity 
of two-story buildings where certain hydrants have two 2^-inch 
hose connections and one 4^-inch pumper connection. 



11-10. FIRE HAZARD 



Consideration of the adequacy of the fire protection afford- 
ed by the water supply involves a knowledge of the hazard involv- 
ed. All buildings are separated from adjacent buildings by a 
sufficient distance to provide protection against outside expos- 
ure; the exterior sidings are incombustible; and the roofing is 
210-pound, mineral- cove red asphalt strip shingles except on a few 
flat roofs.' 

In the event fire destroyed the source of power for driving 
the fire pump, there would be sufficient water in the elevated 
tank to combat any fire likely to develop in Seaway except pos- 
sibly a conflagration caused by a fire accompanied by a high wind. 
The low height and fire retardant exterior of the buildings as 
well as the wide streets will tend to limit the spread of fire. 

11-11. ALTERNATE SOURCE OF SUPPLY 



If water is not taken from the Aluminum Company, it may 
be taken from the Power Canal. In this event, the pumping plant 
will be moved from the boiler house and built on the bank of the 
Canal. Duplicate automatic chlorinators will be installed. 
The capacity of the pumps will remain, the same but larger motors 
will be required to pump against the higher head. The diameter 
of the force main will remain the same but the length will be 
about 11,600 feet. 



11.3 



11-12. INSPECTION OF PLANS BY FIRE UNDERWRITERS 

The plans have been inspeoted by Mr. G. M. Gilkuison, Fire 
Inspector for the National Board of Fire Underwriters cooperating 
with the War Department. 



11-4 






SECTION XII - SANITARY SEWERAGE AND TREATMENT SYSTEM 

12-01. GENERAL 

This section gives the basis of the design for the sani- 
tary sewerage requirements of the proposed village of Seaway, 
New York. The estimate of cost given for this item in Part Two 
of this appendix is for the sanitary sewerage and treatment 
system complete including excavation and backfill. The costs 
for excavation, backfill, concrete, and concrete reinforcing are 
included in the items of which they form a part. No excavation 
of ledge rock is contemplated as a result of information obtain- 
ed from test pits and other foundation investigations. A quan- 
tity of rook excavation is included in the cost estimate for the 
removal of boulders large enough to fall within the classifica- 
tion for rock as defined in the specifications. In addition, 
quantities for concrete and reinforcing are also included in the 
cost estimate for contingencies during construction where those 
quantities are not included in other bid items. 

12-02. SEWAGE REQUIREMENTS 



Th<? sewage is handled in a separate system. The average 
number of gallons per day is based on 100 gallons per day per 
capita or 100 times 3300 people or 330,000 gallons per day flow- 
ing through the system to be treated and emptied into the Grass 
River. 



12-03. GENERAL PLAN 



The sewage is collected through 4 N lateral lines from each 
building and carried into branch lines. Branch lines flow into 
the main 15" trunk line which flows to the treatment plant. All 
lines are laid at least 5* underground to protect them from 
freezing. 

The sewage is given primary treatment in an Imhoff tank. 
This treatment will remove a large peroent of the solids. By 
the action of the bacteria within the sewage, the organic matter 
is reduced to an inorganic state. 

After the treatment in the Imhoff tank, the digested sludge 
is drawn off in a liquid form to the drying beds where the sludge 
containing about $0% water is dried by leaching of the liquids 
through a sand filter bed. The sludge after the leaching process, 
has been reduced to about 25% liquid content, in which condition 
it can be easily forked, loaded into trucks, and drawn away. 

All liquids, both from the drying beds and Imhoff tank, 
are drained to the Grass River by a 15" pipe the lower end of 

12-1 



which is submerged four feet under the normal surface of the 
water in the river so that no noticeable remains of the sewage 
will be seen. 

The entire treatment plant is fenoed in by a 6' woven 
wire fence to eliminate any danger of children or strangers fall. 
ing into the tank. 

A source of water supply is furnished at the site from the 
village water supply for flushing purposes and washing down the 
tank to keep it in a clean and sanitary condition. 



l£-04. ODOR 



With this system of primary treatment, and the sewage 
well digested before being removed from the Imhoff tank to the 
drying beds, there should be no objectionable odor to annoy the 
public. 



12-06. HYDRAULICS 



Vitrified tile sewer pipe is specified. All sewer capaci- 
ties are* based on Kutter's formula for the value of the coeffi- 
cient in Chezy f s formula. 



( 41.6 4- 1.811 + 0.00281 
( H 5 

V - ( 1 + (41.5 + 6.00281 ) K 
( ( — § — )-— 

( nr 



r 



RS 



Horton's value of N in Kutter's formula is N s .013 for 
vitrified tile. 

The minimum grades for various sizes of pipe conform to 
the recommendation of the New York State Health Department as 
followst 



8" sewer 


.40^ 


10" " 


.28^ 


12 n n 


.22# 


15" ■ 


M% 



In many cases, a smaller size pipe would carry the sewage 
but to avoid heavy cuts, a larger pipe is used on a flatter 
grade, but no grade is flatter than indicated above. 

The spacing of manholes is such that any stoppage can be 
corrected with the ordinary hand tools which are available for 
a nominal figure. 



12-2 



The entire sewer lines and treatment plant are so design- 
ed that all sewage flows by gravity. Ho pumps or flush tanks 
are required, thus eliminating the cost of repairs and mainte- 
nance on all mechanioal equipment usually installed in plants 
of this type, ■ 

Sludge is drawn from the Imhoff tank to the drying beds 
by making use of 6 1 hydrostatic pressure in the upper story of 
the Imhoff tank. 



12-06. IMHOFF TANK 



The site for the tank was chosen because all sewage can 
flow to the treatment plant by gravity whether it comes from 
the initial development of the village or a future addition, 
and the effluent can be discharged into the Grass River where 
it •will be unnoticeable. It is thought that the plant is far 
enough away to avoid odors in the village due to its operation. 

The tank is 30« x 30* x 26'. The sewage flows into a di- 
version box which is built in the north end of the Imhoff tank 
to check the velocity through the tank and stop all possible 
currents in the tank itself. The south end of the Imhoff tank 
has an outlet box through which the effluent flows taking the 
liquid from about 1 foot under the surface to check currents 
and also to prevent any floating materials from flowing into 
the Grass River, 

The influent and effluent pipes are set at the same eleva- 
tion so as to retard the flow in the tank to a detention period 
of 2 hours. An 18" freeboard over the effluent discharge is 
provided to prevent an overflow of the tank in the event of a 
greater peak load than anticipated. 

The tank has longitudinal baffles which separate the 
settling area of the tank from the digestive area. These baffles 
have 8" slots with an 8" overlap to allow settleable solids to 
fall into the digestion ohamber. They prevent gases from rising 
through the settling area and direct them through the proper 
gas vents, which are 20" of the area of the Imhoff tank. The 
lower story (or sludge digestion chamber) of the tank has a stor- 
age capacity of 2,3 cubic feet per capita measured at a plane 
18" below the slots or 7,375 cubio feet capacity, 

' The floor of sludge digestion chamber has a 1 on 2 slope 
to allow the digested sludge to settle to the draw-off pipe 
where it is forced out by hydrostatic pressure from the settling 
tank or upper story of the Imhoff tank. 



12-07, DRYIFG BEDS 



The sludge is drawn from the bottom of the Imhoff tank 

12-3 



by gravity into the distribution trough at the head of the dry- 
ing beds where it is diverted into one of the 4 drying bed areas. 
These drying beds are constructed with 6" tile underdrain laid 
on a .5$ grade, covered with 12 inches of coarse gravel or crush- 
ed stone and 6" of coarse sand. The sludge is drawn on to the 
beds to ?, depth of about 12". After drying out to a moisture con« 
tent of about 25$, it will be reduoed to about 3 inches in depth. 



12-08. OUTFALL PIPE 



From the effluent end of the Imhoff tank, the liquids are 
drawn off through a 15" vitrified tile pipe line some 350 feet 
to the Grass River pioking up the drains from the drying beds 
and emptying into the river through 25 feet of universal joint 
cast-iron pipe. This pipe is used in the river section so that 
it may be made up on shore and then dropped underneath the water 
eliminating the cost of any cofferdam work. 



1 2-09 . MATERIALS 



Sewer lines are const rucced of vitrified tile with asphaltio 
base compound joints. This joint should stop as much infiltrat- 
ion into the system as practicable. 

Manholes are made of briok or concrete of a standard design 
and size, accessible through a cast-iron cover of a standard size 
without any special castings, making it easy to purchase. 

The Imhoff tank is constructed of reinforced conorete having 
straight walls and square so as to eliminate the cost of expensive 
form work. Wooden baffles are used as this is only a temporary 
plant. Wood will last as long as the anticipated life of the vil- 
lage, and makes a big saving in the cost of construction. 

The drying beds are made by excav'atioD in the ground and 
the use of local gravel and sand for filter material. They will 
be very cheap to construct and economical to maintain. 

12-10. COMMENT BY HEALTH DEPARTMENT 

Mr. Belknap of the New York State Health Department has re- 
viewed the general plan of sewers and system of treatment and 
spoke favorably of it. The plans have not been officially pre- 
sented to the New York State Health Department for approval. 



12-4 






SECTION XIII - STORM SEWER SYSTEM 

13-01. GENERAL PLAH 

The storm-sewer system is laid out to take advantage of 
the natural drainage of the area upon which the village is to 
be built. The northerly area of seaway will drain to the north- 
west. Water collecting in gutters will cross Hillcrest Road in 
culverts, disoharge into the open fields, and flow through the 
the natural drainage to the creek east of the village, and tri- 
butary to Grass River. 

The area around Main Street and north to the ridge through 
Seaway is divided into drainage areas, each being drained by a 
combination of surface drains and concrete storm sewers, dis- 
charging south of the village and into Grass River. 

The ditch at Eorton Road will be backfilled. The contri- 
butory water will be intercepted at streets and carried away in 
sewers. 

13-02. HYDRAULICS 



In computing the storm-water drainage for Seaway Village, 
New York, the village was divided into drainage areas as shown 
on attached Dwg. No. MV-A-245/l. It was decided to design for a 
rainfall of one inch per hour and a run-off factor of 0.90 which 
is equivalent to approximately 400 gallons per minute per acre. 

The size of the sewers was determined by the use of the 
Kutter Formula with N - 0.013 for concrete pipe. 

The attached Table XIII-1 shows the drainage areas, acre- 
age, gallons per minute run-off, sizes and grade of pipe, based 
on 400 gallons per minute per acre run-off. 

The velocity in half-full sewers will be at least two 
feet per second. 

In two cases the storm drains and sanitary sewer will cross 
the steam lines at the same grade. To overcome this condition 
two inverted syphons are planned. 



13-03. MATERIALS 



The storm sewers will be reinforced concrete pipe in sizes 
from 8" to 36". The inverted syphons will be of vitrified tile. 
Manholes and catchbasins will be made of brick or concrete with 
standard cast-iron manhole frames and gratings. 



13-1 



TABLE XHI-1 



STORM SEWERS 



Capacities - Kutter's Formula N ■ ,013 

Run-off assumed as 400 gal. per min. per aore (1 M rain per hr.& 9052 run- 
off) 

Area Pipe From To 

Area Outfall Acres G.P.M. Grade Size C.B.Hp. C.B.No. 



B 



HW#/4 


4.38 


1,750 


1.0052 


15" 


#52 




51 




6. SO 


2,760 


1.0052 


15" 


51 


W 


#4 


HVW5 


2.5 


1,000 


1.00JS 


12" 


56 




55 




5.24 


2,100 


1.0052 


15" 


55 




54 




7.31 


2,920 


1.00JS 


18" 


54 




53 




7.68 


3,080 


l.OOjS 


18" 


53 


m 


#5 


2«x2» Culv< 


3rt 0.26 


103 


7.00°/$ 


10 * 


23 




22 




3.28 


1,310 


2.00*6 


12" 


22 




21 




3.51 


1,400 


8.OO56 


12" 


21 




20 




3.79 


1,520 


6.005$. 


12" 


20 




19 




11.43 


4,570 


1.0052 


21 " 


19 




18 




15.39 


6,150 


2.18J2 


21" 


18 




17 




15.80 


6,300 


1.0052 


21" 


17 




16 




15.87 


6,400 


1.00JS 


21" 


16 


MH 


1 




18.10 


7,250 


9.405$ 




Iffi #1 


2' 


x2» oulv. 


m #6 


1.97 


790 


I.OO5S 


10" 


58 




57 




2.95 


1,180 


1.0052 


12" 


57 


m 


#6 


m #2 


0.37 


147 


1.0052' 


10" 


42 




41 




1.11 


445 


1.00# 


10" 


41 




40 




2.36 


945 


2.0052 


12" 


40 




39 




3.90 


1,560 


2.005? 


12" 


39 




38 




6.07 


2,430 


2.00^2 


12" 


38 




37 




11.58 


4,640 


3.0052 


15" 


37 




36 




12.30 


4.920 


3.0052 


18" 


36 




35 




15.50 


6,200 


4.00^ 


18" 


35 




34 




18.99 


7,600 


6.OO52 


18" 


34 




33 




19.30 


7,720 


2.00^ 


21" 


33 




32 




20.07 


8,000 


1.0052 


24" 


32 


' 


31 




20.39 


8,150 


5.55?2 


24" 


31 




30 




21.70 


8,700 


1.0052 


24" 


30 




29 




26.68 


10,700 


1.0052 


30" 


29 




28 




28.71 


11,500 


1.0052 


30" 


28 




27 




30.09 


12,000 


1.0052 


30" 


27 




26 




36.81 


14,700 


1.0052 


30" 


26 


HT 


#2 



13-2 






TABL2 XIII-1 (Cont'd.) 










STORM 


SEWERS 














Area 






Pipe 


From 


To 


Area 


Outfall 


Ac re 8 


G.P.M. 


Grade 


Size 


C.B.No 


C3.No. 


F 


HW #1 


1.22 


490 


1.00% 


10" 


13C 


13B 






4.60 


1,840 


1.00% 


15" 


13B 


13A 






6.55 


2,620 


1.20% 


15" 


13A 


29B 






8.76 


3,500 


0.60% 


18" 


29B 


29C 






9.46 


3,800 


0.80$ 


18" 


29C 


59 


G 




11.95 


4,800 


0.80% 


21" 


59 


HW #7 


w #8 


1.08 


430 


0.40$ 


12" 


65 


64 






2.28 


910 


0.40$ 


12" 


64 


63 






2.46 


990 


2.40% 


12" 


63 


61 






3.12 


1,250 


2.40% 


15" 


61 


HW #8 


H ' 


HW #3 


0.50 


200 


0,60% 


8" 


50 


49 






1.12 


450 


0.60% 


10" 


49 


48 






2.57 


1,030 


0.60% 


12* 


48 


47 






3.29 


1,320 


0.60% 


15" 


47 


46 






5.03 


2,000 


1.00% 


15" 


46 


45 






5.43 


2,200 


1.00% 


15" 


45 


44 






13.93 


5,600 


l.oo% 


21" 


44 


43 






13.93 


5,600 


1.00% 


21" 


43 


HW f 3 


J 


HW #9 


0.83 


330 


1,00% 


10** 


67 


66 






1.86 


750 


1.005 


12* 


66 


HW #9 


K 


HW #1 


2.40 


960 


0.50% 


12" 


12 


11 






5.26 


2,100 


0,50% 


18" 


11 


9 






8.0? 


3,200 


0.30?$ 


21" 


9 


8 






10.29 


4,120 


0.90% 


24" 


8 


7 






13.17 


5,300 


0.30% 


24" 


7 


6 






22.79 


9,100 


0.30% 


30 M 


6 


5 






25.47 


10,200 


0.70% 


30" 


5 


4 






32.65 


13,100 


0.70% 


30" 


4 


3 






34.60 


13,900 


0.70% 


36" 


3 


2 






49.80 


20,000 


0.70% 


36" 


2 


1 






50.83 


20,300 


0.70% 


36" 


1 


HW#1 


L 


HW #10 


. 0.80 


320 


1.00% 


12" 


69 


68 






0.86 


350 


1.00% 


12° 


68 


HW #10 



13-3 



TABLE XII 1-1 (Cont*d) 



STORM SEWERS 

Area Pipe From 

Acres G.P.M. Grade Size C.B.No. C.B.No, 



To" 



Area 



Outfall 



M 



N 







W #11 



m #12 



W #12A 



1*64 
1.95 

1.63 
2.32 

0.58 



660 1.00% 12" 71 70 

780 1.00% 12* 70 m #11 

650 1.00% 12" 73 72 

930 1.00% 12" 72 W #12 



230 



1.00% 12" 73A EW#12A 



R 



U 



W #13 A 


3.17 


1,270 


1.00% 


12" 


74A 


m #13 


m #13 


4.50 

5.93 


1,800 
2,370 


1.00% 
1.00% 


12* 
12" 


75 

74 


74 

BY #13 


m #14 


2.30 
2.83 


920 
1,130 


1.00% 
1.00% 


12* 
12" 


77 
76 


76 

HW #14 


m #15 


1.75 
2.81 


700 
1,130 


1.00% 
1.00% 


15" 
15" 


79 
78 


78 

HW #15 


m #16 


3.41 
5.06 


1,370 
2,030 


1.00% 
1.00% 


15" 
15 " 


81 

80 


80 

mi #16 


m #17 


2.22 

2.77 


890 
1,100 


1.00% 
1.00% 


12" 
12" 


83 
82 


82 
flW #17 


PVV #18 


3.96 
5.67 


1,580 
2,270 


1.00% 
1.00% 


15" 
15" 


85 
84 


84 
Wf #18 



13-4 




ST LAWRENCE RIVER PROJECT 

SEAWAY, NEW YORK 

DRAINAGE AREAS 



IN SHEETS 



SCALE'I IN-200FT. 



U.S. ENGINEER OFFICE. MAS5ENA. 
FITTED fRECOMMENDei 



PRINCIPAL ENGINEER 



| APPROVtO A 

-c L - 



DRAWN BY "[MV-A- 245/| 

CHECKED »Y FILE NO- 



t col. cq]^t^ engineers 

ltco L.corh or ENGi Nce aa i district engineer 



TRAN3UITTEO WITMLETTER OR EM0OR«»*NT 
OATEO tB41 



SECTION XIV - SPUR TRACK TO BOILER HOUSE 



14- 31 . M ATERIALS TO BE TRANSPORTED 

For the construction of Seaway, the operation and main- 
tenance of same, and the final demobilization after the complet- 
ion of the project, it will be necessary to transport everything 
used either by freight cars or trucks. An estimate of the amount 
of materials to be moved during the four year operating period 
follows: 

Item Carloads 



Construction materials 1,000 

Furnishings and equipment 65 

General supplies and maintenance 35 

Provisions, refrigerator cars and goods 400 

Coal 750 

Household furniture 900 homes 450 

Demobilization 500 

Total carloads 3,Z50 



Taking the average weight of a carload at 30 tons, this makes a 
total freight movement of approximately 100,000 tons during the 
operating period of seaway. 

14-02. ECONOMICAL TRANSPORTATION 



Two methods of transporting the above mentioned material 
to and from Seaway vrere studied: (a) by truck from the R. R. 
Freight Siding at Massena Springs and (b) by constructing a spur 
track and receiving the freight cars at unloading stations in 
Seaway. The established prices for general trucking of this na- 
ture in Massena were obtained from a local general trucker and is 
as follows*. 

General Building Supplies $3.00 per ton 

Coal, run of mine 1.50 n " 

Cement and similar sacked materials 1.25 * n 

A check estimate was also obtained from a second general trucker 
and he stated the price would be between ,f2.00 and #1.50 per ton. 

The price quoted included the unloading of the freight car into 
the truck, the hauling and the unloading on to a platform or the 
dumping into a hopper at Seaway and the insurance protection 
against damage and also accidents to employees. Considering the 
above prices, it was decided that a flat price of $2.00 per ton 
handled would represent a fair figure. On this basis the total 
cost for handling the incoming and outgoing materials would total 

14-1 



$200,000. To make freight shipments direct to Seaway it would 
be necessary to construct a spur track and the estimated cost of 
this is $51,000 plus 18% -fr for engineering and contingencies 
which are estimated at $9^000 or a total of $60,000. From this 
estimate it is obvious that a considerable saving would be ef- 
fected by constructing a spur track and it should be noted that 
this would have a good salvage value. For this reason the spur 
track was considered the most economical solution to the trans- 
portation of everything for Seaway. 

14-03. LOCATION OF SWITCHING TRACK 

Since constant shipments of coal will be required for 
the boiler-house and all other freight shipments will be receiv- 
ed either at the general warehouse or the commissary cold storage 
warehouse it was decided to group these buildings together. By 
doing this the cost of the spur line was reduced to a minimum 
consistent with economical operations. The boilerhouse was lo- 
cated at a spot to which the condensate returns would, as much as 
possible, flow by gravity to the hot well also where there was a 
suitable ravine in which the ashes could be automatically dumped. 
The warehouses were also located close and to the west of this 
location where the land is fairly level and suitable for the 
spur line and switch track. The location also is as near as 
practicable to the present railroad track handling materials to 
the Plancor aluminum plant. 

14-04. EARLY CONSTRUCTION 



The location of the boilerhouse switching track is also 
very convenient for the delivery of materials for the construc- 
tion of Seaway since it is near the main road and centrally 
located and in order to expedite the construction work it is 
essential that the spur track be constructed as early as possible. 
The track should, in fact, be the first item of construction 
since it will provide the facilities for the delivery of all 
materials and equipment. 



14-05. DETAILS 



The switching track is designed to have a slight grade 
at the coal receiving hopper that feeds the coal crushing and 
handling machinery. The purpose of the grade is to make it 
possible to move the full cars down grade by hand operated pinch 
bars and spot each car over the hopper for dumping and thus save 
the expense of a motor operated spotting winch. 

It is planned to use second hand rail on this spur if 
obtainable. Gravel or stone ballast whichever is cheaper will 
be used. 



1^-2 



SEC TICK XV - INCINERATOR 

15-01. NEED FOR INCINERATOR 

A community such as Seaway, New York, with a population 
of from 2,000 to 3,000 people will be confronted with the problem 
of garbage and refuse disposal. To provide for a clean and 
sanitary community and to safeguard the health of the people, 
it is necessary to collect and dispose of the garbage and refuse 
in an effioient manner. For this reason an incinerator is pro- 
posed for Seaway, New York. 

15-02. LOCATION OF SITE 

Several locations have been considered for a possible 
site for the incinerator. The site chosen is approximately 1.5 
miles east of the east limits of Seaway on the Frank Eough farm» 
Advantages derived from this site are: 

a. As the prevailing winds are from the west and south- 
west and - the site is 1.5 miles away from Seaway, odor nuisance 
will be kept at a minimum or entirely eliminated. 

b. The site is on the edge of a ravine. It will provide 
means for easy disposal of the residue and additional space for 

a dump, 

c. An existing well nearby will furnish water for the 
washing of the collection equipment. 

d. Electric power is available a short distance away on 
the Donahue Road for purposes of lighting and running a pump if 
reeded. 

15-03. BASIS OF DESIGN 



a. A variety of factors enter into the determination 
of the "capacity of an incinerator for serving a community of a 
given size. However, it is believed that one with a capacity 
of two tons per eight-hour day would be ample for serving a 
civilian community of 2,500 persons. 

b. From past records and studies made by other cities 
it is found that the anticipated average weight of refuse per 
capita per day is about 1.2 pounds. On this basis Seaway will 
have 

Normal 2200 x 1.2 - 2640 lbs. or 1.32 tons per day 
Maximum 3300 x 1.2 Z 3960 " " 1.98 " " " ' 



15-1 



peak loads during the summer will run to about 2 pounds per capi- 
ta per day, and for Seawayj 

Normal 2200 x 2 s 4400 lbs. or 2.2 tons per day 
Maximum 3300 x 2 - 6600 " " 3.3 n " M 

o. It is also found that one part rubbish and two parts 
garbage by -weight will burn very satisfactorily at a temperature 
1250°. 3y using the following data: 

Lb. /Capita Ave. Wt. Moisture Combus- B.T.U 
per Year Lb./c.y. Content -% tible -% per lb. 

Garbage 250 1250 65 22 1936 
Rubbish 150 425 - 7 79 7460 

and applying these figures for a maximum population of 3,300 
persons for Seaway, we havej 

Garbage Rubbish 

Tons per day 417.00 247.00 

Tons per day 1*14 0.68 

The ratio of burning is two parts garbage to one part refuse by 
weight with temperatures up to 1200°F. The ratio for Seaway is 
placed at 1.6 to 1.0 which should prove to be more combustible. 
The total garbage and refuse from the foregoing assumption is 
1 .82 tons per day compared to 1.98 tons per day based on assump- 
tion a. Thus the results of the two methods furnish a close 
checkT 

d. Using 2 tons per day as the anticipated quantity, to 
be disposed of , an incinerator with a capacity of 1 ton per 8- 
hour period will be adequate to provide for the needs of Seaway 
since it could be operated on two or three 8-hour shifts, if 
required, to take care of peak loads. It is also more eoonomical 
to operate on as near a 24-hour basis as possible because com- 
bustion is more efficient once the heat is brought up to operating 
levels and kept there. 

15-04. TYFE OF STRUCTURE 

There are several types of structures for incinerators. 
The substructure being substantially the same, the superstructure 
could be of brick with steel trusses, steel, or wood. The steel 
super-structure can be eliminated owing to the need of conserv- 
ing steel for defense uses. The brick and steel combination is 
also out from the standpoint of economy as it will be in use for 
a period of 5 years at the longest. Kence an incinerator with a 
wood super-structure is adopted. The chimney will be of necessity 
either brick, or steel if steel can be obtained for such use. 

15-2 



15-05. CCrCLUSIOlI 



Ko plans have as yet been drawn. However, it is contem- 
plated that standard plans for the type of incinerator to be 
adopted for Seaway will be obtained from the office of Chief of 
Engineers, An estimated cost has been assumed for a complete 
incinerator of one ton capacity as followsj Incinerator, 
$11,005; Engineering and Contingencies, 18^^, $1995; total 
$13,000. Prior to the construction of Seaway, New York complete 
plans, specifications and estimates of cost will be prepared. 



15-3 



PART TWO 



SEAWAY, NEW YORK 



ESTIMATE OF COST 



J 



ESTIMATE OF COST 



SEAWAY, NEW YORK 



Item 

1. Residences and Publio Buildings 

2. Heating System 

3. Electrical Distribution 

4. Street lighting System 

5. Streets, Roads, Alleys 

6. Clearing, Excavating, etc 

7. Water System 

8. Sanitary Sewers 

9. Storm Sewers 

10. Spur Railroad 

11. Incinerator 



SUMMARY 






Estimate 


18gt 


Total 
Estimate 


ings $3,402,392 


1612,608 


$4,015,000 


402,147 


71,853 


474,000 


87,368 


15,632 


103,000 


14,268 


2,738 


17,000 


396,363 


71,637 


468,000 


150,000 


27,000 


177,000 


128,581 


23,419 


152,000 


93,755 


17,245 


111,000 


51,385 


8,615 


60,000 


51,000 


9,000 


60,000 


11,005 


1,995 


13,000 



Total excluding engineering and 
contingencies 

Engireering and contingencies 18$- 
Total Estimated Cost 



♦4,788,258 



$861,742 



$5,650,000 



-1- 



ESTIMATE OF COST 



BUILDINGS 



Item No. Type 



Quantity Unit Price 



Amount 



1 


Residence - 


No. 2 


36 


1,467.60 


# 52,833.60 


2 


Residence - 


No. 3 


30 


3,684.28 


110,528.40 


3 


Residence - 


No. 4 


107 


1,842.14 


197,108.98 


4 


Residence - 


No. 5 


119 


2,234.68 


265,926.92 


5 


Residence* - 


No. 6 


237 


2,842.55 


673,684.35 


6 


Residence - 


No. 7 


33 


3,654.00 


120,582.00 


7 


Residence - 


No. 8 


8 


9,400.00 


75,200.00 


8 


Guesthouse 




1 


117,983.18 


117,983.18 


9 


Dormitories 




20 


12,302.70 


246,054.00 


10 


Cafeteria 




1 


22,294.36 


22,294.36 


11 


Hospital 




1 


195,330.00 


195,330.00 


12 


School 




1 


90,168.00 


90,168.00 


13 


Social Fall 




1 


40,000.00 


40,000.00 


14 


Athletio Ball 


1 


52,410.79 


52,410.79 


15 


Theater 




1 


90,690.84 


90,690.84 


16 


Town Eall 




1 


17,204.00 


17,204.00 


17 


Administrat 


ion Building 


1 


143,895.00 


143,895.00 


18 


laboratory 




1 


80,592.48 


80,592.48 


19 


Gov't. Gara 


ge and Firehouse 


1 


36,826.00 


36,826.00 


20 


Type "B M Garage 


128 


1,105.50 


141,504.00 


21 


Stores 




2 


106,766.60 


213,533.20 


22 


Comm. Cold I 


Storage 


1 


75,078.50 


75,078.50 




(including Equipment 








23 


General Warehouse 


1 


49,979.00 


49,979.00 


24 


Boilerhouse 






67,432.50 


67,432.50 




(Equipment not Included) 








25 


Coal Storage 


1 


25,382.50 


25,382.50 


26 


Filling Stal 


tion 


2 


4,080.20 


8,160.40 


27 


Town Garage 




1 


71,941.60 


71,941.60 


28 


Guesthouse < 


Parage 


1 


8,760.00 


8,760.00 


29 


Type "A" Ga] 


rage 


8 


975.00 


7,800.00 


30 


Dormitory Garages 


5 


7,188.90 


35,944.50 


31 


Maintenance 


Shop 


1 


17,811.20 


17,811.20 


32 


Paint Shop 




1 


2,314.20 


2,314.20 


33 


Storage Building 


1 


47,437.50 


47,437.50 












$3,402,392.00 




Engineering 


and Contingencies 


i 1Q% . 


612,608.00 




Total Cost 






- 


$4,015,000.00 



(No. 3 Residences are 2-family houses.) 



-2- 



ESTIMATE OP COST 



Item Quan- 
No. tlty 



Unit 



HEATIKG SYSTEM 



Description 



Unit 
Price 



Amount 



1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 

10 



Boilerhouse Equipment 

6 units 376 H.P. Cross Drum Boilers 13,644,00 

6 units Fire Brickwork 1,045.00 

6 units Chain Grate Stokers 5,190.00 

6 units Coal Bunkers 255.00 

6 units Bunker Discharge Gates 150.00 

6 units Stoker Spouts 75.00 

2 units Boiler Feed Pumps 550.00 

1 unit Coal Conveyor Complete Sum 
1 unit Qnergenoy Electrical System 

Comple te Sum 
1 unit 1,000 gal. Gasoline Tank & 

Piping Sum 

12" Welded Pipe Installed 6.98 

- 90° Elbows 19.00 
x 12" x 6" Tees 31.00 
Expansion Joint 114.00 
Blind Flange Dished 7.00 
Magnesia Pipe Covering 1.20 

- 180° Bend Installed 66.00 
Stop Check Valves 57.00 
Magnesia Pipe Covering .60 
* Machine Bolts .06 
Boiler Feed Line Installed 1.65 
1 Crusher Sum 
1 Feeder Sum 

Conduit 

Furnished in place including 
excavation, backfill, pipe 
rollers, etc exclusive of pipe 

"A" 4.37 

"B" 3.57 

"C" 2.77 

"D" 2.08 

"E" 2.29 

"F" 2.00 

N G" 2.40 

•H" 1.80 

"J" 1.70 

"K" 1.57 

"L" 1.70 

"M" 1.70 

"N" 1.32 

"0" 1.32 

"P" 1.26 



11 


102 


lin.ft. 


12" i 


12 


2 


units 


12" 


13 


6 


units 


12" 


14 


1 


unit 


12" 


16 


1 


unit 


12" ] 


16 


110 


lin.ft. 


12" 


17 


6 


units 


6" 


18 


6 


units 


6* 


19 


70 


lin.ft. 


6" 


20 


300 


lbs. 


7/8 


21 


160 


lin.ft. 


3" 


22 


1 


unit 


Coa 


23 


1 


unit 


Coa 



24 


30 


lin.ft. 


Ty 


25 


2,316 


lin.ft. 


n 


26 


9,016 


lin.ft. 


ti 


27 


1,790 


lin.ft. 


ft 


28 


18 ,500 


lin. ft. 


it 


29 


540 


lin.ft. 


it 


30 


107 


lin. ft. 


« 


31 


246 


lin.ft. 


tt 


32 


946 


lin.ft. 


tt 


33 


70 


lin.ft. 


M 


34 


100 


lin.ft. 


tt 


35 


1,410 


lin.ft. 


n 


36 


400 


lin.ft. 


tt 


37 


470 


lin.ft. 


n 


38 


1,020 


lin.ft. 


n 



81,846.00 

6,270.00 

31,140.00 

1,530.00 

900.00 

450.00 

1,100.00 

37,467.00 

5,700.00 

342.00 

711.96 

38.00 

186.00 

114.00 

7.00 

132.00 

396.00 

342.00 

42.00 

18.00 

264.00 

2,667.00 

3 ,333.00 



131.10 

8,264.55 
24,974.32 

3,723.20 
42,365.00 

1,080.00 
256.80 
441.00 

1,608.20 
109.90 
170.00 

2,397.00 
528.00 
620.40 

1,285.20 



-3- 



39 


30 


lin.ft. 


40 


11,438 


lin.ft. 


41 


2,035 


« 



Item Quan- Unit 

No. tlty Unit Description Price Amount 

Steel Pipe 
Furnished ,welded , insulated ,and 
in place. 

12" dia. 3.64 109.20 

8" dia. 2.14 24,477.32 

4" dia. 1.02 2,075.70 

Steel Pipe 
Furnished, welded, not in- 
sulated and in place. 

6" dia. 1.18 153.40 

5 M dia .90 3,352.50 

4* dia. .70 6,591.20 

Steel Pipe 
Furnished, Threaded, Insu- 
lated and in place 

45 7,046 lin.ft. 3" dia. .78 5,495.88 

46 6,270 " 2j* dia. 0.64 . 4,012.80 

47 6,200 " 2" dia. 0.51 3,162.00 

48 100 " lj" dia. 0.43 43.00 



42 


130 


lin.ft. 


43 


3 ,725 


ii 


44 


> 9,416 


it 



49 2,260 lin.ft. 

50 1,020 

51 250 

52 18,500 



H 
M 
It 



Steel Pipe 






Furnished, threaded, not 






insulated and in place 






3" dia. 


0.54 


1,220.40 


2|"dia. 


0.42 


428.40 


2" dia. 


0.30 


75.00 


lj*dia. 


0.24 


4,440.00 



Manholes 
Complete including exca- 
vation, backfill, expansion 
joints, valves, pipe & fit- 
tings 

53 12 units 8 M x 4" pipe size Manhole Nos. 

306, 307, 308, 310, 311, 312, 
314, 315, 316, 319, 321 & 
325 

54 1 unit 8" x 5" pipe size Man- 

hole No. 323 

55 2 units 4 M x 3" pipe size Man- 

hole No. 334 & 335 

56 1 unit 2| f! x 4" pipe size Man- 

hole No, 332 

57 2 unit 8" x 4" pipe size - 90° 

bend Manhole Nos. 309 A 
330 

58 1 unit 4" x 3" pipe size - 90° 

bend Manhole No. 333 



556.40 


6 


,676.80 


500.00 




500.00 


426.30 




852.60 


420.00 




420.00 


600.00 


1 


,200.00 


465.00 




465.00 



Item 


Quan- 












Unit 




No. 


tity 


Unit 


Des< 


uription 


Price 


Amount 


59 


4 


units 


8* x 


4" 


piP' 


8 size with 












separat< 


or Manhole Nos. 












303, 


317, 326 & 329 


760.00 


3,04C.00 


60 


1 


each 


Manhole 


No. 


301 


750.40 


750.40 


61 


1 


each 


it 




tt 


302 


1,200.00 


1,200.00 


62 


1 


each 


n 




m 


304 


1,011.30 


1,011.30 


63 


1 


each 


n 




m 


305 


924.80 


924.80 


64 


1 


each 


« 




n 


313 


873.20 


873.20 


66 


1 


each 


N 




ft 


318 


422.20 


422.20 


66 


1 


each 


♦I 




tt 


320 


689.70 


689.70 


67 


1 


each 


ft 




« 


322 


915.70 


915.70 


68 


1 


each 


ft 




tt 


324 


1,244.80 


1,244.80 


69 


1 


each 


n 




tt 


327 


870.40 


870.40 


70 


1 


each 


tt 




« 


331 


684.60 


684.60 


71 


1 


each 


* 




tt 


336 


770.70 


770.70 



72 



84 



25 



unit Hotwell, complete 

Expansion Joints in- 
stalled in sewer man- 
holes 



380.00 



380.00 



73 


4 


each 


5* Expansion Joint 




115.60 


462.40 


74 


2 


each 


4« * n 




105.30 


210.60 


75 


1 


each 


3 n • n 




89.80 


89.80 


76 


1 


each 


2j? H " n 




82.20 


82.20 


77 


1 


each 


2" " « 




79.40 


79.40 


78 


16 


each 


3" x Ij " take-off box 
complete 




123.40 


1,974.40 


79 


7 


each 


Z\ n x l|" take-off box 
oompl ete 




104.20 


72* .40 


80 


2 


each 


2" x 1|" take-off box 
compl ete 




90.80 


181.60 


81 


14 


each 


3" x l|" Metallio Hose 
pans ion Joint 


Ex- 


87.20 


1,220.80 


82 


13 


each 


2|" x 1|" Metallic Hose 
Expansion Joint 


» 


74.20 


964.60 


83 


13 


each 


2" x lj" Metallio Eose 
pansion Joint 


Ex- 


66.40 


863.20 



each 



85 


3 


each 


86 


1 


each 


87 


4 


each 



2" x 1-J" Steam Trap at end 
of steam lines 

3" x lj" House Service Take- 
off ' 
2i" x 2" House Servioe Take- 



off 



2" x lj" House Service Take- 



off 



40.70 



80.00 



70.00 



60.00 



1,017.50 

240.00 

70.00 

240.00 



-5- 



Item Quan- 
go* tity 



88 



89 



90 



91 

92 
93 
94 
95 
96 



20 



50 



550 



500 

100 

215 

1,388 

3,010 

30,250 



Unit 



each 



each 



each 



lin.ft. 
m it 

ti r 

it n 

tt tt 

ti it 



Description. 



lj" x 1-1/4" House Servioe 

Take-off 
l-l/4 w x I 4 * House service 

Take-off 
1" x 3/4" House Service Take 

off 

House Service 
Complete including pipe 
fittings, conduit, exca- 
vation & backfill 
3" x 1-|" Servioe 



'2 



2# M x 2" Servioe 



2" x if" Service 
l|" x l-l/4" Service 
1-1/4" x 1* Service 
1" x 3/4" Servioe 



Unit 




Prioe 


Aniount 


53.00 


1,060.00 


47.00 


2 ,350.00 


© — 

42.00 


23,100.00 



3.00 


1,500.00 


3.10 


310.00 


3.00 


645.00 


2.85 


3,955.80 


2.75 


8,277.50 


2.65 


80,162.50 



97 



40 



each 



Anchor Stations 



4.10 



164.00 



98 
99 

100 

101 


40 
100 

10 

1,000 


eaoh 
cu.yds. 

ou.yds. 

lbs. 


Conduit Drain 2.90 
Roek Exoavation 5.00 

Extra Concrete 20.00 

Extra Reinforoing Steel 0»06 

Total Cost 

Engineering and Conting- 
encies 18$ + 
(included in" Total Cost) 

Labor and Material 




116, 
500, 

200, 

60, 


,00 
► 00 

►00 

►00 




#474 

71 

402 


,000.00 
,853.00 
,147.00 



Total Cost 474,000.00 

This estimate does not include the Boilerhouse 
and Coal Shed buildings and heating equipment within 
any building. 



-6- 



ESTIMATE OF COST 



ELECTRIC POTTER AND LIGHT DISTRIBUTION 



Item 


Quan- 




No. 


tity 


Unit 


1 


350 


each 


2 


600 


each 


3 


100 


each 


4 


1200 


each 


5 


200 


each 


6 


750 


eaoh 


7 


3310 


each 


8 


2800 


each 


9 


700 


each 


10 


1400 


each 


11 


2000 


each 


12 23400 


lbs. 


13 


500 


lbs. 


14 


640 


each 


15 


2560 


each 


16 


132000 


ft. 


17 


1920 


each 


18 


2175 


ft. 


19 


140 


ft. 


20 


6 


each 


21 


623 


each 


22 


7 


each 


23 


3 


each 


24 


4 


each 


25 


1 


eaoh 


26 


1 


eaoh 


27 


629 


each 


28 


16 


each 



Description 



Unit 

Price Amount 



Poles, 40| Western Red Cedar, 

Butt treated 
Crossarms, Douglas Fir, (3| n 

x 4|" x 8*0") 
Crossarms, Douglas Fir, (3^ n 

x 4|" x 3»2") 
Braces, Crossarm 1-7/32 x 

7/32" x 26" 
Bolts, Machine, 5/8" x 14" 
Bolts, double arming, 5/8 n x 16" 
Washers, 2-l/4"x 2-1/4 "x3/l6" for 

5/8" bolts. 
Carriage Bolts, 3/fe" x 5" 
Lag Screws J" x 4" 
Insulator Pins, Wood, l£" x 12", 

1" top 
Insulator, pin type, 1" pinhole 
Wire, Copper, bare stranded 
Wire, copper #8 solid (Tie Wire) 
Racks, secondary, 3 wire with 

insulators 
Lag Screws, 3/8" x 3 M 
Wire, copper, solid #6WP, triple 

braid 
Wire holders, 3" screw 
Rigid Steel Conduit l-l/4" 
Rigid Steel Conduit 2" 
Switch, service entrance, 3 pole, 

30 amp. SN WP 
Switoh, service entrance, 3 pole, 

60 «i>p. SN WP 
Switoh, servioe entranoe, 3 pole, 

100 amp. SN WP 
Switch, servioe entrance, 3 pole, 

200 amp. SN WP 
Switoh, service entrance, 3 pole, 

400 amp. SN WP 
Switoh, servioe entranoe, 3 polo, 

200 amp. 3 phase WP 
Switch, service entrance, 3 pole, 

400 amp. 3 phase WP 
Caps, entranoe service, 3 wire, 

for 1-1/4" conduit 
Caps, entrance service, 3 wire, 
for 2" conduit 



115.00 $5250.00 

2.20 1320.00 

1.07 107.00 

.153 183.60 
.145 29.00 
.212 159.00 

.024 79.44 
.023 64.40 
.042 29.40 

.50 700.00 

.18 360.00 

.20 4680.00 

.20 100.00 

1.00 640.00 
.02 51.20 

.05 6600.00 
.153 2S3.76 
.15 326.25 
.20 28.00 



4.10 



24.60 



5.75 3582.25 

» 

17.00 119.00 

25.00 75.00 

64.00 260.00 

53.00 53.00 

105.00 105.00 

.35 220.15 



.45 



7.20 



-7- 



Item 


Quan- 






Unit 




No. 


tity 


Unit 


Description 


Price Amount 


29 


55 


lbs. 


Straps, conduit, l-l/4" 


.15 


8.25 


30 


7 


lbs. 


ti « g" 


.15 


1.05 


31 


4000 


1 ft. 


Guywi re , \ m 


.04 


160.00 


32 


440 


eaoh 


Guyclamps, 3 bolt, 6 inoh 


.86 


378.40 


33 


110 


eaoh 


Guystrain insulators 6.6 KV 


.34 


37.40 


34 


110 


each 


Guywi re protectors 


1.74 


191*40 


35 


110 


each 


Guy, eyebolts, 5/8" x 10" 


.25 


27.50 


36 


110 


eaoh 


Anchor Rods, 5/8" x 8' 


.92 


101.20 


37 


110 


each 


Anohors, 4 "way expanding, 8" 


2.25 


247.50 


38 


800 


lbs. 


Wire, #2 for groundling 


.20 


160*00 


39 


3300 


ft. 


Wood moulding, ground wire pro- 












tector 


.032 


105.60 


40 


66 


lbs. 


Staples, for wood moulding 


.25 


16.50 


41 


500 


ft. 


Wire, #0, W.P. Triple braid 


.12 


60.00 


42 


500 


ft. 


Wire, #00, W.P. Triple braid 


.15 


75.00 


43 


96 


each 


Fuse Cutouts, 6.6 KV 


6.66 


639.36 


44 


9 


eaoh 


Lightning arresters 


11.40 


102*60 


45 


300 


each 


Splicing sleeves, #2 wire 


.31 


93.00 


46 


25 


lbs. 


Friction Tape 


.50 


12.50 


47 


25 


lbs. 


Rubber Tape 


.50 


12.50 


48 


6600 


ft. 


Wire, #6, Type R 


.06 


396.00 


49 


260 


ft. 


Wire, #0, Type R 


.20 


50.00 


50 


250 


ft. 


Wire, $00, Type R 


.25 


62.50 


51 


1920 


each 


Pole steps, 5/8" x 10" 


.13 


249.60 


52 


200 


each 


Hot Line Clamps 


1.50 


300.00 


53 


200 


each 


Braces, crossarms, 1-7/32x7/32x22* ,12 


24.00 


54 


2 


each 


Transformers C.S.P. 3 KVA 


86.50 


173.00 


55 


4 


each 


" " 5 KVA 


124.00 


496.00 


56 


2 


each 


" " 7| KVA 


155.00 


310.00 


57 


6 


each 


" " 10 KVA 


176.00 


1056.00 


58 


7 


each 


" " 15 KVA 


214.00 


1498.00 


59 


22 


each 


" " 25 KVA 


279.00 


6138,00 


60 


45 


each 


" ■ 37| KVA 


366,00 


16470.00 


61 


12 


each 


" "50 KVA 


433.00 


5196.00 


62 


1 


each 


" " 75 KVA 


560.00 


560.00 


63 


2800 


each 


Washers, round, l-l/4" for 3/8" 












carriage bolts 


.0041 


13.16 


64 


600 


each 


Pole Top Pins 


.92 


552.00 


65 


400 


each 


Solderless Connectors 


1.50 


600.00 


66 


Lump 




Miscellaneous nails, screws. 












hardware, etc. 


Lump Sum 


347.00 








Mat er ial 




62,358.00 








Labor 




25,000.00 








Ingineering and Contingencies 18$ + 

Total Cost 1 


15,632.00 




03,000.00 



-8- 



ESTIMATE OF COST 



STREET LIGHTING SYSTEM 



Item Quantity Unit 



1 


8 


each 


2 


8 


each 


3 


23 


each 


4 


19 


each 


5 


110 


each 


6 


4 


each 


7 


4 


each 


8 


11 


each 


9 


8 


each 


10 


16 


each 


11 


67 


each 


12 


23 


eaoh 


13 


143 


foot 


14 


270 


lb. 


15 


100 


foot 


16 


110 


each 



Description 
Light Poles (30») (treated) 



Unit Price Amount 



Ail 

(res. 
(Main 



x 3«2") 
sts. ) 
St.) 



Cros8arms (3jjr" 

Lamp Brackets 

Lamp fixtures 

Insulators 

Lamp Fixtures 

Lamps (6000 lumens) 

Lamps (4000 lumens) 

Lamps (2500 lumens) 

Crossarm Bolts (5/8" x 10") 

Lag Screws (l/2 H x 4") 

Bracket Bolts (l/2" x 8") 

Bracket Cable (#8 stranded ( 

Transmission Wire (#8 solid* 

Fiber conduit 

Insulator Pins, lj" x 9", 1 

Cost of 1 mile of above mate 



2c.)) 
Bare) 

" Top 
rial 



$15.00 

1.07 

4.41 

7.72 

.15 

21.10 

1.13 

.86 

.38 

.10 

.04 

.07 

.03 

.20 

.20 

.36 



$120.00 

8.56 

101.43 

146.68 

16.50 

84.40 

4.52 

9.46 

3.04 

1.60 

2.68 

1.61 

4.29 

54.00 

20.00 

39.60 

520.57 



11 miles of material - $6,827.37 - approximate cost. 



In 11 miles of street lighting material, there are also the 



following: 














Item Quanti 


f 


Unit 


Description 


Unit Prioe Amount 


17 


6 




each 


Lightning Arrester 


$9.57 


57.42 


18 


3 




each 


Oil Switch 


99.00 


297.00 


19 


3 




eaoh 


Protective Relay 


65.00 


195.00 


20 


3 




each 


Photo-Eleotrio Cell 


22.50 


67.50 


21 


3 




each 


20 KVA C.C. Transformer 


620.00 


1860.00 


22 


40 




foot 


Fiber Conduit (l w ) 
SUMMARY 


.20 


8.00 
£2484.32 


Material 












$9312.00 


Labor 












4950.00 




$14262.00 


Engineering a 


nd 


Contir 


gencies 18%+ 




2738.00 


Total Cost 












$l?o06.06 



-9. 



ESTIMATE OF COST 

ROADS, STREETS, ALLEYS, SIDEWALKS, AND PAVED AREAS 

Item Unit 

No. Designation Quantity Price Amount 

1 Foundation Course, com- 

pacted measurement cu.yd. 15,100 $1.80 $ 27,180 

2 Regrading Foundation 





Course 


sq.yd. 


56 ,000 


• 20 


11,200 


3 


Bottom Course 


cu.yd. 


7,000 


4.50 


31,500 


4 


Asphalt, Bottom Course 


gal. 


138,100 


.16 


20,715 


5 


Top Course, 2" 


sq.yd. 


55,000 


.80 


44,000 


6 


Top Course, l-l/2 H 


sq.yd. 


16,200 


.60 


9,720 


7 


Top Course, 1" 


sq.yd. 


115,100 


.40 


46,040 


8 


Gravel, loose measure- 
rent 


cu.yd. 


30,000 


1.50 


45,000 


9 


Ta r-Stabilized Gravel , 
labor and equipment 


9", 

sq.yd. 


131,300 


.16 


21 ,008 



10 Tar-Stabilized Gravel, 6", 

labor and equipment sq.yd, 95,450 .14 13,363 

11 Tar-Stabilized Gravel, 3" 

labor and equipment sq.yd. 

12 Tar; For Stabilizing gal. 

13 Pipe Underdrain, 4" lin.ft. 

14 Guard Rail lin.ft. 

15 Concrete; Class A cu.yd. 

TOTAL 
Engineering and C< 

TOTAL 



-10- 



38,400 


.23 


8,832 


644,000 


.15 


96,600 


3,600 


.30 


1,080 


2,000 


1.00 


2,000 


725 


25.00 


18,125 


tingencies 


$ 396,363 
71,637 




$ 468,000 



ESTIMATE OP COST 



CLEARING, EXCAVATING, FILLING, AND GRADING 



Item 
No. 


Designation 




Unit 


Quantity 


Unit 
Price 


Amount 


1 


Clearing 




sum 


job 




#10,000 


2 


Field Stones and Boulders 
Removal 


cu.yd. 


24,000 


.70 


16,800 


3 


Excavation; Earth 




cu.yd 


160,000 


.50 


80,000 


4 


Excavation; Rock 




cu.yd. 


480 


2.50 


1,200 


5 


Earth Fill; Compacted 


1 


cu.yd. 


120,000 


.10 


12,000 


6 


Additional Rolling 

(2 passes per square) 


Square 
100 sq.J 


rt. 25,000 


.04 


500 


7 


Fine Grading 




sq.yd. 


45,000 


.20 


9,000 


8 


Seeding 




sq.yd. 


200,000 


.05 


10,000 


9 


Seeded Topsoil 




sq.yd 


65,000 


.15 


9,750 


10 


Agricultural Line 
(furnishing and plac 


ing) 


Bag 
100 lbs. 


250 


3.00 
TOTAL 


750 
150,000 




4 


Engineering 


tc contingencies 18$ 


27,000 



TOTAL 



177,000 



-11- 



ESTIMATE OP COST 



Item 
flo. 

*1 



*2 



*3 



*4 



*5 



WATER DISTRIBUTIOH SYSTEM 
Designation 







Unit 




Unit 


Quantity 


Prioe 


Amount 


Lin. Ft. 


275 


# 3.45 


$ 948.75 


M 


12,165 


2.90 


35,278.50 


If 


6,865 


2.40 


16,476.00 


n 


27 ,700 


1.90 


52,630.00 


« 


300 


1.55 


465.00 



6 



8 



9 



10 



11 



12 



13 



12" Cast-iron pipe bell & 
spigot 

10" Cast-iron pipe bell & 
spigot 

8" Cast-iron pipe bell & 
spigot 

6" Cast-iron pipe bell & 
spigot 

4" Cast-Iron pipe bell & 
spigot 



12" Cast-iron standard 
oastings, bell & spigot, 
or bell & bell, Class D Ton 

10" Cast-Iron standard 
castings, bell & spigot, 
or bell & bell, Class D " 

8" Cast-iron standard 
castings, bell & spigot, 
or bell & bell, Class D " 

6" Cast-Iron standard 
castings, bell & spigot, 
or bell 4 bell, Class D " 

4" Cast-iron standard castings, 
bell & spigot, or bell 
& bell, Class D " 



Hydrants 6" Hub connection, 
two 2^" hose connection 

Hydrants 6" hub connection, 
two 2^" hose and one 4^" 
stop connection 



Hydrants 4" hub connection, 

with two Z\ 

connection 



with two 2| M hose 



Each 



Each 



Each 



.65 125.00 



0.85 



48 



125.00 
128.00 



81.25 



3.35 125.00 418.75 



5.0 125.00 625.00 



9.3 125.00 1,162.50 



106.25 
6,144.00 



14 135.00 1,890.00 



97.00 



97.00 



-12. 



Item 

No. 



Designation 



Unit 



Unit 
Qua nt ity Prioe Amount 



14 

15 
16 
17 
18 
•19 
♦ 20 

*21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 



10" Gate Valves, Hub End 

8" Gate Valves, Hub End 

6" Gate Valves, Hub End 

4" Gate Valves, Hub End 

Valve Boxes 

lg" Tap to Cast-iron Main 

l-l/4" Tap to Cast-iron 
Main 

1" Tap to Cast-iron Main 

3/4" Tap to Cast-iron Main 

h* Tap to Cast-iron Main 



Each 



n 



* 

Lump 



Air Vents 

Elevated Water Tank Complete Sum 

Pumping Equipment Complete " 

TTater Meter in Boiler House n 



28 Rook Excavation 

29 Concrete, Class A 

30 Concrete, Class B 



6 $ 70.00 $420.00 



6 48.00 288.00 



32 30.00 960.00 

13 20.00 260.00 

57 7.00 399.00 

10 12.00 120.00 



8 11.50 92.00 

22 11.00 242.00 

30 10.50 315.00 

540 10.00 5,400.00 

3 35.00 105.00 

1 13,500.00 13,500.00 

1 2,695.00 2,695.00 

1 500.00 500.00 



TOTAL 



Cu.Yd. 


200 


5.00 1,000.00 


11 «f 


100 


15.00 1,500.00 


n n 


100 


12.50 1,250.00 
$145,369.00 



♦ See Sohedule of Alternates 



-15- 



Item Unit 

No, Designation Unit Quantity Prices Amount 

1A 12" Cement-Asbestos pipe Lin. Ft. 275 | 2.85 # 783.75 

2A 10" Cement-Asbestos pipe w 12,165 2.40 29,196.00 

3A 8" Cement-Asbestos pipe • 6,865 2.00 13,730.00 

4A 6 W Cement-Asbestos pipe " 27,700 1.60 44,320.00 

5A 4" Cement- Asbestos pipe " 300 1.35 405.00 

19A 1^* Tap to oement -asbestos 

main Eaoh 10 14.50 145.00 

20A 1-1/4* Tap to cement-asbestos • 8 14.00 112.00 
main 

21A 1" Tap to cement-asbestos 

main " 22 13.50 297.00 

31 Adapters for 10* and 12" 

cement-asbestos pipe Ton 3.8 125.00 475.00 



Items 1A-5A, 19A-21A, and 31 #89,463.76 

Items 6-18, and 22-30 39,116.75 



TOTAL #128,581.00 

Engineering & Contingencies 1B%^ 23,419.00 



#152,000.00 






-14- 



ESTIMATE OF COST 
SANITARY SEWERAGE AND TREATMENT SYSTEM 

Item Unit 

go. Designation Unit Quantity Price Amount 

1 4" Vitrified Sewer Pipe, 

installed Ft, 26,100 $ 0.55 | 14,355.00 

2 6" Vitrified Sewer Pipe, 

installed " 800 0.60 480.00 

3 8" Vitrified Sewer Pipe, 

installed 5 " 24,350 0.77 18,749.50 

4 Substitution of Cast-iron 
Pipe for Vitrified Pipe; 

8" C.I. for 8" Vitrified H 

5 10" Vitrified Sewer Pipe 
installed, 0. to 6.0 Ft. 
in depth " 

6 15" Vitrified Sewer Pipe 
installed, 0. to 6.0 Ft. 
in depth " 

7 Substitution of Cast-iron 
Pipe for Vitrified Pipe; 
16" C.I. for 15" Vitrified " 

8 Standard Manholes (not over 
8 feet deep) Each 

9 Overdepth of Manholes over 
8 feet deep Ft. 

10 Special Concrete Base 
and Trail for Sewer and 
Condensate Manhole Eaoh 

11 Specials « 4" Wye Branoh 
from 8" Pipe " 

12 Specials: 4" Wye Branoh 
from 10" Pipe " 



•158 


2.40 


379.20 


5,640 


1.10 


6,204.00 


7,120 


1.22 


8,686.40 


22 


5.50 


121.00 


145 


100.00 


14,500.00 


,60 


7.50 


450.00 


8 


30.00 


240.00 


570 


1.00 


570.00 


27 


1.50 


40.50 



-16- 



Item Unit 

Ho, Designation Unit Quantity Price Amount 

13 Specials* 4" Wye Branch 

from 15" Pipe Each 18 £2.55 $ 45.90 

14 Specials: 6" Wye Branch 

from 10" pipe * 4 1.50 6.00 

15 Spec ia 1st 6" Wye Branch 

from 15" pipe " 4 2.55 10.20 

16 4" Bends " 615 0.45 276.75 

17 6" Bends " 8 0.65 5.20 

18 Connection between House 
Sewer Service and 

Lateral Sewer " 500 2.50 1,250.00 

19 Excavation; Rock Cu.Yd. 200 5.00 1,000.00 

20 Concrete; Class A Cu.Yd. 100 15.00 1,500.00 

21 Concrete; Class B Cu.Yd. 100 12.50 1,250.00 

22 Steel , Cone rete Rein- 
forcing Lb. 1,000 0.06 60.00 

23 Sheeting Left in Place MEBM 1 75.00 75.00 

24 Sewage Treatment Flant Sum Job 13,500 13,500.00 

TOTAL $ 83,755.00 

25 Additional Cost of Changing Location of 

Treatment Plant to a Site East of Seaway, N.Y. 10,000.00 

TOTAL $ 93,755.00 

Engineering & Contingencies 18$ £ 17,245.00 

TOTAL $ 111,000.00 



.16- 



ESTIMATE OF COST 



STORM-SEFER SYSTEM 



Item 
Ko. 


Designation 




Unit 


Quantity 


Unit 
Price 


Amount 


1 


Pipe j Concrete , 


36" 




Lin.J 


n. 


550 


$ 8.60 


$4,730,00 


2 


m tt 


30" 




ii 


n 


1,051 


6.80 


7,146.80 


3 


ti tt 


24" 




M 


tt 


877 


4.35 


3,814.95 


4 


n ti 


21" 




It 


it 


1,167 


3.45 


4,026.15 


5 


M • 


18" 




n 


n 


1,072 


2.70 


2,894.40 


6 


It rt 


15" 




tt 


ft 


2,481 


2.20 


5,458.20 


7 


» « 


12" 




n 


it 


3,858 


1.65 


6,365.70 


8 


« it 


10" 




n 


tt 


2,024 


1.45 


2,934.80 


9 


• tt 


8" 




tt 


n 


147 


1.25 


183,75 


10 


Culvert Extension 




Lump 
Sum 




Job 




700.00 


11 


Manhole Type Inlet Basin 


Each 




10 


100.00 


1,000,00 


12 


Standard Inlet Basin 




tt 




102 


75.00 


7,650,00 


13 


Culvert Headwall 
36" pipe 


and 


Apronj 


n 




1 


45.00 


45.00 


14 


Culvert Headwall 
30 " pipe 


and 


Apron j 


H 




1 


40.00 


40,00 


15 


Culvert Headwall 
21" pipe 


and 


Apron; 


n 




2 


35.00 


70,00 


16 


Culvert Headwall 
18" pipe 


and 


Apron; 


n 




1 


30.00 


30,00 


17 


Culvert Headwall 
15 " pipe 


and 


Apron; 


M 




5 


25.00 


125.00 


16 


Culvert Headwall 
12" pipe or less 


and 


Apron} 


tt 




10 


20,00 


200,00 



-17- 



Item 

No. 



unit 

Designation Unit Quantity Prioe Amount 

Inverted Siphon; 24" Each 1 $250.00 |250.00 

" " 30* Each 1 235,00 235.00 

Steelj Conorete Rein- 
forcing Pounds 1,000 0,06 60.00 

Conorete; Class A Cu,Yd. 100 15.00 1,500.00 

Concrete; Class B " " 100 . 12,50 1,250.00 

Sheeting M.Ft. 1 75.00 75.00 

B.M. 

Excavation; Earth Cu,Yd. 200 0.50 100.00 

Excavation* Rock Cu.Yd, 100 5.00 500.00 

TOTAL $51,385.00 

Engineering & Contingencies 18$ f — - — — --..—- - — > 8,615.00 

TOTAL »-— — 60,000,00 



19 
20 
21 

22 
23 
24 

25 
26 



-18, 



ESTIMATE OF COST 
SPUR TRACK TO BOILERHOUSE 



The following estimate is based on a spur line backing off 
the proposed Mas sena .Terminal Railroad line 0,3 miles north of the 
Massena Center road and continuing southerly across the Massena Center 
Road to the boilerhouse; and presupposes the construction of the Massena 
Terminal Railroad crossing ths Grass River near the easterly property 
line of the Aluminum Company, If the railroad company does not build 
the line as assumed in the foregoing, it will cost no more to extend 
the spur line parallel to the Massena Center Road to connect with the 
existing tracks at the easterly end of the Aluminum Company plant. 



Unit 

Item Designation Unit Quantity Prioe Amount 

1 Excavation Cu. yds. 46,966 .50 $23,498.00 

2 Exoavation Rock Cu. yds. 10 2.50 25.00 

3 Earth Fill Compaoted Cu. yds. 24,300 .10 2,430.00 

4 Culverts 24" Lin. ft. 135 4.00 540.00 

5 Culverts 30 n Lin. ft. 25 4.50 113.00 

6 Sub Drains 6" Lin. ft. 10 .90 9.00 

7 Ballast Cu. yds. 2,004 2.50 5,010.00 

8 Cross Ties #3, treated Each 2,600 2.00 5,200.00 

9 Track Laying Un. ft. 4,725 3.00 14,175.00 

Total 51,000.00 

Engineering k contingencies 18^ ♦ 9 ,000.00 

Total 60,000.00 



.19- 



ESTIMATE OP COST 



INCINERATOR 



Total oost excluding engineering and 
contingencies 

Engineering and Contingencies 18$ ♦ 

Total Estimated Cost 



|11,005 

1,995 

$13,000 



-20. 



1 









PART THREE 



SEAWAY, HEW YORK 



ORGANIZATION FOR TOWN MANAGEMENT 



SEAWAY, N. Y. 
ORGANIZATION FOR TOWN MANAGEMENT 

CONTENTS 



Par. No. Title Page No. 

1 Introductory 1 

2 Proposed Operating Units 1 

3 Concessions, Permits and Contracts 1 

4 Recreation Association 1 

5 Town Operation and Maintenance Section 2 

6 Audit 8 and Accounts 2 

7 Billing and Collection 2 

8 School 2 

9 Government Garage and Fi rehouse 2 

10 Town Garage 2 

11 Storage Building 2 

12 Quartering and Supply Seotion 8 

13 Guest House 3 

14 Commissary Cold Storage Office 3 

15 Dormitories 4 

16 Cafeteria 4 

17 Employees' Houses 4 

18 Utilities Section 4 

19 General Warehouse 4 

20 Drafting and Records 4 

21 Mechanical Equipment, Stock, and Property Section 5 

22 Central Heating Plant 5 

23 Streets, Roads, Water and Sewer 

Systems, Garbage and Rubbish Disposal 6 

24 Hospital 6 

25 Visiting Nurse 7 

26 Out Patient Servioe 7 

27 Municipal Section 7 

28 Safety 7 

29 Fire 7 

30 Police 8 

31 Conclusion 8 

32 Organization Chart 8 

33 Plans for Operating Utilities and Services 8 

34 General Maintenance 9 

35 Snow Plowing, Removal, and Sanding Streets 9 

36 Garbage, Refuse Collection and Disposal 10 

37 Police Department 10 

38 Plan for Welfare and Recreational Activities 10 

39 Telephone Service 11 

40 Plans for water Supply F 

41 Sanitary sewerage System 3 ^ 

-A- 



Par, No. Title ' Page No 



42 Storm sewer System 12 

43 Electric Power and Light 13 

44 Steam Heating System 13 

45 Dairy Products 14 

46 Laundry Service 14 

47 Plans for Concessions 14 

48 Plans for the School 14 

49 Safety 15 

50 Postal Service 15 

51 Hospitals and Medical Service 15 

52 Plans for Operating the Housing Facilities 16 

53 Fire Protection 16 

54 Plans for Church 17 

55 Procurement Studies 17 



-B- 



SEATTAY VILLAGE, NEW YORK - ORGANIZATION FOR TOWN MANAGEMENT 

* 

1. It is anticipated that as soon as Seaway Village is com- 
pleted and accepted by the Government, the operation of the facilities 
will be taken over by the Town Management Division. The town manage- 
ment will be set up independent of the construction organization and 
will be, to a great extent, independent of the normal Distriot Admini- 
strative Division. The repsonsibilities of the Town Management Division 
will include everything connected with the administration and operation 
of the town, including the furnishing of quarters and subsistence of all 
single employees on the projeot who desire that service; the operation 

of a commissary, cold storage warehouse, general warehouse, repair shops, 
town garage. Government garage; a fully equipped hospital, a sohool, 
safety, fire, and police departments, maintenance of all buildings, 
streets, roads, alleys, walks, and paved areas; the operation and main- 
tenance of all utilities including the operation and maintenance of a 
central heating plant and distribution system, an approved water supply 
and distribution system, storm and sanitary sewerage systems with sew- 
age treatment plant; garbage and refuse collection and disposal; snow 
collection and removal; handling of all concessions and permits, con- 
tracts for electric power, water, and telephone, etc., including distri- 
bution of power to the project work centers and construction camps. 

2. Proposed Operating Units: - The construction activities 

of the St. Lawrence River Project will operate on a 24-hour basis, which 
will require that 24-hour service be maintained in many of the sections 
under Town Management. It is expeoted that the following operating 
units will be established: 

3. Concessions, Permits and Contracts. - All concessions and 
permits will be handled directly by the Town Manager. He will receive 
all applicants and make recommendations and decisions as to rules and 
regulations for operating the concessions, all, however, under the 
authority of the Exeoutive Officer. Contracts for water supply, elec- 
trio power, and telephone service will also come under the direction 

of the Town Manager. 

4. Recreation Association. - Under the Town Management Division 
will be set up a semi-official organization to be called the Recreation 
Association under the direction of the Town Manager. The Recreation 
Association Fill operate and manage the athletic hall, ball park, tennis 
courts, ice rink, social hall, and tourist bureau. Seven employees 

will be required to operate and manage this section. All salaries for 
this section will be paid from the Recrention Association funds. It is 
anticipated that an income clause will be inserted in the concessionaire 
contracts, the Recreation Association will be the beneficiary, and to- 
gether with other earnings from social activities all funds will be used 
solely for the operation, management, and maintenance of the social and 
reoreational activities of the community. 



-1- 



5. Town Operation and Maintenance Section. - This section will 
be headed "by an engineer under the direction of the Town Manager. It 
shall be the duty of this section to direct and supervise the following 
sections: audits, billing and collection, school, Government garage 
and flrehouse, town garage, storage, quartering and supply seotion, utili- 
ties section, central heating plant with operation and maintenance, 
streets, roads, alleys, paved areas, water distribution, sewer mainte- 
nance with garbage and rubbish disposal. One stenographer will perform 
all office duties. 



6. Audits and Accounts. - One accountant is needed to auidt 
and do all the necessary accounting. To operate 8 hours per day. 

7. Billing and Collection. - This seotion under the supervise 
ioxi of the accountant is required to do all billing and collection that 
will be needed to carry on all operative features of Seaway. All bill- 
ing and collecting for concessions and permits, employees' houses, ren- 
tal of dormitory rooms, meals, and other incidentals will be handled by 
this section, and all monies, deductions from salaries, and credits 
will be turned over to the Finance Section. This seotion will have one 
principal clerk and one assistant clerk. 

8. School . - The school will have a kindergarten and grades 
from 1 through 6 set up under the Town Operations and Maintenance Seo- 
tion. A principal who will teach along with his other duties will col- 
laborate with the New York State Educational System for setting up the 
school system at Seaway. In addition eight teachers and one janitor are 
needed to complete the school staff. 

9. Government Garage and Fi rehouse. - Under the town management 
and ope rati en , the Government garage and fi rehouse will both be housed 
within the same building and it is expected that 24-hour service will be 
needed to maintain all Government cars, trucks, and fire service. A 
garage foreman will supervise and maintain its operation; six mechanics 
and ore relief mechanic will do all repair work and in addition they will 
drive and operate the fire truok to all fires and emergencies; one jun- 
ior storekeeper will take care of all storeroom supplies; one clerk and 
one junior clerk- typist will handle all records and reports; three mech- 
anic helpers are needed to help the mechanics with repairs. 

10. Town Garage. - The Town Garage Seotion will operate 24 
hours per day. This building will house between 80 and 90 cars and trucks. 
In this building the cars are expected to be greased, oiled, washed, and 
maintained. One oiler, one laborer, and one junior clerk will be needed 
to perform the above work. 

11. Storage Building . - Under the Town Management and Operation 
Seotion the storage building is being set up to provide storage space for 

-2- 






the employees, A large quantity of cubicles are to be fenoed off, each 
unit with a gate and lock. It is anticipated that one warehouse helper 
can manage this in an eight-hour day, Eis duties will be to keep re- 
cords, make reports, and give a helping hand in moving materials in and 
out of the storage building. 

12. Quartering and Supply Seotion. - This section will be head- 
ed by a steward under Town Operations and Maintenance and his duties are 
to plan, organize, and supervise the guest house, commissary, cold stor- 
age, men's and women's dormitories, cafeteria, and employees' house. 

13. Guest House. - It is expeoted that the guest house will be 
operated on a Z4-hour schedule and the following help will be needed for 
its operation: a manager to plan and supervise its operation; four clerks 
to alternate on shift work; one first cook to plan and supervise the 
kitchen; two second cooks to prepare meals; two cooks' helpers to assist 
in preparation of meals; five waiters for dining room service attending 
27 tables; three charwomen and two charmen for dishwashing, cleanup work, 
making beds, dusting, and keeping the rooms neat; one housekeeper to 
manage all housekeeping duties; one bookkeeper to keep a record of all ac- 
counts and reports and three bellboys to help visiting transients with 
luggage and room service. The guest house has 86 rooms which necessitates 
such a large staff for its operation. Rates for service can be deducted 
from salaries by the Finance Section. 

14. Commissary Cold Storage Office. - This offioe will be 
operated on a 24-hour basis and the following are needed for its opera- 
tion; one steward to make up orders and check supplies; one junior clerk 
to make records and reports both for incoming and outgoing supplies; one 
junior typist to type invoices or requisitions; and one inspector to do 
all the inspecting of canned, perishable foods, and cold storage produots 
and make reports. 

a. Packaged Goods. - Two laborers will be needed to handle all 
the packaged goods, both incoming and outgoing. 

b. B utoher Shop. - Two meat outters and two laborers will be 
required for handling, "cutting, and preparing meats and all cold s 
storage goods for the hospital, cafeteria, and guest house, keeping 
records and making reports. 

o. Refrigeration Plant . - This plant will be manned by three 
operators and two laborers who will operate and maintain the plant at 
all times, making ice, oiling machines, keeping records and making 
reports. It is expeoted to make 5,000 pounds of ice per day. 

d » Dairy. - All dairy produots suoh as milk, cream, butter, 
cheese"7 eggs, etc., will be tended to by a laborer who is experienced 
with this kind of work, keeping records, and making reports. 

e * Deliveries. - Two chauffeurs will be kept ready at all 
times To make deliveries to hospital, oafeteria, and guest house. 

-3- 



This Y?Oi : cjfcn be spread out over 16 hours per day. Any additional 
help needed nay be drawn from the labor pool, 

15. Dormitories, There will be 20 dormitory buildings, 14 
for men and 6 for women. Seven oharmen will be needed for the men*s dor- 
mitories and three charwomen will be needed for the women* s dormitories. 
Each charman and charwoman will have to maintain 2 buildings each. It 
shall be their duty to keep rooms clean, make beds, dust, and do all 
necessary housework. One senior clerk and one junior clerk will be need- 
ed to keep records of occupants, supplies, checking in and out, and make 
reports to the billing section for charges and rentals, requisitioning 
supplies, and equipment. 

16. Cafeteria, - It is expected that the cafeteria will operate 
24 hours per day, with accommodations for approximately 272 persons at 
any time if necessary. The assistant steward will manage and plan the 
operation of the cafeteria as to meals, supplies, keep records, and make 
reports. One first cook will plan and supervise the kitchen, three 
second cooks and three cook helpers will do all the cooking and assist 

in preparation of all meals and lunches; two dishwashers will be required 
to wash all dishes, silverware, and kitchen utensils; eight waiters will 
be required to arrange food assembly service, collect all dishes and left- 
overs after mealsj a pastry cook will make all pastries for both cafeteria 
and guest house. Help can be shuffled from the guest house to cafeteria 
or vice versa, if conditions warrant. 

17. Employees' Houses. - This section is set up solely for the 
purpose of issuing houses, making inspections, keeping records of rents, 
supplies, inventories, notification to billing section for damages, rent 
deductions, requisitions for alterations or improvements, not making re- 
ports. This section will be manned by one assistant clerk and one junior 
clerk. 

18. Utilities Section. - This section should be headed by an 
associate engineer whose duties will be to supervise, plan, and operate 
the general warehouse, drafting, records, mechanical equipment, stock, 
and property and streets, roads, alleys, paved areas, water distribution, 
sewer maintenance, and garbage and refuse disposal. 

19. General Warehouse . - This section is expected to operate 
24 hours per day and an immense amount of work will be expected. Fifty 
persons will be required, working approximately 8 hours per shift, to 
handle all requisitions, filing, typing, kardex records, disbursing, 
storekeeping, and in general supplying all material and equipment for all 
buildings. The classification and numbers of employees needed are list- 
ed as follows: one section head to supervise and direct operations, 
three principal clerks, seven senior clerks, five clerks, nine junior 
clerks, four junior typists, nine under storekeepers, six handymen, and 
six laborers, 

20. Drafting and Records, - The work in this section will be 

-4* 



handled by a junior engineer who will record all changes, alterations, or 

improvements . 

21. Mechanical Equipment, Stock, and Property Section. - The 
work here will require one assistant engineer and one junior clerk whose 
duties will be to make requisitions for new stook and supplies, write 
specifications, supervise and plan work for the carpenters maintenance, 
heat and service, electrical, and plumbing maintenance, and labor pool. 

a. Carpenters and Maintenance Section. - This section will re- 
quire o"ne foreman carpenter, six carpenters, and two painters to do 
all the repair, maintenance, and small alterations, as the work arises. 
All work should be done by work orders. 

b. Heat Service and Maintenance Section. - This section re- 
quires one general foreman, three steamf itters , and two helpers for all 
inside and outside maintenance and repairs for the heating system ex- 
cept the heating plant. This department should collaborate with the 
central heating plant section. Periodical inspection, making reports, 
and checking should be made to insure efficient operations, safety, 
and comfort of all residents at Seaway. 

o. Eleotrical Maintenance Section. - The work to be done by 
this secTion comprises all inside and outside electrical work, includ- 
ing service to the contractor at the construction site. One general 
foreman to plan and supervise the work will be needed. Two inside 
electricians will be needed to make repairs, changes, and alterations, 
and to work on emergency cases. One lineman and one electrician* s 
helper will be required to maintain all outside service, including pow- 
er to the contractor. The power line should be patrolled periodically 
for safety measures. 

d. Plumbing and Maintenance Section. - This section requires 
one general foreman to plan and supervise all maintenance or altera- 
tion work. Two pipefitters and two helpers will do all the inside and 
outside plumbing that is necessary and make reports. 

e. Labor Pool. - The labor pool is set up so that all other 
sections may draw for any additional help that might be required. A 
foreman will head this section who will plan the work for the follow- 
ing Government oars and truoks, janitors and laborers for the labor 
pool to be employed as required. The pool may be increased or decrease 
ed as needed. 

-22. Central Heating Plant. - The plant will operate 24 hours 
a day and the following employees will be needed to insure efficiency 
and safety in operation: three chief operators to alternate on shift 
work to plan and supervise the work, keep records, and watch the coal 
conveying and ash disposal equipment; in other words, keep a close check 
on coal supply, boiler equipment, oiling, greasing, etc. Three operators 
will alternate on shift work, assisting the chief operator in plant opera- 
tion and maintenance. Three oilers will be needed to watch all conveying 

-5~ 



system equipment, motors, pumps, and any incidental work. Three laborers 
will be needed to assist the operators, keeping the plant clean, shovel- 
ing coal on conveyors when necessary, and doing other emergency work re- 
quired; one laborer should be working on each shift. 

23. Streets, Roads, Water and Sewer Systems, Garbage and Rub- 
bish Disposal. - This department will take care of all street maintenance 
and 1 repair work, removal of leaves, snow plowing, and snow removal; main- 
tain and repair the water, storm sewer, and sanitary sewer systems; main- 
tain and operate the sewage treatment plant; collect and dispose of the 
garbage and rubbish; mow. grass on parkways, lawns,, and playground areas, 
in addition to other items of work too numerous to mention. One assis- 
tant engineer will head this section to plan, supervise, lay out work, 
keep records, and make reports. One good foreman who is experienced in 
this type of work, and eight truck drivers will be needed. The truck 
drivers will be required to do all items of work listed above. If more 
help is necessary the labor pool will supply the workers. 

24. Hospital. - The administration of all hospital activities 
will be supervised by a chief medical officer who will be responsible to 
the Town Manager. The primary importance of the hospital is to render 
complete treatment and medical services for persons injured in the line 
of duty. It is expected that 24-hour service will be made available. 
The hospital should receive authority to render medical, surgical, and 
dental services to the contractors and their employees engaged in work 
on the project who will reside in the contractors* construction camps. 

A hospitalization plan is expected to be set up so that families of the 
Government employees may obtain complete treatment and medical attention. 
A physician from the hospital will act as a public health officer and 
it will be his responsibility to examine food handlers, prevent the 
spread of oont8gios disease, enforce health laws, supervise the work of 
the visiting nurse in homes, and daily inspection of school children. 
The hospital will have approximately 104 rooms and will accommodate 52 
patients, making it necessary to set up a staff of 47 persons for ef- 
ficient operation. 

The hospital personnel should include the following: 

1 ohief medical officer to handle all medical problems. 

2 interne doctors to assist in all medical oases within 
the hospital. 

1 nose and throat doctor to treat such cases. 

1 dental doctor to perform all dentistry work. 

1 pharmacist to handle all drugs and medical supplies. 

1 hospital superintendent to supervise the hospital 

organization and duties. 
1 secretary to assist the hospital superintendent in making 

reports, keeping records, correspondence, etc. 
1 nurse to act as supervisor or superintendent, and plan 

the work. 
12 nurses to work on shifts attending the sick and assisting 

in emergencies. 

-6- 



2 male at+endents to assist in any emergency cases* 

2 female attendants to assist in any emergency cases* 

1 laboratory technician to handle all laboratory and x-ray 

■work, 
1 information clerk to receive patients, visitors, and act 

as information bureau. 
1 senior clerk to handle all charges, accounts, and bills, 

records, files, requisitions for supplies, and equipment* 
1 junior clerk to assist in and handle all clerioal duties. 
1 head dietitian to plan and supervise all meals for patients 

and hospital staff. 
1 first oook to arrange and prepare meals. 
1 second cook to assist in preparation of meals, 

1 housekeeper to manage all necessary housecleaning and sup- 
plies. 

2 charmen to help keep the building olean. 

2 charwomen to help keep the building clean 

2 ambulance drivers to -work in shifts. 

1 bookkeeper to handle all bookkeeping and records. 

25. Visiting Nurse. - The visi sting nurse will be regularly 
assigned to hospital work and will be responsible to the chief medical 
officer. The nurse will make periodical visits to homes and a daily 
visit to the sohool* Her reports and recoimiendations will be turned 
over to the chief medical officer. 

26. Out Patient Service. - This service is to provide medical 
attention to those who do not require hospitalization but require the 
services of a doctor. A doctor from the hospital staff will be detailed 
to this work, 

27. Municipal Section. - This section will be headed by a 
person with administrative ability, and direotly responsible to the Town 
Manager. The work will require the planning, organizing, and supervising 
of the following seotions: safety, fire, and police. One stenographer 
will be needed to handle all clerical and office work. 

28. Safety. - One safety inspector under the expected set-up 
will collaborate with the Town Manager on all the policies of the safety 
program as outlined by the District Engineer. It will be his duty to 
report all unsatisfactory conditions to the Towi Manager. However, the 
safety inspeotor will be subjeot to the safety engineer assigned in the 
district who will plan and direct all safety work for the community. The 
safety inspector will look after sanitation, building inspection, fire 
prevention, maintenance, education and first aid. 

29. Fire. - The fire department will have a paid, full-time 
fire ohief with one assistant fire chief who will also be a full-time 
paid police chief assistant. The fire department will be made up of 
volunteer firemen who will be appointed. All policemen, guards, and 
others that will be selected by the fire chief, will act as volunteer 
firemen. The fire truck will be maintained, operated, and driven to 

-7- 



fires, drills, and practices by mechanics in the Government garage build- 
ing. The garage will operate 24 hours per day. The volunteer firemen 
will be made up of Goverrment employees who will, in addition to their 
regular duties, attend all fires, meetings, training periods, and any 
emergency, A volunteer force of approximately 200 should be enrolled. 
The principal program of the fire department will be fire prevention. 

30. Police. - The police department will be a full-time 
paid organization which will patrol, guard life and property, and main- 
tain order. The department will operate 24 hours per day. All charged 
felonies can be handled either in Federal or State courts. The depart- 
ment is to be organized under the supervision of the Town Manager and 
should include the following: 

1 police chief who will plan, direct, and supervise the de- 
partment. 

1 police chief assistant who will also act as the fire chief. 

2 sargeants. 

1 clerk for desk duty. 

8 patrolmen to make routine patrols on foot and by auto, answer- 
ing calls. The patrolmen will also make calls to the desk 
at intervals and punch clocks in places deemed necessary. 

No guards have been set up because it is felt that the police department 
should be able to take care of this item of work. 

31. Conclusion. - The personnel of all seotions may be in- 
creased or decreased according to conditions governed by the project. 
Although the number of employees in some sections may seem high it 
should be kept in mind that the procedure in this case differs greatly 
from that of operating a privately owned community of a similar size 
where operation and maintenance of a large portion of the features would 
be done by private home owners. In this case, however, everything will 
be owned, operated, and maintained by the Government which will require 
approximately 290 employees for efficient operation when housing the 
maximum expected population of 3,300 persons. 

32. Organization Chart. - The organization chart for Town Man- 
agement of Seaway, New York, with a personnel breakdown, is shown on 
drawing MV-X-l/l attached. This shows an organization of 290 employees 
which presumably will be a maximum for a village of 3,300 persons. This 
chart is to be used for recruiting and division into functions, and the 
actual number of employees will be expanded or contracted as necessary 
after the start of operations . 

33. Plans for Operating Utilities and services. - The opera- 
tions of utilities and services for Seaway, New York will be planned and 
supervised by the various departments under the Town Management. The 
can fort, safety, and convenience of employees and their families as well 
as efficient and economical planning and operations will be the important 
factors. The tools, equipment and materials required for the operations 

-8- 



OROAHIZATIOH CHART 

TOWN MANAOEMEN T 



DISTRICT ENGINEER 



EXECUTIVE OFFICER 





CONCESSIONS 




AND PERMITS 


1 


DRUG STORE, NEWS- 




STAND 4 NEWS AGENCY, 




ICE CREAK 4 SODAS 


2 


GROCERY STORES 4 




HEAT SHOPS 


1 


BARBER SHOP 


1 


CLEANING 4 PRESSING 




SHOP, LAUNDRY AGENCY 


1 


DRESS SHOP 


1 


HABERDASHERY 


2 


RESTAURANTS 


1 


SHOE STORE 


1 


THEATRE 


2 


PILLING STATIONS 


1 


BOWLING ALLEY 


1 


BEAUTY SHOP 


1 


SHOE REPAID SHOP 



CONTRACTS 
(WATER SUPPLY 
ELECTRIC POWER 
TELEPHONE SERVICE) 



RECREATION ASSO. 

PRESIDENT 
1 STENOGRAPHER 



ATHLETIC HALL 

1 PHYSICAL DIRECTOR 

2 JANITORS 



BALL PARK 
1 ATTENDANT 
(IN SEASON) 



TENNIS COURTS 
1 ATTENDANT 
(IN SEASON) 



ICE R INK 
1 ATTENDANT 
(IN SEASON) 



AUDITS AND 
ACCOUNTS 

1 ACCOUNTANT 



BILLING AND 
COLLECTING 

1 CLERK (PRINCIPAL) 
1 ASSISTANT CLERK 



SOCIAL HALL 
STEWARD 
JANITOR 
OTHER HELP AS 

REQUIRED 



TOURIST BUREAU 
1 CLERK 



SCHOOL 

1 PRINCIPAL 4 TEACHES 
8 TEACHERS 
1 JANITOR 



GOV'T. GARAGE AND 

FI REHOUSE 
1 GARAGE FOREMAN 
6 MECHANICS 
1 MECHANIC (RELIEF) 
1 JR. STOREKEEPER 
1 CLERK 

1 JR. CLERK TYPIST 
3 MECHANIC HELPERS 



TOWN GARAGE 
1 OILER 
1 LABORER 
1 JR. CLERK 



STORAGE 

1 WAREHOUSE HELPER 

(TENANT CUBICLES) 



TOWN MANAGER 
I STENOGRAPHER 



TOWN OPERATIONS 
AND MAINTENANCE 

1 ENGINEER 

1 STENOGRAPHER 



QUARTERING AND 
SUPPLY SECTION 



GUEST HOUSE 


1 MANAGER 


k CLERKS 


1 FIRST COOK 


2 SECOND COOKS 


2 COOK HELPERS 


5 WAITRESSES 


3 CHARWOMEN 


2 CHARMEN 


1 HOUSEKEEPER 


1 BOOKKEEPER 


3 BELL BOYS 



COMM. COLD STORAGE 

OFFICE 

1 STEWARD 

1 JR. CLERK 

1 JR. CLERK TYPIST 

1 INSPECTOR 



COMM. COLD STORAGE 
PACKAGE GOOD3 

2 LABORERS 



COLD STORAGE AND 
BUTCHER SHOP 

2 MEAT CUTTERS 
2 LABORERS 



REFRIGERATION PLANT 

3 OPERATORS 
2 LABORERS 



DAIRY 
1 LABORER 



DELIVERIES 
2 CHAUFFERS 



1 


HE) 


'S 


DORMITORIES 


1 
1 
7 


SR. CLERK 
JR. CLERK 
CHARMEN 



WOMEN'S DORMITORIES 
3 CHARWOMEN 



CAFETERIA 


1 ASST. STEWARD 


1 FIRST COOK 


3 SECOND COOKS 


3 COOK HELPERS 


2 DISHWASHERS 


8 WAITERS 


1 PASTRY COOK 



EMPLOYEES' HOUSES 
1 ASST. 0LERK 
1 JR. CLERK 



UTILITIES SECTION 
1 ASSO. ENGINEER 



GENERAL WAREHOUSE 


I SECTION HEAD 


3 PRINCIPAL CLERKS 


7 SENIOR CLERKS 


5 CLERKS 


9 JUNIOR CLERKS 


1* JUNIOR TYPISTS 


9 UNDER STOREKEEPERS 


6 HANDY&N 


6 LABORERS 



DRAFTING AND RECORDS 
I JR. ENGINEER 



MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 

STOCK AND PROPERTY 
1 ASST. ENGINEER 
1 JR. CLERK 



CARPENTER MAINTENANCE 

1 FOREMAN CARPENTER 
6 CARPENTERS 

2 PAINTERS 



HEAT SERVICE AND 

MAINTENANCE 

1 GENERAL FOREMAN 
3 STEAMFITTERS 

2 HELPERS 



ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE 



1 GENERAL FOREMAN 

2 ELECTRICIANS 
1 LINEMAN 

1 ELECTRIC UN HELPER 



PLUMBING MAINTENANCE 

1 GENERAL FOREMAN 

2 PIPEFITTERS 
2 HELPERS 



CENTRAL HEATING PLANT 



PUNT OPERATION 
AND MAINTENANCE 

3 CHIEF OPERATORS 

3 OPERATORS 

3 OILERS 

3 LABORERS 



STREETS, ROADS, ALLEYS 

PAVED AREAS, WATER, 

DISTRIBUTION, SEWER, 

MAINTENANCE, GARBAGE 

AND RP33ISH DISPOSAL 



1 ASST. ENGINEER 
1 FOREMAN 
8 TRU3K DRIVERS 
8 LABORERS 



HOSPITAL 

1 CHIEF UEDICAL OFFICER 

2 INTERNES 

1 NOSE 4 THROAT DOCTOR 

1 DENTAL DOCTOR 

1 PHARMACIST 

1 HOSPITAL SUPT. 

1 SECRETARY 

1 NURSE SUPT. 
12 NURSES 

2 ATTEIlJANTS-MALE 

2 ATTENDANTS-FEMALE 
1 LABORATORY TECHNICIAN 
1 INFORMATION CLERK 
1 SENIOR CLERK 



JUNIOH CLERK 
HEAD DIETITIAN 
FIRST COOK 
SECOND COOK 
HOUSEKEEPER 
CHARMEN 
CHARViOlEN 
AMBULANCE DRIVERS 
BOOKKEEPER 



VISITING NURSE 



OUT PATIENT SERVICE 



MUNICIPAL SECTION 
I SECTION HEAD 
1 STENOGRAPHER 



SAFETY 
1 SAFETY INS.- ECTOR 



SANITATION 
(BUILDING INSPECTION, 
FIRE PREVENTION, 
MAINTENANCE, EDUCA- 
TION. FIRST AID) 



FIRE 
1 FIRE CHIEF 



VOLUNTEER FlKEffiN 



POLICE 
1 POLICE CHIEF 

1 POLICE CHIEF ASST. 
ASST. FIRE CHIEF 

2 SERGEANTS 
I CLERK 

8 PATROLMEN 
GUARDS 



THIS CHAnT IS TO BE USED FOR THE FINAL REPORT, RECRUITING, AND DIVISION 
INTO FUNCTIONS AND EXPANDED OR CONTRACTED AS NECESSARY AFTER THE START 
OF OPERATIONS. 



LABOR POOL 

1 FOREMAN 
10 CHAUFFERS 

2 TRUCK DRIVERS 
JANITORS 

LABORERS AS REQUIRED 



ST. LAWRENCE RIVER PROJECT 

ORGANIZATION CjHART 
TOWN MANAGEMENT 

SEAWAY, NEW YORK 




of utilities and services will be purohased as supply items rather than 
by inclusion in the contract. In some cases it has been found to be more 
economical to include some of these items in the contract. Equipment 
materials and supplies required for the operation of all buildings, utili- 
ties, and services are on file in the St, Lawrence River District files. 
The different divisions with the personnel may be found in the Organiza- 
tion Chart for Town Management, 

34, General Maintenance. - The general operation and mainten- 
ance of all buildings, streets, utilities, and servioes will be handled by 
Town Management, Necessary equipment will be purchased as supply items 
rather than by inclusion in the construction contract, A maintenance 
shop building containing the various shops required for this work has 
been designed. An inclosed storage and garage space for outdoor equip- 
ment is provided. Tools and machinery equipment for the performance of 
work that may be brought to the shop are included in this plan as supply 
items. Tools and equipment required for the performance of other than 
shop work are also included in this plan as supply items. A crew of 
skilled and unskilled workers under the supervision of general foremen 
for each main division of maintenance work has been planned. The general 
foremen will include a carpenter foreman, heating foreman, electrical 
foreman, plumbing foreman, and street foreman. It is estimated that a 
crew of 37 workers can perform the neoessary maintenance work during the 
occupation of seaway, New York, The maiit enance of Government owned and 
operated equipment will be done by mechanics and workers in the Govern- 
ment and town garage buildings. The cost for all services incidental to 
the repair and maintenance of buildings and utilities will be included in 
the rental charge. Concessionnaire* s alterations requested by the occu- 
pant of a building will be paid for by the occupant unless otherwise di- 
rected by the Town Management. All other services incidental to the re- 
pair and maintenance of buildings and utilities will be maintained by 
Town Management of Seaway, New York. 

35. Snow Plowing, Removal, and Sanding Streets. - The experi- 
ence of the State, County, and local highway departments in this locality 
is that snow plowing, removal, and sanding of streets are very essential 
and necessary in the winter. The climatio conditions in the St, Lawrence 
River valley record a temperature range of 150 degree sj often times an 
alternate freezing and thawing cycle with wintery blasts of snow, sleet, 
and rain occur as often as twice in a 24-hour range. With these facts 

in mind, a requirement list of equipment needed to cope with the above 
conditions is being prepared. This will be found on file under Equip- 
ment - Streets. The common practice of snow plowing in this vioinity 
will be adopted for Seaway. The snow will be plowed away from the paved 
areas and shoved over onto shoulders of streets, alleys and sidewalks 
in the residential areas. This same procedure will be applied to the 
business areas except that the accumulated snow will be loaded on trucks 
by labor from the labor pool and hauled away to a nearby selected dis- 
posal area. Street intersection will be cleared for vehicular and pedes- 
trian comfort. This practice is to be followed so as to avoid accumu- 
lation of snow which will pack and beoome very rutty during thaws and 
rains. Ice pavements caused by rains or thaws which become very slippery 

•9- 



will be sarried with a mixture of sand with salt or chloride (50 pounds of 
salt or chloride to every cubic yard of sand). A sander placed at the 
rear of the track will spread a thin layer of the mixed aggregate on the 
slippery pavements. The sidewalks will be sanded by hand labor at the 
same time streets are being sanded if necessary. The snow plowing, re- 
moval, and sanding of streets will be accomplished by Government owned 
and operated equipment under the direction of the Town Management divi- 
sion* 

36 • Garbage, Refuse Collection and Disposal. - Garbage and 
refuse waste material from dwellings, public buildings and street refuse 
receptacles will be collected and disposed of as a publio servioe render- 
ed by the Town Management of Seaway, New York. The residents will be 
required to furnish their own garbage cans. The type of garbage cans to 
be used throughout the village area will be approved and adopted by the 
Town Management which will also make up a set of rules and collection 
schedule. The refuse and garbage will be loaded and hauled away in a 
water-tight garbage truck of 4-cubic yard capacity to a Government owned 
and operated incinerator plant of 1-ton oapacity. This incinerator is 
to be located approximately 8,200 feet easterly from the east limits of 
Seaway, New York. The Government owned and operated garbage truck will 
be manned by a driver and two collectors. The incinerator will be manned 
and operated by Government employees. In the event that disposal of 
refuse and garbage becomes neoessary prior to the completion of the incin- 
erator, it will be buried in a ravine near the site of the incinerator 
plant. The cost of the garbage disposal service will be included in 
the utilities portion of the rent paid by the concessionaire or tenant. 

37. Police Department. - The Police Department will be organ- 
ized under the supervision of the Town Manager. The department will 
operate 24 hours per day with three 8-hour shifts. The assistant police 
chief and sargeant will each be placed in charge of a shift with a clerk 
or a policeman at the desk to receive calls, complaints, and make out 
various reports. The Police Department will maintain law and order, 
patrol guard life and property. The jail will be located in the rear 
part of the Town Hall building with the police office on one side, one 
men* s cell, and one women's cell being provided on the opposite side. 

The Police Department is to be equipped with modern police equipment pur- 
chased as supply i+ems. Patrolling will be done on foot and patrol oar, 
in addition to answering police service. Periodic inspection of residen- 
tial, dormitory, public buildings, and industrial areas are to be made. 
Clocks rill be punched where neoessary. The Police Department personnel 
will be obtained through the Civil Service Commission and will have full 
police authority within the reservation. It will also be a function of 
the police Department to be on the lookout for fires, have control of all 
guards within the village, and supervise the Civilian defense activities. 

38. Plans for "Welfare and Recreational Activities - The Seaway 
Recreation Association will be organized as a semi-official organization 
under the Town Management Division. The association is to be organized 

*10- 



for the purpose of providing reoreational , social, and educational oppor- 
tunities for the employees and dependents of seaway Village. The re- 
creation Association will hire and pay for all help required in this 
section. An income clause will be included in all the concessionaires* 
contracts for the benefit of the Recreation Association, A percentage of 
the concessionaires* net profits will form the basis for the amount to 
be turned over to the Association. The Association will use all monies 
reoeived from concessions, permits, and canteens solely for social ac- 
tivities, entertainment, equipment, and supplies for the athletic hall, 
social hall, ball park, tennis courts, ice rinks, playground equipment, 
tourist bureau, salaries of help and its management. 

39. Telephone Service. - For the rapid and efficient construc- 
tion of the St. Lawrence River Project it is necessary that a telephone 
system connecting the various camps and projects be provided. A study 

of the project as a whole has been made and preliminary negotiations have 
been had with the New York Telephone Company who will provide services for 
Seaway and the construction area. Consideration was given to an extens- 
ion of the Massena Central office for use as a central office for Seaway, 
but in order to effect a oonsidereble saving in copper it is now proposed 
to locate a central office at Seaway. This office will be located in an 
extension to the Town Ball and will be tied in with the Massena cert ral 
office with toll cirouits. The telephone company will occupy this space 
as a tenant. A proposal has been submitted by the telephone company for 
service to Seaway and a contract may be entered into at any time. The 
telephone company will supply all material and equipment and erect and 
maintain all lines based on five years of servioe. The Government will 
permit the telephone company the use of pole lines constructed by the 
Government without expense to the telephone company. Present plans pro- 
vide for a multiple PBX switchboard in the Administration Building and 
non-multiple PBX boards in the Guest House, Town Hall, and the Ogdens- 
burg administration office, (if any). A cordless PBX board is planned 
for the hospital. The Administration Building will have toll terminals 
direct to the Massena toll board, trunks to the Seaway central office, 
and tie lines to Town Hall and various construction sites. Contractors, 
inhabitants of the residence and dormitories, and concessionaires will 
be required to make their own service contracts with the telephone com- 
pany. Public coin box service will be provided where use warrants 
its installation and maintenance. The telephone company proposes to 
serve Seaway at established tariff charges. Residential rates will be 
slightly higher than those now current in Massena, New York. 

40. Plans for Water Supply. - Two possible sources of water 
supply are a vai tablet 

a. The Aluminum Company of America which has its own 
8ystemTand also supplies water to the Village of Massena. 

b. An all -Government system including a pumping plant 
located" on the Massena Power Canal some 2,000 feet up the 
canal from the intake of the Aluminum Company pumping plant. 

-11- 



Comparative cost estimates indicate that there would be a slight advan- 
tage in purchasing water from the Aluminum Company. A tentative contract 
has been submitted by the Aluminum Company which provides for delivery 
of ohlorin&ted 3t, Lawrence River water,, The difference between the 
water delivered to Massena and that which would be delivered to Seaway 
is that the Massena water is mechanically filtered whereas Seaway water 
would be unfiltered. The State Department of Health does not require 
St, Lawrence water to be filtered. The Aluminum Company proposes to fur- 
nish the water at a pressure not less than 50 pounds per square inch at 
the pumping plant. This pressure would be too low for direct service 
and it would be necessary to install booster pumps and an elevated water 
tank in order to provide satisfactory service. The quantity of water 
which the Aluminum Company guarantees to deliver would be sufficient for 
the normal domestic use of Seaway, but the company does not guarantee 
to furnish sufficient draft for fire protection. The obligations of the 
Aluminum Company under the proposed contract are expressed in th^se 
words: 

In case of fire or other unforeseeable emergency at the Con- 
struction Village, the Contractor will supply, to the limit of 
the Contractors idle capacity at the time, additional water re- 
quired during the period of such emergenoy. The Contractor 
will not be responsible for any damage resulting from excessively 
high or low pressure or from the Contractors inability to supply 
a sufficient amount of water during the period of such emergency. 

This would not be a satisfactory arrangement and the subject should re- 
ceive further consideration and if no better arrangement can be worked 
out with the Aluminum Company it is believed that an independent pumping 
station should be installed by the Government. It is proposed to supply 
water to residences, dormitories , and the guest house without specif io 
charges to tenants. The cost of the service will be taken into consider- 
ation in fixing rentals. Concessionaires who desire water servioe will 
be placed on meters and billed for the water actually used. The system 
would be operated and maintained by the Town Management. See File MV-V- 
225/l for list of requirements. 

41, Sanitary Sewerage System. - A gravity type sanitary sew- 
erage system is proposed which will be maintained and serviced by the 
maintenance orew under the Town Management. The sewers and treatment 
plant will require periodical inspection and cleaning. Further informa- 
tion pertaining to the system will be found in Appendix 111-21. The 
tools and equipment required for this service will be purchased as 
supply items. The requirements are listed with the streets, water and 
sewer maintenance system and may be found in the District file MV-V- 
22/1. 

42. Storm Sewer System . - A gravity type storm sewer system 

is proposed whioh will be maintained and serviced by the maintenance crew 

-12. 



under the Town Management. Further information pertaining to the system 
will be found in Appendix 111-21. The tools and equipment required for 
this service will be purchased as supply items. The requirements are 
listed with the street, water and sewer maintenance requirements and may 
be found in the District file MV-V-225/l. 

43. Eleotric Power and Light. - Seaway, New York as well as 
the construction work and contractor's" camps will be supplied with elec- 
tric power and light under contract to be arranged with the Central New 
York Power Corporation. The power will be taken from the high voltage 
lines at a substation building No. 25A at the Massena pl6nt of the Alumi- 
num Company of America. From there the current will be transmitted to 

a Government substation to be built at Seaway, where it will be trans- 
formed to primary voltage for distribution to Seaway and camps. The 
power on the feeder lines will be metered, and charges made for the 
amount used at cost to the Government, plus 1(# for overhead and mainte- 
nance. All buildings at Seaway, New York will be supplied with eleo- 
tric power and light. Service to residences and dormitories will be 
included as part of the rent. Concessionaires will be metered and bill- 
ed for the amount used. All buildings will be provided with outside 
service switches. The high-tension transmission line, the feeder lines 
to construction areas, and the Seaway distribution system will be opera- 
ted and maintained by the electric maintenance crew under the Town Man- 
agement. The entire system will receive periodic inspection. A main- 
tenance shop is to be provided and all tools and equipment required for 
the field and shop crew are to be purchased as supply items. Electric 
lamp bulbs for the street lighting system, and all public buildings and 
dormitories except concessionaires will be supplied by the Town Manage- 
ment as supply items. Tenants of residences and concessionaires will 
supply their own bulbs. 

44. Steam Heating System. A central heating plant will be 
provided with service extending to all building throughout the village. 
The heating system including heat exchangers will provide hot water for 
baths, showers, lavatories, kitchens, etc., shut off boxes to all build- 
ings may be turned on or off according to whatever service is required. 
This service is usually necessary because of vacancy or occupancy of a 
building or repairs to the system. The entire heating system will re- 
oeive periodical inspection. A maintenance shop is to be provided for 
the heat service and maintenance crew. The equipment and tools required 
for this department and the boiler house crew are to be purchased as 
supply items. The cost of heat, service and maintenance will be includ- 
ed in the rent. The operation of the boiler house will be as automatic 
as is economically praotical. The fuel used is to be bituminous coal 
because a study has shown that this is the most economical fuel avail- 
able in this locality. The coal will be run-of-the-mine received in 
bottom dump freight cars, and will be dumped into a track hopper from 
which it will be transported to a crusher by an apron conveyor. The 
crushed coal will be transported by a bucket conveyor system to storage 
hoppers from whioh it will feed by gravity in to the mechanical stokers. 
Exoess coal will continue on in the bucket conveyor to stook piles in 

-13- 



in the storage shed , from which it can be returned to the bucket conveyor 
at any time through small feeder hoppers. Each boiler will be provided 
with automatic mechanical stokers which will feed the coal in proportion 
to the demand. The ashes will be dumped into an ash hopper and, at in- 
tervals, removed by a steam jet-aotivated system and discharged into a 
ravine located east of the boiler house. Five, 300 h.p, boilers will 
be installed initially and space will be provided for a sixth boiler 
to be installed when needed. The steam heating system will be operated 
and maintained by the Town Management. 

45. Dairy Products. - Dairy products can be supplied by local 
conoerns. These local firms have been contracted and it has been tenta- 
tively planned that the Government will contract to all dairy products 
delivered to Seaway. Arrangements will be made for families occupying 
houses and not furnished subsistence by the Government to purchase dairy 
products from one or two of the leading dairy firms which will be per- 
mitted to sell and deliver on the reservation under concession agreements. 
This service will be arranged and supervised by the Town Management. 

46. Laundry Service. - Laundry service will be provided both 
for the Government and for residents of the village. A thorough inves- 
tigation of the local and surrounding villages has been made, and satis- 
factory facilities found in Massena, Ogdensburg, Malone, Canton, and 
Potsdam, New York. These villages are within a radius of 40 miles 

and pick-up and delivery services can be obtained at a slight additional 
charge. A concession will be let for a cleaning and pressing establish- 
ment in the village which will also act as the laundry agency represent- 
ing one or more ooncerns having sufficient equipment to handle the work. 
The laundry service for the Government and residents of Seaway, New York 
will be arranged and supervised by the Town Management. 

47. Plans for Concessions.- It is anticipated that Seaway will 
require approximately twelve or more concessions (see Organization Chart 
of Town Management) intended to supply all ordinary needs of the inhabi- 
tants. Space for additional concessions has been provided. Concessions 
will be advertised, awards made to the most desirable applicant after 
consideration of financial standing, character, etc., and let in the 
form of a oontract which will cover heat and rent for space involved. 

It is further intended that each concessionaire will turn over to the 
Employees Recreation Association a certain percentage of the net profits. 
The electric power, light, and water will be metered and paid by the 
concessionaire. All concessions will be under the supervision of the 
Town Management. 

48. Plans for the School. - A school to accommodate 200 pup- 
ils from kindergarten to 6th grade inclusive will be provided for Gov- 
ernment employee^ children. It has been determined that Massena public 
schools, approximately 3g- miles away have sufficient capacity to take 
oare of children from Seaway in the 7th grade and above. The currioulum, 
selection of teachers, and schedule of classes in Seaway School will be 
in accordance with the requirements of the University of the State of 

-14- 



Few York, Department of Education. The school will be staffed by a 
prinoipal, who will also act as an instructor, and eight other teachers. 
The school organization and maintenance will be under the supervision 
of the Town Management and the materials and equipment will be purchased 
as supply items. 

49. Safety. - A Safety Department will be organized which will 
be supervised by a safety inspector in collaboration with the Town Mana- 
ger. The Distriot Safety Engineer assigned to the St. Lawrence River 
District will aot as consultant on all safety problems. The Safety Ue- 
partment will recommend rules and regulations pertaining to sanitation, 
fire protection, accident prevention, building inspection, maintenance, 
first aid, education, health standards, safety posters, and bulletins. 
All supplies, equipment, and materials required for this department will 
be purchased as supply items by the Town Management* 

50. Postal Service. - A Post Offioe for Seaway will be provid- 
ed in space allocated in the town hall building allocated for that pur- 
pose. It is expected that the Seaway Post Office will provide full post 
office service but operate as a branch of the Massena Post Office with 

a olerk in charge. Whether the Post Office Department will approve free 
delivery within the village has not been ascertained; if free delivery 
is established it will require two carriers. The organization, equip- 
ment and service will be subject to the decisions of the United States 
Post Office Department. The town management will make all necessary ar- 
rangement s • 

51. Hospitals and Medical Service. - Surveys of the hospital 
facilities in the vioinity of Seaway have been made by the District En- 
gineer Offioe and by Drs. V. M. Hoge, and Dean A. Clark, Surgeons of 
the United States Public Health Service, Washington, D. C. (oopy of re- 
port file No. MV-V-207/l) and it was decided to construct a hospital 

at Seaway having sufficient capacity to care for all Government and con- 
tractor 1 s employees and their families. Studies so far made indicate 
that a 61-bed hospital will be necessary to provide the required service. 
Mr. Charles F. Neergaard, hospital consultant, 41 East Forty-Second 
Street, New York, N.Y. , was engaged to act as consultant on the general 
design and layout of the proposed hospital. See File No. MV-F-207/l to 
207/8 inclusive. Mr. Neergaard submitted plans on an 86-bed hospital 
and prepared a list of necessary equipment. After considerable planning 
by the Distriot Staff with the assistance of Dr. David G. Clark, 622 
West 168th Street, New York, N.Y. , consultant, the hospital plans were 
redrawn to provide 61 beds. See Drawing No. MV-1-207/3. Requisitions 
for equipment have not been made up for the hospital and when they are, 
if worked up from Mr. Neergaard' s report, the quantities should be re- 
duced in proportion to the 6l/86 ratio because the report is on the basis 
of 86 beds. Mr. Neergaard specified certain types of offioe furniture, 
dishes, etc. It is planned to furnish the hospital with this sort of 
equipment which will be the same designs as used in other buildings in 
Seaway. It has been the intent to furnish all buildings as far as 
possible with the same type of furnishings so that the furnishings will 

-15- 



be interchangeable* No definite recommendations have been prepared as 
to how employees -will pay for the hospital service, but it is believed 
that some sort of hospitalization plan could be worked out -whereby an 
agreement would be signed by each employee who desires the hospital ser- 
vice. Deductions for hospital service for Government employees could 
be made from the pay rolls, and it is anticipated that the contractors* 
will vouch for their employees -who would pay for treatment as received. 
The schedule of charges for service should be in accordance with pre- 
vailing rates. The proposed site of the hospital was selected by Mr. 
Neergaard as being the most desirable from the point of exposure, and 
at the same time well away from main traveled highways and business dis- 
trict of the town. The hospital will be operated and maintained by the 
Town Management. The Town of Massena has been offered a Federal grant 
of $150,000 to aid in building a $300,000 hospital. The Town has voted 
to bond itself for $150,000 for this purpose. If this hospital is built 
in time to be available for the personnel connected with the St. Lawrence 
River district, the idea of building the hospital at Seaway should be 
reoonsidered, 

53. Plans for Operating the Housing Facilities. - A method for 
use in assigning and operating living quarters has not been worked out. 
All dwelling units , the hospital and the cafeteria will be supplied with 
heat, hot water heater, water and electric power. The residences will 
all be supplied with window shades, eleotrio ranges and refrigerators and 
in addition types 2, 3 and 4 houses will be furnished with one folding 
indoor bed eaoh. The dormitory buildings, guest house, hospital and 
cafeteria will be furnished complete with furniture and equipment also, 
garage space will be provided for the residents of Seaway. No bunk 
houses have been planned. A formula for alloting dwelling units, fixing 
rentals and cafeteria charges should be worked up by the Town Management. 
The necessary furniture and equipment will be purohased as supply items 
by the Town Management. The rental oharged for dwelling units should 
include light, heat, water, sanitary and garbage service furnishings, 
equipment and garage storage as explained above as well as maintenance. 

53. Fire Protection. - The Fire Department for Seaway should 
be supervised and operated by a full-time chief and one full time assis- 
tant fire chief who will both be paid accordingly. The remainder of the 
department should consist of a voluntary force of approximately 200 Gov- 
ernment employees selected by the fire chief from different phases of 
town operations and maintenance. This should provide men with varied 
experience who are willing to answer fire calls, attend meetings and 
training periods, and assist at emergencies in addition to their regular 
duties. A fi rehouse has been planned in a wing of the Government garage 
where a fire fighting truck would be housed. This fire truck will be 
of modern design equipped with a booster pump and all the other necess- 
ary fire fighting equipment which constitutes a modern unit. The gen- 
eral repair shop for transportation equipment will be located in the 
same building and since this is to be in continuous operation, there 
will always be someone on hand who could immediately drive the fire 
truck in answer to calls. Buildings other than residences will be well 
equipped with individual fire extinguishers and in important buildings 

-16- 



there will be wall mounted fire hose ready for use. Fire hydrants con- 
nected to the water system will be so located throughout the villags 
that there will be at least one within 300 feet of any building. Water 
for fire fighting purposes will be obtained from the general water 
supply system which is dammed so that when the elevation tank is full, 
1,500 gallons per minute could be delivered to any area in the village 
under a pressure of at least 40 pounds at all fire hydrants except in 
two or three instances where the pressure might drop to 38 or 39 pounds, 
A 250-foot fire line of 2-l/2" hose and 3/4 M nozzle under 50 pounds 
pressure will disoharge about 119 gallons per minute. Therefore the 
feature limiting the amount of water available for fire fighting pur- 
poses is not likely to be the system itself but the amount of water 
which can be supplied. Under present condition, the Aluminum Company 
of America is willing to contract for a minimum of 375 gallons per 
minute and would make an effort to supply a larger quantity in the 
event of an emergency. This is not an entirely satisfactory arrange- 
ment but there is an additional safeguard in the water stored in the 
elevated tank which, if full, should provide sufficient water to handle 
any fire likely to develop in a village of one-story buildings arranged 
as planned for Seaway with asbestos cement siding and Class W C* roofing 
and ample space between buildings to retard the spread of flames. A 
fire alarm siren designed to send coded signals will be mounted on the 
firehouse and operated by the telephone operator. Reports of fires 
will be telephoned to the operator who will code the siren and notify 
the person on duty in the firehouse the locution and severity of the 
fire. Telephone boxes mounted on poles are to be placed throughout 
the town. The fire alarm system is included in the building contract. 
The maintenance of the fire fighting equipment will be handled by the 
mechanics in the Gove mment garage. 

54. Plans for Church. - Provisions have not been made for a 
churoh at Seaway, and the area in Block 29 (see drawing file MV-l-l/l) 
south of Church Place between Summit and St. Lawrence Avenues has oeen 
reserved for that purpose. It is expected, however, that groups of 
various oreeds will request the use of some building for services and 
religious functions. It has been planned that the athletic hall can be 
used for this purpose. Arrangements will be made by the Town Manage- 
ment. 

55. Procurement Studies. - A study of the internal arrange- 
ment for each building planned for Seaway, was made by using an en- 
largement of the preliminary drawing of the floor plan and templates 
representing the furniture and equipment to be used in the building. 
Trial solutions were made by fitting the template into the available 
space until the most suitable and convenient arrangement was secured. 
The advioe of consultants and other persons who have worked on similar 
projects was utilized to the fullest extent in reaching decisions. The 
furnishings and equipment for each building were grouped into four 
olasses or groups according to the method of Procurement, namely* Gen- 
eral Schedule of Supplies, schedule of Blind Made Products, Federal 

-17- 



Prison Industries Schedule, and articles to be purchased by competitive 
bid. Separate requisitions for each building have been prepared or are 
being made up, but it is anticipated that one consolidated requisition 
will be prepared in order to save time in ordering and purchasing. The 
following tabulation shows the status of the requirement lists for the 
different buildings and utilities whioh are to be constructed, equipped, 
maintained, and serviced at Seaway, New York: 



MV-V-217/l 
MV-V-22l/l 



MV-V-222/2 



File No, Buildings or Utilities 

MV-V-203/l Administration 

MV-V-21l/l Athletic Hall 

Blacksmith Shop 



Status 



Requirement lists completed 
and approved, see requisitions 
Nos. 1, 2, and 3, 

Ho action taken. This build- 
ing to be equipped by the 
Recreational Association, 

See Maintenance and Paint 
Shop d. 



Boilerhouse and Coal Shed Requirement lists started in 

rough draft. 



Cafeteria 

Carpenter Shop 
Coal Shed 

MV-V-214/l Commissary Cold Storage 

MV-V-202/l Dormitories 

Dormitory Garages 
Electrical Shop 

MV-V-208/2 Fire Equipment 



Filling Stations 

Garbage Collection and 
Removal Equipment 

-18- 



Requirements started in rough 
draft. 

See Maintenance and Pain Shop a. 

Combined with requirement lists 
of boilerhouse. 

Requirement lists completed 
and approved, see requisitions 
Nos. 16, 17, and 18. 

Requirement lists completed 
and approved. 

No requirements. 

See Maintenance Shop b, , elec- 
trical • 

Requirement lists prepared in 
draft form. Requisitions not 
started. 

Concessions, 

Requirement lists completed end 
approved, see requisition No # 7. 



File Jo. 
MV-V- 208/1 

MV-V- 219/1 
MV-V- 201/1 



MV-V-221/l 
M7-V-205/2 



MV-V-204/l 
204/2 



204/3 



MV-V-216/l 
216/2 
216/3 
216/4 
216/5 



Buildings or Utilities 

Government Garage and 
Fire house equipment 

Town Garage Equipment 

Guest House 



Guest House Garage 
Heat Shop 



MV-V- 207/1 Hos pi t al 



Incinerator Plant 



Janitor Equipment 



Laboratory 

a* Concrete Section 



b. Soils Section 



Machine Shop 

Maintenance and Paint Shop 
a # Carpenter Shop 
b". Eleotrioal Shop 
0*. Machine Shop 
H. Plumbing, Heat, and 
Blacksmith Shop 

Paint Shop 

Plumbing Shop 



Status 



Requirement lists completed, 
ready for checking, see requisi- 
tions Nos. 12, 13, 14, and 15* 

Requirement list completed, 
ready for checking, see requi- 
sitions Nos. 23, 24, 25, 26, 
and 27* 

No requirements* 

See Maintenance and Paint Shop 
d. 

Requisitions have not been made* 
However, see report in file of 
Mr. Charles F. Neergaard, Hos- 
pital consultant. 

No action taken. 

Requirement lists completed and 
approved, see requisitions Nos. 
19, 20, 21 and 22. 



Requirement lists for concrete 
section completed and approved. 
Requisition not started. 

Requirement lists for soils 
section completed and approved. 
Requisition not started. 

See Maintenance and Paint Shop c . 

Requirement lists being prepar- 
ed in draft form. 



See Maintenance and Paint Shop 
See Maintenance and paint Shop d. 



-19. 



File No. 
MV-V-205/3 

MV-V- 200/l 



MV-V-225/l 



MV-V-209/l 
MV-V- 21 6/6 
MV-V-206/l 
MV-V-212/l 
MV-V-219/l 



Buildings or Utilities 
Police Equipment 

Residences 



Status 

Requirements started in 
rough draft. 

Requirements list prepared 
in draft form. Requisition 
being prepared. 



MV-V-160/l Resident Engineer's Office No action taken. 



Resident Garages 



No requirements. 



Streets, roads, walks, water. Requirement lists completed 
and sewer maintenance , snow and approved. Requisitions 

removal equipment. not started. 



Sewerage Treatment Plant 



M?-V-210/l Social Kail 



Stores 
Storage 
School 
Theatre 
Town Garage 



MV-V- 205/1 Town Hall 



MV-V-215/l Warehouse 



See requirements for streets, 
roads, water and sewer main- 
tenance, and snow removal 
equipment. 

No action taken. This build- 
ing to be equipped by the Re- 
creational Association. 

Concessions. 

No action taken. 

No action taken. 

Concession. 

Requirement lists completed, 
ready for checking, see 
Government Garage and Fire- 
hcuse and Town Garage Equip- 
ment. 

Requirement lists completed 
and approved, see requisi- 
tions Nos. 4, 5, and 6. 

Requirement lists started in 
draft foim. 



-20- 




University of 
Connecticut 

Libraries 




39153020770360